Chapters in this book

257 of 257 chapters

770 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

The Obligation ToPerform The Salāt (Prayers)

Hadith 391

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

391. It was reported from Abū Suhail bin Mālik from his father, that he heard Ṭalḥah bin 'Ubaidullāh saying: "A person from the people of Najd came to the Messenger Allāh ﷺ whose hair was dishevelled, and the sound of his voice could be heard, but (we) could not understand what he was saying until he came close (to the Prophet ﷺ). Then he began to ask about Islam. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There are five prayers in a day and night.' He said: 'Is there any that are obligatory upon me besides these?' He said: 'No, unless you wish to do so voluntarily.' And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ mentioned the fast of Ramaḍān to him, so he asked: 'Is there any that is obligatory upon me besides it?' He said: 'No, unless you wish to do so voluntarily.' And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ also mentioned the charity to him.[1] He said: 'Is there any that is obligatory upon me besides this?' He said: 'No, unless you wish to do so voluntarily.' So the man turned away (to leave) and said: 'I swear by Allāh I will not do more than this, nor less!' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then said: 'He has succeeded, if he is truthful.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

391 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ أَبِي سُهَيْلِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ طَلْحَةَ بْنَ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ يَقُولُ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ أَهْلِ نَجْدٍ ثَائِرَ الرَّأْسِ يُسْمَعُ دَوِيُّ صَوْتِهِ وَلَا يُفْقَهُ مَا يَقُولُ: حَتَّى دَنَا، فَإِذَا هُوَ يَسْأَلُ عَنِ الْإِسْلَامِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَمْسُ صَلَوَاتٍ فِي الْيَوْمِ وَاللَّيْلَةِ». قَالَ: هَلْ عَلَيَّ غَيْرُهُنَّ؟ قَالَ: «لَا إِلَّا أَنْ تَطَّوَّعَ». قَالَ: وَذَكَرَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «صِيَامَ شَهْرِ رَمَضَانَ». قَالَ: هَلْ عَلَيَّ غَيْرُهُ؟ قَالَ: «لَا إِلَّا أَنْ تَطَّوَّعَ». قَالَ: وَذَكَرَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّدَقَةَ. قَالَ: فَهَلْ عَلَيَّ غَيْرُهَا؟ قَالَ: «لَا إِلَّا أَنْ تَطَّوَّعَ». فَأَدْبَرَ الرَّجُلُ وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: وَاللَّهِ لَا أَزِيدُ عَلَى هَذَا وَلَا أَنْقُصُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَفْلَحَ إِنْ صَدَقَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, the obligatory Zakāt.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 391

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 391

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 392

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniشاذ بزيادة: "وأبيه"Al-Albani(قلت: إسنادها صحيح على شرط الشيخين. وقد أخرجاه في "صحيحيهما". وقال الحافظ ابن حجر: "وهو صحيح لا مرية فيه"؛ لكن قوله: "وأبيه" شاذ)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

392. (There is another chain) from Abū Suhail Nāfi' Ibn Mālik bin Abī 'Āmir, with his chain of narrators for this Hadīth (no. 391). He (ﷺ) said: "He has succeeded — by his father — if he is truthful, and he has entered Paradise — by his father — if he is truthful."[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ) [1] The phrase: "by his father," is a form of an oath that was common among the Arabs. Scholars differ in explanation of it here, since the Prophet ﷺ himself prohibited swearing or giving an oath by other than Allāh. Others stated that the Prophet ﷺ said so before the prohibition to swear by other than Allāh was revealed. Another interpretation is that this phrase might outwardly appear to be an oath, but is not actually considered one due to its frequent use by the Arabs (in other words, the custom of the Arabs was not to use this phrase as an oath, even though linguistically it appears to be an oath), or that its meaning is: "by the Lord of his father" and this was to be understood, but later it was prohibited. A few scholars were reported to have said that this phrase was added by one of the narrators. Whatever the correct interpretation is of this phrase, scholars agree that it is not permissible to give an oath or swear by any of the creatures.

Arabic text

392 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ الْمَدَنِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي سُهَيْلٍ نَافِعِ بْنِ مَالِكِ بْنِ أَبِي عَامِرٍ بِإِسْنَادِهِ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ قَالَ: «أَفْلَحَ وَأَبِيهِ إِنْ صَدَقَ دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَبِيهِ إِنْ صَدَقَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 392

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 392

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

The Times Of As-Ṣalāt

Hadith 393

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

393. Ibn 'Abbās reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Jibrīl — peace be upon him — led me in prayer at the House[1] twice. So he prayed Zuhr with me when the sun had passed its zenith and (the shadow) was the length of a sandal strap.[2] And he prayed Asr with me when the shadow was equivalent in length (to an object). And he prayed — meaning Maghrib — with me at the time that a person breaks his fast. And he prayed Ishā with me when the redness of the sky disappeared. And he prayed Fajr with me at the time that eating and drinking become prohibited on a fasting person. On the next day, he prayed Zuhr with me when the shadow was equivalent in length (to an object). And he prayed Asr with me when the shadow (of an object) was equivalent to twice its length. And he prayed Maghrib with me when the fasting person breaks his fast. And he prayed Ishā with me after a third of the night (had passed). And he prayed Fajr with me, and the light was apparent (around us). Then he turned to face me, and said: 'O Muḥammad! These are the times (of prayers) of the Prophets before you, and the time is between these two times.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

393 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ فُلَانِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ حَكِيمِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَمَّنِي جِبْرِيلُ عَلَيْهِ السَّلَام عِنْدَ الْبَيْتِ مَرَّتَيْنِ، فَصَلَّى بِيَ الظُّهْرَ حِينَ زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ وَكَانَتْ قَدْرَ الشِّرَاكِ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ الْعَصْرَ حِينَ كَانَ ظِلُّهُ مِثْلَهُ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ يَعْنِي الْمَغْرِبَ حِينَ أَفْطَرَ الصَّائِمُ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ الْعِشَاءَ حِينَ غَابَ الشَّفَقُ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ الْفَجْرَ حِينَ حَرُمَ الطَّعَامُ وَالشَّرَابُ عَلَى الصَّائِمِ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ الْغَدُ صَلَّى بِيَ الظُّهْرَ حِينَ كَانَ ظِلُّهُ مِثْلَهُ، وَصَلَّى بِي الْعَصْرَ حِينَ كَانَ ظِلُّهُ مِثْلَيْهِ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ الْمَغْرِبَ حِينَ أَفْطَرَ الصَّائِمُ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ الْعِشَاءَ إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ، وَصَلَّى بِيَ الْفَجْرَ فَأَسْفَرَ» ثُمَّ الْتَفَتَ إِلَيَّ فَقَالَ: «يَا مُحَمَّدُ، هَذَا وَقْتُ الْأَنْبِيَاءِ مِنْ قَبْلِكَ، وَالْوَقْتُ مَا بَيْنَ هَذَيْنِ الْوَقْتَيْنِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, at the Ka'bah in Makkah.

2 [2] "The length of a sandal strap" describes the shadow's appearance in Makkah once it was noticeable that the sun had passed the zenith. It is not necessarily the same in every location on the earth.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 393

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 393

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 394

DarussalamḤasanAl-Albani(حديث أبي مسعود) حسن، (حديث جابر) صحيح، (حديث أبي هريرة) حسن، (حديث عبد الله بن عمرو بن العاص) حسنAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

394. It was reported from Usāmah bin Zaid Al-Laithī that Ibn Shihāb narrated that ‘Umar bin ‘Abdul-‘Azīz was sitting on the Minbar, and he delayed ‘Aṣr slightly. ‘Urwah bin Az-Zubair said to him: “Verily, Jibrīl — peace be upon him — has informed Muḥammad ﷺ of the times of the prayers.” ‘Umar said: “Be careful of what you say!” ‘Urwah said: “I heard Bashīr bin Abī Mas‘ūd say, that he heard Abū Mas‘ūd Al-Anṣārī narrate, that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: Jibrīl came down and informed me of the times of the prayers. So I prayed with him, then I prayed with him, then I prayed with him, then I prayed with him, then I prayed with him — and he (meaning the Prophet ﷺ) counted with his fingers five prayers.’ So I (meaning, Abū Mas‘ūd) saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray Zuhr when the sun started its descent (after the zenith), and he sometimes delayed it if it were hot. And I saw him praying ‘Aṣr while the sun was high and bright, before it became yellowish. A person would leave (after) the (ʿAṣr) prayer and (still manage to) arrive at Dhul-Hulaifah before sunset. And he (ﷺ) would pray Maghrib when the sun set. And he would pray 'Ishā' when the skies would become dark, and sometimes he would delay it until the people congregated. And he prayed Ṣubh (Fajr) once while it was (still) dark, and another time he prayed it while it was bright. Then after that he would pray it while it was dark, and he did this until he died, never returning (to the time) of brightness." (Ḥasan) Abū Dāwūd said: This Ḥadīth was reported from Az-Zuhri' by Ma'mar, Mālik, Ibn 'Uyaynah, Shu'aib bin Abī Ḥamzah, Al-Laith bin Sa'd, and others, and they did not mention the time he prayed in it, nor its explanation. It was reported like that by Hishām bin 'Urwah and Ḥabib bin Abī Marzūq, from 'Urwah similar to the narration of Ma'mar and his companions, except that Ḥabib did not mention Bashīr in it. Wahb bin Kaisān reported from Jābir, from the Prophet ﷺ regarding the time of Maghrib: "He said: 'Then he came for Maghrib when the sun disappeared,' meaning the second day — 'at the same time.'"[1] Abū Dāwūd said: And that is how it was related from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "Then he prayed Maghrib with me — meaning the next day — at the same time." And this is how it has also been related from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr bin Al-'Ās, through the narration of Hassān bin 'Aṭiyah, from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, from his grandfather, from the Prophet ﷺ.[1]

Arabic text

394 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْمُرَادِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ اللَّيْثِيِّ، أَنَّ ابْنَ شِهَابٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ، أَنّ عُمَرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ كَانَ قَاعِدًا عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فَأَخَّرَ الْعَصْرَ شَيْئًا، فَقَالَ لَهُ: عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْر أَمَا إِنَّ جِبْرِيلَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ أَخْبَرَ مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِوَقْتِ الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ عُمَر: اعْلَمْ مَا تَقُولُ: فَقَالَ: عُرْوَةُ سَمِعْتُ بَشِيرَ بْنَ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «نَزَلَ جِبْرِيلُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَخْبَرَنِي بِوَقْتِ الصَّلَاةِ فَصَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ» يَحْسُبُ بِأَصَابِعِهِ خَمْسَ صَلَوَاتٍ. «فَرَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ حِينَ تَزُولُ الشَّمْسُ، وَرُبَّمَا أَخَّرَهَا حِينَ يَشْتَدُّ الْحَرُّ، وَرَأَيْتُهُ يُصَلِّي الْعَصْرَ وَالشَّمْسُ مُرْتَفِعَةٌ بَيْضَاءُ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَدْخُلَهَا الصُّفْرَةُ، فَيَنْصَرِفُ الرَّجُلُ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَيَأْتِي ذَا الْحُلَيْفَةِ قَبْلَ غُرُوبِ الشَّمْسِ، وَيُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ حِينَ تَسْقُطُ الشَّمْسُ، وَيُصَلِّي الْعِشَاءَ حِينَ يَسْوَدُّ الْأُفُقُ، وَرُبَّمَا أَخَّرَهَا حَتَّى يَجْتَمِعَ النَّاسُ، وَصَلَّى الصُّبْحَ مَرَّةً بِغَلَسٍ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى مَرَّةً أُخْرَى فَأَسْفَرَ بِهَا، ثُمَّ كَانَتْ صَلَاتُهُ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ التَّغْلِيسَ حَتَّى مَاتَ، وَلَمْ يَعُدْ إِلَى أَنْ يُسْفِرَ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، مَعْمَرٌ وَمَالِكٌ، وَابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ وَشُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ وَاللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ وَغَيْرُهُمْ لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا الْوَقْتَ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ وَلَمْ يُفَسِّرُوهُ، وَكَذَلِكَ أَيْضًا رَوَى هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ وَحَبِيبُ بْنُ أَبِي مَرْزُوقٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ نَحْوَ رِوَايَةِ مَعْمَرٍ وَأَصْحَابِهِ إِلَّا أَنَّ حَبِيبًا لَمْ يَذْكُرْ بَشِيرًا، وَرَوَى وَهْبُ بْنُ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقْتَ الْمَغْرِبِ قَالَ: «ثُمَّ جَاءَهُ لِلْمَغْرِبِ حِينَ غَابَتِ الشَّمْسُ يَعْنِي مِنَ الْغَدِ وَقْتًا وَاحِدًا». وَكَذَلِكَ رُوِيَ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «ثُمَّ صَلَّى بِيَ الْمَغْرِبَ». يَعْنِي مِنَ الْغَدِ وَقْتًا وَاحِدًا، وَكَذَلِكَ رُوِيَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاص مِنْ حَدِيثِ حَسَّانَ بْنِ عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ جَدِّه عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Footnotes

1 [1] See At-Tirmidhī no. 150 and An-Nasā'ī no. 527.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 394

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 394

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 395

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(حديث أبي موسى) صحيح، (حديث جابر) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

395. Abū Mūsā narrated that a person asked the Prophet ﷺ [about the prayer times], but he did not respond to him until he ordered Bilāl to call for Fajr at the break of dawn, and he prayed while a person could not recognize the face of his companion, or when a person could not recognize who was next to him. Then he ordered Bilāl to call for Zuhr when the sun was at its zenith — when a person would say: 'Is it the middle of the day?' and he would know. Then he commanded Bilāl to call for Asr while the sun was bright and high (in the sky). Then he commanded Bilāl to call for Maghrib when the sun disappeared. And he commanded Bilāl to call for Ishā when the twilight disappeared. On the next day, he prayed Fajr and (when) he left we asked: 'Has the sun risen?' And he prayed Zuhr the time that he prayed ʿAṣr the previous day. And he prayed ʿAṣr when the sun had become yellow, or (some narrators said) it had become evening. And he prayed Maghrib before the twilight disappeared. And he prayed ʾIshā after a third of the night (had passed). Then he said, 'Where is the questioner about the times of the prayers? The times are between these two.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Sulaimān bin Mūsā reported similar to this regarding Maghrib from ʾĀṭā from Jābir, from the Prophet ﷺ. He said: "Then he prayed ʾIshā." Some of them said: "After a third of the night" and others said: "...after half of it." And it was reported like that from Ibn Buraidah, from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

395 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا بَدْرُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي مُوسَى، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، " أَنَّ سَائِلًا سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيْهِ شَيْئًا حَتَّى أَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الْفَجْرَ حِينَ انْشَقَّ الْفَجْرُ، فَصَلَّى حِينَ كَانَ الرَّجُلُ لَا يَعْرِفُ وَجْهَ صَاحِبِهِ - أَوْ أَنَّ الرَّجُلَ لَا يَعْرِفُ مَنْ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ - ثُمَّ أَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الظُّهْرَ حِينَ زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ حَتَّى قَالَ: الْقَائِلُ انْتَصَفَ النَّهَارُ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ، ثُمَّ أَمَر بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الْعَصْرَ وَالشَّمْسُ بَيْضَاءُ مُرْتَفِعَةٌ، وَأَمَر بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الْمَغْرِبَ حِينَ غَابَتِ الشَّمْسُ، وَأَمَر بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الْعِشَاءَ حِينَ غَابَ الشَّفَقُ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ مِنَ الْغَدِ صَلَّى الْفَجْرَ وَانْصَرَفَ، فَقُلْنَا أَطَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ، فَأَقَامَ الظُّهْرَ فِي وَقْتِ الْعَصْرِ الَّذِي كَانَ قَبْلَهُ وَصَلَّى الْعَصْرَ، وَقَدِ اصْفَرَّتِ الشَّمْسُ - أَوْ قَالَ: أَمْسَى - وَصَلَّى الْمَغْرِبَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَغِيبَ الشَّفَقُ، وَصَلَّى الْعِشَاءَ إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ "، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَيْنَ السَّائِلُ عَنْ وَقْتِ الصَّلَاةِ الْوَقْتُ فِيمَا بَيْنَ هَذَيْنِ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِنَحْوِ هَذَا قَالَ: «ثُمَّ صَلَّى الْعِشَاءَ». قَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: «إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ». وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: «إِلَى شَطْرِهِ». وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَى ابْنُ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Footnotes

1 [1] All of these different routes of transmission the author mentioned refer to when Jibrīl came to teach the Prophet ﷺ the times of the prayers.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 395

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 395

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 396

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

396. 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr narrated from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "The time for Zuhr (extends) until ʿAṣr comes. And the time for ʿAṣr (extends) as long as the sun does not become yellow. And the time for Maghrib (extends) as long as the redness of the twilight does not disappear. And the time for ʾIshā (extends) until half the night. And the time for Fajr (extends) until sunrise." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

396 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، سَمِعَ أَبَا أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «وَقْتُ الظُّهْرِ مَا لَمْ تَحْضُرِ الْعَصْرُ، وَوَقْتُ الْعَصْرِ مَا لَمْ تَصْفَرَّ الشَّمْسُ، وَوَقْتُ الْمَغْرِبِ مَا لَمْ يَسْقُطْ فَوْرُ الشَّفَقِ، وَوَقْتُ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى نِصْفِ اللَّيْلِ، وَوَقْتُ صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ مَا لَمْ تَطْلُعِ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 396

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 396

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

The Times Of The Prophet's ﷺ Prayers And How He Used To Pray Them

Hadith 397

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

397. Muḥammad bin 'Amr — the son of Al-Ḥasan bin 'Ali bin Abī Ṭālib — said: "We asked Jābir about the times of the prayers of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. He said: 'He use to pray Zuhr when it was hot; and ʾAṣr when the sun was still bright (Hayyah);[1] and Maghrib when the sun set; and 'Ishā', if the people were plenty, he would pray it early, and if they were few, he would delay it; and Subh (Fajr) when it was still dark."(Saḥih)

Arabic text

397 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ قَالَ: سَأَلْنَا جَابِرًا عَنْ وَقْتِ صَلَاةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «كَانَ يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ بِالْهَاجِرَةِ، وَالْعَصْرَ وَالشَّمْسُ حَيَّةٌ، وَالْمَغْرِبَ إِذَا غَرَبَتِ الشَّمْسُ، وَالْعِشَاءَ إِذَا كَثُرَ النَّاسُ عَجَّلَ، وَإِذَا قَلُّوا أَخَّرَ، وَالصُّبْحَ بِغَلَسٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 397

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 397

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 398

DarussalamSāhīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

398. Abū Barzah narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray Zuhr when the sun passed its zenith. And he would pray ʾAṣr, and one of us could go to the furthest part of Al-Madinah and return while the sun would still be bright (Hayyah)," — and I forgot (what he said about) Maghrib.[2] — "And he would not see any problem in delaying 'Ishā' to the third of the night..., " — then he said:[3] "...until the middle of the night." — "And he would [1] Bright or hot, and in the case of the sun, the meaning is the same. See no. 404 also. [2] The speaker is Abū Al-Minhāl Sayyār bin Salāmah, as is clarified in the narration of Aḥmad (4:425), and he also said about the recitation mentioned at the end: "I do not know if it was in one of the two Rak'ahs or in both of them." [3] This is explained in one of the versions recorded by Al-Bukhārī (no. 541) wherein at the end it says: "Shu'bah said: 'Then I met him another time and he said: "Or a third of the night." Meaning that Abū Minhāl was not sure, and "then he said" in the narration is Shu'bah explaining that he said it differently another time. dislike sleeping before it, and conversing at night after it. And he would pray the Ṣubh (Fajr), and one of us would recognize his companion if he knew him. And he would recite between sixty to a hundred (Verses) in it (during Fajr).” (Sāhīh)

Arabic text

398 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمِنْهَالِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَرْزَةَ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ ، وَيُصَلِّي الْعَصْرَ وَإِنَّ أَحَدَنَا لَيَذْهَبُ إِلَى أَقْصَى الْمَدِينَةِ، وَيَرْجِعُ وَالشَّمْسُ حَيَّةٌ، وَنَسِيتُ الْمَغْرِبَ، وَكَانَ لَا يُبَالِي تَأْخِيرَ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ» - قَالَ: ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِلَى شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ - قَالَ: «وَكَانَ يَكْرَهُ النَّوْمَ قَبْلَهَا وَالْحَدِيثَ بَعْدَهَا، وَكَانَ يُصَلِّي الصُّبْحَ، وَمَا يَعْرِفُ أَحَدُنَا جَلِيسَهُ الَّذِي كَانَ يَعْرِفُهُ، وَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِيهَا مِنَ السِّتِّينَ إِلَى الْمِائَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 398

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 398

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

The Time For The Zuhr Prayer

Hadith 399

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

399. Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh said: “I would pray Zuhr with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and would take a handful of pebbles in my hand in order to cool them. I would place them (on the ground) for my forehead, and prostrate on them due to the severe heat.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

399 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، وَمُسَدَّدٌ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ عَبَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَآخُذُ قَبْضَةً مِنَ الْحَصَى لِتَبْرُدَ فِي كَفِّي أَضَعُهَا لِجَبْهَتِي أَسْجُدُ عَلَيْهَا لِشِدَّةِ الْحَرِّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 399

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 399

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 400

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

400. Ibn Mas‘ūd said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray (Zuhr) during the summer when the shadow was three to five feet in length, and in winters when it was five to seven feet in length.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

400 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبِيدَةُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ الْأَشْجَعِيِّ سَعْدِ بْنِ طَارق، عَنْ كَثِيرِ بْنِ مُدْرِكٍ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: «كَانَتْ قَدْرُ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّيْفِ ثَلَاثَةَ أَقْدَامٍ إِلَى خَمْسَةِ أَقْدَامٍ، وَفِي الشِّتَاءِ خَمْسَةَ أَقْدَامٍ إِلَى سَبْعَةِ أَقْدَامٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 400

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 400

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 401

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

401. Abū Dharr narrated: "We were (once) with the Prophet ﷺ. The Mu'adh-dhin wanted to call the Adhān for Zuhr, but he told him: '(Let it) get cooler.' He then wanted to call the Adhān, but he said: '(Let it) get cooler.' And this happened twice or thrice, until we (were able to) see the shadow of small mounds of dirt. He then said, 'Verily, the extremity of the heat is due to an exhalation from Hell. So when the heat becomes severe, then pray the Salāt at a cooler (time)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

401 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الْحَسَنِ قَالَ: أَبُو دَاوُدَ أَبُو الْحَسَنِ هُوَ مُهَاجِرٌ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ زَيْدَ بْنَ وَهْبٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا ذَرٍّ يَقُولُ: كُنَّا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَرَادَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ الظُّهْرَ فَقَالَ: «أَبْرِدْ». ثُمَّ أَرَادَ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ فَقَالَ: «أَبْرِدْ» - مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثًا - حَتَّى رَأَيْنَا فَيْءَ التُّلُولِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ شِدَّةَ الْحَرِّ مِنْ فَيْحِ جَهَنَّمَ، فَإِذَا اشْتَدَّ الْحَرُّ فَأَبْرِدُوا بِالصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 401

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 401

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 402

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

402. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the heat becomes severe, then pray the Salāt at a cooler (time), because the extremity of the heat is due to an exhalation from Hell." (Sahih)

Arabic text

402 - حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ الْهَمْدَانِيُّ، وَقُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الثَّقَفِيُّ، أَنَّ اللَّيْثَ حَدَّثَهُمْ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا اشْتَدَّ الْحَرُّ، فَأَبْرِدُوا عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ» قَالَ: ابْنُ مَوْهَبٍ: «بِالصَّلَاةِ، فَإِنَّ شِدَّةَ الْحَرِّ مِنْ فَيْحِ جَهَنَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 402

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 402

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 403

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

403. Jābir bin Samurah narrated that Bilāl would call the Adhān for Zuhr (as soon) as the sun started its descent. (Sahih)

Arabic text

403 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، «أَنَّ بِلَالًا كَانَ يُؤَذِّنُ الظُّهْرَ إِذَا دَحَضَتِ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 403

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 403

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

The Time For The 'Aṣr Prayer

Hadith 404

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

404. Anas bin Mālik narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray 'Aṣr while the sun was still bright, high (in the sky), and hot (Hayyah). A person could go to Al-'Awāli and the sun would still be high." (Sahih)

Arabic text

404 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي الْعَصْرَ وَالشَّمْسُ بَيْضَاءُ مُرْتَفِعَةٌ حَيَّةٌ» وَيَذْهَبُ الذَّاهِبُ إِلَى الْعَوَالِي وَالشَّمْسُ مُرْتَفِعَةٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 404

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 404

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 405

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

405. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Razzāq: "Ma'mar informed us from Az-Zuhri who said: "And Al-'Awāli is around two or three miles (from the Masjid)," and he said: "I think he said: "or four."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

405 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ قَالَ: وَالْعَوَالِي عَلَى مِيلَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثَةٍ قَالَ: وَأَحْسَبُهُ قَالَ: أَوْ أَرْبَعَةٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 405

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 405

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 406

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

406. It was reported from Khaithamah that he said: "Its (the sun's) Hayyah is that it is still hot." (Sahih)

Arabic text

406 - حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ خَيْثَمَةَ قَالَ: «حَيَاتُهَا أَنْ تَجِدَ حَرَّهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 406

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 406

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 407

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

407. 'Aishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray 'Aṣr while the sun was still in her apartment, before it would rise.(Sahih)

Arabic text

407 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ قَالَ: قَرَأْتُ عَلَى مَالِكِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ قَالَ: عُرْوَة، وَلَقَدْ حَدَّثَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي الْعَصْرَ وَالشَّمْسُ فِي حُجْرَتِهَا قَبْلَ أَنْ تَظْهَرَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] The area of Al-'Awāli is to the south-east of the Prophet's Masjid. It is still known by this name to this day.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 407

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 407

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 408

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

408. 'Ali bin Shaibah narrated: "We came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in Al-Madinah. He would delay 'Aṣr as long as the sun (remained) bright and clear."(Da'if)

Arabic text

408 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ أَبِي الْوَزِيرِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْيَمَامِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ قَالَ: «قَدِمْنَا عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمَدِينَةَ فَكَانَ يُؤَخِّرُ الْعَصْرَ مَا دَامَتِ الشَّمْسُ بَيْضَاءَ نَقِيَّةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 408

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 408

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 409

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

409. 'Ali narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said on the Day of the (Battle of) the Trench: "They have prevented us from (offering) the middle (Al-Wuṣṭā) prayer — the 'Aṣr prayer — may Allāh fill their houses and graves with Fire."(Sahih)

Arabic text

409 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ عَبِيدَةَ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ يَوْمَ الْخَنْدَقِ: «حَبَسُونَا عَنْ صَلَاةِ الْوُسْطَى صَلَاةِ الْعَصْرِ مَلَأَ اللَّهُ بُيُوتَهُمْ وَقُبُورَهُمْ نَارًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 409

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 409

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 410

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

410. Abū Yūnus, the freed-slave of ‘Āishah said: “‘Āishah commanded me to copy a Mushaf for her. She said: ‘When you come to this Verse: ‘Guard the prayers, and (especially) the middle (Al-Wustā) prayer’[1] inform me.’ So when I reached it, I informed her, so she dictated to me: ‘Guard the prayers — and (especially) the middle (Al-Wustā) prayer — and the ‘Aṣr’ prayer and stand before Allāh obediently.’ She then said: ‘I heard this from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.’”[2] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

410 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنِ الْقَعْقَاعِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي يُونُسَ مَوْلَى عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أَمَرَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ أَنْ أَكْتُبَ لَهَا مُصْحَفًا وَقَالَتْ: " إِذَا بَلَغْتَ هَذِهِ الْآيَةَ فَآذِنِّي: {حَافِظُوا عَلَى الصَّلَوَاتِ وَالصَّلَاةِ الْوُسْطَى} [البقرة: 238] «، فَلَمَّا بَلَغْتُهَا آذَنْتُهَا، فَأَمْلَتْ عَلَيَّ» حَافِظُوا عَلَى الصَّلَوَاتِ وَالصَّلَاةِ الْوُسْطَى، وَصَلَاةِ الْعَصْرِ وَقُومُوا لِلَّهِ قَانِتِينَ "، ثُمَّ قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: «سَمِعْتُهَا مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 410

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 410

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 411

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

411. Zaid bin Thābit said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray Zuhr when it was still hot, and he would not pray any prayer that was more difficult upon his Companions than this one. Then it was revealed: Guard the prayers, and (especially) the middle (Al-Wustā) prayer,” and he ﷺ said, ‘Before it are two prayers, and after it are two prayers.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

411 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ أَبِي حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الزِّبْرِقَانَ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ بِالْهَاجِرَةِ، وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُصَلِّي صَلَاةً أَشَدَّ عَلَى أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهَا، فَنَزَلَتْ {حَافِظُوا عَلَى الصَّلَوَاتِ وَالصَّلَاةِ الْوُسْطَى} [البقرة: 238] وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ قَبْلَهَا صَلَاتَيْنِ، وَبَعْدَهَا صَلَاتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 411

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 411

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 412

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

412. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever catches one Rak'ah of Asr before the sun sets, he has caught (the whole prayer), and whoever catches one Rak'ah of Fajr before the sun rises, he has caught (the whole prayer)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

412 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ رَكْعَةً قَبْلَ أَنْ تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ، وَمَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الْفَجْرِ رَكْعَةً قَبْلَ أَنْ تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 412

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 412

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 413

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

413. Al-'Alā' bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān said: "We visited Anas bin Mālik after Zuhr, so he stood up to pray Asr. After he finished his prayer, we mentioned the praying early, or he mentioned it. So he said: 'I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: That is the prayer of the hypocrites, that is the prayer of the hypocrites, that is the prayer of the hypocrites. One of them will sit until, when the sun becomes dull yellow, and is between the two horns of a Shaitān or upon the two horns of Shaitān, he stands up and pecks out four Rak'ahs, not remembering Allāh in them except a little.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

413 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: دَخَلْنَا عَلَى أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ، فَقَامَ يُصَلِّي الْعَصْرَ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ ذَكَرْنَا تَعْجِيلَ الصَّلَاةِ أَوْ ذَكَرَهَا، فَقَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ «تِلْكَ صَلَاةُ الْمُنَافِقِينَ، تِلْكَ صَلَاةُ الْمُنَافِقِينَ، تِلْكَ صَلَاةُ الْمُنَافِقِينَ يَجْلِسُ أَحَدُهُمْ حَتَّى إِذَا اصْفَرَّتِ الشَّمْسُ فَكَانَتْ بَيْنَ قَرْنَيْ شَيْطَانٍ، أَوْ عَلَى قَرْنَيِ الشَّيْطَانِ قَامَ فَنَقَرَ أَرْبَعًا لَا يَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا إِلَّا قَلِيلًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 413

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 413

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 414

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

414. It was reported from Nāfi’, from Ibn ‘Umar, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “The one who misses the ‘Aṣr prayer, — it is as if his family and money have been taken away (Wutira).” (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: ‘Ubaidullāh bin ‘Umar said: “Utira” and there is disagreement in the reports from Ayyūb for that. Az-Zurhī said: “From Sālim, from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ” — who said: “Wutira.”

Arabic text

414 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «الَّذِي تَفُوتُهُ صَلَاةُ الْعَصْرِ، فَكَأَنَّمَا وُتِرَ أَهْلَهُ وَمَالَهُ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَقَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ: «أُوتِرَ» وَاخْتُلِفَ عَلَى أَيُّوبَ فِيهِ، وَقَالَ الزُّهْرِيُّ: عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «وُتِرَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 414

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 414

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 415

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-Albaniضعيف مقطوعAl-Albani(قلت: الوليد: هو ابن مسلم، وهو مدلس، ولم يصرح بالسماع. وإنما أراد الأوزاعي بهذا تفسير الفواتِ المذكور في حديث الباب (رقم ٤٤٧) من الكتاب الأخر؛ ولفظه: " الذي تفوته صلاة العصر فكأنما وتر أهله وماله ". والأوْلى والأصح في تفسيره: قول نافع- وهو راوي الحديث عن ابن عمر- وهو: حتى تغيب الشمس)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

415. It was reported that Al-Awzā‘ī said: “And this occurs when you see the sun as if it is upon the earth, looking a dull yellow (in color).”[1] (Da‘if)

Arabic text

415 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو عَمْرٍو يَعْنِي الْأَوْزَاعِيَّ: وَذَلِكَ أَنْ تَرَى مَا عَلَى الْأَرْضِ مِنَ الشَّمْسِ صَفْرَاءَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 415

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 415

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

The Time For Maghrib

Hadith 416

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

416. Anas bin Mālik narrated: “We would pray Maghrib with the Prophet ﷺ, then shoot (arrows) and we would be able to see the place the arrow (landed).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

416 - حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ شَبِيبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ الْبُنَانِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ نَرْمِي فَيَرَى أَحَدُنَا مَوْضِعَ نَبْلِهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, he was explaining what is meant by missing ‘Aṣr.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 416

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 416

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 417

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

417. Salamah bin Al-Akwa' said: "The Prophet ﷺ would pray Maghrib at the time when the sun would set — when its edges disappeared." (Sahih)

Arabic text

417 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ عِيسَى، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ سَاعَةَ تَغْرُبُ الشَّمْسُ إِذَا غَابَ حَاجِبُهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 417

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 417

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 418

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

418. It was reported that Marthad bin 'Abdullāh said: "Abū Ayyūb came to us (during one of the battles) as a fighter. 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir, at that time, was (the governor) in charge of Egypt, and he delayed Maghrib. Abū Ayyūb stood up and said: 'What prayer is this, O 'Uqbah?' So he said: 'We were kept busy (by some matter).' He said: 'Did you not hear the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "My nation will remain in good" or he said: "...upon the Fitrah,[1] as long as they do not delay Maghrib until the stars appear." (Hasan)

Arabic text

418 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مَرْثَدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: لَمَّا قَدِمَ عَلَيْنَا أَبُو أَيُّوبَ غَازِيًا وَعُقْبَةُ بْنُ عَامِر يَوْمَئِذٍ عَلَى مِصْرَ فَأَخَّرَ الْمَغْرِبَ فَقَامَ إِلَيْهِ أَبُو أَيُّوب، فَقَالَ: لَهُ مَا هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةُ يَا عُقْبَةُ، فَقَالَ: شُغِلْنَا، قَالَ: أَمَا سَمِعْتَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «لَا تَزَالُ أُمَّتِي بِخَيْرٍ» - أَوْ قَالَ: عَلَى الْفِطْرَةِ - مَا لَمْ يُؤَخِّرُوا الْمَغْرِبَ إِلَى أَنْ تَشْتَبِكَ النُّجُومُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning the innate sense created in humans to not worship others besides Allāh. See nos. 53, 4714, 5046.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 418

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 418

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

The Time For The Later 'Ishā'[1]

Hadith 419

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

419. An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr said: "I am the most knowledgeable person regarding the time of this prayer — the later 'Ishā' prayer. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray it when the moon disappeared on the third night (of the lunar month)."[2] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

419 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، عَنْ بَشِيرِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، قَالَ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُ النَّاسِ بِوَقْتِ هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةِ «صَلَاةِ الْعِشَاءِ الْآخِرَةِ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّيهَا لِسُقُوطِ الْقَمَرِ لِثَالِثَةٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 419

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 419

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 420

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

420. 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar narrated: "One night, we waited for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to come out for the 'Ishā' prayer. He came out after a third of the night had passed, or after that. We did not know whether this (delay) was due to a matter that had kept him busy, or other than that. He said when he came out: 'Are you waiting for the prayer? Were it not for the fact that it would be a burden on my nation, I would have led them in prayer at this time.' Then he ordered the Mu'adhhdhin to call the Iqāmah for the prayer." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

420 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: مَكَثْنَا ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ نَنْتَظِرُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِصَلَاةِ الْعِشَاءِ فَخَرَجَ إِلَيْنَا حِينَ ذَهَبَ ثُلُثُ اللَّيْلِ أَوْ بَعْدَهُ فَلَا نَدْرِي أَشَيْءٌ شَغَلَهُ أَمْ غَيْرُ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: حِينَ خَرَجَ «أَتَنْتَظِرُونَ هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ لَوْلَا أَنْ تَثْقُلَ عَلَى أُمَّتِي لَصَلَّيْتُ بِهِمْ هَذِهِ السَّاعَةَ»، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ الْمُؤَذِّنَ فَأَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 420

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 420

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 421

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

421. Mu'ādh bin Jabal said: "We waited for the Prophet ﷺ for the 'Atamah[1] prayer, but he was delayed. Some of us thought that he would not come out, and some said that he had already prayed. While we were in this state, the Prophet ﷺ came out, and they told him what they told him. He said: 'Pray this prayer during the darkness of the night, for you have been preferred with it over all other nations, and no nation before you has prayed it.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

421 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا حَرِيزٌ، عَنْ رَاشِدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ السَّكُونِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ مُعَاذَ بْنَ جَبَلٍ، يَقُولُ: أَبْقَيْنَا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاةِ الْعَتَمَةِ فَأَخَّرَ حَتَّى ظَنَّ الظَّانُّ أَنَّهُ لَيْسَ بِخَارِجٍ وَالْقَائِلُ مِنَّا يَقُولُ: صَلَّى، فَإِنَّا لَكَذَلِكَ حَتَّى خَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالُوا لَهُ كَمَا قَالُوا، فَقَالَ لَهُمْ: «أَعْتِمُوا بِهَذِهِ الصَّلَاةِ، فَإِنَّكُمْ قَدْ فُضِّلْتُمْ بِهَا عَلَى سَائِرِ الْأُمَمِ، وَلَمْ تُصَلِّهَا أُمَّةٌ قَبْلَكُمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, the later night prayer as it is sometimes referred to in the Hadīth literature.

2 [2] Meaning, according to his observations, while the amount of time it takes for the moon to set on the third will differ from place to place, and it also differs month to month in the same location, as clearly explained by Shaikh Ahmad Shakir in his commentary on Sunan At-Tirmidhī.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 421

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 421

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 422

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

422. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated: "We (were waiting to) pray 'Ishā' with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, but he did not come out until around half the night had passed. He said: 'Take your places,' so we took our places. Then he said: 'The people have already prayed and gone to bed, but you will continue (to be counted) as being in the state of prayer as long as you are waiting for the prayer. Were it not for the weakness of the weak, and the sickness of the sick, I would have delayed this prayer until half the night.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

422 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الْعَتَمَةِ فَلَمْ يَخْرُجْ حَتَّى مَضَى نَحْوٌ مِنْ شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ فَقَالَ: «خُذُوا مَقَاعِدَكُمْ» فَأَخَذْنَا مَقَاعِدَنَا فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ النَّاسَ قَدْ صَلَّوْا وَأَخَذُوا مَضَاجِعَهُمْ وَإِنَّكُمْ لَنْ تَزَالُوا فِي صَلَاةٍ مَا انْتَظَرْتُمُ الصَّلَاةَ وَلَوْلَا ضَعْفُ الضَّعِيفِ وَسَقَمُ السَّقِيمِ لَأَخَّرْتُ هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ إِلَى شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 422

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 422

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

The Time For The Ṣubh (Fajr The Morning Prayer)

Hadith 423

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

423. Aīshah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray Ṣubh, and the women would leave wrapped in their cloaks; they would not be recognized due to the darkness of the early morning." (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

423 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا أَنَّهَا، قَالَتْ: «إِنْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيُصَلِّي الصُّبْحَ فَيَنْصَرِفُ النِّسَاءُ مُتَلَفِّعَاتٍ بِمُرُوطِهِنَّ مَا يُعْرَفْنَ مِنَ الغَلَسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 423

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 423

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 424

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

424. Rāfi' bin Khadīj narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Pray Ṣubh in the Ṣubh,"[1] for it is greater for your rewards," or he said: "... greater in reward." (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

424 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ قَتَادَةَ بْنِ النُّعْمَانِ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ لَبِيدٍ، عَنْ رَافِعِ بْنِ خَدِيجٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصْبِحُوا بِالصُّبْحِ فَإِنَّهُ أَعْظَمُ لِأُجُورِكُمْ أَوْ أَعْظَمُ لِلْأَجْرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 424

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 424

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

Preserving The Prayer Times

Hadith 425

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

425. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin Aṣ-Sunābīhī that he said: "Abū Muḥammad presumes that the Witr is obligatory." So 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Sāmit responded: "Abū Muḥammad is mistaken. I testify that I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'Five prayers, Allāh, the Exalted and Sublime, has made obligatory; whoever performs their Wudū' well, and prays them well at their proper times, and completes their Rukū' and their humility, he has a promise with Allāh that he be forgiven. And whoever does not do so, has no promise with Allāh. If He wants, He will forgive him, and if He wants, He will punish him.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

425 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ الْوَاسِطِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ هَارُونَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الصُّنَابِحِيّ، قَالَ: زَعَمَ أَبُو مُحَمَّدٍ أَنَّ الْوِتْرَ وَاجِبٌ، فَقَالَ: عُبَادَةُ بْنُ الصَّامِتِ كَذَبَ أَبُو مُحَمَّدٍ أَشْهَدُ أَنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «خَمْسُ صَلَوَاتٍ افْتَرَضَهُنَّ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى مَنْ أَحْسَنَ وُضُوءَهُنَّ وَصَلَّاهُنَّ لِوَقْتِهِنَّ وَأَتَمَّ رُكُوعَهُنَّ وَخُشُوعَهُنَّ كَانَ لَهُ عَلَى اللَّهِ عَهْدٌ أَنْ يَغْفِرَ لَهُ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يَفْعَلْ فَلَيْسَ لَهُ عَلَى اللَّهِ عَهْدٌ، إِنْ شَاءَ غَفَرَ لَهُ وَإِنْ شَاءَ عَذَّبَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 425

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 425

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 426

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

426. It was reported from Al-Qāsim bin Ghannām, from some of his elder women-folk, from Umm Farwah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was asked: 'Which actions are the best?' He said: 'Prayer at its earliest time.'" (Saḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: In his narration, Al-Khuẓā'ī (one of the narrators) said: "From a paternal aunt of his who was called Umm Farwah, who had given her oath of allegiance to the Prophet ﷺ - that the Prophet ﷺ was asked...."

Arabic text

426 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ غَنَّامٍ، عَنْ بَعْضِ أُمَّهَاتِهِ، عَنْ أُمِّ فَرْوَةَ، قَالَتْ: سُئِلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَيُّ الْأَعْمَالِ أَفْضَلُ؟ قَالَ: «الصَّلَاةُ فِي أَوَّلِ وَقْتِهَا»، قَالَ: الْخُزَاعِيُّ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: عَنْ عَمَّةٍ لَهُ يُقَالُ لَهَا أُمُّ فَرْوَةَ قَدْ بَايَعَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سُئِلَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 426

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 426

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 427

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

427. It was reported from Abū Bakr bin ‘Umārah bin Ruwaibah, from his father, that a person from Al-Baṣrah asked him to narrate to him something that he had heard from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. So he said: “I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: ‘A person who prays before the sun rises and before it sets will not enter the Fire.’ He[1] asked him: ‘Did you really hear this from him ﷺ?’ (He asked him this question) three times, each time he (‘Umārah) responded: ‘Yes! My ears heard it, and my heart memorized it.’ So the man said: ‘And I too heard him ﷺ say this.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

427 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ رُؤَيْبَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَأَلَهُ رَجُلٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْبَصْرَةِ فَقَالَ: أَخْبِرْنِي مَا سَمِعْتَ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «لَا يَلِجُ النَّارَ رَجُلٌ صَلَّى قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ الشَّمْسِ وَقَبْلَ أَنْ تَغْرُبَ»، قَالَ: أَنْتَ سَمِعْتَهُ مِنْهُ؟ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، كُلُّ ذَلِكَ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَتْهُ أُذُنَايَ وَوَعَاهُ قَلْبِي، فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: وَأَنَا سَمِعْتُهُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 427

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 427

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 428

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

428.[1] 'Abdullāh bin Faḍālah narrated from his father who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught me (certain matters), and of the matters that he taught me was: 'And guard the five prayers.' I said (to him): 'These are times that I have work to do, so command me with a comprehensive command which, if I do it, will be sufficient for me.' So he said: 'Guard the two 'Aṣr prayers,' and this was a word that was not in our speech, so I said: 'And what are the two 'Aṣr?'" He said: 'A prayer before sunrise, and a prayer before sunset.'"[2] (Saḥīh) [1] Some of the versions of the text cite this narration after the following. [2] Meaning to maintain them in their early times.

Arabic text

428 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَرْبِ بْنِ أَبِي الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ فَضَالَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: عَلَّمَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَكَانَ فِيمَا عَلَّمَنِي «وَحَافِظْ عَلَى الصَّلَوَاتِ الْخَمْسِ»، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: إِنَّ هَذِهِ سَاعَاتٌ لِي فِيهَا أَشْغَالٌ فَمُرْنِي بِأَمْرٍ جَامِعٍ إِذَا أَنَا فَعَلْتُهُ أَجْزَأَ عَنِّي، فَقَالَ: «حَافِظْ عَلَى الْعَصْرَيْنِ» وَمَا كَانَتْ مِنْ لُغَتِنَا، فَقُلْتُ: وَمَا الْعَصْرَانِ؟، فَقَالَ: «صَلَاةُ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ الشَّمْسِ، وَصَلَاةُ قَبْلَ غُرُوبِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 428

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 428

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 429

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

429. Abū Ad-Dardā', may Allāh be pleased with him, narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There are five (matters) — whoever comes with them, while having faith, will enter Paradise: Whoever protects the five prayers — with their Wuḍū', Rukū', prostration and times; and fasts Ramaḍān; and performs Hajj to the House (of Allāh) if he was able to bear the journey; and gives Zakāt while his soul was content; and fulfills trusts." They asked: "O Abū Ad-Dardā'! What does it mean to fulfill trusts?" He replied: "Taking a bath after sexual impurity." (Da'if)

Arabic text

429 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَلِيٍّ الْحَنَفِيُّ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَجِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا عِمْرَانُ الْقَطَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، وَأَبَانُ، كِلَاهُمَا، عَنْ خُلَيْدٍ الْعَصَرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " خَمْسٌ مَنْ جَاءَ بِهِنَّ مَعَ إِيمَانٍ دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ: مَنْ حَافَظَ عَلَى الصَّلَوَاتِ الْخَمْسِ عَلَى وُضُوئِهِنَّ وَرُكُوعِهِنَّ وَسُجُودِهِنَّ وَمَوَاقِيتِهِنَّ، وَصَامَ رَمَضَانَ، وَحَجَّ الْبَيْتَ إِنِ اسْتَطَاعَ إِلَيْهِ سَبِيلًا، وَأَعْطَى الزَّكَاةَ طَيِّبَةً بِهَا نَفْسُهُ، وَأَدَّى الْأَمَانَةَ " قَالُوا: يَا أَبَا الدَّرْدَاءِ، وَمَا أَدَاءُ الْأَمَانَةِ قَالَ: «الْغُسْلُ مِنَ الْجَنَابَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 429

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 429

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 430

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

430.[2] Abū Qataḍah bin Rab‘ī narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has said: ‘I have made five prayers obligatory on your nation, and promised Myself that whoever comes (to Me), having protected them (by praying them) at their times, that I will admit him to Paradise. And whoever does not protect them, has no promise from Me.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

430 - حَدَّثَنَا حَيْوَةُ بْنُ شُرَيْحٍ الْحَضْرَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ ضُبَارَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي سُلَيْكٍ الْأَلْهَانِيِّ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيِّبِ: إِنَّ أَبَا قَتَادَةَ بْنَ رِبْعِيٍّ أَخْبَرَهُ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: قَالَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: «إِنِّي فَرَضْتُ عَلَى أُمَّتِكَ خَمْسَ صَلَوَاتٍ وَعَهِدْتُ عِنْدِي عَهْدًا أَنَّهُ مَنْ جَاءَ يُحَافِظُ عَلَيْهِنَّ لِوَقْتِهِنَّ أَدْخَلْتُهُ الْجَنَّةَ وَمَنْ لَمْ يُحَافِظْ عَلَيْهِنَّ فَلَا عَهْدَ لَهُ عِنْدِي»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, the person from Al-Baṣrah.

2 [2] Some of the versions of the text cite this narration after the following.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 430

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 430

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

(What Should Be Done) If The Imām Delays The Prayer

Hadith 431

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

431. Abū Dharr said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to me: 'O Abū Dharr! What will you do when you will have leaders who will destroy the prayers,' or perhaps he said, '...delay it?' So I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! What do you command me to do?' He replied: 'Offer the prayer at its proper time, then, if you catch it with them, [pray it with them], for it will be counted as a voluntary (prayer) for you.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

431 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عِمْرَانَ يَعْنِي الْجَوْنِيَّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " يَا أَبَا ذَرٍّ كَيْفَ أَنْتَ إِذَا كَانَتْ عَلَيْكَ أُمَرَاءُ يُمِيتُونَ الصَّلَاةَ؟ - أَوْ قَالَ: يُؤَخِّرُونَ الصَّلَاةَ؟ - "، قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ فَمَا تَأْمُرُنِي، قَالَ: «صَلِّ الصَّلَاةَ لِوَقْتِهَا فَإِنْ أَدْرَكْتَهَا مَعَهُمْ فَصَلِّهَا فَإِنَّهَا لَكَ نَافِلَةٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 431

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 431

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 432

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

432. 'Amr bin Maimūn Al-Awdī said: "Mu'ād bin Jabal came to us in Yemen; as the emissary of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to us. So I heard him say the Takbīr during Fajr. He was a man with a very deep voice, and (immediately) love for him was placed in me (by Allāh). So I did not leave him until I buried him in Ash-Shām (after his) death. Then I searched for the most knowledgeable person after him, so I went to Ibn Mas'ūd and attached myself to him until he died. Once, he told me that the Prophet ﷺ said: 'How will your affairs be when there will be Amīrs in charge of you who will offer the prayers at other than their proper times?' I (Ibn Mas'ūd) said: 'So what do you command me to do if I live to that time, O Messenger of Allāh?' He said: 'Offer the prayer at its proper time, and make your prayer with them voluntary.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

432 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ دُحَيْمٌ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي حَسَّانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ سَابِطٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ الْأَوْدِيِّ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ عَلَيْنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ جَبَلٍ الْيَمَنَ رَسُولُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَيْنَا، قَالَ: فَسَمِعْتُ تَكْبِيرَهُ مَعَ الْفَجْرِ رَجُلٌ أَجَشُّ الصَّوْتِ، قَالَ: فَأُلْقِيَتْ عَلَيْهِ مَحَبَّتِي فَمَا فَارَقْتُهُ حَتَّى دَفَنْتُهُ بِالشَّامِ مَيِّتًا، ثُمَّ نَظَرْتُ إِلَى أَفْقَهِ النَّاسِ بَعْدَهُ فَأَتَيْتُ ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ فَلَزِمْتُهُ حَتَّى مَاتَ، فَقَالَ: قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «كَيْفَ بِكُمْ إِذَا أَتَتْ عَلَيْكُمْ أُمَرَاءُ يُصَلُّونَ الصَّلَاةَ لِغَيْرِ مِيقَاتِهَا»، قُلْتُ : فَمَا تَأْمُرُنِي إِنْ أَدْرَكَنِي ذَلِكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «صَلِّ الصَّلَاةَ لِمِيقَاتِهَا وَاجْعَلْ صَلَاتَكَ مَعَهُمْ سُبْحَةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 432

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 432

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 433

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

433. 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There will be leaders in charge of you after me that will be delayed by (various) matters in performing the prayer at its proper time, until its time goes. So offer the prayer at its proper time." A man said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Should we pray with them?" He replied, "Yes, if you wish." Sufyān (one of the narrators) said that the man asked: "Should I pray with them if I catch it with them?" He said: "Yes, if you wish." (S. ih)

Arabic text

433 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ أَعْيَنَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُثَنَّى، عَنِ ابْنِ أُخْتِ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُثَنَّى الْحِمْصِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي أُبَيٍّ ابْنِ امْرَأَةِ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّهَا سَتَكُونُ عَلَيْكُمْ بَعْدِي أُمَرَاءُ تَشْغَلُهُمْ أَشْيَاءُ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ لِوَقْتِهَا حَتَّى يَذْهَبَ وَقْتُهَا فَصَلُّوا الصَّلَاةَ لِوَقْتِهَا»، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أُصَلِّي مَعَهُمْ؟، قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، إِنْ شِئْتَ» - وَقَالَ سُفْيَانُ: إِنْ أَدْرَكْتُهَا مَعَهُمْ أُصَلِّي مَعَهُمْ؟ - قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، إِنْ شِئْتَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 433

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 433

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 434

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

434. Qabisah bin Waqqds said that the Messenger of Allah said: "There will be leaders after me who will delay the prayers. So (this matter) will be for you, and against them. Pray with them as long as they pray facing the Qiblah." (Hasan) 4,JI i q q rVo/\A:iI

Arabic text

434 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو هَاشِمٍ يَعْنِي الزَّعْفَرَانِيَّ، حَدَّثَنِي صَالِحُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ وَقَّاصٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَكُونُ عَلَيْكُمْ أُمَرَاءُ مِنْ بَعْدِي يُؤَخِّرُونَ الصَّلَاةَ فَهِيَ لَكُمْ وَهِيَ عَلَيْهِمْ، فَصَلُّوا مَعَهُمْ مَا صَلَّوُا الْقِبْلَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 434

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 434

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

Whoever Sleeps Through The Prayer (Time) Or Forgets [To Pray]

Hadith 435

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

435. It was reported from Yūnus, from Ibn Shihāb, from Ibn Al-Musayyab, from Abū Hurairah: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ returned from the Battle of Khaibar at night until, when we became sleepy, he camped (for the night). He told Bilāl: 'Guard the night for us.'[1] But Bilāl was overcome with sleep while he was resting his back upon his mount. Neither the Prophet ﷺ, nor Bilāl nor any of his Companions awoke until the sun's rays hit them. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was the first of them to awaken, so he stood up anxiously and said: 'O Bilāl!?' He replied: 'The same One Who took your soul also took mine, O Messenger of Allāh! May my mother and father be your ransom.' So they proceeded on with their camels for a distance, then the Prophet ﷺ performed Wudū', and commanded Bilāl to call the Iqāmah, and he then led them in Subh (Fajr prayer), and, after finishing it, said: 'Whoever forgets the prayer, let him pray it when he remembers, because Allāh says: Establish the prayer for the remembrance (Lildh-dhikrā).'" Yūnus said: "Ibn Shihāb would recite it like that." (Sahīh) Ahmad (one of the narrators) said: "Anbasah said — meaning the wording of Yūnus — in this Hadīth: 'For My remembrance (lidhikrī).'"[1]

Arabic text

435 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ قَفَلَ مِنْ غَزْوَةِ خَيْبَرَ فَسَارَ لَيْلَةً حَتَّى إِذَا أَدْرَكَنَا الْكَرَى عَرَّسَ، وَقَال لِبِلَالٍ: «اكْلَأْ لَنَا اللَّيْلَ» قَالَ: فَغَلَبَتْ بِلَالًا عَيْنَاهُ، وَهُوَ مُسْتَنِدٌ إِلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ فَلَمْ يَسْتَيْقِظِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَا بِلَالٌ وَلَا أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ حَتَّى إِذَا ضَرَبَتْهُمُ الشَّمْسُ، فَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَوَّلَهُمُ اسْتِيقَاظًا، فَفَزِعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «يَا بِلَالُ»، فَقَالَ: أَخَذَ بِنَفْسِي الَّذِي أَخَذَ بِنَفْسِكَ ِأَبِي أَنْتَ وَأُمِّي يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَاقْتَادُوا رَوَاحِلَهُمْ شَيْئًا ثُمَّ تَوَضَّأَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ لَهُمُ الصَّلَاةَ وَصَلَّى بِهِمُ الصُّبْحَ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: " مَنْ نَسِيَ صَلَاةً فَلْيُصَلِّهَا إِذَا ذَكَرَهَا فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى قَالَ: «أَقِمِ الصَّلَاةَ لِلذِّكْرَى»، قَالَ يُونُسُ: وَكَانَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ يَقْرَؤُهَا كَذَلِكَ، قَالَ أَحْمَدُ: قَالَ عَنْبَسَةُ: يَعْنِي عَنْ يُونُسَ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ «لِذِكْرِي»، قَالَ أَحْمَدُ: الْكَرَى النُّعَاسُ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, wake us up before dawn.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 435

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 435

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 436

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

436. (There is another chain for no. 435) from Abān, from Ma'mar, from Az-Zuhri, from Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab, from Abū Hurairah, in this narration, he said: "...So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Move to another location from this place of yours where obliviousness overtook you.' He then ordered Bilāl to say the Adhān and Iqāmah, and then prayed." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: It was reported by Mālik, Sufyān bin 'Uyaynah, Al- Awzā'ī, and 'Abdur-Razzāq from Ma'mar, and (also) Ibn Ishāq, and none of them mentioned the Adhān in this Ḥadīth of Az-Zuhri, and no one narrated it with a connected chain except for Al-Awzā'ī, and Abān Al-'Aṭṭār from Ma'mar.

Arabic text

436 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، فِي هَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «تَحَوَّلُوا عَنْ مَكَانِكُمُ الَّذِي أَصَابَتْكُمْ فِيهِ الْغَفْلَةُ»، قَالَ فَأَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَذَّنَ وَأَقَامَ وَصَلَّى، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ مَالِكٌ، وَسُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، وَالْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ مَعْمَر، ٍ وَابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ لَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَحَدٌ مِنْهُمُ الْأَذَانَ فِي، حَدِيثِ الزُّهْرِيِّ هَذَا، وَلَمْ يُسْنِدْهُ مِنْهُمْ أَحَدٌ إِلَّا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، وَأَبَانُ الْعَطَّارُ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] The reference is to Sūrah Tā Hā 20:14. The last wording being the popular recitation.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 436

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 436

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 437

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

437. Abū Qatādah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ was once on a journey, and he sidetracked (from the path), so I went with him. He said: 'Look!' I responded: 'There is a rider; these are two riders; these are three riders...' until we became seven. He said, 'Guard our prayer for us,' meaning the Fajr prayer. But they fell into a deep sleep, and they were only awakened by the heat of the sun. So they stood up and continued for a short while, then camped and performed Wudū. Bilāl called the Adhān, and they prayed two Rak'ahs (Sunnah) of Fajr, then prayed Fajr and continued to ride (onwards). They said to one another: 'We have been careless in (performing) our prayers.' The Prophet ﷺ said: 'There is no carelessness in sleep, verily carelessness occurs only while one is awake. So if one of you unintentionally misses a prayer, let him pray it as soon as he remembers, and the next day at its time.”[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

437 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ الْبُنَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رَبَاحٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ فِي سَفَرٍ لَهُ فَمَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمِلْتُ مَعَهُ، قَالَ: «انْظُرْ»، فَقُلْتُ: هَذَا رَاكِبٌ، هَذَانِ رَاكِبَانِ، هَؤُلَاءِ ثَلَاثَةٌ، حَتَّى صِرْنَا سَبْعَةً، فَقَالَ: «احْفَظُوا عَلَيْنَا صَلَاتَنَا» - يَعْنِي صَلَاةَ الْفَجْرِ - فَضُرِبَ عَلَى آذَانِهِمْ فَمَا أَيْقَظَهُمْ إِلَّا حَرُّ الشَّمْسِ فَقَامُوا فَسَارُوا هُنَيَّةً ثُمَّ نَزَلُوا فَتَوَضَّئُوا وَأَذَّنَ بِلَالٌ فَصَلَّوْا رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ، ثُمَّ صَلَّوُا الْفَجْرَ وَرَكِبُوا، فَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ لِبَعْضٍ: قَدْ فَرَّطْنَا فِي صَلَاتِنَا، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّهُ لَا تَفْرِيطَ فِي النَّوْمِ، إِنَّمَا التَّفْرِيطُ فِي الْيَقَظَةِ فَإِذَا سَهَا أَحَدُكُمْ عَنْ صَلَاةٍ فَلْيُصَلِّهَا حِينَ يَذْكُرُهَا وَمِنَ الْغَدِ لِلْوَقْتِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 437

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 437

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 438

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniShadhAl-Albani(قلت: رجال إسناده ثقات؛ لكن أخطأ خالد بن سميْرٍ في ثلاثة مواضع منه: أولا قوله: بعث رسول الله صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جيش الأمراء ... يعني: مُؤتة! والنبي صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لم يحضرها. وقد جزم بخطئه في ذلك ابن جرير وابن عبد البر وغيرهما. ثانياً: قوله: قال رسول الله صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " من كان منكم ... " إلى قوله: فركعهما. ثالثاً: قوله: " فمن أدرك ... " إلخ. وهذا- خاصةً- يخالف نص النبي صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ في هذا الأمر، فقد روى عمران بن حصين في هذه القصة- بعد قوله: فصلى بنا- ما نصه: فقالوا: يا رسول الله! ألا نعيدها في وقتها من الغد؟ قال: " أينهاكم ربكم تبارك وتعالى عن الربا ويقْبلُهُ منكم؟! ". وبهذا استدل البيهقي على ضعف هذه الكلمة، والصواب فيها: " فإذا سها أحدكم عن صلاة؛ فليصلِّها حين يذكرها، ومن الغد للوقت "؛ أي: ليصل غدا الصلاة الحاضرة في وقتها. وهو في الكتاب الأخر (رقم ٤٦٥))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

438. Khālid bin Sumair said: “Abdullāh bin Rabāḥ Al-Anṣārī came to us from Al-Madīnah. The Anṣār used to consider him to be a knowledgeable person. He narrated to us that Abū Qatādah Al-Anṣārī, the rider[2] of the Prophet ﷺ, said: ‘The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent (the expedition) of Al-‘Umarā’...’” — and he narrated the same incident (as in no. 437), and said: “...So we were only awoken by the high sun (above us). We stood up immediately for the prayer, but the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Gently, gently.’ When the sun had risen a distance, he said: ‘Whoever among you prays the two Rak’ahs (Sunnah) of Fajr, let him do so.’ So those who used to pray them, and those who did not use to pray them, (also) stood up and prayed them. Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded that the call to prayer be given, so it was given. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up and led us in prayer. When he turned around, he said: 'Indeed, we thank Allāh that we were not busy in some worldly affairs that caused us to (forget) our prayer, but (rather) our souls were in the Hands of Allāh, and He sent them (back to us) when He wished. So whoever among you caught the morning prayer the next day at its proper (time), then let him make up one more (prayer) like it.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

438 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَسْوَدُ بْنُ شَيْبَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ سُمَيْرٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ عَلَيْنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ رَبَاحٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ وَكَانَتِ الْأَنْصَارُ تُفَقِّهُهُ، فَحَدَّثَنَا قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو قَتَادَةَ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ فَارِسُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: بَعَثَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَيْشَ الْأُمَرَاءِ - بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ - قَالَ: فَلَمْ تُوقِظْنَا إِلَّا الشَّمْسُ طَالِعَةً فَقُمْنَا وَهِلِينَ لِصَلَاتِنَا فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «رُوَيْدًا رُوَيْدًا»، حَتَّى إِذَا تَعَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ كَانَ مِنْكُمْ يَرْكَعُ رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ فَلْيَرْكَعْهُمَا»، فَقَامَ مَنْ كَانَ يَرْكَعُهُمَا وَمَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ يَرْكَعُهُمَا فَرَكَعَهُمَا ثُمَّ أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُنَادَى بِالصَّلَاةِ فَنُودِيَ بِهَا فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى بِنَا فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: «أَلَا إِنَّا نَحْمَدُ اللَّهَ أَنَّا لَمْ نَكُنْ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ أُمُورِ الدُّنْيَا يَشْغَلُنَا عَنْ صَلَاتِنَا وَلَكِنَّ أَرْوَاحَنَا كَانَتْ بِيَدِ اللَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ فَأَرْسَلَهَا أَنَّى شَاءَ فَمَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنْكُمْ صَلَاةَ الْغَدَاةِ مِنْ غَدٍ صَالِحًا فَلْيَقْضِ مَعَهَا مِثْلَهَا»،

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Khaṭṭābī said: “I do not know any of the Fuqahā’ who said that praying it the next day also at its time is required, and it appears that the order for that is of recommendation, to preserve the virtue of the time when making it up.”

2 [2] Meaning, a fighter.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 438

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 438

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 439

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

439. In another narration (similar to no. 437), Abū Qatādah said (that the Prophet ﷺ said): "Allāh takes your souls as He wishes, and returns them as He wishes. Stand up and call the Adhān to prayer." So they stood up and purified themselves, until, when the sun had risen (high), the Prophet ﷺ stood up and led the people in prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

439 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ حُصَيْنٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، فِي هَذَا الْخَبَرِ قَالَ: فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَبَضَ أَرْوَاحَكُمْ حَيْثُ شَاءَ وَرَدَّهَا حَيْثُ شَاءَ قُمْ فَأَذِّنْ بِالصَّلَاةِ» فَقَامُوا فَتَطَهَّرُوا، حَتَّى إِذَا ارْتَفَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ قَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 439

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 439

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 440

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

440. (There is another chain) from 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatādah, from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ in meaning (similar to no. 437). He said: "So he performed Wudū' when the sun had risen, then he led them in prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

440 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْثَرٌ، عَنْ حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ: فَتَوَضَّأَ حِينَ ارْتَفَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ فَصَلَّى بِهِمْ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 440

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 440

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 441

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

441. (There is another chain) from 'Abdullāh! bin Rabāh, from Abū Qatādah (similar to no. 437), he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There is no carelessness in sleep. Carelessness is only while one is awake — that one delays a prayer until the time for the next one comes.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

441 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ وَهُوَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رَبَاحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَيْسَ فِي النَّوْمِ تَفْرِيطٌ إِنَّمَا التَّفْرِيطُ فِي الْيَقَظَةِ أَنْ تُؤَخِّرَ صَلَاةً حَتَّى يَدْخُلَ وَقْتُ أُخْرَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 441

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 441

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 442

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

442. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "If one of you forgets a prayer, then let him pray it when he remembers. There is no (other) expiation upon him except for this." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

442 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ نَسِيَ صَلَاةً فَلْيُصَلِّهَا إِذَا ذَكَرَهَا، لَا كَفَّارَةَ لَهَا إِلَّا ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 442

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 442

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 443

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

443. It was reported from 'Imrān bin Huṣain: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was once on a journey. They slept past the Fajr prayer, and were awakened by the heat of the sun. They continued traveling for a distance until the sun had risen (further), then the Mu'adh-dhin was ordered to call the Adhān. He prayed two Rak'ahs before Fajr, then he called the Iqāmah, then he prayed Fajr." (Da'if)

Arabic text

443 - حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ فِي مَسِيرٍ لَهُ فَنَامُوا عَنْ صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ، فَاسْتَيْقَظُوا بِحَرِّ الشَّمْسِ فَارْتَفَعُوا قَلِيلًا حَتَّى اسْتَقَلَّتِ الشَّمْسُ، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ مُؤَذِّنًا فَأَذَّنَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ، ثُمَّ أَقَامَ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى الْفَجْرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 443

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 443

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 444

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

444. 'Amr bin Umayyah Ad-Damri said: "We were once with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ on one of his journeys, and he slept past the Ṣubh until the sun had risen. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ woke up, and said: 'Leave this area.' Then (after traveling a distance) he commanded Bilāl to call the Adhān. They then performed Wuḍū, prayed the two Rak'ahs (Sunnah) of Fajr, then he commanded Bilāl to call the Iqāmah for the prayer, and he led them in the Ṣubh prayer." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

444 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّاسٌ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ وَهَذَا لَفْظُ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ يَزِيدَ حَدَّثَهُمْ، عَنْ حَيْوَةَ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ، عَنْ عَيَّاشِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ يَعْنِي الْقِتْبَانِيَّ، أَنَّ كُلَيْبَ بْنَ صُبْحٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ أَنَّ الزِّبْرِقَانَ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ عَمْرِو بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ الضَّمْرِيِّ، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي بَعْضِ أَسْفَارِهِ فَنَامَ، عَنِ الصُّبْحِ حَتَّى طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ فَاسْتَيْقَظَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «تَنَحَّوْا عَنْ هَذَا الْمَكَانِ»، قَالَ: «ثُمَّ أَمَر بِلَالًا فَأَذَّنَ، ثُمَّ تَوَضَّئُوا وَصَلَّوْا رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ فَصَلَّى بِهِمْ صَلَاةَ الصُّبْحِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 444

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 444

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 445

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

445. It was reported from Yazīd bin Ṣāliḥ, from Dhu Mikhbar Al-Habashī, a servant of the Prophet ﷺ, also narrated this incident, and stated: "The Prophet ﷺ performed Wuḍū such that the ground did not become wet. Then he ordered Bilāl to call the Adhān. The Prophet ﷺ then stood up and prayed two Rak'ahs in an unhurried manner. Then he said to Bilāl: 'Call the Iqāmah for the prayer.' Then he prayed in an unhurried manner." He (one of the narrators) said: "From Hajjāj, from Yazīd bin Ṣulāih: Dhū Mikhbar — a man from Al-Habashah — narrated to me." "Ubaid (one of the narrators) said: "Ubaid (one of the narrators) said: "Yazīd bin Ṣāliḥ." (Da'if)

Arabic text

445 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَرِيزٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ بْنُ أَبِي الْوَزِيرِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُبَشِّرٌ يَعْنِي الْحَلَبِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا حَرِيزٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ذِي مِخْبَرٍ الْحَبَشِيِّ، وَكَانَ يَخْدُمُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: فَتَوَضَّأَ - يَعْنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - وُضُوءًا لَمْ يَلْثَ مِنْهُ التُّرَابُ، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَذَّنَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ غَيْرَ عَجِلٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ لِبِلَالٍ: «أَقِمِ الصَّلَاةَ»، ثُمَّ صَلَّى الْفَرْضَ وَهُوَ غَيْرُ عَجِلٍ. قَالَ عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ صُلَيْحٍ، حَدَّثَنِي ذُو مِخْبَرٍ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْحَبَشَةِ وقَالَ عُبَيْدٌ: يَزِيدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 445

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 445

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 446

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniShadhAl-Albani(قلت: هو بهذا اللفظ شاذ. والصحيح ما في الرواية الأولى: فركع ركعتين غير عجل)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

446. (There is another chain) from Yazīd bin Sulaiḥ, from Dhu Mikhbar the paternal nephew of An-Najāshī (a narration similar to no. 445). In this version, it is: "...so he called the Adhān in an unhurried manner." (Da'if)

Arabic text

446 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، عَنْ حَرِيزٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ذِي مِخْبَرٍ ابْنِ أَخِي النَّجَاشِيِّ، فِي هَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: فَأَذَّنَ وَهُوَ غَيْرُ عَجِلٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 446

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 446

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 447

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

447. 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd narrated: "We went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at the time of (the Treaty of) Al-Hudaibiyyah. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Who will watch over us?' Bilāl said: 'I will.' But they slept until the sun had risen. The Prophet ﷺ woke up and said: 'Do as you usually do,' so we did (as he said). He said: 'And this is what you should do — the one who sleeps or forgets (the prayer).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

447 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ جَامِعِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ أَبِي عَلْقَمَةَ، سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: أَقْبَلْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ زَمَنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ يَكْلَؤُنَا» فَقَالَ بِلَالٌ: أَنَا، فَنَامُوا حَتَّى طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ فَاسْتَيْقَظَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «افْعَلُوا كَمَا كُنْتُمْ تَفْعَلُونَ»، قَالَ: فَفَعَلْنَا، قَالَ: «فَكَذَلِكَ فَافْعَلُوا لِمَنْ نَامَ أَوْ نَسِيَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 447

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 447

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

On (The Reward) Of Building Masājid

Hadith 448

DarussalamḌāʿifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

448. Ibn 'Abbās reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "I have not been commanded to extend (the structure of) the Masājid." Ibn 'Abbās (then) said: "Of a surety you will decorate it, just like the Jews and Christians decorated (their temples).” (Ḍāʿif)

Arabic text

448 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ الثَّوْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي فَزَارَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا أُمِرْتُ بِتَشْيِيدِ الْمَسَاجِدِ»، قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: لَتُزَخْرِفُنَّهَا كَمَا زَخْرَفَتِ الْيَهُودُ وَالنَّصَارَى

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 448

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 448

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 449

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

449. Anas bin Mālik reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: “The Hour will not arrive until people compete with one another in (building) Masājid.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

449 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، وَقَتَادَةُ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى يَتَبَاهَى النَّاسُ فِي الْمَسَاجِدِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 449

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 449

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 450

DarussalamḌāʿifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

450. Uthmān bin Abī Al-ʿĀṣ, may Allāh be pleased with him, reported that the Prophet ﷺ commanded him to build the Masjid of Aṭ-Ṭāʿif where their idols used to stand. (Ḍāʿif)

Arabic text

450 - حَدَّثَنَا رَجَاءُ بْنُ الْمُرَجَّى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو هَمَّامٍ الدَّلَّالُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُحَبَّبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَمَرَهُ أَنْ يَجْعَلَ مَسْجِدَ الطَّائِفِ حَيْثُ كَانَ طَوَاغِيتُهُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 450

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 450

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 451

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

451. It was reported from Abdullāh bin ʿUmar: “The Masjid (the Prophet’s Masjid in Al-Maḏinah) during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was built of clay bricks, and palm branches, and its pillars were made of palm trunks. Abū Bakr did not expand it (in his time), but ‘Umar constructed it upon its (original) foundations (that it had) during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, with clay bricks and palm branches. And he replaced its pillars with wood. ‘Uthmān also changed it, and added many (things) to it. He made its walls with engraved stone and plaster, and he made its pillars with engraved stone, and its roof with teak-wood.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

451 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، وَمُجَاهِدُ بْنُ مُوسَى، وَهُوَ أَتَمُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا نَافِعٌ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، أَخْبَرَهُ، " أَنَّ الْمَسْجِدَ كَانَ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مَبْنِيًّا بِاللَّبِنِ وَالْجَرِيدِ - قَالَ مُجَاهِدٌ: وَعُمُدُهُ مِنْ خَشَبِ النَّخْلِ - فَلَمْ يَزِدْ فِيهِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ شَيْئًا، وَزَادَ فِيهِ عُمَرُ وَبَنَاهُ عَلَى بِنَائِهِ فِي عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِاللَّبِنِ وَالْجَرِيدِ وَأَعَادَ عُمُدَهُ - قَالَ مُجَاهِدٌ: عُمُدَهُ خَشَبًا - وَغَيَّرَهُ عُثْمَانُ فَزَادَ فِيهِ زِيَادَةً كَثِيرَةً، وَبَنَى جِدَارَهُ بِالْحِجَارَةِ الْمَنْقُوشَةِ وَالْقَصَّةِ، وَجَعَلَ عُمُدَهُ مِنْ حِجَارَةٍ مَنْقُوشَةٍ وَسَقْفَهُ بِالسَّاجِ - قَالَ مُجَاهِدٌ: وَسَقَّفَهُ السَّاجَ - "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: الْقَصَّةُ: الْجِصُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 451

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 451

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 452

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

452. It was reported from Ibn ‘Umar, who said: "The pillars of the Prophet’s Masjid were made of palm trunks during his time. Its roof was covered with the branches of palm trees. It then decayed during the Khilāfah of Abū Bakr, so he rebuilt it with the trunks and branches of palm trees. It then decayed during the time of ‘Uthmān, so he rebuilt it with (stone) bricks, and it has remained stable until this time." (Da’if)

Arabic text

452 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَاتِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ فِرَاسٍ، عَنْ عَطِيَّةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، «أَنَّ مَسْجِدَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَتْ سَوَارِيهِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ جُذُوعِ النَّخْلِ أَعْلَاهُ مُظَلَّلٌ بِجَرِيدِ النَّخْلِ، ثُمَّ إِنَّهَا نَخِرَتْ فِي خِلَافَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ فَبَنَاهَا بِجُذُوعِ النَّخْلِ وَبِجَرِيدِ النَّخْلِ، ثُمَّ إِنَّهَا نَخِرَتْ فِي خِلَافَةِ عُثْمَانَ فَبَنَاهَا بِالْآجُرِّ فَلَمْ تَزَلْ ثَابِتَةً حَتَّى الْآنَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 452

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 452

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 453

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

453. Anas bin Mālik narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ arrived in Al-Madīnah (from Makkah), and he stayed in a high-district of it — in the village of Banū 'Amr bin 'Awf. He spent fourteen nights there, then sent for the tribe of Banū An-Najjār (to come to him). They came armed with their swords." Anas said: "It is as if I am looking at the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, upon his mount, and Abū Bakr seated behind him, and the leaders of Banū An-Najjār surrounding him, (riding on) until he reached the veranda of Abū Ayyūb (Al-Anṣārī's house). And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray wherever he was when the prayer time arrived, and he (would even) pray in sheep pens. He commanded that a Masjid be built, so he called for Banū An-Najjār, and said: 'O Banū An-Najjār! Give me a price that I may purchase this garden of yours.' They said: 'By Allāh! We will not ask its price except as (a reward) from Allāh.'" Anas said: "I will inform you what was inside it (the garden). There were the graves of some idolaters, and some ruins, and date-palms. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded that the graves of the idolaters be removed, and the ruins demolished, and the date-palms cut down. The date-palms were then lined up[1] in the direction of the Qiblah of the Masjid. And they made the frame of its entrance from stone. They were carrying stones while reciting lines of poetry, and the Prophet ﷺ was with them. He would say: ‘O Allāh! There is no good except the good of the Hereafter (Akhirah). So grant your aid to the Anṣār and the Muhājirah.’” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

453 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمَدِينَةَ فَنَزَلَ فِي عُلُوِّ الْمَدِينَةِ فِي حَيٍّ يُقَالُ: لَهُمْ بَنُو عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ فَأَقَامَ فِيهِمْ أَرْبَعَ عَشْرَةَ لَيْلَةً، ثُمَّ أَرْسَلَ إِلَى بَنِي النَّجَّارِ فَجَاءُوا مُتَقَلِّدِينَ سُيُوفَهُمْ، فَقَالَ أَنَسٌ: فَكَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ رِدْفُهُ، وَمَلَأُ بَنِي النَّجَّارِ حَوْلَهُ حَتَّى أَلْقَى بِفِنَاءِ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، حَيْثُ أَدْرَكَتْهُ الصَّلَاةُ، وَيُصَلِّي فِي مَرَابِضِ الْغَنَمِ، وَإِنَّهُ أَمَرَ بِبِنَاءِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَى بَنِي النَّجَّارِ فَقَالَ: «يَا بَنِي النَّجَّارِ، ثَامِنُونِي بِحَائِطِكُمْ هَذَا» فَقَالُوا: وَاللَّهِ، لَا نَطْلُبُ ثَمَنَهُ إِلَّا إِلَى اللَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، قَالَ أَنَسٌ: وَكَانَ فِيهِ مَا أَقُولُ لَكُمْ، كَانَتْ فِيهِ قُبُورُ الْمُشْرِكِينَ، وَكَانَتْ فِيهِ خِرَبٌ، وَكَانَ فِيهِ نَخْلٌ، فَأَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِقُبُورِ الْمُشْرِكِينَ، فَنُبِشَتْ وَبِالْخِرَبِ فَسُوِّيَتْ وَبِالنَّخْلِ فَقُطِعَ فَصَفُّوا النَّخْلَ قِبْلَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ، وَجَعَلُوا عِضَادَتَيْهِ حِجَارَةً، وَجَعَلُوا يَنْقُلُونَ الصَّخْرَ، وَهُمْ يَرْتَجِزُونَ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَعَهُمْ، وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَا خَيْرَ إِلَّا خَيْرُ الْآخِرَهْ فَانْصُرِ الْأَنْصَارَ وَالْمُهَاجِرَهْ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 453

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 453

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 454

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

454. Anas bin Mālik narrated, “The place of (the Prophet’s ﷺ) Masjid was a garden that used to belong to Banū An-Najjār. There was some cultivation (growing) in it, and date-palms, and graves of some idolaters. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Give me a price that I may purchase it (from you).’ They said: ‘We do not want any money for it.’ So the date-palms were cut down, and the cultivation uprooted, and the graves of the idolaters removed...” and he narrated the remainder of the Hadīth (as no. 453), except that he said (in the poem): “Forgive...” instead of, “Grant your aid...” (Ṣaḥīh) Mūsā (one of the narrators) said: “‘Abdul-Wārīth narrated similar to us, and ‘Abdul-Wārīth used to say: ‘Ruins’, and ‘Abdul-Wārīth claimed that he narrated this Hadīth to Hammād.[1]

Arabic text

454 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ مَوْضِعُ الْمَسْجِدِ حَائِطًا لِبَنِي النَّجَّارِ فِيهِ حَرْثٌ وَنَخْلٌ، وَقُبُورُ الْمُشْرِكِينَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «ثَامِنُونِي بِهِ» فَقَالُوا: لَا نَبْغِي بِهِ ثَمَنًا، فَقَطَعَ النَّخْلَ وَسَوَّى الْحَرْثَ وَنَبَشَ قُبُورَ الْمُشْرِكِينَ، وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ، وَقَالَ: «فَاغْفِرْ» مَكَانَ «فَانْصُرْ»، قَالَ مُوسَى: وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، بِنَحْوِهِ، وَكَانَ عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، يَقُولُ: خِرَبٌ، وَزَعَمَ عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، أَنَّهُ أَفَادَ حَمَّادًا هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, they were used to build the front wall.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 454

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 454

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

Masājid In The Dūr (Villages)[2]

Hadith 455

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

455. ‘Āishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, commanded that Masājid be built in the villages, and that they be kept clean and perfumed. (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

455 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِبِنَاءِ الْمَسَاجِدِ فِي الدُّورِ وَأَنْ تُنَظَّفَ وَتُطَيَّبَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 455

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 455

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 456

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

456. Samurah wrote to his son: “To proceed: the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would command us to build our Masājid in our villages, and to perfect its structure, and to clean it.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

456 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى يَعْنِي ابْنَ حَسَّانَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي خُبَيْبُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ سَمُرَةَ، أَنَّهُ كَتَبَ إِلَى ابْنِهِ: أَمَّا بَعْدُ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَأْمُرُنَا بِالْمَسَاجِدِ أَنْ نَصْنَعَهَا فِي دِيَارِنَا، وَنُصْلِحَ صَنْعَتَهَا وَنُطَهِّرَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 456

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 456

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

About HavingTorches In The Masājid

Hadith 457

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

457. Maimūnah, the freed-slave of the Prophet ﷺ said, "O Messenger of Allāh. Give us a verdict about Bait Al-Maqdis."[1] So the Prophet ﷺ said: "Go to it and pray in it," and it was, at that time, in enemy territory. (He ﷺ then said): "But if you cannot go to it and pray in it, then (at least) send (some) oil that can be used to light its chandeliers." (Āṭif)

Arabic text

457 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مِسْكِينٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَبِي سَوْدَةَ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، مَوْلَاةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَفْتِنَا فِي بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ فَقَالَ: «ائْتُوهُ فَصَلُّوا فِيهِ» وَكَانَتِ الْبِلَادُ إِذْ ذَاكَ حَرْبًا، «فَإِنْ لَمْ تَأْتُوهُ وَتُصَلُّوا فِيهِ، فَابْعَثُوا بِزَيْتٍ يُسْرَجُ فِي قَنَادِيلِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 457

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 457

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

About The PebblesIn The Masjid

Hadith 458

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

458. Abū Al-Walīd said: "I asked Ibn 'Umar about the pebbles that are in the Masjid. He said: 'One night it rained on us, so the earth became wet. So a person would bring pebbles in his garment, and place them beneath him. When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ finished the prayer, he said: 'What a great (idea) this is!'" (Āṭif)

Arabic text

458 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ تَمَّامِ بْنِ بَزِيعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْوَلِيدِ، سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، عَنِ الْحَصَى الَّذِي فِي الْمَسْجِدِ؟ فَقَالَ: مُطِرْنَا ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ فَأَصْبَحَتِ الْأَرْضُ مُبْتَلَّةً، فَجَعَلَ الرَّجُلُ يَأْتِي بِالْحَصَى فِي ثَوْبِهِ، فَيَبْسُطُهُ تَحْتَهُ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «مَا أَحْسَنَ هَذَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] Jerusalem.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 458

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 458

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 459

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

459. It was reported from Al-A'mash, from Abū Ṣāliḥ, who said: "It was said that if a person were to take the pebbles out of the Masjid, they (the pebbles) would plead with him (not to)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

459 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، وَوَكِيعٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، قَالَ: " كَانَ يُقَالُ: إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا أَخْرَجَ الْحَصَى مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ يُنَاشِدُهُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 459

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 459

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 460

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

460. It was reported from Abū Ḥuṣain, from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from Abū Hurairah — Abū Badr (one of the narrators) said: "I think it was attributed to the Prophet ﷺ — he said: "The pebbles plead with the one who takes them out of the Masjid." (Da'if)

Arabic text

460 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَعْنِي الصَّاغَانِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَدْرٍ شُجَاعُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو بَدْرٍ: أُرَاهُ قَدْ رَفَعَهُ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الْحَصَاةَ لَتُنَاشِدُ الَّذِي يُخْرِجُهَا مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 460

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 460

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

On Cleaning The Masjid

Hadith 461

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

461. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The rewards of my nation were shown to me, (so much so that I) even (saw the reward of) a man who removes a small speck of filth from the Masjid. And the sins of my nation were shown to me, and I did not see any sin greater than a Sūrah or Verse which a person was given (had memorized) and then forgot." (Da'if)

Arabic text

461 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَكَمِ الْخَزَّازُ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَجِيدِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رَوَّادٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ الْمُطَّلِبِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَنْطَبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «عُرِضَتْ عَلَيَّ أُجُورُ أُمَّتِي حَتَّى الْقَذَاةُ يُخْرِجُهَا الرَّجُلُ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ، وَعُرِضَتْ عَلَيَّ ذُنُوبُ أُمَّتِي، فَلَمْ أَرَ ذَنْبًا أَعْظَمَ مِنْ سُورَةٍ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ أَوْ آيَةٍ أُوتِيَهَا رَجُلٌ ثُمَّ نَسِيَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 461

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 461

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

Separating The Women From The Men In The Masjid

Hadith 462

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

462. It was reported from 'Abdul-Wārīth, that Ayyūb narrated, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Why don't we leave this door for the women?'" (Sahih) Nāfi' said: "So Ibn 'Umar did not enter from that door until he died." (Abū Dāwūd said:) Others besides 'Abdul-Wārīth said: "Umar said" — and that is more correct.

Arabic text

462 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْ تَرَكْنَا هَذَا الْبَابَ لِلنِّسَاءِ»، قَالَ نَافِعٌ: فَلَمْ يَدْخُلْ مِنْهُ ابْنُ عُمَرَ، حَتَّى مَاتَ، وَقَالَ غَيْرُ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ: قَالَ عُمَرُ: وَهُوَ أَصَحُّ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 462

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 462

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 463

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: يعني: بمعنى حديث قبله، رواه من طريق نافع أيضاً عن ابن عمر قال: قال رسول الله صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لو تركنا هذا الباب للنساء ". وإسناده صحيح؛ وإن رجح المصنف هذا الموقوف عليه، ولذلك أوردناه في الكتاب الآخر (رقم (٤٨٣) . وأما هذا فهو معلول؛ قال أحمد بن حنبل: " نافع عن عمر منقطع ". وبهذا أعله المنذري في " مختصره ") .
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

463. It was reported by Ismā'īl, from Ayyūb, from Nāfi' who said: "Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb, may Allāh be pleased with him, said..." mentioning (the narration in) its meaning. And this is more correct. (Da'if)

Arabic text

463 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ أَعْيَنَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ بِمَعْنَاهُ، وَهُوَ أَصَحُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 463

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 463

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 464

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: هو ضعيف لانقطاعه كما سبق)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

464. It was reported from Bukair, from Nāfi', who said: "Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb would prohibit (men) from entering through the women's door." (Da'if)

Arabic text

464 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُضَرَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، «كَانَ يَنْهَى أَنْ يُدْخَلَ مِنْ بَابِ النِّسَاءِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 464

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 464

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

What A Person Should Say When He Enters The Masjid

Hadith 465

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

465. It was reported from 'Abdul-Mālik bin Sa'eed bin Suwaid who said: "I heard Abū Humaid, or Abū Usaid Al-Anṣārī saying: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you enters the Masjid, let him send salutations upon the Prophet ﷺ then say: 'Allāhummaftahli abwāba rahmatik (O Allāh! Open for me the gates of Your mercy).' Then, when he exits, let him say: 'Allāhumma innī asa'luka min faḍlik (O Allāh! I ask You of Your bounty.)'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

465 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي الدَّرَاوَرْدِيَّ، عَنْ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ، أَوْ أَبَا أُسَيْدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلْيُسَلِّمْ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ لِيَقُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ افْتَحْ لِي أَبْوَابَ رَحْمَتِكَ، فَإِذَا خَرَجَ فَلْيَقُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ مِنْ فَضْلِكَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 465

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 465

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 466

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

466. Haiwah bin Shuraiḥ said: "I met 'Uqbah bin Muslim, and told him: 'I have heard that you narrate from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr bin Al-'Āsh that the Prophet ﷺ would say, when he entered the Masjid: 'A'ūdhu billāhil-'azīm wa biwajjihil-karīmi wa sultānihil-qadīmi min ash-shaītānir-rajīm (I seek refuge in Allāh, the Great, and in His Noble Face and His Eternal Power, from Shaitān, the rejected).'" He ('Uqbah) said: 'Is that all?'[1] I said: 'Yes.' So he (added): 'So when he says that, Shaitān says: “He has been protected from me for the entire day.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

466 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ بِشْرِ بْنِ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ حَيْوَةَ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ، قَالَ: لَقِيتُ عُقْبَةَ بْنَ مُسْلِمٍ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: بَلَغَنِي أَنَّكَ حَدَّثْتَ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ قَالَ: «أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ الْعَظِيمِ، وَبِوَجْهِهِ الْكَرِيمِ، وَسُلْطَانِهِ الْقَدِيمِ، مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ»، قَالَ: أَقَطْ؟ قُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: فَإِذَا قَالَ: ذَلِكَ قَالَ الشَّيْطَانُ: حُفِظَ مِنِّي سَائِرَ الْيَوْمِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, is that the entire narration that you have heard.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 466

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 466

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

What Has Been Narrated Concerning Aṣ-Ṣalāt After Entering The Masjid

Hadith 467

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

467. It was reported from ‘Amr bin Sulaim Az-Zuraqī, from Abū Qatādah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “When one of you comes to the Masjid, let him pray two Rak’ahs before he sits down.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

467 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا جَاءَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلْيُصَلِّ سَجْدَتَيْنِ مِنْ قَبْلِ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 467

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 467

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 468

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

468. (There is another chain) from a man from Banū Zuraiq, from Abū Qatādah, from the Prophet ﷺ with similar (to no. 467), and he added: “...Then let him sit (in the Masjid) if he so desires, or go for his need.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

468 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عُمَيْسٍ عُتْبَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، مِنْ بَنِي زُرَيْقٍ عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِنَحْوِهِ زَادَ: «ثُمَّ لِيَقْعُدْ بَعْدُ إِنْ شَاءَ أَوْ لِيَذْهَبْ لِحَاجَتِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 468

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 468

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

The Virtue Of Sitting In The Masjid

Hadith 469

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

469. It was reported from Al-A’raj, from Abū Hurairah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The angels continue to pray for one of you as long as he sits in the place that he has prayed in — as long as he does not commit Hadath[1] or [stand up]. (They say): 'O Allāh! Forgive him. O Allāh! Have mercy on him.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

469 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " الْمَلَائِكَةُ تُصَلِّي عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ مَا دَامَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ، مَا لَمْ يُحْدِثْ، أَوْ يَقُمْ: اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لَهُ اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْهُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 469

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 469

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 470

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

470. (With the same chain:) It was reported from Al-A'rāj, from Abū Hurairah, he reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "One of you is counted as being in prayer as long as it is the prayer that detains him, nothing preventing him from returning to his family except the prayer." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

470 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «لَا يَزَالُ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاةٍ مَا كَانَتِ الصَّلَاةُ تَحْبِسُهُ، لَا يَمْنَعُهُ أَنْ يَنْقَلِبَ إِلَى أَهْلِهِ إِلَّا الصَّلَاةُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 470

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 470

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 471

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

471. It was reported from Abū Nāfi', from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "One of you is counted as being in prayer as long as he is in his prayer place, waiting for the prayer (to start). The angels say: 'O Allāh! Forgive him. O Allāh! Have mercy on him,' until he leaves or commits Hadath." It was asked (of Abū Hurairah): "What is the meaning of 'commits Hadath?' He replied: "To pass wind silently or with a noise." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

471 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " لَا يَزَالُ الْعَبْدُ فِي صَلَاةٍ مَا كَانَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ يَنْتَظِرُ الصَّلَاةَ، تَقُولُ الْمَلَائِكَةُ: اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لَهُ، اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْهُ، حَتَّى يَنْصَرِفَ، أَوْ يُحْدِثَ "، فَقِيلَ مَا يُحْدِثُ؟ قَالَ: يَفْسُو، أَوْ يَضْرِطُ

Footnotes

1 [1] See no. 471.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 471

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 471

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 472

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

472. (There is another chain) from 'Umair bin Hāni' Al-'Ansi, from Abū Hurairah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever comes to the Masjid for a reason, then that will be his recompense.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

472 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا صَدَقَةُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي الْعَاتِكَةِ الْأَزْدِيُّ، عَنْ عُمَيْرِ بْنِ هَانِئٍ الْعَنْسِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَتَى الْمَسْجِدَ لِشَيْءٍ فَهُوَ حَظُّهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 472

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 472

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

Announcing Lost Items In The Masjid Is Disliked

Hadith 473

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

473. Abū Hurairah narrated that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Whoever hears a man announcing his lost animal in the Masjid, then let him say, 'May Allāh not return it to you,' for the Masājid have not been built for this purpose." (Sahih)

Arabic text

473 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ الْجُشَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَيْوَةُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ شُرَيْحٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا الْأَسْوَدِ يَعْنِي مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، يَقُولُ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، مَوْلَى شَدَّادٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " مَنْ سَمِعَ رَجُلًا يَنْشُدُ ضَالَّةً فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَلْيَقُلْ: لَا أَدَّاهَا اللَّهُ إِلَيْكَ فَإِنَّ الْمَسَاجِدَ لَمْ تُبْنَ لِهَذَا "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 473

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 473

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

Spitting In A Masjid Is Disliked

Hadith 474

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

474. It was reported from Abān, from Qatādah, from Anas bin Mālik that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Spitting in the Masjid is a sin, and its expiation is to cover it." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

474 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، وَشُعْبَةُ، وَأَبَانُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «التَّفْلُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ خَطِيئَةٌ وَكَفَّارَتُهُ أَنْ تُوَارِيَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 474

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 474

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 475

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

475. It was reported from Abū 'Awānah, from Qatādah, from Anas bin Mālik, who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Spitting in the Masjid is a sin, and its expiation it to bury it." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

475 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْبُزَاقُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ خَطِيئَةٌ وَكَفَّارَتُهَا دَفْنُهَا»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 475

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 475

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 476

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

476. It was reported from Sa'eed, from Qatādah, from Anas bin Mālik who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "(Expelling) phlegm in the Masjid..." and he mentioned similar (to no. 475). (Sahīh)

Arabic text

476 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «النُّخَاعَةُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ» فَذَكَرَ مِثْلَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 476

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 476

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 477

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

477. It was reported from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Hadrad Al-Aslamī who said: "I heard Abū Hurairah saying: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever enters this Masjid and spits in it, or expels phlegm, let him dig a hole and bury it, and if he does not do so, let him spit in his garment and take it out with him.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

477 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَوْدُودٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي حَدْرَدٍ الْأَسْلَمِيِّ، سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ دَخَلَ هَذَا الْمَسْجِدَ فَبَزَقَ فِيهِ، أَوْ تَنَخَّمَ فَلْيَحْفِرْ فَلْيَدْفِنْهُ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَفْعَلْ فَلْيَبْزُقْ فِي ثَوْبِهِ ثُمَّ لِيَخْرُجْ بِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 477

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 477

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 478

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

478. Tāriq bin ‘Abdullāh Al-Muḥārībī reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “If a person stands up to pray” — or — “when one of you prays, let him not spit in front of him, nor on his right side, but rather on his left side if there is nothing there, or under his left foot, then let him rub (his feet) over it (to bury it).” (Sahih)

Arabic text

478 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ رِبْعِيٍّ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُحَارِبِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا قَامَ الرَّجُلُ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ، أَوْ إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلَا يَبْزُقْ أَمَامَهُ، وَلَا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَلَكِنْ عَنْ تِلْقَاءِ يَسَارِهِ، إِنْ كَانَ فَارِغًا أَوْ تَحْتَ قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى ثُمَّ لِيَقُلْ بِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 478

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 478

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 479

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

479. It was reported from Hammād, that Ayyūb narrated from Nāfi‘, from Ibn ‘Umar, who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was once giving a sermon when he saw some phlegm (in the front wall) in the direction of the Qiblah of the Masjid. So he became angry at the people, then scratched it away (with something). And I think that he called for some saffron and covered (the spot) with it. He then said: ‘Indeed, Allāh is facing one of you when he prays, so let him not spit in front of him.’” (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: Ismā‘il and ‘Abdul-Wārith reported it from Ayyūb, from Nāfi‘ — (as did) Mālik, ‘Ubaidullāh, and Mūsā bin ‘Uqbah from Nāfi’ — similar to that narrated by Hammād, except that they did not mention the saffron. Ma’mar reported it from Ayyūb and he mentioned the saffron in it. And Yaḥyā bin Sulaim narrating it from ‘Ubaidullāh, from Nāfi’, mentioned Khalūq.[1]

Arabic text

479 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: بَيْنَمَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ يَوْمًا إِذْ رَأَى نُخَامَةً فِي قِبْلَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ فَتَغَيَّظَ عَلَى النَّاسِ، ثُمَّ حَكَّهَا، قَالَ: وَأَحْسَبُهُ قَالَ: فَدَعَا بِزَعْفَرَانٍ فَلَطَّخَهُ بِهِ، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ قِبَلَ وَجْهِ أَحَدِكُمْ إِذَا صَلَّى، فَلَا يَبْزُقْ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ إِسْمَاعِيلُ، وَعَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، وَمَالِكٍ، وَعُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، وَمُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، نَحْوَ حَمَّادٍ، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا الزَّعْفَرَانَ، وَرَوَاهُ مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَأَثْبَتَ الزَّعْفَرَانَ فِيهِ، وَذَكَرَ يَحْيَى بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ الْخَلُوقَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 479

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 479

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 480

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

480. Abū Sa’eed Al-Khudrī narrated: “The Prophet ﷺ liked ‘Arājīn,[2] and he would always have some in his hand. Once, he entered the Masjid, and saw some phlegm in the direction of the Qiblah. He scraped it away, then turned around angrily and faced the people. He said: ‘Does one of you like that he be spat on in his face? When one of you faces the Qiblah, then he turns to face his Lord, Exalted and Glorified is He, and the angel is on his right side. So let him not spit towards his right, nor towards his Qiblah, but let him spit on his left, or under his foot. If he is overcome (and must spit quickly), then let him do like this,” and Ibn ‘Ajlān (the narrator) demonstrated for us that he should spit in his garment, then rub it into the garment. (Sahih)

Arabic text

480 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عِيَاضِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُحِبُّ الْعَرَاجِينَ وَلَا يَزَالُ فِي يَدِهِ مِنْهَا، فَدَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَرَأَى نُخَامَةً فِي قِبْلَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ فَحَكَّهَا، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ مُغْضَبًا، فَقَالَ: «أَيَسُرُّ أَحَدَكُمْ أَنْ يُبْصَقَ فِي وَجْهِهِ؟ إِنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ إِذَا اسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ فَإِنَّمَا يَسْتَقْبِلُ رَبَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، وَالْمَلَكُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فَلَا يَتْفُلْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَلَا فِي قِبْلَتِهِ، وَلْيَبْصُقْ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، أَوْ تَحْتَ قَدَمِهِ، فَإِنْ عَجِلَ بِهِ أَمْرٌ فَلْيَقُلْ هَكَذَا» وَوَصَفَ لَنَا ابْنُ عَجْلَانَ ذَلِكَ أَنْ يَتْفُلَ فِي ثَوْبِهِ، ثُمَّ يَرُدَّ بَعْضَهُ عَلَى بَعْضٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] A type of perfume commonly used by women which was made of saffron or the like, usually having a reddish or yellowish color. See An-Nihāyah.

2 [2] ‘Arājīn is the plural of ‘Urjūn which is the yellow stalk upon which there are clusters of dates.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 480

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 480

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 481

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

481. Abū Sahlāh As-Sāʿib bin Khallād — Aḥmad (one of the narrators said) — one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ — said that once a person led a group of people in prayer, and (while in prayer he) spat in the direction of the Qiblah while the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was looking (at him). When he completed (the prayer), the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "He should not lead you in prayer." So he wished after that to lead them in prayer, but they prevented him, and informed him of the statement of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. The man mentioned this to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so he said: "Yes..." and I think he also said: "...you have offended Allāh and His Messenger." (Hasan)

Arabic text

481 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ سَوَادَةَ الْجُذَامِيِّ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ خَيْوَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَهْلَةَ السَّائِبِ بْنِ خَلَّادٍ - قَالَ أَحْمَدُ: مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - أَنَّ رَجُلًا أَمَّ قَوْمًا، فَبَصَقَ فِي الْقِبْلَةِ، وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنْظُرُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ فَرَغَ: «لَا يُصَلِّي لَكُمْ»، فَأَرَادَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ لَهُمْ فَمَنَعُوهُ وَأَخْبَرُوهُ بِقَوْلِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «نَعَمْ»، وَحَسِبْتُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «إِنَّكَ آذَيْتَ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 481

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 481

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 482

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

482. It was reported from Abū Al-ʿAlāʾ, from Muṭṭarīf from his father[1] that he said: "I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was praying, and he spat under his left foot." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

482 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا سَعِيدٌ الْجُرَيْرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَبَزَقَ تَحْتَ قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى»،

Footnotes

1 [1] ʿAbdullāh bin Ash-Shikh-khir.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 482

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 482

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 483

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

483. (There is another chain) from Abū Al-'Alā', from his father (similar to no. 482),[1] with its meaning and he added: "...then he rubbed it (into the ground) with his sandal." (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

483 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْجُرَيْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، بِمَعْنَاهُ زَادَ ثُمَّ دَلَكَهُ بِنَعْلِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 483

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 483

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 484

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

484. Abū Sa'eed said: "I saw Wāṭilah bin Al-Asqa' spit upon a straw mat in the Masjid of Damascus, then rub it with his foot. He was asked: 'Why did you do this?' He replied: 'Because I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do it.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

484 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْفَرَجُ بْنُ فَضَالَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ وَاثِلَةَ بْنَ الْأَسْقَعِ، " فِي مَسْجِدِ دِمَشْقَ بَصَقَ عَلَى الْبُورِيِّ، ثُمَّ مَسَحَهُ بِرِجْلِهِ ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: لِمَ فَعَلْتَ هَذَا؟ قَالَ: لِأَنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُهُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 484

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 484

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 485

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

485.[1] Al-Walīd bin 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit said: "We visited Jābir bin 'Abdullāh while he was in his Masjid. He said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to us in this Masjid of ours, and in his hand was an Ibn Tāb 'Urjūn.'[2] He saw some phlegm in the direction of the Qiblah, so he went to it and scraped it with the 'Urjūn. He then said: "Who among you is pleased with Allāh turning away from him? When one of you stands up to pray, then Allāh is in front of him. So let him not spit in front of him, nor on his right, but let him spit on his left, under his left foot. But if he is overcome with some (discharge), then let him do so with his garment," and he put (the garment) over his mouth, then rubbed it (in). He then said: "Bring some 'Abīr[3] to me," so a youth from our neighborhood hurried (home) to his family and returned with some Khalūq in his hands. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ took it, and placed it on the tip of the 'Urjūn, then layered it over the traces of the phlegm." Jābir added: "So from this, you (started) placing Khalūq in your Masājid." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

485 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ الْفَضْلِ السِّجِسْتَانِيُّ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الدِّمَشْقِيَّانِ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ - وَهَذَا لَفْظُ يَحْيَى بْنِ الْفَضْلِ السِّجِسْتَانِيِّ -، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ مُجَاهِدٍ أَبُو حَزْرَةَ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، أَتَيْنَا جَابِرًا يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَهُوَ فِي مَسْجِدِهِ، فَقَالَ: أَتَانَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَسْجِدِنَا هَذَا، وَفِي يَدِهِ عُرْجُونُ ابْنِ طَابٍ فَنَظَرَ فَرَأَى فِي قِبْلَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ نُخَامَةً فَأَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهَا، فَحَتَّهَا بِالْعُرْجُونِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَيُّكُمْ يُحِبُّ أَنْ يُعْرِضَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ بِوَجْهِهِ» ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ قِبَلَ وَجْهِهِ، فَلَا يَبْصُقَنَّ قِبَلَ وَجْهِهِ، وَلَا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَلْيَبْزُقْ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ تَحْتَ رِجْلِهِ الْيُسْرَى، فَإِنْ عَجِلَتْ بِهِ بَادِرَةٌ فَلْيَقُلْ بِثَوْبِهِ هَكَذَا» وَوَضَعَهُ عَلَى فِيهِ ثُمَّ دَلَكَهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَرُونِي عَبِيرًا» فَقَامَ فَتًى مِنَ الْحَيِّ يَشْتَدُّ إِلَى أَهْلِهِ فَجَاءَ بِخَلُوقٍ فِي رَاحَتِهِ فَأَخَذَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَجَعَلَهُ عَلَى رَأْسِ الْعُرْجُونِ ثُمَّ لَطَخَ بِهِ عَلَى أَثَرِ النُّخَامَةِ، قَالَ جَابِرٌ: فَمِنْ هُنَاكَ جَعَلْتُمُ الْخَلُوقَ فِي مَسَاجِدِكُمْ

Footnotes

1 [1] Some copies of the text have this narration after no. 484.

2 [2] Ibn Tāb is a type of date from Al-Madinah, and it was customary to name types of dates after some people who produced them.

3 [3] A type of perfume that has some color to it, being a mixture of fragrances.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 485

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 485

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

An Idolater Entering The Masjid

Hadith 486

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

486. Anas bin Mālik narrated: "A man entered (the Masjid) upon a camel. He sat it down and tied it in the Masjid, then said: 'Who among you is Muḥammad?' And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was reclining among them. We told him: 'This white (person) who is reclining.' The man said to him: 'O son of ‘Abdul-Muṭṭalib!’ The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘I have responded to you.’ So the man said: ‘O Muḥammad, I am going to ask you...’” and he narrated the remainder of the Hadīth. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

486 - حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ شَرِيكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي نَمِرٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: دَخَلَ رَجُلٌ عَلَى جَمَلٍ فَأَنَاخَهُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ عَقَلَهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: أَيُّكُمْ مُحَمَّدٌ؟ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُتَّكِئٌ بَيْنَ ظَهْرَانَيْهِمْ، فَقُلْنَا لَهُ: هَذَا الْأَبْيَضُ الْمُتَّكِئُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: يَا ابْنَ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ فَقَالَ لَهُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَدْ أَجَبْتُكَ» فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: يَا مُحَمَّدُ إِنِّي سَائِلُكَ وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ،

Footnotes

1 [1] He is Muṭṭarīf's brother, both are the sons of 'Abdullāh bin Ash-Shikh-khīr, the first narration he reported from his brother.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 486

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 486

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 487

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

487. Ibn ‘Abbās said: “The tribe of Banu Sa’d bin Bakr sent Ḍimām bin Tha’labah to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so he came to him and sat his camel down at the door of the Masjid and tied it. He then entered the Masjid...” and he mentioned similarly (as no. 486), except that he said that Ḍimām said: “Who among you is the son of Abdul-Muṭṭalib?” The Prophet ﷺ said, “I am the son of ‘Abdul-Muṭṭalib.” So he said: “O son of ‘Abdul-Muṭṭalib...” and he narrated the remainder of the Hadīth. (Hasan)

Arabic text

487 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا سَلَمَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي سَلَمَةُ بْنُ كُهَيْلٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ نُوَيْفِعٍ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: بَعَثَ بَنُو سَعْدِ بْنِ بَكْرٍ ضِمَامَ بْنَ ثَعْلَبَةَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَدِمَ عَلَيْهِ فَأَنَاخَ بَعِيرَهُ عَلَى بَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ عَقَلَهُ، ثُمَّ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ: أَيُّكُمْ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَنَا ابْنُ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ»، قَالَ: يَا ابْنَ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 487

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 487

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 488

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

488. Abū Hurairah said that the Jews came to the Prophet ﷺ while he was sitting in the Masjid among his Companions. They said: “O Abul-Qāsim! (What is the verdict) concerning a man and woman who have fornicated with each other?” (Da’if)

Arabic text

488 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا رَجُلٌ، مِنْ مُزَيْنَةَ وَنَحْنُ عِنْدَ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: " الْيَهُودُ أَتَوُا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ فِي أَصْحَابِهِ فَقَالُوا: يَا أَبَا الْقَاسِمِ فِي رَجُلٍ وَامْرَأَةٍ زَنَيَا مِنْهُمْ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 488

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 488

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

The Places InWhich Prayer Is Not Allowed

Hadith 489

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

489. Abū Dharr narrated that theMessenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Theearth has been made (a means of)purification for me, and a place ofprostration (for prayer)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

489 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «جُعِلَتْ لِي الْأَرْضُ طَهُورًا وَمَسْجِدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 489

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 489

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 490

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

490. Abū Ṣāliḥ Al-Ghifārī narratedthat 'Alī once passed through (thecity of) Babylon in one of histravels. The Mu'adh-dhin (caller toprayer) came to him and called theAdhān for 'Aṣr. When he hademerged (from the city), hecommanded the Mu'adh-dhin tocall the Iqāmah. After completing(the prayer), he said: "My beloved,peace be upon him (meaning, theProphet ﷺ) prohibited me frompraying in a graveyard, and heprohibited me from praying inBabylon, for it is a cursed (land)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

490 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ أَزْهَرَ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ الْمُرَادِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ الْغِفَارِيِّ، أَنَّ عَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، مَرَّ بِبَابِلَ وَهُوَ يَسِيرُ فَجَاءَهُ الْمُؤَذِّنُ يُؤَذِّنُ بِصَلَاةِ الْعَصْرِ، فَلَمَّا بَرَزَ مِنْهَا أَمَرَ الْمُؤَذِّنَ، فَأَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ حَبِيبِي صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَهَانِي أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ فِي الْمَقْبَرَةِ، وَنَهَانِي أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ فِي أَرْضِ بَابِلَ فَإِنَّهَا مَلْعُونَةٌ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 490

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 490

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 491

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

491. (There is another chain) from ‘Ali with the meaning of the report of Sulaimān bin Dāwud (no. 490). He said: “When he had left” in place of: “When he had emerged.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

491 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَزْهَرَ، وَابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ الْغِفَارِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، بِمَعْنَى سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا خَرَجَ مَكَانَ فَلَمَّا بَرَزَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 491

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 491

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 492

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

492. It was narrated from Abū Sa‘eed that he said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said;” — in his narration, Mūsā (one of the narrators) said: “‘Amr (one of the narrators) thought it was: “Indeed the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘All of the earth is a place of prostration, except a Hammām,[1] and a graveyard.”” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

492 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: - وَقَالَ مُوسَى فِي حَدِيثِهِ فِيمَا يَحْسَبُ عَمْرٌو - إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْأَرْضُ كُلُّهَا مَسْجِدٌ إِلَّا الْحَمَّامَ وَالْمَقْبَرَةَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Hammām: a bath house, or the like.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 492

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 492

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

Praying In Camel Resting Areas[1]

Hadith 493

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

493. Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib narrated that a man asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ about praying in camel pens. He replied: "Do not pray in the camel resting areas, since they are from Shaitān." He was then asked about praying in goat pens,[2] to which he replied: "Pray in them, for they are blessed." (Sahih)

Arabic text

493 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّازِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ فِي مَبَارِكِ الْإِبِلِ؟ فَقَالَ: «لَا تُصَلُّوا فِي مَبَارِكِ الْإِبِلِ فَإِنَّهَا مِنَ الشَّيَاطِينِ» وَسُئِلَ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ فِي مَرَابِضِ الْغَنَمِ؟ فَقَالَ: «صَلُّوا فِيهَا فَإِنَّهَا بَرَكَةٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 493

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 493

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

When Should A Boy Be Ordered To Offer Aš-Šalāt?

Hadith 494

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

494. 'Abdul-Mālik bin Ar-Rabī' bin Sabrah reported from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Command a boy to offer Aš-Šalāt when he reaches the age of seven. And when he reaches the age of ten, then (if he does not offer Aš-Šalāt) discipline him for it." (Hasan)

Arabic text

494 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى يَعْنِي ابْنَ الطَّبَّاعِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ بْنِ سَبْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مُرُوا الصَّبِيَّ بِالصَّلَاةِ إِذَا بَلَغَ سَبْعَ سِنِينَ، وَإِذَا بَلَغَ عَشْرَ سِنِينَ فَاضْرِبُوهُ عَلَيْهَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] Mabārak are the places where the camels are kept. Other versions of this narration say camel pens, or camel resting or watering areas. This wording gives the most general meaning, referring to any area where the camels rest at, and the reason is explained.

2 [2] This narration preceded with more complete wording under number 184. The word Ghanam, translated here as goat, applies to both sheep and goats.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 494

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 494

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 495

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

495. It was reported from Ismā'īl, from Sawwār Abū Hamzah — Abū Dāwūd said: He is Sawwār bin Dāwūd Abū Hamzah Al-Muzanī Aṣ-Ṣayrafī — from 'Amr bin Shu'āib who reported from his father, from his grandfather that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Command your children to pray when they reach the age of seven, and discipline them for it when they reach the age of ten, and (at that age) separate between them in their beds." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

495 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ يَعْنِي الْيَشْكُرِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ سَوَّارٍ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ - قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهُوَ سَوَّارُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ أَبُو حَمْزَةَ الْمُزَنِيُّ الصَّيْرَفِيُّ - عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مُرُوا أَوْلَادَكُمْ بِالصَّلَاةِ وَهُمْ أَبْنَاءُ سَبْعِ سِنِينَ، وَاضْرِبُوهُمْ عَلَيْهَا، وَهُمْ أَبْنَاءُ عَشْرٍ وَفَرِّقُوا بَيْنَهُمْ فِي الْمَضَاجِعِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 495

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 495

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 496

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

496. It was reported from Wakī' that Dāwūd bin Sawwār Al-Muzanī narrated with his chain and its meaning (a narration similar to no. 496), and he added: "And if one of you marries off his (female) servant to his slave or servant, then let him not look at (the portion of the body) which is below the navel and above the knees." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Wakī' made a mistake with his name. Abū Dāwūd Aṭ-Ṭayālīsī reported this Ḥadīth from him, so he said: "Abū Ḥamzah Sawwār Aṣ-Ṣayrafī narrated to us..."

Arabic text

496 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنِي دَاوُدُ بْنُ سَوَّارٍ الْمُزَنِيُّ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ وَزَادَ: «وَإِذَا زَوَّجَ أَحَدُكُمْ خَادِمَهُ عَبْدَهُ أَوْ أَجِيرَهُ، فَلَا يَنْظُرْ إِلَى مَا دُونَ السُّرَّةِ وَفَوْقَ الرُّكْبَةِ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهِمَ وَكِيعٌ فِي اسْمِهِ، وَرَوَى عَنْهُ أَبُو دَاوُدَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَمْزَةَ سَوَّارٌ الصَّيْرَفِيُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 496

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 496

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 497

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

497. Hishām bin Sa'd narrated: "We visited Mu'ādh bin 'Abdullāh bin Khubaib Al-Juhānī, and he asked his wife: 'When should a boy start praying?' She replied: 'A man from among us narrated from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ that he was asked about this, so he said: "When he can differentiate his right hand from his left hand, then command him to prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

497 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمَهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُعَاذُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خُبَيْبٍ الْجُهَنِيُّ، قَالَ: دَخَلْنَا عَلَيْهِ، فَقَالَ لِامْرَأَتِهِ: مَتَى يُصَلِّي الصَّبِيُّ، فَقَالَتْ: كَانَ رَجُلٌ مِنَّا يَذْكُرُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: «إِذَا عَرَفَ يَمِينَهُ مِنْ شِمَالِهِ، فَمُرُوهُ بِالصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 497

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 497

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

How The Adhān Began

Hadith 498

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

498. Abū 'Umayr bin Anas narrated from one of his uncles from the Anṣār that he said: "The Prophet ﷺ was concerned about finding an appropriate method for congregating the people for the prayer. Someone suggested, 'Raise a horn when the time for prayer comes. When they see it, they will inform one another (and come to the Masjid).'" But he did not like this (idea). So (someone) mentioned (using) a horn" — aning a Shabūr — and Ziyād (one narrators) said: "The Ṣabūr (horn of the Jews)," — "but he did not like that either, and he said: 'This is of the custom of the Jews.' Then (someone) mentioned (using) a bell,[1] but he said: 'This is of the custom of the Christians.' 'Abdullāh bin Zaid bin 'Abd Rabbih returned (to his home) troubled, due to the concern of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. He was shown the Adhān in his dream, so he set forth to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and informed him: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I was in a state between sleep and wakefulness, when a person came to me and showed me (how to perform) the Adhān.' And 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb had seen it before that, but he did not inform (anyone) about it for twenty days, then he informed the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. He asked him: 'What prevented you from informing us?' He replied: "Abdullāh bin Zaid preceded me, so I was shy (to inform you)." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then said: 'O Bilāl! Stand up and see what 'Abdullāh bin Zaid commands you to do, then do it.' So Bilāl called the Adhān." Abū Bishir (one of the narrators) said: "Abū 'Umair informed me that the Anṣār think that, were it not for the fact that 'Abdullāh bin Zaid was sick at the time (of the dream), the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would have made him the Mu'adh-dhīn." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

498 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْخُتَّلِيُّ، وَزِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، وَحَدِيثُ عَبَّادٍ أَتَمُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، قَالَ زِيَادٌ: أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عُمَيْرِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عُمُومَةٍ لَهُ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ، قَالَ: اهْتَمَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِلصَّلَاةِ كَيْفَ يَجْمَعُ النَّاسَ لَهَا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: انْصِبْ رَايَةً عِنْدَ حُضُورِ الصَّلَاةِ فَإِذَا رَأَوْهَا آذَنَ بَعْضُهُمْ بَعْضًا، فَلَمْ يُعْجِبْهُ ذَلِكَ، قَالَ: فَذُكِرَ لَهُ الْقُنْعُ - يَعْنِي الشَّبُّورَ وَقَالَ زِيَادٌ: شَبُّورُ الْيَهُودِ - فَلَمْ يُعْجِبْهُ ذَلِكَ، وَقَالَ: «هُوَ مِنْ أَمْرِ الْيَهُودِ» قَالَ: فَذُكِرَ لَهُ النَّاقُوسُ، فَقَالَ: «هُوَ مِنْ أَمْرِ النَّصَارَى» فَانْصَرَفَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ وَهُوَ مُهْتَمٌّ لِهَمِّ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأُرِيَ الْأَذَانَ فِي مَنَامِهِ، قَالَ: فَغَدَا عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَخْبَرَهُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لَبَيْنَ نَائِمٍ وَيَقْظَانَ، إِذْ أَتَانِي آتٍ فَأَرَانِي الْأَذَانَ، قَالَ: وَكَانَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَدْ رَآهُ قَبْلَ ذَلِكَ فَكَتَمَهُ عِشْرِينَ يَوْمًا، قَالَ: ثُمَّ أَخْبَرَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «مَا مَنَعَكَ أَنْ تُخْبِرَنِي؟»، فَقَالَ: سَبَقَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، فَاسْتَحْيَيْتُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا بِلَالُ، قُمْ فَانْظُرْ مَا يَأْمُرُكَ بِهِ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، فَافْعَلْهُ» قَالَ: فَأَذَّنَ بِلَالٌ، قَالَ أَبُو بِشْرٍ: فَأَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو عُمَيْرٍ، أَنَّ الْأَنْصَارَ تَزْعُمُ أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ زَيْدٍ، لَوْلَا أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَوْمَئِذٍ مَرِيضًا لَجَعَلَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُؤَذِّنًا

Footnotes

1 [1] Nāqūs a bell, and it is also used for a knocker, something used like a bell but made of wood, struck by another piece of wood.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 498

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 498

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

How The

Hadith 499

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(حديث عبد الله بن زيد) حسن صحيح، (رواية ابن إسحاق عن الزهري) صحيح، (رواية معمر ويونس عن الزهري) صحيح، لكن الأصح تربيع التكبيرAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

499. 'Abdullāh bin Zaid narrated: "When the Prophet ﷺ ordered that a bell be rung so that people congregate for the prayer, I saw in my dream a person coming to me with a bell in his hand. So I said: 'O servant of Allāh! Will you sell (me) the bell?' He said: 'What will you do with it?' I said, 'We will call people with it to the prayer.' So he said: 'Should I not inform you of something which will be better than this?' I said: 'Yes, of course!' So he said: 'Say: "Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu akbaru. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāh, Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt. Hayya 'alal-falāh, Hayya 'alal-falāh. Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha ill-Allāh." (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh; I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; Come to the prayer, Come to the prayer; come to the prosperity, Come to the prosperity; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh). Then (the person) moved a small distance away and said: 'Then you should say, when you wish to start the prayer: "Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu akbaru, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt, Hayya 'alal-falāh. Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāh, Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāh. Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh." (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; Come to the prayer; Come to the prosperity; The prayer is about to begin, the prayer is about to begin; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh). The next morning, I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and informed him of my dream. He said: 'This is a true dream (from Allāh), Allāh willing. Stand up with Bilāl and tell him (the words) that you saw in your dream, for he has a louder voice than you.' So I stood with Bilāl and started reciting to him (the words), and he would call them out (loudly). 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb heard this while he was in his house, so he left (his house) dragging his Ridā' behind him, saying: '(I swear) by Him Who has sent you with the truth, O Messenger of Allāh, I (too) dreamt the same dream that he has been shown.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Then all praises are due to Allāh." (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: This is (also) how the narration of Az-Zuhrī is from Sa'eed bin al-Musayyab, from 'Abdullāh bin Zaid. And Ibn Ishāq (also reported it) from Az-Zuhrī, he said in it: "Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru. While in their narration from Az-Zurhī, Ma'mar and Yūnus said: "Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru," they did not say it twice.

Arabic text

499 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ الطُّوسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَيْدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: لَمَّا أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالنَّاقُوسِ يُعْمَلُ لِيُضْرَبَ بِهِ لِلنَّاسِ لِجَمْعِ الصَّلَاةِ طَافَ بِي وَأَنَا نَائِمٌ رَجُلٌ يَحْمِلُ نَاقُوسًا فِي يَدِهِ، فَقُلْتُ: يَا عَبْدَ اللَّهِ أَتَبِيعُ النَّاقُوسَ؟ قَالَ: وَمَا تَصْنَعُ بِهِ؟ فَقُلْتُ: نَدْعُو بِهِ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ، قَالَ: أَفَلَا أَدُلُّكَ عَلَى مَا هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنْ ذَلِكَ؟ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: بَلَى، قَالَ: فَقَالَ: تَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ اسْتَأْخَرَ عَنِّي غَيْرَ بَعِيدٍ، ثُمَّ، قَالَ: وَتَقُولُ: إِذَا أَقَمْتَ الصَّلَاةَ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحْتُ، أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ، بِمَا رَأَيْتُ فَقَالَ: «إِنَّهَا لَرُؤْيَا حَقٌّ إِنْ شَاءَ اللَّهُ، فَقُمْ مَعَ بِلَالٍ فَأَلْقِ عَلَيْهِ مَا رَأَيْتَ، فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ بِهِ، فَإِنَّهُ أَنْدَى صَوْتًا مِنْكَ» فَقُمْتُ مَعَ بِلَالٍ، فَجَعَلْتُ أُلْقِيهِ عَلَيْهِ، وَيُؤَذِّنُ بِهِ، قَالَ: فَسَمِعَ ذَلِكَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ، وَهُوَ فِي بَيْتِهِ فَخَرَجَ يَجُرُّ رِدَاءَهُ، وَيَقُولُ: وَالَّذِي بَعَثَكَ بِالْحَقِّ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ مِثْلَ مَا رَأَى، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «فَلِلَّهِ الْحَمْدُ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَكَذَا رِوَايَةُ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَقَالَ: فِيهِ ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، وَقَالَ مَعْمَرٌ، وَيُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ فِيهِ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَمْ يُثَنِّيَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 499

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 499

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 500

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

500. Muḥammad bin 'Abdul-Mālik bin Abī Maḥdhūrah narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that he said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Teach me the Sunnah (practice) of the Adhān.' So the Prophet ﷺ wiped my forehead and said: 'Say: "Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu akbaru" (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great. And raise your voice while (saying) them. Then say: "Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan rasūlullāh." (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allāh). (All of this) say silently, with a low voice. Then raise your voice with the testimony (of faith): “Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya ‘alas-ṣalāt, Hayya ‘alas-ṣalāt. Hayya ‘alāl-falāh, Hayya ‘alāl-falāh.” (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh; I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer come to the prosperity, come to the prosperity). And if it is the morning prayer (for which you are calling the Adhān), you should say: “Aṣ-Ṣalātu khairun minan-nawm, Aṣ-Ṣalātu khairun minan-nawm. Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh.” (Prayer is better than sleep, prayer is better than sleep, Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh.)” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

500 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَارِثُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ عَلِّمْنِي سُنَّةَ الْأَذَانِ؟، قَالَ: فَمَسَحَ مُقَدَّمَ رَأْسِي، وَقَالَ: " تَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، تَرْفَعُ بِهَا صَوْتَكَ، ثُمَّ تَقُولُ: أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، تَخْفِضُ بِهَا صَوْتَكَ، ثُمَّ تَرْفَعُ صَوْتَكَ بِالشَّهَادَةِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، فَإِنْ كَانَ صَلَاةُ الصُّبْحِ قُلْتَ: الصَّلَاةُ خَيْرٌ مِنَ النَّوْمِ، الصَّلَاةُ خَيْرٌ مِنَ النَّوْمِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 500

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 500

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 501

DarussalamHasanAl-Albaniصحيح، دون قوله: "فكان أبو محذورة لا يجز"Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

501. (There is another chain) from 'Uthmān bin As-Sā'ib who said: "My father and the mother of 'Abdul-Mālik bin Abī Maḥdhūrah informed me, from Abū Maḥdhūrah, from the Prophet ﷺ," with similar to this narration, and in it: "(Say): 'Aṣ-Ṣalātu khairun minan-nawm, Aṣ-Ṣalātu khairun minan-nawm.' Prayer is better than sleep; prayer is better than sleep, in the first (Adhān) of the morning prayer." (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: The (previous) narration of Musad-dad is more detailed, for he said in it: "...and he taught me the Iqāmah, (that I should say each of the phrases) twice: 'Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt, Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt. Hayya 'alal-falāh, Hayya 'alal-falāh. Qad qāmatiṣ-ṣalāt, Qad qāmatiṣ-ṣalāt. Allāhu akbaru Allāhu akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh.'" (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness the none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh; I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer; come to the prosperity; Come to the prosperity; The prayer is about to begin, the prayer is about to begin; Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh). (Ḥasan) Abū Dāwūd said: ‘Abdur-Razzāq said:[1] “And when you say the Iqāmah for the prayer, then say twice in it: ‘Qad qāmatīš-šalāt, Qad qāmatīš-šalāt.’ (The prayer is about to begin, the prayer is about to begin) — Have you heard (what I have said)?” And he (As-Sā’ib) said: “Abū Maḥdhūrāh would not cut the hair of his forehead, nor would he part it, since the Prophet ﷺ wiped over it.”

Arabic text

501 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُثْمَانُ بْنُ السَّائِبِ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، وَأُمُّ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَ هَذَا الْخَبَرِ وَفِيهِ: الصَّلَاةُ خَيْرٌ مِنَ النَّوْمِ، الصَّلَاةُ خَيْرٌ مِنَ النَّوْمِ فِي الْأُولَى مِنَ الصُّبْحِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَحَدِيثُ مُسَدَّدٍ أَبْيَنُ، قَالَ فِيهِ: قَالَ: وَعَلَّمَنِي الْإِقَامَةَ مَرَّتَيْنِ مَرَّتَيْنِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ: وَإِذَا أَقَمْتَ فَقُلْهَا مَرَّتَيْنِ: قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، أَسَمِعْتَ؟ قَالَ: فَكَانَ أَبُو مَحْذُورَةَ، لَا يَجُزُّ نَاصِيَتَهُ وَلَا يَفْرُقُهَا لِأَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسَحَ عَلَيْهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 501

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 501

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 502

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

502. It was reported from Hammām, who narrated it from ‘Āmir Al-Aḥwal, who said: “Makhūl narrated to me that Ibn Muḥairīz narrated to him, that Abū Maḥdhūrāh narrated to him, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught him the Adhān as nineteen phrases, and the Iqāmah as seventeen. The Adhān [was]: ‘Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Ashḥadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashḥadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Ashḥadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashḥadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Ḥayya [1] He narrated number 501. This discussion revolves around the Iqāmah which is narrated in nos. 500, and 501, while the author did not cite all of the wording for them there. 'alaṣ-ṣalāt, Ḥayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt. Ḥayya 'alāl-falāḥ, Ḥayya 'alāl-falāḥ. Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh.' (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer; come to the prosperity, come to the prosperity; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh.) And the Iqāmah (was): 'Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Ḥayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt, Ḥayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt. Ḥayya 'alāl-falāḥ Ḥayya 'alāl-falāḥ. Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt, Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt. Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh.' (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right ot be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh; I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer; come to the prosperity, come to the prosperity; the prayer is about to begin, the prayer is about to begin; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh). This how the Hadīth of Abū Maḥdhūrah was written in his book.”[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

502 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ، وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ، وَحَجَّاجٌ، وَالْمَعْنَى وَاحِدٌ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَامِرٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، حَدَّثَنِي مَكْحُولٌ، أَنَّ ابْنَ مُحَيْرِيزٍ، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ أَبَا مَحْذُورَةَ حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَّمَهُ الْأَذَانَ تِسْعَ عَشْرَةَ كَلِمَةً، وَالْإِقَامَةَ سَبْعَ عَشْرَةَ كَلِمَةً: الْأَذَانُ: " اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَالْإِقَامَةُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ "، كَذَا فِي كِتَابِهِ فِي حَدِيثِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 502

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 502

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 503

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

503. (There is another chain) from Ibn Juraij: “Ibn ‘Abdul-Mālik bin Abī Maḥdhūrah — meaning ‘Abdul-‘Azīz[2] — informed me, from Ibn Muḥairiz, from Abū Maḥdhūrah who said: ‘The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ personally taught me the Adhān, and he said: “Say: ‘Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh.’ (Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer; come to the prosperity, come to the prosperity; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh). Say each of these phrases twice (silently). Then repeat (them) and extend your voice (while saying) them: ‘Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya ‘alas-ṣalāt, Hayya ‘alas-ṣalāt. Hayya ‘alāl-falāh, Hayya ‘alāl-falāh. Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh’ (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer; come to the prosperity, come to the prosperity; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh).” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

503 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ يَعْنِي عَبْدَ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنِ ابْنِ مُحَيْرِيزٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، قَالَ: أَلْقَى عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ التَّأْذِينَ هُوَ بِنَفْسِهِ، فَقَالَ: " قُل: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ - مَرَّتَيْنِ مَرَّتَيْنِ - قَالَ: ثُمَّ ارْجِعْ، فَمُدَّ مِنْ صَوْتِكَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] According to the author of ‘Awn Al-Ma’bud’ the meaning is the book of Hammām.

2 [2] That is, ‘Abdul-‘Azīz bin ‘Abdul-Malik

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 503

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 503

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 504

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

504. It was reported from Ibrāhīm bin Ismā‘īl bin ‘Abdul-Malik bin Abī Maḥdhūrah, who said: “I heard my grandfather, ‘Abdul-Malik bin Abī Maḥdhūrah mentioning that he heard Abū Maḥdhūrah saying: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught me every phrase of the Adhān (as follows): "Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt, Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt. Hayya 'alāl-falāh, Hayya 'alāl-falāh" (Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, come to the prayer; come to the prosperity, come to the prosperity; Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh). And he would say for Fajr: "Aṣ-Ṣalātu khairun minan-nawm (Prayer is better than sleep).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

504 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَدِّي عَبْدَ الْمَلِكِ بْنَ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، يَذْكُرُ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا مَحْذُورَةَ، يَقُولُ: " أَلْقَى عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْأَذَانَ، حَرْفًا حَرْفًا: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ "، قَالَ: وَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي الْفَجْرِ: «الصَّلَاةُ خَيْرٌ مِنَ النَّوْمِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 504

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 504

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 505

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(حديث عبد الله بن محيريز الجمحي عن أبي محذورة) صحيح - بتربيع التكبير، (حديث ابن أبي محذروة عن عمه عن جده) منكر، والمحفوظ الترجيع في الشهادتين فقطAl-Albani(قلت: يعني: الحديث رقم (٥١٨). والحديث صحيح؛ لكن الأصح تربيع التكبير في أوله، كما في سائر الروايات المتقدمة)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

505. It was reported from Nāfi’ bin ‘Umar, meaning Al-Jumaḥī, from ‘Abdul-Mālik bin Abī Maḥdhūrah, he informed him from ‘Abdullāh bin Muḥairīz Al-Jumaḥī, from Abū Maḥdhūrah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught him the Adhān, and to say (in it): “Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh” (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh...) then he mentioned the Adhān similar to the narration of Ibn Jurāij from ‘Abdul-‘Azīz bin ‘Abdul-Mālik in its meaning.[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: In the narration of Mālik bin Dīnār, he said: “I asked Ibn Abī Maḥdhūrah: ‘Narrate to me the Adhān of your father (that he learnt) from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.’” So he narrated it to him, and in it he said: “Allāhu Akbaru, Allāhu Akbar” (Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great) only. And similar was reported in the narration of Ja’far bin Sulaimān, from Ibn Abū Maḥdhūrah, from his paternal uncle, from his grandfather, except that he said in it: “Then return (to what you said), and raise your voice: ‘Allāhu akbaru, Allāhu Akbar...’ (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great.” (Da’f)

Arabic text

505 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْإِسْكَنْدَرَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ يُونُسَ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ عُمَرَ يَعْنِي الْجُمَحِيَّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَيْرِيزٍ الْجُمَحِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَّمَهُ الْأَذَانَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ»، ثُمَّ ذَكَرَ مِثْلَ أَذَانِ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، وَمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَفِي حَدِيثِ مَالِكِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، قُلْتُ: حَدِّثْنِي عَنْ أَذَانِ أَبِيكَ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ، فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ»، قَطْ، وَكَذَلِكَ حَدِيثُ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مَحْذُورَةَ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: " ثُمَّ تَرْجِعُ فَتَرْفَعُ صَوْتَكَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, number 503.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 505

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 505

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 506

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

506. It was narrated from ‘Amr bin Murrah[1] that Ibn Abī Lailā said: “Aṣ-Ṣalāt went through three stages. And our companions narrated to us that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘It would please me that the prayer of the Muslims’ or he said: ‘the prayer of the believers’ — ‘be unified (that they all pray together), so much so that I desire to send people out in the localities to inform the people of the times of the prayer. And I desire to command people to stand on the city-walls to inform the Muslims of the times of the prayer.’” He (Ibn Abī Lailā) said: “So they started to use bells, or were about to start to use them, until a person from the Anṣār came and said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! When I returned after having seen your concern, I saw in a dream a person wearing two green garments. He stood on the Masjid and said the Adhān, then he sat down a while, then stood up and said something similar, except that he said (in it): “Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt” (The prayer has been established). And were it not for the fact that people would talk about (me)’” — Ibn Al- Muthanna (one of the narrators) said: “that you would say something,” — “I would have said that I was awake, and not asleep!” So the Messenger of Allāh said:” — Ibn Al-Muthanna (one of the narrators) said: “Allāh has shown you something good (in your sleep)” — ‘Amr[1] did not say: “Allāh has [shown you something good (in your sleep)]” — “So command Bilāl to say the Adhān. ‘Umar (bin Al-Khaṭṭāb) then said: ‘Indeed, I too have seen just as he has seen, but seeing that he preceded me (in informing the Prophet ﷺ), I was embarrassed (to inform him as well).” He (Ibn Abī Lailā) said: “Our companions also narrated to us that (in the early days of Islam) a person would ask how much of the prayer he had missed, so he would be informed (by those praying). And when they stood up to pray with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, some would be standing, others in Rukū‘, others sitting down, and yet others praying with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ...” — Ibn Al-Muthanna said: “‘Amr said: ‘And Ḥuṣain bin Abī Lailā narrated it to me from Ibn Abī Lailā’ — until: “...Mu‘ādh came....” — Shu‘bah[2] said: “And I heard it from Ḥuṣain’ — “So he said: ‘I cannot see him (the Prophet ﷺ) in a state’ — up to his saying: “...for you, so you too do as he did.”[1] Abū Dāwūd said: Then, returning to the narration of ‘Amr bin Marzūq, he said: “So Mu‘ādh came, so they motioned to him (how many Rak‘ahs he had missed)...” — Shu‘bah said: “And I heard this from Ḥuṣain” — He said: “Mu‘ādh said: ‘I cannot see him (the Prophet ﷺ) in a state except that I too (must be) in that state.’ So he (the Prophet ﷺ) said: ‘Indeed, Mu‘ādh has established a precedent for you, so you too do as he did.’” And he (Ibn Abī Lailā) said: “Our companions informed us that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to Al-Madinah, he commanded them to fast three days. Then (the ruling to fast) Ramaḍān was revealed, and they were a people who were not accustomed to fasting, so fasting was very difficult for them. Whoever would not fast, he would instead feed a poor person. This Verse was then revealed: So whoever amongst you witnesses the month, then let him fast it.[2] (After this) only the sick and traveler were excused, and the rest of them were commanded to fast.” He (Ibn Abī Lailā) said: “Our companions informed us that a (fasting) person could not eat if he fell asleep (in the evening) before having his meal, until the morning. Once, ‘Umar (bin Al-Khaṭṭāb) returned (after fasting), and desired his wife, but she said: 'I had fallen asleep!' However, he thought that she was trying to find an excuse, so he approached her. Another person of the Anṣār returned home, and wished to eat, but they (his family) told him: 'Let us cook something for you.' So he fell asleep (and was not able to eat). The next morning, this Verse was revealed: It is made lawful for you to have sexual relations with your wives on the night of the fast."[1] (Da'f)

Arabic text

506 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مَرْزُوقٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ أَبِي لَيْلَى، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ أَبِي لَيْلَى، قَالَ: أُحِيلَتِ الصَّلَاةُ ثَلَاثَةَ أَحْوَالٍ، قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنَا أَصْحَابُنَا أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَقَدْ أَعْجَبَنِي أَنْ تَكُونَ صَلَاةُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ - أَوْ قَالَ - الْمُؤْمِنِينَ، وَاحِدَةً، حَتَّى لَقَدْ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ أَبُثَّ رِجَالًا فِي الدُّورِ يُنَادُونَ النَّاسَ بِحِينِ الصَّلَاةِ، وَحَتَّى هَمَمْتُ أَنْ آمُرَ رِجَالًا يَقُومُونَ عَلَى الْآطَامِ يُنَادُونَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ بِحِينِ الصَّلَاةِ حَتَّى نَقَسُوا أَوْ كَادُوا أَنْ يَنْقُسُوا»، قَالَ: فَجَاءَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لَمَّا رَجَعْتُ لِمَا رَأَيْتُ مِنَ اهْتِمَامِكَ رَأَيْتُ رَجُلًا كَأَنَّ عَلَيْهِ ثَوْبَيْنِ أَخْضَرَيْنِ، فَقَامَ عَلَى الْمَسْجِدِ فَأَذَّنَ، ثُمَّ قَعَدَ قَعْدَةً، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَقَالَ مِثْلَهَا، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ يَقُولُ: قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ وَلَوْلَا أَنْ يَقُولَ النَّاسُ - قَالَ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى: أَنْ تَقُولُوا - لَقُلْتُ إِنِّي كُنْتُ يَقْظَانَ غَيْرَ نَائِمٍ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: - وَقَالَ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى - «لَقَدْ أَرَاكَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ خَيْرًا»، - وَلَمْ يَقُلْ عَمْرٌو: «لَقَدْ أَرَاكَ اللَّهُ خَيْرًا» - فَمُر بِلَالًا فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: أَمَا إِنِّي قَدْ رَأَيْتُ مِثْلَ الَّذِي رَأَى، وَلَكِنِّي لَمَّا سُبِقْتُ اسْتَحْيَيْتُ، قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنَا أَصْحَابُنَا، قَالَ: وَكَانَ الرَّجُلُ إِذَا جَاءَ يَسْأَلُ فَيُخْبَرُ بِمَا سُبِقَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ وَإِنَّهُمْ قَامُوا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ بَيْنِ قَائِمٍ وَرَاكِعٍ وَقَاعِدٍ وَمُصَلٍّ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. قَالَ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى: قَالَ عَمْرٌو: وَحَدَّثَنِي بِهَا حُصَيْنٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى حَتَّى جَاءَ مُعَاذٌ، قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: وَقَدْ سَمِعْتُهَا مِنْ حُصَيْنٍ، فَقَالَ: لَا أَرَاهُ عَلَى حَالٍ إِلَى قَوْلِهِ كَذَلِكَ فَافْعَلُوا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " ثُمَّ رَجَعْتُ إِلَى حَدِيثِ عَمْرِو بْنِ مَرْزُوقٍ، قَالَ: فَجَاءَ مُعَاذٌ، فَأَشَارُوا إِلَيْهِ، قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: وَهَذِهِ سَمِعْتُهَا مِن حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ مُعَاذٌ: لَا أَرَاهُ عَلَى حَالٍ إِلَّا كُنْتُ عَلَيْهَا، قَالَ: فَقَالَ: إِنَّ مُعَاذًا، قَدْ سَنَّ لَكُمْ سُنَّةً، كَذَلِكَ فَافْعَلُوا " قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنَا أَصْحَابُنَا، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا قَدِمَ الْمَدِينَةَ " أَمَرَهُمْ بِصِيَامِ ثَلَاثَةِ أَيَّامٍ، ثُمَّ أُنْزِلَ رَمَضَانُ، وَكَانُوا قَوْمًا لَمْ يَتَعَوَّدُوا الصِّيَامَ، وَكَانَ الصِّيَامُ عَلَيْهِمْ شَدِيدًا فَكَانَ مَنْ لَمْ يَصُمْ أَطْعَمَ مِسْكِينًا، فَنَزَلَتْ هَذِهِ الْآيَةُ: {فَمَنْ شَهِدَ مِنْكُمُ الشَّهْرَ فَلْيَصُمْهُ} [البقرة: 185] فَكَانَتِ الرُّخْصَةُ لِلْمَرِيضِ، وَالْمُسَافِرِ فَأُمِرُوا بِالصِّيَامِ " قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنَا أَصْحَابُنَا، قَالَ: وَكَانَ الرَّجُلُ إِذَا أَفْطَرَ فَنَامَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَأْكُلَ لَمْ يَأْكُلْ حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ، قَالَ: " فَجَاءَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ، فَأَرَادَ امْرَأَتَهُ، فَقَالَتْ: إِنِّي قَدْ نِمْتُ فَظَنَّ أَنَّهَا تَعْتَلُّ فَأَتَاهَا، فَجَاءَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ فَأَرَادَ الطَّعَامَ فَقَالُوا: حَتَّى نُسَخِّنَ لَكَ شَيْئًا، فَنَامَ " فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحُوا أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيْهِ هَذِهِ الْآيَةُ {أُحِلَّ لَكُمْ لَيْلَةَ الصِّيَامِ الرَّفَثُ إِلَى نِسَائِكُمْ} [البقرة: 187]

Footnotes

1 [1] Abū Dāwūd reported this narration from two Shaikh, ‘Amr bin Marzūq, and Muḥammad bin Al-Muthanna.

1 [1] That is ‘Amr bin Marzūq, one of the two that Abū Dāwūd narrated this from, the other being Ibn Al-Muthanna.

2 [2] One of the narrators in both of the chains of narration.

1 [1] Meaning Shu‘bah — who in the two chains narrated by the author, heard this from ‘Amr bin Murrah — also heard it from Ḥuṣain from Ibn Abī Lailā. And the author is indicating until which part of the narration he is referring.

2 [2] Al-Baqarah 2:185.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 506

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 506

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 507

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

507. It was reported from Al-Mas'ūdī,[2] from 'Amr bin Murrah, from Ibn Abī Lailā, from Mu'ādī bin Jabal that he said: "As-Ṣalāt went through three stages, and As-Ṣalāt (the fasting) went through three stages..." — And Naṣr reported the entire Hadīth. Ibn Al-Muthanna only narrated the fact that they prayed towards Bait Al-Maqdis, and said (in it): "The third stage was when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ initially arrived in Al-Madīnah, he prayed towards Bait Al-Maqdis for thirteen months. Then Allāh revealed this Verse: Verily, We have seen you turning your face towards the heavens, and We will surely turn you to a Qiblah that will please you. So turn your faces in the direction of Al-Masjid Al-Harām (in Makkah), and wherever you (people) are, turn your faces in that direction.[1] So Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, turned him towards the Ka'bah..." and he completed the narration. Naṣr mentioned the name of the person who saw the dream, and said: "So 'Abdullāh bin Zaid, one of the men of the Anṣār, came." And he also said in it: "(The man in the dream) faced the Qiblah, and said: Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru. Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anlā ilāha illallāh. Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh, Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh. Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt — two times — Hayya 'alal-falāh — two times — Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbaru, lā ilāha illallāh (Allāh is the Most Great Allāh is the Most Great; I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh, I bear witness that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh; come to the prayer, two times, come to the prosperity, two times, Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great; none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh)." Then he remained (quiet) for a while, then said the Iqāmah in a similar fashion, except that he said, after saying: ‘Hayya ‘alal-falah’ (come to prosperity): Qad qāmatis-salāt, Qad qāmatis-salāt (the prayer is about to begin, the prayer is about to begin). So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Reiterate it to Bilāl,’ and Bilāl then said the Adhān with it.” And he (the narrator) said with regards to the fasting: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would fast three days of every month, and he would fast the Day of ‘Āshūrā’. So Allāh revealed: Fasting has been prescribed for you as it was prescribed for those before you, so that you may achieve Taqwā. A fixed number of days, but if any of you are ill, or on a journey, the same number (should be made up) from other days. And for whoever is able, let him pay a ransom — the feeding of a poor person.[1] So whoever wished to fast would fast, and whoever wished not to fast, and instead feed a poor person, was permitted to do so. This was one stage, then Allāh revealed: The month of Ramaḍan is the month in which the Qur’ān was revealed — a guidance for mankind, and a clear proof for guidance and the Criterion. So whoever sights (the crescent moon of) the month, let him fast it. And whoever is ill or on a journey, then (he must fast) the same number from other days.[2] After this, fasting was obligated on the one who witnessed the month, and the traveler was required to make up (the missed) days. And the old man and woman who could not fast were required to feed (the poor). So Ṣirmah came (home) after working the entire day..." and he completed the narration. (Da'if)

Arabic text

507 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، عَنْ أَبِي دَاوُدَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ الْمُهَاجِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنِ الْمَسْعُودِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ، قَالَ: أُحِيلَتِ الصَّلَاةُ ثَلَاثَةَ أَحْوَالٍ، وَأُحِيلَ الصِّيَامُ ثَلَاثَةَ أَحْوَالٍ - وَسَاقَ نَصْرٌ الْحَدِيثَ بِطُولِهِ وَاقْتَصَّ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى مِنْهُ قِصَّةَ صَلَاتِهِمْ نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ قَطْ - قَالَ: الْحَالُ الثَّالِثُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدِمَ الْمَدِينَةَ فَصَلَّى - يَعْنِي نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ - ثَلَاثَةَ عَشَرَ شَهْرًا، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى هَذِهِ الْآيَةَ: {قَدْ نَرَى تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِي السَّمَاءِ فَلَنُوَلِّيَنَّكَ قِبْلَةً تَرْضَاهَا فَوَلِّ وَجْهَكَ شَطْرَ الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ وَحَيْثُ مَا كُنْتُمْ فَوَلُّوا وُجُوهَكُمْ شَطْرَهُ} [البقرة: 144] فَوَجَّهَهُ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ - وَتَمَّ حَدِيثُهُ - وَسَمَّى نَصْرٌ صَاحِبَ الرُّؤْيَا، قَالَ: فَجَاءَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ، وَقَالَ فِيهِ: فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، قَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، مَرَّتَيْنِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، مَرَّتَيْنِ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، ثُمَّ أَمْهَلَ هُنَيَّةً، ثُمَّ قَامَ، فَقَالَ مِثْلَهَا، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: زَادَ بَعْدَ مَا قَالَ: حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَقِّنْهَا بِلَالًا» فَأَذَّنَ بِهَا بِلَالٌ. وَقَالَ فِي الصَّوْمِ: قَالَ: فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ " يَصُومُ ثَلَاثَةَ أَيَّامٍ مِنْ كُلِّ شَهْرٍ، وَيَصُومُ يَوْمَ عَاشُورَاءَ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ الصِّيَامُ كَمَا كُتِبَ عَلَى الَّذِينَ مِنْ قَبْلِكُمْ} [البقرة: 183] إِلَى قَوْلِهِ {طَعَامُ مِسْكِينٍ} [البقرة: 184] فَمَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يَصُومَ صَامَ، وَمَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يُفْطِرَ، وَيُطْعِمَ كُلَّ يَوْمٍ مِسْكِينًا، أَجْزَأَهُ ذَلِكَ، وَهَذَا حَوْلٌ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {شَهْرُ رَمَضَانَ الَّذِي أُنْزِلَ فِيهِ الْقُرْآنُ} [البقرة: 185] إِلَى {أَيَّامٍ أُخَرَ} [البقرة: 184] فَثَبَتَ الصِّيَامُ عَلَى مَنْ شَهِدَ الشَّهْرَ وَعَلَى الْمُسَافِرِ أَنْ يَقْضِيَ، وَثَبَتَ الطَّعَامُ لِلشَّيْخِ الْكَبِيرِ وَالْعَجُوزِ اللَّذَيْنِ لَا يَسْتَطِيعَانِ الصَّوْمَ "، وَجَاءَ صِرْمَةُ وَقَدْ عَمِلَ يَوْمَهُ وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:187.

2 [2] He also narrated this from two Shaikhs, Muḥammad bin Al-Muthanna, and Naṣr bin Al-Muhājir.

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:144.

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:183, 184.

2 [2] Al-Baqarah 2:185.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 507

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 507

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

The Iqāmah

Hadith 508

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

508. It was reported from Anas bin Mālik, that he said: "Bilāl was commanded to make the Adhān even, and to make the Iqāmah odd." Ḥammaḍ (one of the narrators) added in his narration: "Except for the (phrase of the) Iqāmah (itself)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

508 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ عَطِيَّةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرَ بِلَالٌ أَنْ يَشْفَعَ الْأَذَانَ وَيُوتِرَ الْإِقَامَةَ»، زَادَ حَمَّادٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: إِلَّا الْإِقَامَةَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 508

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 508

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 509

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

509. (There is another chain) from Anas with similar to the narration of Wuhaib (no. 508). Ismā'il (one of the narrators) said: "I narrated it to Ayyūb, so he said: "Except for the (phrase of the) Iqāmah (itself)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

509 - حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، مِثْلَ حَدِيثِ وُهَيْبٍ قَالَ: إِسْمَاعِيلُ، فَحَدَّثْتُ بِهِ أَيُّوبَ، فَقَالَ: إِلَّا الْإِقَامَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 509

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 509

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 510

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

510. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "The (phrases of the) Adhān during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ were repeated twice, and the Iqāmah only once, except that he would say: 'Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt, qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt' (the prayer is about to begin, the prayer is about to begin). So when we would hear the Iqāmah, we would perform Wuḍū' and leave (our houses) for the prayer." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Shu'bah (one of the narrators) said: "I did not hear anything from Abū Ja'far except this Hadīth."

Arabic text

510 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، سَمِعْتُ أَبَا جَعْفَرٍ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ أَبِي الْمُثَنَّى، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا كَانَ الْأَذَانُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّتَيْنِ، مَرَّتَيْنِ وَالْإِقَامَةُ مَرَّةً، مَرَّةً غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ، يَقُولُ: قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَإِذَا سَمِعْنَا الْإِقَامَةَ تَوَضَّأْنَا، ثُمَّ خَرَجْنَا إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ "، قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: لَمْ أَسْمَعْ مِنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ غَيْرَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 510

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 510

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 511

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

511. (There is another chain) from Shu'bah, from Abū Ja'far the Mu'adh-dhin of Masjid Al-'Uryān, he said: "I heard Abū Al-Muthanna the Mu'adh-dhin of Masjid Al-Akbar saying I heard Ibn 'Umar...." And he quoted the Hadīth. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

511 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِر ٍيَعْنِى الْعَقَدِيَّ عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ، مُؤَذِّنِ مَسْجِدِ الْعُرْيَانِ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا الْمُثَنَّى مُؤَذِّنَ مَسْجِدِ الْأَكْبَرِ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 511

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 511

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

One Person Calling The Adhān and Another Calling The Iqāmah

Hadith 512

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

512. Muḥammad bin ‘Abdullāh narrated from his paternal uncle ‘Abdullāh bin Zaid that he said: “The Prophet ﷺ wanted to announce (the times of the prayer) by various methods, but he did not implement any of these (options).” He (Muḥammad) said: “So ‘Abdullāh bin Zaid was shown the Adhān in a dream, and he came to the Prophet ﷺ to inform him. He said: ‘Teach it to Bilāl,’ so he taught him, and Bilāl called the Adhān. ‘Abdullāh said: ‘I was the one who saw it (in the dream), and I wanted to do it myself!’ So he (ﷺ) said: ‘Then you call the Iqāmah.’” (Da’if)

Arabic text

512 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: أَرَادَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْأَذَانِ أَشْيَاءَ، لَمْ يَصْنَعْ مِنْهَا شَيْئًا، قَالَ: فَأُرِيَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ الْأَذَانَ فِي الْمَنَامِ فَأَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَخْبَرَهُ فَقَالَ: «أَلْقِهِ عَلَى بِلَالٍ»، فَأَلْقَاهُ عَلَيْهِ فَأَذَّنَ بِلَالٌ، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: أَنَا رَأَيْتُهُ وَأَنَا كُنْتُ أُرِيدُهُ، قَالَ: «فَأَقِمْ أَنْتَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 512

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 512

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 513

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

513. (There is another chain) from ‘Abdullāh bin Muḥammad, he said: “My grandfather, ‘Abdullāh bin Zaid [narrated]...” with this narration, he said: “So my grandfather called the Iqāmah.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

513 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ الْقَوَارِيرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍ، وشَيْخٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ جَدِّي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْد، ٍيُحَدِّثُ بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ قَالَ: فَأَقَامَ جَدِّي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 513

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 513

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 514

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

514. Ziyād bin Al-Ḥarith Aṣ-Ṣudā’i: narrated: "(Once) he ordered me — meaning the Prophet ﷺ — to call the first Adhān of Ṣubh (Fajr), so I called it. Then I kept on asking him: 'Should I say the Iqāmah, O Messenger of Allāh?' He would look at the east, towards the dawn, and say: 'No,' until, when dawn broke, he descended (from his mount), performed Wudū', and turned towards me. The (other) Companions had gathered around him as well. Bilāl desired to call the Iqāmah, but Allāh's Prophet ﷺ told him: 'The Ṣudā' brother was the one who called the Adhān, and whoever calls the Adhān, then he is the one who should call the Iqāmah.' So I was the one who called the Iqāmah.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

514 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ غَانِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ يَعْنِي الْأَفْرِيقِيَّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ زِيَادَ بْنَ نُعَيْمٍ الْحَضْرَمِيَّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ زِيَادَ بْنَ الْحَارِثِ الصُّدَائِيَّ، قَالَ: لَمَّا كَانَ أَوَّلُ أَذَانِ الصُّبْحِ أَمَرَنِي يَعْنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَذَّنْتُ، فَجَعَلْتُ أَقُولُ: أُقِيمُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ فَجَعَلَ يَنْظُرُ إِلَى نَاحِيَةِ الْمَشْرِقِ إِلَى الْفَجْرِ، فَيَقُولُ: «لَا» حَتَّى إِذَا طَلَعَ الْفَجْرُ نَزَلَ فَبَرَزَ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ إِلَيَّ وَقَدْ تَلَاحَقَ أَصْحَابُهُ - يَعْنِي فَتَوَضَّأَ - فَأَرَادَ بِلَالٌ أَنْ يُقِيمَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ أَخَا صُدَاءٍ هُوَ أَذَّنَ وَمَنْ أَذَّنَ فَهُوَ يُقِيمُ»، قَالَ: فَأَقَمْتُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 514

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 514

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

Proclaiming The Adhān In A Loud Voice

Hadith 515

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

515. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Mu'adhhdhin will be forgiven to the extent of his voice, and every (object), wet or dry, will testify on his behalf. And the one who attends the prayer will be rewarded (as if he had prayed) twenty-five prayers, and he will be forgiven (all sins) that occurred between them." (Hasan)

Arabic text

515 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ النَّمَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «الْمُؤَذِّنُ يُغْفَرُ لَهُ مَدَى صَوْتِهِ وَيَشْهَدُ لَهُ كُلُّ رَطْبٍ وَيَابِسٍ وَشَاهِدُ الصَّلَاةِ يُكْتَبُ لَهُ خَمْسٌ وَعِشْرُونَ صَلَاةً وَيُكَفَّرُ عَنْهُ مَا بَيْنَهُمَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 515

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 515

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 516

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

516. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the call for prayer is given, the Shaitān turns around and passes wind loudly so that he cannot hear the Adhān. When the call is over, he returns (and remains) until the prayer has been proclaimed (meaning, the Iqāmah), upon which he turns around (once again), until it is over. Then, he returns and whispers to a person and says: 'Remember this, remember that' — matters which otherwise he would not think of, until a person does not even know how many (Rak'ahs) he has prayed." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

516 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا نُودِيَ بِالصَّلَاةِ أَدْبَرَ الشَّيْطَانُ وَلَهُ ضُرَاطٌ حَتَّى لَا يَسْمَعَ التَّأْذِينَ، فَإِذَا قُضِيَ النِّدَاءُ أَقْبَلَ حَتَّى إِذَا ثُوِّبَ بِالصَّلَاةِ أَدْبَرَ، حَتَّى إِذَا قُضِيَ التَّثْوِيبُ أَقْبَلَ حَتَّى يَخْطُرَ بَيْنَ الْمَرْءِ وَنَفْسِهِ، وَيَقُولُ: اذْكُرْ كَذَا اذْكُرْ كَذَا لِمَا لَمْ يَكُنْ يَذْكُرُ، حَتَّى يَضِلَّ الرَّجُلُ أَنْ يَدْرِيَ كَمْ صَلَّى "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 516

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 516

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

What Is Required Of The Mu'adh-dhin Regarding Keeping Track Of Time

Hadith 517

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

517. It was reported from Al-A'mash, from a man, from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from Abū Hurairah, who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Imām is the liable one, and the Mu'adh-dhin is the entrusted one. O Allāh! Guide the Imāms, and forgive the Mu'adh-dhins!" (Hasan)

Arabic text

517 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْإِمَامُ ضَامِنٌ وَالْمُؤَذِّنُ مُؤْتَمَنٌ، اللَّهُمَّ أَرْشِدِ الْأَئِمَّةَ وَاغْفِرْ لِلْمُؤَذِّنِينَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 517

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 517

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 518

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

518. (There is another chain for no. 517) from Al-A'mash, who said: "I was informed from Abū Sāliḥ" he said: "And I do think that it is but what he heard from Abū Huriarah, he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said" similarly. (Hasan)

Arabic text

518 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، قَالَ: نُبِّئْتُ عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، قَالَ: وَلَا أُرَانِي إِلَّا قَدْ سَمِعْتُهُ مِنْهُ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِثْلَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 518

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 518

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

Calling The Adhān From Atop A Minaret

Hadith 519

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

519. 'Urwah bin Az-Zubair narrated from a woman of the tribe of Banū An-Najjār that she said: "My house was one of the tallest houses around the Masjid, so Bilāl would call the Fajr Adhān from on top of it. He would come in the late night, before dawn broke, and would sit on the house, watching for dawn (to appear). When he would see it, he would stretch (his body) and say: 'O Allāh! I thank you, and seek Your help for the Quraish, that they may establish Your religion.' Then he would proclaim the Adhān." She said: "By Allāh! I don't remember that he left these phrases even one night!". (Hasan)

Arabic text

519 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ امْرَأَةٍ مِنْ بَنِي النَّجَّارِ قَالَتْ: كَانَ بَيْتِي مِنْ أَطْوَلِ بَيْتٍ حَوْلَ الْمَسْجِدِ وَكَانَ بِلَالٌ يُؤَذِّنُ عَلَيْهِ الْفَجْرَ فَيَأْتِي بِسَحَرٍ فَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى الْبَيْتِ يَنْظُرُ إِلَى الْفَجْرِ، فَإِذَا رَآهُ تَمَطَّى، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَحْمَدُكَ وَأَسْتَعِينُكَ عَلَى قُرَيْشٍ أَنْ يُقِيمُوا دِينَكَ» قَالَتْ: ثُمَّ يُؤَذِّنُ، قَالَتْ: وَاللَّهِ مَا عَلِمْتُهُ كَانَ تَرَكَهَا لَيْلَةً وَاحِدَةً تَعْنِي هَذِهِ الْكَلِمَاتِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 519

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 519

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

The Mu'adh-dhin Should Turn Around While Calling The Adhān

Hadith 520

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسناد الرواية الأولى صحيح. وقد أخرجها مسلم في "صحيحه" تامًّا، والبخاري وأبو عوانة مختصرًا. والرواية الأخرى صحيحة؛ لكن قوله فيها: (ولم يستدر) شاذ بل منكر. والحديث قال الترمذي: "حسن صحيح"، وتمام الحديث سيأتي برقم (٦٨٩))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

520. 'Awn bin Abī Juhaifah narrated from his father: "I came to the Prophet ﷺ while he was in Makkah, and he was in a red tent made out of leather. Bilāl came out and called the Adhān, so I would follow his face (as he turned it) from here and there (one direction to another). Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came out, and he was wearing a red Yemeni Burūd [Qīṭrī] Hullah."[1] (Sahīh) Mūsā (one of the narrators) said: "I saw Bilāl go out to (the valley of) Abṭāh to call the Adhān. When he reached (the phrase): 'Hayya 'alaṣ-ṣalāt, Hayya 'alal-falāḥ' (come to prayer, come to prosperity) — he turned his neck right (and then) left, but he did not rotate (his entire body). Then he entered (into the tent), and brought out the 'Anazah...'"[2] and he narrated the remainder of the Hadīth.

Arabic text

520 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا قَيْسٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الرَّبِيعِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ أَبِي جُحَيْفَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَكَّةَ وَهُوَ فِي قُبَّةٍ حَمْرَاءَ مِنْ أَدَمٍ فَخَرَج بِلَالٌ فَأَذَّنَ فَكُنْتُ أَتَتَبَّعُ فَمَهُ هَاهُنَا وَهَاهُنَا، قَالَ: «ثُمَّ خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَعَلَيْهِ حُلَّةٌ حَمْرَاءُ بُرُودٌ يَمَانِيَةٌ قِطْرِيٌّ» - وَقَالَ مُوسَى - قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ بِلَالًا خَرَجَ إِلَى الْأَبْطَحِ فَأَذَّنَ فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، لَوَى عُنُقَهُ يَمِينًا وَشِمَالًا، وَلَمْ يَسْتَدِرْ ثُمَّ دَخَلَ فَأَخْرَجَ الْعَنَزَةَ وَسَاقَ حَدِيثَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 520

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 520

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

Regarding The Supplication Between The Adhān And The Iqāmah

Hadith 521

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

521. Anas bin Mālik reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The supplication between the Adhān and the Iqāmah is not rejected." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

521 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ زَيْدٍ الْعَمِّيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي إِيَاسٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يُرَدُّ الدُّعَاءُ بَيْنَ الْأَذَانِ وَالْإِقَامَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 521

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 521

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

What Should Be Said When One Hears The Mu'adh-dhin

Hadith 522

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

522. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When you hear the call (for prayer), then say as the Mu'adh-dhin says." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

522 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا سَمِعْتُمُ النِّدَاءَ فَقُولُوا مِثْلَ مَا يَقُولُ الْمُؤَذِّنُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 522

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 522

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 523

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

523. It was reported from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Jubair, from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr bin Al-'Ās, that he heard the Prophet ﷺ say: "When you hear the Mu'adh-dhin, then say just as he says, and send your salutations upon me, for he who sends one salutation upon me, Allāh will send ten upon him because of it. Then, ask Allāh to grant me the Wasilah, for it is a station in Paradise which will not be conferred except upon one of Allāh's worshipers, and I hope that I am that one. Whoever asks Allāh to (grant) me the Wasilah, he will attain (my) intercession (on the Day of Judgment).” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

523 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ لَهِيعَةَ، وَحَيْوَةَ، وَسَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا سَمِعْتُمُ الْمُؤَذِّنَ فَقُولُوا مِثْلَ مَا يَقُولُ ثُمَّ صَلُّواعَلَيَّ، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ صَلَّى عَلَيَّ صَلَاةً، صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ بِهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ سَلُوا اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ لِي الْوَسِيلَةَ، فَإِنَّهَا مَنْزِلَةٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ لَا تَنْبَغِي إِلَّا لِعَبْدٍ مِنْ عِبَادِ اللَّهِ تَعَالَى، وَأَرْجُو أَنْ أَكُونَ أَنَا هُوَ، فَمَنْ سَأَلَ اللَّهَ لِي الْوَسِيلَةَ، حَلَّتْ عَلَيْهِ الشَّفَاعَةُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 523

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 523

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 524

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

524. It was reported from Abū ‘Abdur-Raḥmān, meaning Al-Ḥubulī, from ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr, that a man said: “O Messenger of Allāh! The Mu‘adhhdhins have been favored over us!” So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Say as they say, then, when you finish, ask (what you wish), and you will be given it.” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

524 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ حُيَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ يَعْنِي الْحُبُلِيَّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، أَنَّ رَجُلًا، قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ الْمُؤَذِّنِينَ يَفْضُلُونَنَا، فَقَالَ: رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قُلْ كَمَا يَقُولُونَ فَإِذَا انْتَهَيْتَ فَسَلْ تُعْطَهْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 524

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 524

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 525

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

525. Sa’d bin Abī Waqqāṣ reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Whoever says upon hearing the Mu‘adh-dhin: Wa anā ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāhu Waḥdahu lā sharīka Lahu, wa anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasūluhu, raḏītu billāhi rabban wa bi-Muḥammadin Rasūlan wa bil-Islāmi dīna (And I too testify that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, He is One, having no partners, and that Muḥammad is His servant and Messenger; I am content (and pleased) with Allāh as (my) Lord, and with Muḥammad as (His) Messenger, and with Islam as (my religion) — then will be forgiven.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

525 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنِ الْحُكَيْمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: " مَنْ قَالَ: حِينَ يَسْمَعُ الْمُؤَذِّنَ وَأَنَا أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، رَضِيتُ بِاللَّهِ رَبًّا وَبِمُحَمَّدٍ رَسُولًا وَبِالْإِسْلَامِ دِينًا غُفِرَ لَهُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 525

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 525

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 526

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

526. ‘Āishah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, upon hearing the Mu’adh-dhin call out the testification of faith: would say: “And I too (testify), and I too (testify).” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

526 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَمِعَ الْمُؤَذِّنَ يَتَشَهَّدُ، قَالَ: «وَأَنَا، وَأَنَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 526

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 526

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 527

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

527. It was reported from ‘Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “When the Mu’adh-dhin says: ‘Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbar’ (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great). — and then one of you responds: ‘Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbar’ (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great); then when he says: ‘Ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh’ (I testify that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh) and one of you respond: ‘Ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh’, then when he says: ‘Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh’ (I testify that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh); one of you responds: ‘Ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh’ (I testify that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh); then when he says: ‘Hayya ‘alāṣ-ṣalāt’ (come to the prayer); and one of you says: 'Lā ḥawla wa lā quwwata illā billāh' (there is no change in any situation, nor is there any power to achieve anything except with Allāh); then when he says: 'Ḥayya 'alal-falāh' (come to prosperity); one of you says: Lā ḥawla wa lā quwwata illā billāh (There is no change in any situation, nor is there any power to achieve anything except with Allāh); then when he says: 'Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbar' (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great); one of you says: 'Allāhu Akbaru Allāhu Akbar' (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is the Most Great); then when he says: 'Lā ilāha illallāh' (none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh); one of you says: 'Lā ilāha illallāh' (none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh); (and he does all of these actions sincerely) from his heart, he will enter Paradise (because of it)."(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

527 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَهْضَمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ غَزِيَّةَ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ إِسَافٍ، عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، فَقَالَ: أَحَدُكُمْ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، فَإِذَا قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، فَإِذَا قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ قَالَ: لَا حَوْلَ وَلَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللَّهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ، قَالَ: لَا حَوْلَ وَلَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللَّهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، قَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ قَالَ: لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ مِنْ قَلْبِهِ دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 527

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 527

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

What Should Be Said Upon Hearing The Iqāmah

Hadith 528

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

528. A person from Ash-Shām narrated from Shahr bin Ḥawshab that Abū Umamah, or another Companion, narrated that Bilāl started the Iqāmah. When he reached: 'Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt' (The prayer has been established) — the Prophet ﷺ said: 'May Allāh establish it and keep it (established).'" And he said (in response to) the other (phrases of the) IQāmah just as the Ḥadīth of 'Umar. (Da'īf)

Arabic text

528 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْعَتَكِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، حَدَّثَنِي رَجُلٌ، مِنْ أَهْلِ الشَّامِ عَنْ شَهْرِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ، أَوْ عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّ بِلَالًا أَخَذَ فِي الْإِقَامَةِ، فَلَمَّا أَنْ قَالَ: قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قَالَ: النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَقَامَهَا اللَّهُ وَأَدَامَهَا» وَقَالَ: فِي سَائِرِ الْإِقَامَةِ كَنَحْوِ حَدِيثِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ فِي الْأَذَانِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 528

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 528

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

What Has Been Narrated Concerning The Supplication Made After The Adhān

Hadith 529

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

529. Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever says after hearing the call (for prayer): Allāhumma, rabba hādhīhid-da'watit-tāmmati, waṣ-ṣalātīl-qā'imati, āti Muḥammadan al-wasilata wal-ṣadīlata wab'athuhu maqāman mahmūdan alladhī wa'dtahu (O Allāh, the Lord of this perfect call and established prayer! Grant Muhammad the Wasilah and the distinction, and place him on the Praiseworthy Station that You have promised him); then he will attain (my) intercession on the Day of Judgment." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

529 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " مَنْ قَالَ: حِينَ يَسْمَعُ النِّدَاءَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ هَذِهِ الدَّعْوَةِ التَّامَّةِ وَالصَّلَاةِ الْقَائِمَةِ، آتِ مُحَمَّدًا الْوَسِيلَةَ وَالْفَضِيلَةَ وَابْعَثْهُ مَقَامًا مَحْمُودًا الَّذِي وَعَدْتَهُ، إِلَّا حَلَّتْ لَهُ الشَّفَاعَةُ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 529

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 529

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

What Should Be Said For The Maghrib Adhān

Hadith 530

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

530. Umm Salamah narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught me to say upon hearing the Adhān of Maghrib: 'Allāhumma, inna hādha iqbālu lailika, wa idbāru nahārika, wa aṣwātu du'atika, faghfirlī' (O Allāh! This is the commencement of Your night, and the departure of Your day, and (here are) the sounds of Your callers, so forgive me.)" (Hasan)

Arabic text

530 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ إِهَابٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ الْعَدَنِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْقَاسِمُ بْنُ مَعْنٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ مَوْلَى أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: عَلَّمَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أَقُولَ عِنْدَ أَذَانِ الْمَغْرِبِ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنَّ هَذَا إِقْبَالُ لَيْلِكَ، وَإِدْبَارُ نَهَارِكَ، وَأَصْوَاتُ دُعَاتِكَ، فَاغْفِرْ لِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 530

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 530

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

Taking A Stipend For The Adhān

Hadith 531

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

531. Muṭarrif bin 'Abdullāh reported that 'Uthmān bin Al-'Aṣ said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Make me the Imām of my people (in prayer)." So he said: "You are their Imām. And follow the weakest among them,[1] and take a Mu'adh-dhīn who does not take a stipend for his Adhān." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

531 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا سَعِيدٌ الْجُرَيْرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: - وَقَالَ مُوسَى فِي مَوْضِعٍ آخَرَ إِنَّ عُثْمَانَ بْنَ أَبِي الْعَاصِ قَالَ - يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ اجْعَلْنِي إِمَامَ قَوْمِي، قَالَ: «أَنْتَ إِمَامُهُمْ وَاقْتَدِ بِأَضْعَفِهِمْ وَاتَّخِذْ مُؤَذِّنًا لَا يَأْخُذُ عَلَى أَذَانِهِ أَجْرًا»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning be concerned for them in reference to the length of the prayer and the like.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 531

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 531

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

Calling The Adhān Before Its Time

Hadith 532

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

532. It was reported from Hammād from Ayyūb, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar: "Bilāl called the Adhān before dawn broke, so the Prophet ﷺ commanded him to return and proclaim: 'Verily, the servant has slept, Verily, the servant has slept.'" Mūsā (one of the narrators) added: "So he returned and proclaimed: 'Verily, the servant has slept.'"[1] (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth has not been reported from Ayyūb except by Hammād.

Arabic text

532 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، وَدَاوُدُ بْنُ شَبِيبٍ الْمَعْنَى قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ بِلَالًا أَذَّنَ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ الْفَجْرِ، فَأَمَرَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَرْجِعَ فَيُنَادِيَ: «أَلَا إِنَّ الْعَبْدَ، قَدْ نَامَ أَلَا إِنَّ الْعَبْدَ قَدْ نَامَ»، زَادَ مُوسَى: فَرَجَعَ فَنَادَى: أَلَا إِنَّ الْعَبْدَ قَدْ نَامَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذَا الْحَدِيثُ لَمْ يَرْوِهِ عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، إِلَّا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 532

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 532

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 533

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

533. It was reported from 'Abdul-'Azīz bin Abī Rawwād: "Nāfi' informed us that there was a Mu'adh-dhīn that 'Umar had by the name of Masrūh. Once, he proclaimed the Adhān before Ṣubh (Fajr), so 'Umar commanded him..." and he mentioned similarly (د. ٥٣٢). (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Hammād bin Zayd reported from 'Ubaidullāh bin ‘Umar, from Nāfi’ or other than him, that the name of ‘Umar’s Mu’adh-dhīn was Masrūh [or other than that]. Abū Dāwūd said: Ad-Darāwardī reported from ‘Ubaidullāh, from Nāfi’, from Ibn ‘Umar who said: “‘Umar had a Mu’adh-dhīn named Mas’ūd, and he mentioned similarly, and this is more correct than that (the previous version).

Arabic text

533 - حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رَوَّادٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا نَافِعٌ عَنْ مُؤَذِّنٍ لِعُمَرَ يُقَالُ لَهُ مَسْرُوحٌ أَذَّنَ قَبْلَ الصُّبْحِ فَأَمَرَهُ عُمَرُ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَقَدْ رَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهِ أَنَّ مُؤَذِّنًا لِعُمَرَ، يُقَالُ لَهُ: مَسْرُوحٌ أَوْ غَيْرُهُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ الدَّرَاوَرْدِيُّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ لِعُمَرَ مُؤَذِّنٌ، يُقَالُ: لَهُ مَسْعُودٌ وَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ مِنْ ذَاكَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning either that he announced that he was heedless of the time, or that he was returning to sleep since some of the night yet remained, letting the people know that so they would not rush from sleep out of their homes. This narration appears to have occurred early after the Hijrah, since it is confirmed later in the life of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ that Bilāl would call the Adhān during the night, and then Ibn Umm Maktūm would call the Adhān after him with the onset of Fajr. This is supported by the narration recorded by Al-Bukhārī, Muslim, and others, wherein the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Indeed Bilāl calls the Adhān during the night, so eat and drink until Ibn Umm Maktūm calls the Adhān." See Ma'ālam As-Sunan by Al-Khaṭṭābī and 'Awn Al-Ma'būd.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 533

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 533

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 534

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

534. Shaddād, the freed-slave of ‘Iyād bin ‘Amir, reported from Bilāl, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Do not proclaim the Adhān until the dawn becomes apparent to you in this fashion,” and he stretched forth his hands in front of him. (Da’if) Abū Dāwūd said: Shaddād, the freed-slave of ‘Iyād, did not meet Bilāl.

Arabic text

534 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ بُرْقَانَ، عَنْ شَدَّادٍ مَوْلَى عِيَاضِ بْنِ عَامِرٍ، عَنْ بِلَالٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لَهُ: «لَا تُؤَذِّنْ حَتَّى يَسْتَبِينَ لَكَ الْفَجْرُ هَكَذَا» وَمَدَّ يَدَيْهِ عَرْضًا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «شَدَّادٌ مَوْلَى عِيَاضٍ لَمْ يُدْرِكْ بِلَالًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 534

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 534

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

The Adhān Of A Blind Man

Hadith 535

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

535. ‘Āishah narrated that Ibn Umm Maktūm was (one of the) Mu’adhhdhīns of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he was blind. (Sahih)

Arabic text

535 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، «أَنَّ ابْنَ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ، كَانَ مُؤَذِّنًا لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ أَعْمَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 535

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 535

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

Leaving The Masjid After The Adhān

Hadith 536

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

536. Abū Ash-Sha'tha' narrated: "We were with Abū Hurairah in the Masjid when a person exited from it after the Mu'adh-dhin had called the Aṣr Adhān. Abū Hurairah then said: 'As for this person, he has disobeyed Abul-Qāsim ﷺ.'" [1] (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

536 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ الْمُهَاجِرِ، عَنْ أَبِي الشَّعْثَاءِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ فَخَرَجَ رَجُلٌ حِينَ أَذَّنَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ لِلْعَصْرِ، فَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: «أَمَّا هَذَا فَقَدْ عَصَى أَبَا الْقَاسِمِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 536

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 536

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

The Mu'adh-dhin Should Wait For The Imām

Hadith 537

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

537. Jābir bin Samurah said: "Bilāl used to call the Adhān, then wait. So when he saw that the Prophet ﷺ had exited (his house), he would proclaim the Iqāmah for the prayer." (Saḥīḥ) [1] Meaning, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.

Arabic text

537 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ بِلَالٌ يُؤَذِّنُ، ثُمَّ يُمْهِلُ فَإِذَا رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ خَرَجَ أَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 537

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 537

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

The

Hadith 538

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

538. Mujāhid narrated: "I was once with Ibn 'Umar, and a person (the Mu'adh-dhin) performed the Tathwīb for Zuhr, or for Asr. He said: 'Let us leave (this place), for this is an innovation.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

538 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو يَحْيَى الْقَتَّاتُ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ فَثَوَّبَ رَجُلٌ فِي الظُّهْرِ أَوِ الْعَصْرِ، قَالَ: «اخْرُجْ بِنَا فَإِنَّ هَذِهِ بِدْعَةٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 538

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 538

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

People Sitting After The

Hadith 539

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albani(ما رواه أبان عن يحيى) صحيح، (ما رواه معاوية بن سلام وعلي بن المبارك عن يحيى) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

539. It was reported from Abān from Yaḥyā, from 'Abdullāh bin [1] There are three meanings for Tathwīb in relation to the Adhān, two of them preceded and they are from the Sunnah: When the Mu'adh-dhin reaches either phrase including: "I testify that" then he repeats it aloud after saying it silently to himself. See no. 500 and those after it. The second is when the Mu'adh-dhin says: "Prayer is better than sleep" during the Adhān for Fajr, see also no. 500. The third — and it is thought to be the type referred to here — is what At-Tirmidhī cited in his Sunan (after no. 198) from Ishāq bin Ibrāhīm: "It was something innovated by the people after the Prophet ﷺ. It is when the Mu'adh-dhin calls the Adhān and the people are slow in coming, so between the Adhān and the Iqāmah he says: "Qad qāmatīṣ-ṣalāt (prayer has been established) Ḥayya 'alāṣ-ṣalāt (come to prayer) Ḥayya 'alal-falāḥ (come to success)." Abī Qatādah, from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "If the Iqāmah is called for the prayer, do not stand up until you see me." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This is how it was reported by Ayyūb and Hajjāj Aṣ-Ṣawwāf from Yāhyā. Hishām Ad-Dastawā'i said: "Yāhyā wrote to me (narrating it)." Mu'āwiyah bin Sallām, 'Alī bin Al-Mubārak reported it from Yāhyā, but they said in it: "until you see me, and do so calmly."

Arabic text

539 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَمُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَلَا تَقُومُوا حَتَّى تَرَوْنِي»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَكَذَا رَوَاهُ أَيُّوبُ، وَحَجَّاجٌ الصَّوَّافُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، وَهِشَامٍ الدَّسْتُوَائِيِّ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ إِلَيَّ يَحْيَى، وَرَوَاهُ مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ سَلَّامٍ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، وَقَالَا فِيهِ: «حَتَّى تَرَوْنِي وَعَلَيْكُمُ السَّكِينَةَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 539

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 539

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 540

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

540. (There is another chain) from Ma'mar, from Yāhyā with his chain, similarly (as no. 539). He said: "Until you see me exit (my house)." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: "Until you see me exit (my house)" was not mentioned except by Ma'mar, and Ibn 'Uyaynah reported from Ma'mar, but he did not say in it: "Until you see me exit (my house)."

Arabic text

540 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، بِإِسْنَادِهِ مِثْلَهُ، قَالَ: «حَتَّى تَرَوْنِي قَدْ خَرَجْتُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: لَمْ يَذْكُرْ: «قَدْ خَرَجْتُ»، إِلَّا مَعْمَرٌ، وَرَوَاهُ ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ لَمْ يَقُلْ فِيهِ: «قَدْ خَرَجْتُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 540

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 540

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 541

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

541. Abū Hurairah said: "During the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, the Iqāmah for the prayer would be called and the people would take their places before the Prophet ﷺ would take his." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

541 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو عَمْرٍو: ح وَحَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ رُشَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ - وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ - عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ الصَّلَاةَ كَانَتْ تُقَامُ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَيَأْخُذُ النَّاسُ مَقَامَهُمْ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَأْخُذَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 541

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 541

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 542

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

542. It was reported from Humaid, who said: "I asked Thābit Al-Bunānī about a man talking after the Iqāmah has been called for the prayer, so he responded that Anas bin Mālik narrated to him: 'The Iqāmah was called for the prayer, and a man came and presented himself to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (in order to ask him something), so he prevented him (from starting the prayer) after the Iqāmah for the prayer was called.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

542 - حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ ثَابِتًا الْبُنَانِيَّ، عَنِ الرَّجُلِ يَتَكَلَّمُ بَعْدَمَا تُقَامُ الصَّلَاةُ فَحَدَّثَنِي، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَعَرَضَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلٌ، فَحَبَسَهُ بَعْدَ مَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 542

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 542

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 543

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

543. It was reported from Kahmas, who said: "We stood up to pray while we were at Minā, but the Imām did not come out. Some of us then sat down. An old man from Al-Kūfah said to me: 'Why have you sat down?' I responded: 'Ibn Buraidah (told me to do so).' He said: 'This is laziness!' Then he said: 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Awsajah narrated to me that Al-Barā' bin Āzib said: "We would stand up in (our) rows for long periods of time during the lifetime of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, before he would say the Takbīr.. And he (the Prophet ﷺ) said: 'Allāh and His angels send their Salāt upon those who stand up in the front rows, and there is no step that is more pleasing to Allāh than a step that (a person takes) to fill (a gap) in another row.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

543 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ سُوَيْدِ بْنِ مَنْجُوفٍ السَّدُوسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَوْنُ بْنُ كَهْمَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ كَهْمَسٍ، قَالَ: قُمْنَا إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ بِمِنًى وَالْإِمَامُ لَمْ يَخْرُجْ فَقَعَدَ بَعْضُنَا، فَقَالَ لِي شَيْخٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْكُوفَةِ: مَا يُقْعِدُكَ؟ قُلْتُ: ابْنُ بُرَيْدَةَ، قَالَ: هَذَا السُّمُودُ: فَقَالَ لِي الشَّيْخُ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَوْسَجَةَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نَقُومُ فِي الصُّفُوفِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ طَوِيلًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يُكَبِّرَ»، قَالَ: وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الَّذِينَ يَلُونَ الصُّفُوفَ الْأُوَلَ، وَمَا مِنْ خُطْوَةٍ أَحَبُّ إِلَى اللَّهِ مِنْ خُطْوَةٍ يَمْشِيهَا يَصِلُ بِهَا صَفًّا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 543

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 543

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 544

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

544. Anas narrated: “(Once) the Iqāmah was called for the prayer, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was privately talking (to someone) in one corner of the Masjid. So the prayer did not start until people fell asleep.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

544 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ صُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَجِيٌّ فِي جَانِبِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَمَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ حَتَّى نَامَ الْقَوْمُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 544

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 544

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 545

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

545. Sālim Abū Ān-Nadr (bin Abī Umayyah) narrated: “When the Iqāmah would be called, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would see (the number of people); so if he saw that they were few in number, he would sit and not pray (until they came) then he would pray, and if he saw they were a group (many), he would pray.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

545 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ الْجَوْهَرِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «حِينَ تُقَامُ الصَّلَاةُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ إِذَا رَآهُمْ قَلِيلًا جَلَسَ لَمْ يُصَلِّ، وَإِذَا رَآهُمْ جَمَاعَةً صَلَّى»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 545

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 545

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 546

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: متنه وهمٌ، كما سبق. وكذلك قوله: (أبي مسعود) ! والصواب: مسعود)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

546. It was reported from Abū Mas’ūd Az-Zuraqī, from ‘Ali bin Abī Tālib, peace be upon him, similar to that (no. 545). (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

546 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِب ٍرَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 546

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 546

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

The Severity OfNot Attending TheCongregational Prayer

Hadith 547

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

547. Abū Ad-Dardā' narrated that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Never do three people in a village or desert leave establishing the (congregational) prayer among themselves except that Shaitān overpowers them. So I command you to stick with the group (Al-Jamā'ah), for indeed the wolf only eats (attacks) the solitary sheep." (Sahīh) (One of the narrators) Zā'idah said: "As-Sā'ib said: 'The meaning of "the group (Al-Jamā'ah")" is the prayer in congregation.'"

Arabic text

547 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا السَّائِبُ بْنُ حُبَيْشٍ، عَنْ مَعْدَانَ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ الْيَعْمُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَا مِنْ ثَلَاثَةٍ فِي قَرْيَةٍ وَلَا بَدْوٍ لَا تُقَامُ فِيهِمُ الصَّلَاةُ إِلَّا قَدِ اسْتَحْوَذَ عَلَيْهِمُ الشَّيْطَانُ، فَعَلَيْكَ بِالْجَمَاعَةِ فَإِنَّمَا يَأْكُلُ الذِّئْبُ الْقَاصِيَةَ»، قَالَ زَائِدَةُ: قَالَ السَّائِبُ: يَعْنِي بِالْجَمَاعَةِ: الصَّلَاةَ فِي الْجَمَاعَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 547

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 547

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 548

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

548. It was reported from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from Abū Hurairah who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "I thought about ordering that the Iqāmah for the prayer be called, then I would command a person to lead the people in prayer (in my place), so that I may go with a group of people with fire-wood to (the houses) of those who do not attend the prayer, so that I may burn their houses down with fire." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

548 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَقَدْ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ آمُرَ بِالصَّلَاةِ، فَتُقَامَ، ثُمَّ آمُرَ رَجُلًا فَيُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ، ثُمَّ أَنْطَلِقَ مَعِي بِرِجَالٍ مَعَهُمْ حُزَمٌ مِنْ حَطَبٍ إِلَى قَوْمٍ لَا يَشْهَدُونَ الصَّلَاةَ، فَأُحَرِّقَ عَلَيْهِمْ بُيُوتَهُمْ بِالنَّارِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 548

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 548

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 549

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح، دون قوله: "ليست بهم علة"Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

549. It was reported from Yazīd bin Yazīd, from Yazīd bin Al-Aṣamm who said: "I heard Abū Hurairah saying: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "I thought about ordering my young servants to gather fire-wood, then go to (the houses) of people who pray in their houses while having no excuse (to stay away from the Masjid), so that I may burn it down." I (Yazīd bin Yazīd) said to Yazīd bin Al-Aṣamm: "O Abū 'Awf, did he mean the Friday prayer, or other prayers?" So he replied: 'May I never hear anything (after this) if I did not hear Abū Hurairah narrate from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (this Hadīth); he did not specify the Friday prayer, or other than it.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

549 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْمَلِيحِ، حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ الْأَصَمِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَقَدْ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ آمُرَ فِتْيَتِي فَيَجْمَعُوا حُزَمًا مِنْ حَطَبٍ، ثُمَّ آتِيَ قَوْمًا يُصَلُّونَ فِي بُيُوتِهِمْ لَيْسَتْ بِهِمْ عِلَّةٌ فَأُحَرِّقَهَا عَلَيْهِمْ»، قُلْتُ لِيَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ: يَا أَبَا عَوْفٍ الْجُمُعَةَ عَنَى أَوْ غَيْرَهَا؟ قَالَ: صُمَّتَا أُذُنَايَ إِنْ لَمْ أَكُنْ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَأْثُرُهُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا ذَكَرَ جُمُعَةً وَلَا غَيْرَهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 549

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 549

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 550

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

550. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd, that he said: "Guard these five prayers wherever they are called, for they are from the paths of guidance. And Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has legislated for His Prophet ﷺ the paths of guidance. And we (the Companions) have witnessed a time when no one would stay behind from it except a hypocrite whose hypocrisy was clear. And we have witnessed a time when a person would be brought leaning on two other men so that he may stand in the row. And there is no one among you except that he has a prayer place in his house, but if you pray in your houses, and leave your Masājid, you would abandon the Sunnah of your Prophet ﷺ, and were you to abandon the Sunnah of your Prophet ﷺ you would disbelieve.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

550 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبَّادٍ الْأَزْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الْمَسْعُودِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ الْأَقْمَرِ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: «حَافِظُوا عَلَى هَؤُلَاءِ الصَّلَوَاتِ الْخَمْسِ، حَيْثُ يُنَادَى بِهِنَّ فَإِنَّهُنَّ مِنْ سُنَنِ الْهُدَى، وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ شَرَعَ لِنَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سُنَنَ الْهُدَى، وَلَقَدْ رَأَيْتُنَا وَمَا يَتَخَلَّفُ عَنْهَا إِلَّا مُنَافِقٌ بَيِّنُ النِّفَاقِ، وَلَقَدْ رَأَيْتُنَا وَإِنَّ الرَّجُلَ لَيُهَادَى بَيْنَ الرَّجُلَيْنِ حَتَّى يُقَامَ فِي الصَّفِّ، وَمَا مِنْكُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا وَلَهُ مَسْجِدٌ فِي بَيْتِهِ، وَلَوْ صَلَّيْتُمْ فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ وَتَرَكْتُمْ مَسَاجِدَكُمْ تَرَكْتُمْ سُنَّةَ نَبِيِّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَوْ تَرَكْتُمْ سُنَّةَ نَبِيِّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَكَفَرْتُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 550

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 550

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 551

DarussalamDa’ifAl-Albaniصحيح، دون جملة العذر، وبلفظ: "ولا صلاة له" //، المشكاة (١٠٦٨) //Al-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

551. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Whoever hears the caller (the Mu’adh-dhin), and does not have an excuse to avoid coming...” They interrupted: “And what is (a valid) excuse?” He replied: “Fear, or sickness, (then he continued)... (to the Masjid) his prayer that he prayed will not be accepted from him.” (Da’if) Abū Dāwūd said: Abū Ishāq (As-Sabī‘ī) reported from Maghrā’.[1]

Arabic text

551 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي جَنَابٍ، عَنْ مَغْرَاءَ الْعَبْدِيِّ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ سَمِعَ الْمُنَادِيَ فَلَمْ يَمْنَعْهُ مِنَ اتِّبَاعِهِ، عُذْرٌ»، قَالُوا: وَمَا الْعُذْرُ؟، قَالَ: «خَوْفٌ أَوْ مَرَضٌ، لَمْ تُقْبَلْ مِنْهُ الصَّلَاةُ الَّتِي صَلَّى»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى عَنْ مَغْرَاءَ أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 551

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 551

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 552

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

552. Abū Razīn narrated that Ibn Umm Maktūm asked the Prophet ﷺ: “O Messenger of Allāh! I am a blind man whose home is far away (from your Masjid), and I have a guide who does not cooperate with me, so do I have an exemption to pray in my house?" He asked: "Can you hear the call (to prayer)?" He said: "Yes." So he replied: "I do not find any exemption for you." (Da'if)

Arabic text

552 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ بَهْدَلَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي رَزِينٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي رَجُلٌ ضَرِيرُ الْبَصَرِ شَاسِعُ الدَّارِ، وَلِي قَائِدٌ لَا يُلَائِمُنِي فَهَلْ لِي رُخْصَةٌ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ فِي بَيْتِي؟، قَالَ: «هَلْ تَسْمَعُ النِّدَاءَ»، قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «لَا أَجِدُ لَكَ رُخْصَةً»

Footnotes

1 [1] Maghrā’ is one of the narrators in this chain, and Abū Ishāq also reported some narrations from him.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 552

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 552

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 553

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

553. It was reported from Sufyān, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Ābis, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā from Ibn Umm Maktūm, that he said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Al-Madīnah has many pests and beasts of prey." So the Prophet ﷺ said: "Do you hear: 'Come to prayer, come to success?' (i.e., the Adhān) If so, then come." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Similar was reported from Al-Qāsim Al-Jarmī, from Sufyān, but his Hadīth does not contain: "Then come."

Arabic text

553 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي الزَّرْقَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَابِسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ ابْنِ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ، قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّ الْمَدِينَةَ كَثِيرَةُ الْهَوَامِّ وَالسِّبَاعِ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَتَسْمَعُ حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلَاحِ؟ فَحَيَّ هَلًا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَا رَوَاهُ الْقَاسِمُ الْجَرْمِيُّ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ لَيْسَ فِي حَدِيثِهِ «حَيَّ هَلًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 553

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 553

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

The Virtue Of Praying In Congregation

Hadith 554

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

554. Ubayy bin Ka'b narrated: "One day, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in the Subh prayer, then asked: 'Is so-and-so present?' They replied: 'No.' He then asked: 'Is so-and-so present?' They replied: 'No.' Then he said: 'These two prayers are the most difficult prayers for the hypocrites. And if you only knew what (reward) was in them, you would have definitely come to them, even if you had to crawl on your knees. And the first row is similar to the row of angels, and if you only knew its blessings you would race one another to it. A person praying with another person is purer than praying alone, and praying with two people is purer than praying with one person, and the more (the people), the more beloved it is to Allāh.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

554 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَصِيرٍ، عَنْ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمًا الصُّبْحَ، فَقَالَ: أَشَاهِدٌ فُلَانٌ، قَالُوا: لَا، قَالَ: أَشَاهِدٌ فُلَانٌ، قَالُوا: لَا، قَالَ: «إِنَّ هَاتَيْنِ الصَّلَاتَيْنِ أَثْقَلُ الصَّلَوَاتِ عَلَى الْمُنَافِقِينَ، وَلَوْ تَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِيهِمَا لَأَتَيْتُمُوهُمَا، وَلَوْ حَبْوًا عَلَى الرُّكَبِ وَإِنَّ الصَّفَّ الْأَوَّلَ عَلَى مِثْلِ صَفِّ الْمَلَائِكَةِ وَلَوْ عَلِمْتُمْ مَا فَضِيلَتُهُ لَابْتَدَرْتُمُوهُ، وَإِنَّ صَلَاةَ الرَّجُلِ مَعَ الرَّجُلِ أَزْكَى مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ وَحْدَهُ، وَصَلَاتُهُ مَعَ الرَّجُلَيْنِ أَزْكَى مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ مَعَ الرَّجُلِ، وَمَا كَثُرَ فَهُوَ أَحَبُّ إِلَى اللَّهِ تَعَالَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 554

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 554

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 555

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

555. Uthmān bin Affān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Whoever prays Ishā’ in congregation, it is as if he has stood half the night (in prayer), and whoever prays Ishā’ and Fajr in congregation, it is as if he has stood the whole night (in prayer).” (Sahih)

Arabic text

555 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي سَهْلٍ يَعْنِي عُثْمَانَ بْنَ حَكِيمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى الْعِشَاءَ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ كَانَ كَقِيَامِ نِصْفِ لَيْلَةٍ، وَمَنْ صَلَّى الْعِشَاءَ وَالْفَجْرَ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ كَانَ كَقِيَامِ لَيْلَةٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 555

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 555

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

What Has Been Narrated Regarding The Rewards of Walking To The Prayer

Hadith 556

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

556. Abū Hurairah reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The person who is farthest from the Masjid will have the greatest reward, than the one who is closer." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

556 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْأَبْعَدُ فَالْأَبْعَدُ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ أَعْظَمُ أَجْرًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 556

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 556

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 557

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

557. Ubayy bin Ka'b said: "There was a person who used to pray (with us) whose house was so far that no one knew of any person who used to pray towards the Qiblah from among the people of Al-Madinah whose house was farther than his. And he never used to miss any prayer in the Masjid. (Once) I said to him: 'Why don't you buy a donkey-so that you can ride it over the hot ground, and during the dark?' He said: 'I would not like that my house be next to the Masjid!' His response was conveyed to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so he asked him (what he intended) with it. He replied: 'I intended, O Messenger of Allāh, that my coming to the Masjid and returning to my family should be written for me (as a reward).' So he said: 'Allāh has given you all of that; Allāh has granted you all what you intended in full.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

557 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ التَّيْمِيُّ، أَنَّ أَبَا عُثْمَانَ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَجُلٌ لَا أَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا مِنَ النَّاسِ مِمَّنْ يُصَلِّي الْقِبْلَةَ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ أَبْعَدَ مَنْزِلًا مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ مِنْ ذَلِكَ الرَّجُلِ، وَكَانَ لَا تُخْطِئُهُ صَلَاةٌ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقُلْتُ: لَوِ اشْتَرَيْتَ حِمَارًا تَرْكَبُهُ فِي الرَّمْضَاءِ وَالظُّلْمَةِ، فَقَالَ: مَا أُحِبُّ أَنَّ مَنْزِلِي إِلَى جَنْبِ الْمَسْجِدِ فَنُمِيَ الْحَدِيثُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَسَأَلَهُ عَنْ قَوْلِهِ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: أَرَدْتُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَنْ يُكْتَبَ لِي إِقْبَالِي إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ وَرُجُوعِي إِلَى أَهْلِي إِذَا رَجَعْتُ، فَقَالَ: «أَعْطَاكَ اللَّهُ ذَلِكَ كُلَّهُ، أَنْطَاكَ اللَّهُ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ مَا احْتَسَبْتَ كُلَّهُ أَجْمَعَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 557

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 557

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 558

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

558. Abū Umāmah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever leaves his house to go to an obligatory prayer after having purified himself, his reward will be like the reward of one who performs Hajj in the state of Iḥrām. And whoever leaves to perform the voluntary Duḥā prayer — nothing causes him to exert himself except it — then his reward is like one performing Umrah. And one prayer after another prayer, in which there is no vain talk between the two, is written in the ‘Illiyyīn." (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

558 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تَوْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ خَرَجَ مِنْ بَيْتِهِ مُتَطَهِّرًا إِلَى صَلَاةٍ مَكْتُوبَةٍ فَأَجْرُهُ كَأَجْرِ الْحَاجِّ الْمُحْرِمِ، وَمَنْ خَرَجَ إِلَى تَسْبِيحِ الضُّحَى لَا يَنْصِبُهُ إِلَّا إِيَّاهُ فَأَجْرُهُ كَأَجْرِ الْمُعْتَمِرِ، وَصَلَاةٌ عَلَى أَثَرِ صَلَاةٍ لَا لَغْوَ بَيْنَهُمَا كِتَابٌ فِي عِلِّيِّينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 558

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 558

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 559

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

559. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The prayer of a man in congregation is twenty-five levels (more blessed) than the prayer that he prays in his house or in his shop. This is due to the fact that one of you, when he performs Wudū’ and does it well, and comes to the Masjid only desiring the prayer, nothing drives him — meaning, except the prayer — then he does not take a step except that he is raised one level, and one sin is removed from him, until he enters the Masjid. Then, when he enters the Masjid, he will (be counted as) being in the prayer, as long as it is the prayer which detains him. And the angels pray upon one of you as long as he remains in the place that he prayed it; they say: 'O Allāh! Forgive him. O Allāh! Have mercy on him. O Allāh! Accept his repentance,' as long as he does not harm (anyone) in it, or commit Hadath."[1] (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

559 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ تَزِيدُ عَلَى صَلَاتِهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، وَصَلَاتِهِ فِي سُوقِهِ خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ دَرَجَةً، وَذَلِكَ بِأَنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ وَأَتَى الْمَسْجِدَ لَا يُرِيدُ إِلَّا الصَّلَاةَ، وَلَا يَنْهَزُهُ إِلَّا الصَّلَاةُ لَمْ يَخْطُ خُطْوَةً إِلَّا رُفِعَ لَهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةٌ وَحُطَّ عَنْهُ بِهَا خَطِيئَةٌ، حَتَّى يَدْخُلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَإِذَا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ كَانَ فِي صَلَاةٍ، مَا كَانَتِ الصَّلَاةُ هِيَ تَحْبِسُهُ، وَالْمَلَائِكَةُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ مَا دَامَ فِي مَجْلِسِهِ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ، وَيَقُولُونَ: اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لَهُ، اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْهُ اللَّهُمَّ تُبْ عَلَيْهِ، مَا لَمْ يُؤْذِ فِيهِ أَوْ يُحْدِثْ فِيهِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 559

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 559

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 560

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

560. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudri said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "A prayer in congregation is equivalent to twenty-five prayers. And if he prays it in the wilderness, while completing its Rukū' and Sujūd, it will reach (the reward) of fifty prayers." (Saḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: 'Abdul-Wāḥid bin Ziyād (another narrator) said in this Hadīth: "The prayer of a man in the wilderness is multiplied above the prayer in congregation..." and he completed the Hadīth.

Arabic text

560 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الصَّلَاةُ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ تَعْدِلُ خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ صَلَاةً، فَإِذَا صَلَّاهَا فِي فَلَاةٍ فَأَتَمَّ رُكُوعَهَا وَسُجُودَهَا بَلَغَتْ خَمْسِينَ صَلَاةً»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ «صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ فِي الْفَلَاةِ تُضَاعَفُ عَلَى صَلَاتِهِ فِي الْجَمَاعَةِ» وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 560

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 560

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

What Has Been Narrated About (The Blessings Of) Walking To The Masjid In Darkness

Hadith 561

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

561. Buraidah narrated from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "Give glad tidings to those who walk at night to the Masjid that (they will be given) complete light on the Day of Judgment." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

561 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مَعِينٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عُبَيْدَةَ الْحَدَّادُ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ أَبُو سُلَيْمَانَ الْكَحَّالُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، عَنْ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «بَشِّرِ الْمَشَّائِينَ فِي الظُّلَمِ إِلَى الْمَسَاجِدِ بِالنُّورِ التَّامِّ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Similar preceded under nos. 469-472.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 561

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 561

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

The Etiquette Of Walking To The Masjid

Hadith 562

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

562. Abū Thumāmah Al-Hannāt narrated that Ka'b bin 'Ujrah caught him when he was going to the Masjid — one of them caught his companion. — (He then narrated) "He saw that I had intertwined my fingers together, so he prohibited me from that, and said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you performs Wudū' and performs it well, and leaves (his house) intending to go to the Masjid, let him not intertwine his hands together, for he is (considered to be) in prayer.'"(Hasan)

Arabic text

562 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ الْمَلِكِ بْنَ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَهُمْ عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَعْدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو ثُمَامَةَ الْحَنَّاطُ، أَنَّ كَعْبَ بْنَ عُجْرَةَ، أَدْرَكَهُ وَهُوَ يُرِيدُ الْمَسْجِدَ أَدْرَكَ أَحَدُهُمَا صَاحِبَهُ، قَالَ: فَوَجَدَنِي وَأَنَا مُشَبِّكٌ بِيَدَيَّ، فَنَهَانِي عَنْ ذَلِكَ وَقَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَأَحْسَنَ وُضُوءَهُ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ عَامِدًا إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ فَلَا يُشَبِّكَنَّ يَدَيْهِ فَإِنَّهُ فِي صَلَاةٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 562

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 562

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 563

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

563. Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab said: "A person from the Anṣār was on his death bed, so he said: 'I am going to narrate to you a Hadīth; I only narrate it to you seeking reward (for it). I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "If one of you performs Wudū' and performs it well, and leaves to go to the prayer, then he does not raise his right foot except that Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, writes for him one Hasanah,[1] and he does not raise his left foot except that Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, will obliterate from him one sin. So let one of you come closer (to the Masjid) or go farther. Then, when he comes to the Masjid and prays in the congregation, he will be forgiven. And if he comes to the Masjid, and they have prayed a portion (of the prayer), and a portion is left, let him pray what he catches, and then complete the rest, it will also be the same (he too will be forgiven). And if he comes to the Masjid and they have already prayed, and he prays (by himself), it will also be the same (he too will be forgiven).” (Hasan)

Arabic text

563 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُعَاذِ بْنِ عَبَّادٍ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ مَعْبَدِ بْنِ هُرْمُزَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، قَالَ: حَضَرَ رَجُلًا مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ الْمَوْتُ، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي مُحَدِّثُكُمْ حَدِيثًا مَا أُحَدِّثُكُمُوهُ إِلَّا احْتِسَابًا، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ لَمْ يَرْفَعْ قَدَمَهُ الْيُمْنَى إِلَّا كَتَبَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ لَهُ حَسَنَةً، وَلَمْ يَضَعْ قَدَمَهُ الْيُسْرَى إِلَّا حَطَّ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ عَنْهُ سَيِّئَةً فَلْيُقَرِّبْ أَحَدُكُمْ أَوْ لِيُبَعِّدْ فَإِنْ أَتَى الْمَسْجِدَ، فَصَلَّى فِي جَمَاعَةٍ غُفِرَ لَهُ، فَإِنْ أَتَى الْمَسْجِدَ وَقَدْ صَلَّوْا بَعْضًا وَبَقِيَ بَعْضٌ صَلَّى مَا أَدْرَكَ وَأَتَمَّ مَا بَقِيَ كَانَ كَذَلِكَ، فَإِنْ أَتَى الْمَسْجِدَ وَقَدْ صَلَّوْا فَأَتَمَّ الصَّلَاةَ كَانَ كَذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 563

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 563

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

Regarding One Who Leaves (His House) Desiring To Pray (With The Congregation) But Finds That It Has Finished

Hadith 564

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

564. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: “Whoever performs Wudū’ and performs it well, then leaves (to the Masjid) and finds that the people have already prayed, then Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, will give him the reward of the one who prayed it and attended it (the congregation); no part of his reward will be diminished.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

564 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ طَحْلَاءَ، عَنْ مُحْصِنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَوْفِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ وُضُوءَهُ، ثُمَّ رَاحَ فَوَجَدَ النَّاسَ قَدْ صَلَّوْا أَعْطَاهُ اللَّهُ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ مِثْلَ أَجْرِ مَنْ صَلَّاهَا وَحَضَرَهَا لَا يَنْقُصُ ذَلِكَ مِنْ أَجْرِهِمْ شَيْئًا»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning one good merit.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 564

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 564

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

What Has BeenNarrated Concerning WomenLeaving (Their Houses) ForThe Masjid

Hadith 565

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

565. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Do not prevent the maid-servants of Allāh from (going to) the Masājid of Allāh; however, they should go to Masjid while they are not perfumed.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

565 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تَمْنَعُوا إِمَاءَ اللَّهِ مَسَاجِدَ اللَّهِ، وَلَكِنْ لِيَخْرُجْنَ وَهُنَّ تَفِلَاتٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 565

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 565

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 566

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

566. Ibn ‘Umar reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Do not prevent the maid-servants of Allāh from (going to) the Masājid of Allāh.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

566 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَمْنَعُوا إِمَاءَ اللَّهِ مَسَاجِدَ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 566

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 566

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 567

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

567. Ibn ‘Umar reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Do not prevent your women from (going to) the Masājid — but their houses are better for them.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

567 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا الْعَوَّامُ بْنُ حَوْشَبٍ، حَدَّثَنِي حَبِيبُ بْنُ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَمْنَعُوا نِسَاءَكُمُ الْمَسَاجِدَ، وَبُيُوتُهُنَّ خَيْرٌ لَهُنَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 567

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 567

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 568

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

568. 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Grant women permission to go to the Masājid at night." One of Ibn 'Umar's sons[1] said: "By Allāh, we will not allow them, for they will use this as a ploy (to do other things). By Allāh, we will not allow them." At this (Ibn 'Umar) verbally insulted him, and became angry, and said: "I say to (you) that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ says: 'Grant them permission,' and you say (in reply): 'We will not grant them permission?!'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

568 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، وَأَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «ائْذَنُوا لِلنِّسَاءِ إِلَى الْمَسَاجِدِ بِاللَّيْلِ»، فَقَالَ ابْنٌ لَهُ: وَاللَّهِ لَا نَأْذَنُ لَهُنَّ فَيَتَّخِذْنَهُ دَغَلًا، وَاللَّهِ لَا نَأْذَنُ لَهُنَّ، قَالَ: فَسَبَّهُ وَغَضِبَ، وَقَالَ: أَقُولُ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «ائْذَنُوا لَهُنَّ» وَتَقُولُ لَا نَأْذَنُ لَهُنَّ؟

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 568

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 568

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Severity In This Issue

Hadith 569

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

569. It was reported from Yahyā bin Sa'eed, from 'Amrah bint 'Abdur-Raḥmān, that she informed him that 'Aishah ﷺ, the wife of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, said: "Had the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ seen what the women are doing (in our times), he would have prevented them from going to the Masjid, just as the women of the Children of Israel were prevented." Yahyā said: "I said to 'Amrah: 'Were the women of the Children of Israel prevented (from their places of worship)?' She said: 'Yes.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

569 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهَا أَخْبَرَتْهُ أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ زَوْجَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: «لَوْ أَدْرَكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا أَحْدَثَ النِّسَاءُ لَمَنَعَهُنَّ الْمَسْجِدَ كَمَا مُنِعَهُ نِسَاءُ بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ»، قَالَ يَحْيَى: فَقُلْتُ لِعَمْرَةَ: أَمُنِعَهُ نِسَاءُ بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ؟ قَالَتْ: نَعَمْ

Footnotes

1 [1] According to one of the narrations of Muslim (995) his name was Bilāl.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 569

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 569

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 570

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

570. 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The prayer of a woman in (a middle room of) her house is better than her prayer in her outer-room, and her prayer in her inner-room is better than her prayer in (a middle room of) her house." (Da'īf)

Arabic text

570 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، أَنَّ عَمْرَو بْنَ عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ مُوَرِّقٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ الْمَرْأَةِ فِي بَيْتِهَا أَفْضَلُ مِنْ صَلَاتِهَا فِي حُجْرَتِهَا، وَصَلَاتُهَا فِي مَخْدَعِهَا أَفْضَلُ مِنْ صَلَاتِهَا فِي بَيْتِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 570

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 570

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 571

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

571. It was reported from 'Abdul-Wārīth, that Ayyūb narrated, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Why don't we leave this door (in the Masjid) for the women?'" Nāfi' said: "So Ibn 'Umar did not enter from that door until he died." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Ismā'il bin Ibrāhīm reported it from Ayyūb from Nāfi', he said: "Umar said" — and that is more correct.

Arabic text

571 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْ تَرَكْنَا هَذَا الْبَابَ لِلنِّسَاءِ» قَالَ نَافِعٌ: فَلَمْ يَدْخُلْ مِنْهُ ابْنُ عُمَرَ حَتَّى مَاتَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ: وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 571

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 571

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

Rushing To The Prayer

Hadith 572

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(رواية سعيد بن المسيب وأبو سلمة بن عبد الرحمن عن أبي هريرة) حسن صحيح، (رواية ابن عيينة عن الزهري وحده قوله: "فاقضوا" ) شاذAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

572. It was reported from Yūnus, from Ibn Shihāb who said: "Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab and Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān informed me, that Abū Hurairah said: 'I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "When the Iqāmah for prayer has been called, do not come to it hastily; instead, come to it walking, and with tranquility. Whatever you catch (of the prayer), pray it, and whatever has missed you, complete it." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This is what was said by Az-Zubaidi, Ibn Abī Dhi'b, Ibrāhīm bin Sa'd, Ma'mar, and Shu'āib bin Abī Ḥamzah, (all) from Az-Zuhri: "And whatever has missed you, complete it." Ibn 'Uyaynah reported it from Az-Zuhri, saying: "Fulfill it." Muḥammad bin 'Amr reported it from Abū Salamah, from Abū Hurairah; and Ja'far bin Rabī'ah (reported it) from Al-A'raj, from Abū Hurairah: "Complete it." And (it was also reported by) Ibn Mas'ūd from the Prophet ﷺ, as well as Abū Qatādah, and Anas from the Prophet ﷺ, all of them said: "Complete it."

Arabic text

572 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَنْبَسَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبُوسَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَلَا تَأْتُوهَا تَسْعَوْنَ، وَأْتُوهَا تَمْشُونَ، وَعَلَيْكُمُ السَّكِينَةُ فَمَا أَدْرَكْتُمْ فَصَلُّوا، وَمَا فَاتَكُمْ فَأَتِمُّوا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: كَذَا قَالَ الزُّبَيْدِيُّ، وَابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمَعْمَرٌ، وَشُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، «وَمَا فَاتَكُمْ فَأَتِمُّوا»، وَقَالَ ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ: عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ وَحْدَهُ: «فَاقْضُوا»، وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَجَعْفَرُ بْنُ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: «فَأَتِمُّوا»، وَابْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبُوقَتَادَةَ، وَأَنَسٌ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كُلُّهُمْ قَالُوا: «فَأَتِمُّوا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 572

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 572

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 573

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

573. It was reported from Shu'bah, from Sa'd bin Ibrāhīm, who said: "I heard Abū Salamah report from Abū Hurairah from the Prophet ﷺ, who said: 'When you come to the prayer, (come to it) with tranquility. So whatever you catch (with the Imām), pray, and fulfill what has preceded you (that you missed of it).' (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This is what Ibn Sirīn narrated from Abū Hurairah: "Let him fulfill it." And similarly said Abū Rāfī' from Abū Hurairah. It was related from Abū Dharr: "Complete it." And: "Fulfill it." And they (who reported it from him) differed in it. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

573 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «ائْتُوا الصَّلَاةَ وَعَلَيْكُمُ السَّكِينَةُ، فَصَلُّوا مَا أَدْرَكْتُمْ وَاقْضُوا مَا سَبَقَكُمْ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَا قَالَ ابْنُ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: «وَلْيَقْضِ». وَكَذَا قَالَ أَبُو رَافِعٍ: عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَبُوذَرٍّ رَوَى عَنْهُ: «فَأَتِمُّوا، وَاقْضُوا» وَاخْتُلِفَ فِيهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 573

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 573

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

On Having Two Congregations In The Masjid

Hadith 574

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

574. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw a person praying by himself (alone), so he said: "Is there not a person who will give him charity by praying with him?" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

574 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُتَوَكِّلِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " أَبْصَرَ رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي وَحْدَهُ، فَقَالَ: أَلَا رَجُلٌ يَتَصَدَّقُ عَلَى هَذَا فَيُصَلِّيَ مَعَهُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 574

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 574

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

The One Who Prays In His House, Then Catches The Congregation, He Should Pray With Them

Hadith 575

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

575. It was reported from Jābir bin Yazīd bin Al-Aswad, from his father, that he prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ when he was a young man. After he prayed, (they saw) two people in one corner of the Masjid who had not prayed. He called for them, so they were brought while their bodies were trembling (with fear). He said: "What has prevented you from praying with us?" They said: "We have already prayed at our camps." So he replied: "Do not do so. If one of you prays in his home, then catches the Imām and he has not prayed, let him pray with him (the Imām), for it will be counted as a voluntary (prayer) for him." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

575 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي يَعْلَى بْنُ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ صَلَّى مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ غُلَامٌ شَابٌّ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى إِذَا رَجُلَانِ لَمْ يُصَلِّيَا فِي نَاحِيَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَدَعَا بِهِمَا فَجِئَ بِهِمَا تُرْعَدُ فَرَائِصُهُمَا، فَقَالَ: «مَا مَنَعَكُمَا أَنْ تُصَلِّيَا مَعَنَا؟» قَالَا: قَدْ صَلَّيْنَا فِي رِحَالِنَا، فَقَالَ: «لَا تَفْعَلُوا، إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فِي رَحْلِهِ ثُمَّ أَدْرَكَ الْإِمَامَ وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ، فَلْيُصَلِّ مَعَهُ فَإِنَّهَا لَهُ نَافِلَةٌ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 575

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 575

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 576

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسنادها صحيح أيضًا)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

576. (There is another chain) from Jābir bin Yazīd, from his father, who said: "I prayed Ṣubḥ with the Prophet ﷺ at Minā..." and the rest of the Hadīth (as no. 575) is similar. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

576 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصُّبْحَ بِمِنًى بِمَعْنَاهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 576

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 576

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 577

DarussalamḌa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

577. Yazīd bin 'Āmir narrated: "I came to the Prophet ﷺ while he was praying, so I sat down and did not join them in the prayer. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (finished the prayer and) turned around, and saw me sitting. He said: 'Have you not accepted Islam, O Yazīd?' I said: 'Yes, O Messenger of Allāh, I have accepted Islam.' He said: 'So what has prevented you from joining the people in their prayer?' He replied: 'I prayed in my house, since I thought that you had already prayed.' So he said: 'If you come to the prayer and find that the people (gathered for it), then pray with them. Even if you have prayed, this will be (counted as) a voluntary prayer, and that will be the obligatory one.'" (Ḍa'īf)

Arabic text

577 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ نُوحِ بْنِ صَعْصَعَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: جِئْتُ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَجَلَسْتُ وَلَمْ أَدْخُلْ مَعَهُمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، قَالَ: فَانْصَرَفَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَأَى يَزِيدَ جَالِسًا، فَقَالَ: «أَلَمْ تُسْلِمْ يَا يَزِيدُ»، قَالَ: بَلَى يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ قَدْ أَسْلَمْتُ، قَالَ: «فَمَا مَنَعَكَ أَنْ تَدْخُلَ مَعَ النَّاسِ فِي صَلَاتِهِمْ؟»، قَالَ: إِنِّي كُنْتُ قَدْ صَلَّيْتُ فِي مَنْزِلِي وَأَنَا أَحْسَبُ أَنْ قَدْ صَلَّيْتُمْ، فَقَالَ: «إِذَا جِئْتَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَوَجَدْتَ النَّاسَ فَصَلِّ مَعَهُمْ وَإِنْ كُنْتَ قَدْ صَلَّيْتَ تَكُنْ لَكَ نَافِلَةً وَهَذِهِ مَكْتُوبَةٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 577

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 577

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 578

DarussalamḌa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

578. A person from the tribe of Banū Asad bin Khuzaimah asked Abū Ayyūb Al-Anṣārī: "I sometimes pray in my house, then go to the Masjid and the Iqāmah is called, so I pray with them, but I feel uncomfortable about this." Abū Ayyūb replied: "We asked the Prophet ﷺ about this, and he said: 'That will be counted for him as a great reward.'" (Ḍa'īf)

Arabic text

578 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، قَالَ: قَرَأْتُ عَلَى ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، عَنْ بُكَيْرٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَفِيفَ بْنَ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، يَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنِي رَجُلٌ، مِنْ بَنِي أَسَدِ بْنِ خُزَيْمَةَ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ أَبَا أَيُّوبَ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، فَقَالَ: يُصَلِّي أَحَدُنَا فِي مَنْزِلِهِ الصَّلَاةَ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي الْمَسْجِدَ وَتُقَامُ الصَّلَاةُ فَأُصَلِّي مَعَهُمْ فَأَجِدُ فِي نَفْسِي مِنْ ذَلِكَ شَيْئًا، فَقَالَ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ: سَأَلْنَا عَنْ ذَلِكَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «ذَلِكَ لَهُ سَهْمُ جَمْعٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 578

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 578

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

If One Prays In A Congregation, Then Catches Another Congregation, Should He Repeat

Hadith 579

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

579. Sulaimān, the freed-slave of Maimūnah, said: "I visited Ibn 'Umar at Al-Balāṭ[1] while they were praying, so I asked him: 'Aren't you going to pray with them?' He said: 'I have already prayed. I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Do not pray a prayer twice in the same day." (Sahih)

Arabic text

579 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ يَعْنِي مَوْلَى مَيْمُونَةَ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ عَلَى الْبَلَاطِ وَهُمْ يُصَلُّونَ، فَقُلْتُ: أَلَا تُصَلِّي مَعَهُمْ، قَالَ: قَدْ صَلَّيْتُ، إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «لَا تُصَلُّوا صَلَاةً فِي يَوْمٍ مَرَّتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 579

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 579

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

Concerning The Position Of The Imām And Its Virtue

Hadith 580

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

580. 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir narrated that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Whoever is the Imām of a (group of) people and (prayed at) the correct time, then he will be rewarded, and they will be rewarded as well; and whoever delayed from that (time), it will be held against him, and not them.”(Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

580 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمَهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حَرْمَلَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَلِيٍّ الْهَمْدَانِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عُقْبَةَ بْنَ عَامِرٍ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «مَنْ أَمَّ النَّاسَ فَأَصَابَ الْوَقْتَ فَلَهُ وَلَهُمْ، وَمَنِ انْتَقَصَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ شَيْئًا فَعَلَيْهِ وَلَا عَلَيْهِمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] A place in Al-Madīnah.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 580

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 580

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

It Is Disliked To Refuse The Position of Imām

Hadith 581

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

581. Sallāmah bint Al-Ḥurr, sister of Kharshah bin Al-Ḥurr Al-Fazārī narrated that she heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: “Of the signs of the Hour is that the people of a Masjid all refuse (to lead the prayer), such that they do not find an Imām to lead them.” (Ḍaʿf)

Arabic text

581 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبَّادٍ الْأَزْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ، حَدَّثَتْنِي طَلْحَةُ أُمُّ غُرَابٍ، عَنْ عَقِيلَةَ، امْرَأَةٍ مِنْ بَنِي فَزَارَةَ مَوْلَاةٍ لَهُمْ، عَنْ سَلَامَةَ بِنْتِ الْحُرِّ، أُخْتِ خَرَشَةَ بْنِ الْحُرِّ الْفَزَارِيِّ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ مِنْ أَشْرَاطِ السَّاعَةِ أَنْ يَتَدَافَعَ أَهْلُ الْمَسْجِدِ لَا يَجِدُونَ إِمَامًا يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 581

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 581

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

Who Has More Right To Be Imām

Hadith 582

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

582. It was reported from Shuʿbah who said: “Ismāʿil bin Rajāʾ said: ‘I heard Aws bin Damʿaj narrating from Abū Masʿūd Al-Badri who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “The person who recites the most of Allāh’s Book should lead the people in prayer, and the one who has been reciting the longest. If they are equivalent in recitation, then the one who performed the Hijrah earlier should lead. If they are equivalent in the Hijrah, then the one who is older should lead. And no person should be led (by another) in his house or in his place of authority, nor should any one sit on his Takrimah except with his permission.” (Sahih) Shu'bah said: “I said to Ismā'il: ‘What is: “His Takrimah?”’ He said: ‘His bedding.’”[1]

Arabic text

582 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ، سَمِعْتُ أَوْسَ بْنَ ضَمْعَجٍ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الْبَدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ أَقْرَؤُهُمْ لِكِتَابِ اللَّهِ وَأَقْدَمُهُمْ قِرَاءَةً فَإِنْ كَانُوا فِي الْقِرَاءَةِ سَوَاءً فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَقْدَمُهُمْ هِجْرَةً فَإِنْ كَانُوا فِي الْهِجْرَةِ سَوَاءً، فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَكْبَرُهُمْ سِنًّا وَلَا يُؤَمُّ الرَّجُلُ فِي بَيْتِهِ وَلَا فِي سُلْطَانِهِ وَلَا يُجْلَسُ عَلَى تَكْرِمَتِهِ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِهِ»، قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: فَقُلْتُ لِإِسْمَاعِيلَ: مَا تَكْرِمَتُهُ؟ قَالَ: فِرَاشُهُ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 582

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 582

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 583

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

583. (There is another chain) from Shu'bah, with this Hadith (similar to no. 582), he said: “And no person should lead another in his place of authority.” (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: And this is how Yahyā Al-Qattān narrated it from Shu'bah: “And the one who has been reciting the longest.”

Arabic text

583 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ قَالَ فِيهِ: «وَلَا يَؤُمُّ الرَّجُلُ الرَّجُلَ فِي سُلْطَانِهِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَا قَالَ يَحْيَى الْقَطَّانُ: عَنْ شُعْبَةَ «أَقْدَمُهُمْ قِرَاءَةً».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 583

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 583

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 584

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(رواية الأعمش عن إسماعيل بن رجاء) صحيح، (رواية حجاج بن أرطاة عن إسماعيل) صحيح
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

584. It was reported from Al-A'mash from Ismā'il bin Rajā', from Aws bin Dāma'aj Al-Ḥadramī, he said: I heard Abū Mas'ūd (narrate), from the Prophet ﷺ. And he narrated this Hadith (similar to no. 583). He said: “So if they are equivalent in recitation, then the one who is more knowledgeable of the Sunnah (should lead). And if they are equivalent in (the knowledge of) the Sunnah, then the one who has performed the Hijrah earlier.” And he did not say: “And the one who has been reciting the longest.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Ḥajjāj bin Arṭaḥ reported it from Ismā‘īl, he said: “And do not sit on the Takrimah of anyone without his permission.”

Arabic text

584 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ رَجَاءٍ، عَنْ أَوْسِ بْنِ ضَمْعَجٍ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَ: «فَإِنْ كَانُوا فِي الْقِرَاءَةِ سَوَاءً فَأَعْلَمُهُمْ بِالسُّنَّةِ، فَإِنْ كَانُوا فِي السُّنَّةِ سَوَاءً فَأَقْدَمُهُمْ هِجْرَةً» وَلَمْ يَقُلْ: «فَأَقْدَمُهُمْ قِرَاءَةً»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ حَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَرْطَاةَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ قَالَ: «وَلَا تَقْعُدْ عَلَى تَكْرِمَةِ أَحَدٍ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Bedding or couch.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 584

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 584

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 585

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

585. It was reported from Ayyūb, from ‘Amr bin Salamah, who said: “We used to live at a place that others (travelers) would pass by while going to the Prophet ﷺ. When they would return, they would pass by us (again). They would inform us that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had said such and such, and I was a young boy who would memorize (quickly). Because of this, I memorized a lot of Qur’ān. Once, my father went to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ as part of a delegation of his people, so he (the Prophet ﷺ) taught them the prayer, and said to them: ‘Let the one who recites the most (Qur’ān) lead you.’ Since I had memorized so much, I was the one who recited the most (Qur’ān), so they told me to lead them. I would lead them wearing a small yellow Burdah, but when I would prostrate, it would raise up, exposing me. One of the women said: ‘Hide from us the ‘Awrah of your reciter!’ Consequently they purchased for me an Omani Qamiṣ — nothing caused me more happiness, after accepting Islam, than my happiness at (acquiring) it! So I continued to lead them in prayer, and I was a boy of seven or eight years.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

585 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: كُنَّا بِحَاضِرٍ يَمُرُّ بِنَا النَّاسُ إِذَا أَتَوُا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَانُوا إِذَا رَجَعُوا مَرُّوا بِنَا، فَأَخْبَرُونَا أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: كَذَا وَكَذَا وَكُنْتُ غُلَامًا حَافِظًا فَحَفِظْتُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ قُرْآنًا كَثِيرًا فَانْطَلَقَ أَبِي وَافِدًا إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي نَفَرٍ مِنْ قَوْمِهِ فَعَلَّمَهُمُ الصَّلَاةَ، فَقَالَ: «يَؤُمُّكُمْ أَقْرَؤُكُمْ» وَكُنْتُ أَقْرَأَهُمْ لِمَا كُنْتُ أَحْفَظُ فَقَدَّمُونِي فَكُنْتُ أَؤُمُّهُمْ وَعَلَيَّ بُرْدَةٌ لِي صَغِيرَةٌ صَفْرَاءُ، فَكُنْتُ إِذَا سَجَدْتُ تَكَشَّفَتْ عَنِّي، فَقَالَتْ: امْرَأَةٌ مِنَ النِّسَاءِ: وَارُوا عَنَّا عَوْرَةَ قَارِئِكُمْ، فَاشْتَرَوْا لِي قَمِيصًا عُمَانِيًّا، فَمَا فَرِحْتُ بِشَيْءٍ بَعْدَ الْإِسْلَامِ فَرَحِي بِهِ، فَكُنْتُ أَؤُمُّهُمْ وَأَنَا ابْنُ سَبْعِ سِنِينَ أَوْ ثَمَانِ سِنِينَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 585

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 585

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 586

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

586. (There is another chain for no. 585) from 'Āṣim Al-Aḥwal, from 'Amr bin Salamah, with this Hadīth. He said: "So I would lead them in prayer in a stitched Burdah that had slits in it — when I used to prostrate, my buttocks would be exposed." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

586 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: فَكُنْتُ أَؤُمُّهُمْ فِي بُرْدَةٍ مُوَصَّلَةٍ فِيهَا فَتْقٌ فَكُنْتُ إِذَا سَجَدْتُ خَرَجَتْ اسْتِي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 586

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 586

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 587

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح، لكن قوله: عن أبيه غير محفوظAl-Albani(قلت: وهذا هو الصحيح، وكذلك وصله البيهقي عن يزيد)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

587. (There is another chain) from Mis'ar bin Ḥabīb Al-Jarmī, that 'Amr bin Salamah narrated from his father, that they went to visit the Prophet ﷺ as a delegation. When they desired to return, they asked: "O Messenger of Allāh, who should lead us (in prayer)?" He replied: "The one who has gathered (learned, memorized) the most Qur'an" or he said: "Taken the most Qur'an." ('Amr said): "No one among my people had gathered more Qur'an than I had, so they told me to lead, and I was a young boy. I had a wrap..." He also said: "So there was no gathering of (my tribe of) Jarm except that I would be their Imām, and I would lead them in the funeral prayers (as well); I continue to do so until this day." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Yazīd bin Hārūn reported it from Mis'ar bin Ḥabīb, from 'Amr bin Salamah, that he said: "When my people sent a delegation to the Prophet ﷺ..." and he did not say: "from his father."

Arabic text

587 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرِ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ الْجَرْمِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُمْ وَفَدُوا إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمَّا أَرَادُوا أَنْ يَنْصَرِفُوا، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ مَنْ يَؤُمُّنَا، قَالَ: «أَكْثَرُكُمْ جَمْعًا لِلْقُرْآنِ» أَوْ «أَخْذًا لِلْقُرْآنِ» قَالَ: فَلَمْ يَكُنْ أَحَدٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ جَمَعَ مَا جَمَعْتُهُ، قَالَ: فَقَدَّمُونِي وَأَنَا غُلَامٌ وَعَلَيَّ شَمْلَةٌ لِي، فَمَا شَهِدْتُ مَجْمَعًا مِنْ جَرْمٍ إِلَّا كُنْتُ إِمَامَهُمْ، وَكُنْتُ أُصَلِّي عَلَى جَنَائِزِهِمْ إِلَى يَوْمِي هَذَا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ مِسْعَرِ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ الْجَرْمِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَلَمَةَ قَالَ: لَمَّا وَفَدَ قَوْمِي إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَقُلْ عَنْ أَبِيهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 587

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 587

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 588

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-Albani(حديث عبد الله بن عمر) صحيح، (زيادة الهيثم) صحيحAl-Albani(قلت: إسنادهما صحيح، والأولى على شرط مسلم والبخاري. وقد أخرجها في "صحيحه"، وأخرج الرواية الأخرى بنحوها)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

588. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "When the first of the Muhājirūn (emigrants) came (to Al-Madinah), they stayed at Al-'Aṣbah before the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. Sālim, the freed-slave of Abū Ḥudhaifah, used to lead them (in prayer), and he was the person who recited the most Qur'ān among them." Al-Haitham (one of the narrators) added: "And among them were 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb, and Abū Salamah bin 'Abdul-Asad." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

588 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عِيَاضٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْجُهَنِيُّ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ، قَالَ: لَمَّا قَدِمَ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ الْأَوَّلُونَ نَزَلُوا الْعُصْبَةَ، قَبْلَ مَقْدَمِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَانَ يَؤُمُّهُمْ سَالِمٌ مَوْلَى أَبِي حُذَيْفَةَ «وَكَانَ أَكْثَرَهُمْ قُرْآنًا»، زَادَ الْهَيْثَمُ: وَفِيهِمْ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ، وَأَبُوسَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَسَدِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 588

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 588

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 589

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-Albani(حديث إسماعيل ومسلمة: "إذا حضرت.." ) صحيح، (حديث مسلمة: وكنا يومئذ ... ) هذا مدرج، (حديث إسماعيل: قال خالد:....) هذا مرسلAl-Albani(قلت: إسناد الرواية الأولى صحيح على شرط البخاري. وقد أخرجها هو ومسلم وأبو عوانة وابن خزيمة في "صحاحهم". وقال الترمذي: "حديث حسن صحيح". وليس عندهم -إلا ابن خزيمة-: قال خالد ... إلخ. أما الزيادة في الرواية الأخرى؛ فإنها مدرجة. والصواب أنها من قول أبي قلابة، كما في الرواية الأولى)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

589. It was reported from Khālid, from Abū Qilābah, from Mālik bin Al-Huwaīrith who said that the Prophet ﷺ said to him, or to a companion of his: "When the time for prayer comes, call the Adhān, then the Iqāmah. Then let the elder of you two lead (the prayer)." (Saḥīh) In the narration of (one of the narrators) Maslamah, he said: "And at that time, both of us were similar in knowledge." And in the narration of (another narrator) Ismā'il: "Khālid said: 'I said to Abū Qilābah: "So what about (the condition of memorizing more) Qur'ān?" He replied: "They were both similar in that."

Arabic text

589 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مَسْلَمَةُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْمَعْنَى وَاحِدٌ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لَهُ: أَوْ لِصَاحِبٍ لَهُ: «إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَأَذِّنَا، ثُمَّ أَقِيمَا، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمَا أَكْبَرُكُمَا سِنًّا»، وَفِي حَدِيثِ مَسْلَمَةَ، قَالَ: وَكُنَّا يَوْمَئِذٍ مُتَقَارِبَيْنِ فِي الْعِلْمِ، وَقَالَ: فِي حَدِيثِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ: قَالَ خَالِدٌ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي قِلَابَةَ: فَأَيْنَ الْقُرْآنُ؟، قَالَ: إِنَّهُمَا كَانَا مُتَقَارِبَيْنِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 589

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 589

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 590

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

590. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Let the best among you be your Mu'adh-dhin, and let your reciters lead you (in prayer)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

590 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْحَنَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَكَمُ بْنُ أَبَانَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لِيُؤَذِّنْ لَكُمْ خِيَارُكُمْ وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمْ قُرَّاؤُكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 590

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 590

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

On Women Acting As Imām

Hadith 591

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

591. It was reported from Al-Walīd bin 'Abdullāh bin Jumaih: "My grandmother and 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Khallād Al-Anṣārī narrated to me from Umm Waraqah bint Nawfal, that when the Prophet ﷺ desired to (depart for the battle of) Badr, she said: "O Messenger of Allāh, allow me to go fighting with you — I will nurse the sick, and perhaps Allāh will grant me martyrdom." He replied: "Stay in your house, for Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, will grant you martyrdom." So she used to be known (among the Companions) as 'Ash-Shahidah' (the female martyr). And she had memorized the Qur'an, so she asked permission from the Prophet ﷺ to place a Mu'adh-dhin in her house, which he allowed her. She had a male and a female slave, whom she had willed that they would be free after her death. One night, they both went to her and covered her face with a cloth until she died, then they ran away. The next morning: ‘Umar stood up among the people and announced: “Whoever knows anything about (the whereabouts) of these two, or whoever has seen them, then let them (be captured) and brought (to me).” (After they were captured), ‘Umar commanded that they be crucified, and these were the first two people to be crucified in Al-Madinah. (Hasan)

Arabic text

591 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعُ بْنُ الْجَرَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جُمَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي جَدَّتِي، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، عَنْ أُمِّ وَرَقَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ الْأَنْصَارِيَّةِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا غَزَا بَدْرًا، قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ لَهُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، ائْذَنْ لِي فِي الْغَزْوِ مَعَكَ أُمَرِّضُ مَرْضَاكُمْ، لَعَلَّ اللَّهَ أَنْ يَرْزُقَنِي شَهَادَةً، قَالَ: «قَرِّي فِي بَيْتِكِ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى يَرْزُقُكِ الشَّهَادَةَ»، قَالَ: فَكَانَتْ تُسَمَّى الشَّهِيدَةُ، قَالَ: وَكَانَتْ قَدْ قَرَأَتِ الْقُرْآنَ فَاسْتَأْذَنَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ تَتَّخِذَ فِي دَارِهَا مُؤَذِّنًا، فَأَذِنَ لَهَا، قَالَ: وَكَانَتْ قَدْ دَبَّرَتْ غُلَامًا لَهَا وَجَارِيَةً فَقَامَا إِلَيْهَا بِاللَّيْلِ فَغَمَّاهَا بِقَطِيفَةٍ لَهَا حَتَّى مَاتَتْ وَذَهَبَا، فَأَصْبَحَ عُمَرُ فَقَامَ فِي النَّاسِ، فَقَالَ: مَنْ كَانَ عِنْدَهُ مِنْ هَذَيْنِ عِلْمٌ، أَوْ مَنْ رَآهُمَا فَلْيَجِئْ بِهِمَا، فَأَمَرَ بِهِمَا فَصُلِبَا فَكَانَا أَوَّلَ مَصْلُوبٍ بِالْمَدِينَةِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 591

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 591

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 592

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

592. (There is another chain) from Al-Walīd bin Jumaīh, from ‘Abdur-Rahmān bin Khallād, from Umm Waraqah bint ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Hārīth with this Hadīth. And the first (narration, no. 591) is more complete. He said: “And Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ would visit her in her house, and he appointed for her a Mu’adh-dhin that would call to the prayer for her. And he had commanded her to lead the people of her house in prayer.” (Hasan) ‘Abdur-Rahmān said: “I saw her Mu’adh-dhin — an old man.”

Arabic text

592 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ حَمَّادٍ الْحَضْرَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ جُمَيْعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ خَلَّادٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ وَرَقَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَالْأَوَّلُ أَتَمُّ، قَالَ: وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَزُورُهَا فِي بَيْتِهَا وَجَعَلَ لَهَا مُؤَذِّنًا يُؤَذِّنُ لَهَا، وَأَمَرَهَا أَنْ تَؤُمَّ أَهْلَ دَارِهَا، قَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ: فَأَنَا رَأَيْتُ مُؤَذِّنَهَا شَيْخًا كَبِيرًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 592

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 592

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

A Person Who Is The Imām Of A Group That Dislikes Him

Hadith 593

DarussalamḌa‘īfAl-Albaniضعيف، إلا الشطر الأول فصحيح // ضعيف الجامع الصغير (٢٦٠٣) ، ضعيف سنن ابن ماجة (٢٠٥ / ٩٧٠) ، المشكاة (١١٢٣) //Al-Albani(قلت: الجملة الأولى منه صحيحة، والباقي ضعيف، ولذلك أوردناه في الكتاب الآخر أيضًا (رقم ٩٣))Al-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

593. It was reported from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ziyād, from ‘Imrān bin ‘Abd Al-Ma‘āfīrī, from ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would say: “Allāh does not accept the prayer of three people: One who leads others (in prayer) while they do not like him, and one who comes to the prayer late” — and the one who is late is the one who comes after it is finished — “and one who enslaves a freed slave.” (Ḍa‘īf)

Arabic text

593 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ غَانِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ عَبْدٍ الْمَعَافِرِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ: «ثَلَاثَةٌ لَا يَقْبَلُ اللَّهُ مِنْهُمْ صَلَاةً، مَنْ تَقَدَّمَ قَوْمًا وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ، وَرَجُلٌ أَتَى الصَّلَاةَ دِبَارًا» وَالدِّبَارُ: أَنْ يَأْتِيَهَا بَعْدَ أَنْ تَفُوتَهُ، «وَرَجُلٌ اعْتَبَدَ مُحَرَّرَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 593

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 593

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

Pious And Wicked People As Imām

Hadith 594

DarussalamḌa‘īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

594. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “The obligatory prayer is binding on every Muslim, regardless of whether he is pious or wicked, even if he commits the major sins.” (Ḍa‘īf)

Arabic text

594 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الصَّلَاةُ الْمَكْتُوبَةُ وَاجِبَةٌ خَلْفَ كُلِّ مُسْلِمٍ بَرًّا كَانَ أَوْ فَاجِرًا وَإِنْ عَمِلَ الْكَبَائِرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 594

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 594

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

A Blind Man Being Imām

Hadith 595

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

595. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Prophet ﷺ left Ibn Umm Maktūm behind to lead the people in prayer, and he was a blind man.[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

595 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عِمْرَانُ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اسْتَخْلَفَ ابْنَ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ وَهُوَ أَعْمَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 595

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 595

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

A Visitor Being Imām

Hadith 596

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

596. It was reported from Abān, from Budail who said: "Abū Aṭiyyah, a freed-slave of ours, narrated to me, he said: 'Mālik bin Huwairith used to come to this prayer place of ours. Once, the Iqāmah was called, so we asked him to lead us in prayer. He replied: 'Let a person among you lead you in prayer, and I will inform you why I do not wish to lead you. I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Whoever visits a people, then let him not lead them (in prayer); rather, let a man among them lead them.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

596 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، عَنْ بُدَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو عَطِيَّةَ، مَوْلًى مِنَّا، قَالَ: كَانَ مَالِكُ بْنُ حُوَيْرِثٍ، يَأْتِينَا إِلَى مُصَلَّانَا هَذَا، فَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَقُلْنَا لَهُ: تَقَدَّمْ فَصَلِّهْ، فَقَالَ لَنَا: قَدِّمُوا رَجُلًا مِنْكُمْ يُصَلِّي بِكُمْ، وَسَأُحَدِّثُكُمْ لِمَ لَا أُصَلِّي بِكُمْ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ زَارَ قَوْمًا فَلَا يَؤُمَّهُمْ، وَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ رَجُلٌ مِنْهُمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, he left him behind in Al-Madīnah when going on an expedition.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 596

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 596

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

On The Imām Standing In A Location Above The Level Of The Congregation

Hadith 597

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

597. Hammām narrated that Hudhaifah led the people in prayer in (the city) of Al-Madā'in on a terrace. However, Abū Mas'ūd grabbed his Qamiṣ and pulled him (down). When he completed the prayer, he said, 'Do you not know that they used to prohibit this?'[1] He said, 'Yes, I remembered when you grasped me.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

597 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْفُرَاتِ أَبُو مَسْعُودٍ الرَّازِيُّ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ هَمَّامٍ، أَنَّ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَمَّ بِالْمَدَائِنِ عَلَى دُكَّانٍ، فَأَخَذَ أَبُو مَسْعُودٍ، بِقَمِيصِهِ فَجَبَذَهُ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ قَالَ: «أَلَمْ تَعْلَمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا يُنْهَوْنَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ؟» قَالَ: «بَلَى، قَدْ ذَكَرْتُ حِينَ مَدَدْتَنِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 597

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 597

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 598

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniحسن بما قبله (٥٩٧) إلا ما خالفهAl-AlbaniHasan · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

598. 'Adī bin Thābit narrated that a man informed him, that he was with 'Ammār bin Yāsir in (the city of) Al-Madā'in. The Iqāmah was called, so 'Ammār stepped forward (to lead), and stood on a terrace to pray while the people were (on a level) lower than him. Hudhaifah came forth, grasped his hand, and led 'Ammār down. After 'Ammār had finished the prayer, Hudhaifah said to him: 'Did you not hear the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "If a person leads others (in prayer), let him not stand on a ground higher than theirs," or something similar to this?' 'Ammār responded: 'That is why I followed you when you held on to my hand.'"(Da'if)

Arabic text

598 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو خَالِدٍ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي رَجُلٌ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ مَعَ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ بِالْمَدَائِنِ فَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَتَقَدَّمَ عَمَّارٌ وَقَامَ عَلَى دُكَّانٍ يُصَلِّي وَالنَّاسُ أَسْفَلَ مِنْهُ، فَتَقَدَّمَ حُذَيْفَةُ فَأَخَذَ عَلَى يَدَيْهِ فَاتَّبَعَهُ عَمَّارٌ، حَتَّى أَنْزَلَهُ حُذَيْفَةُ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ عَمَّارٌ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ قَالَ لَهُ حُذَيْفَةُ: أَلَمْ تَسْمَعْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا أَمَّ الرَّجُلُ الْقَوْمَ فَلَا يَقُمْ فِي مَكَانٍ أَرْفَعَ مِنْ مَقَامِهِمْ» أَوْ نَحْوَ ذَلِكَ؟، قَالَ عَمَّارٌ: «لِذَلِكَ اتَّبَعْتُكَ حِينَ أَخَذْتَ عَلَى يَدَيَّ»

Footnotes

1 [1] It may also be recited such that the meaning is: "they were prohibited from this" which is in accordance with the following narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 598

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 598

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

On Someone Having Prayed And Then Leading Others For That Prayer

Hadith 599

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

599. It was reported from 'Ubaiddullāh bin Miqsam, that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrated that Mu'ādḥ bin Jabal would pray Ishā with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and then return to his people and lead them in that prayer. (Hasan)

Arabic text

599 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مِقْسَمٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ مُعَاذَ بْنَ جَبَلٍ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْعِشَاءَ»، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي قَوْمَهُ فَيُصَلِّي بِهِمْ تِلْكَ الصَّلَاةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 599

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 599

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 600

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

600. It was reported from 'Amr bin Dīnār, that he heard, Jābir saying: "Mu'ādḥ would pray with the Prophet ﷺ, then return to his people and lead them." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

600 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ مُعَاذًا، كَانَ يُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ فَيَؤُمُّ قَوْمَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 600

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 600

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

About The Imām Praying While Sitting Down

Hadith 601

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

601. Anas bin Mālik said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (once) rode a horse from which he fell down. His right side (of the body) was wounded, so he prayed one of the prayers sitting down, and we too prayed sitting down behind him. When he finished, he said: 'The Imām has been placed in order that he be followed (by those behind him). So if he prays standing up, then you too should pray standing up. And when he performs Rukū', then perform Rukū', and when he stands up, then stand up, and when he says: "Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears one who praises Him)," then say: "Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd (Our Lord! And to you belongs the praise.)" And if he prays sitting down, then all of you should pray sitting down." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

601 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكِبَ فَرَسًا فَصُرِعَ عَنْهُ فَجُحِشَ شِقُّهُ الْأَيْمَنُ فَصَلَّى صَلَاةً مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، وَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ قُعُودًا فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا أَجْمَعُونَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 601

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 601

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 602

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

602. Jābir narrated: "Once the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ rode a horse in Al-Madīnah, but it threw him off of it, (and he fell onto) the stump of a palm tree, which caused his foot to become dislocated. We went to visit him, and found him in a storage-room belonging to 'Aishah, sitting down and praying. We stood behind him (in prayer), and he did not say anything to us. Then we went to visit him for a second time, and he prayed the obligatory prayer sitting down. When we stood behind him, he motioned to us (to sit down), so we sat. When he finished the prayer, he said: 'If the Imām prays sitting down, then all of you should pray sitting down, and if the Imām prays standing up, then pray standing up. And do not do like the people of Persia do with their dignitaries.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

602 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، وَوَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: رَكِبَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَسًا بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَصَرَعَهُ عَلَى جِذْمِ نَخْلَةٍ فَانْفَكَّتْ قَدَمُهُ، فَأَتَيْنَاهُ نَعُودُهُ، فَوَجَدْنَاهُ فِي مَشْرُبَةٍ لِعَائِشَةَ يُسَبِّحُ جَالِسًا، قَالَ: فَقُمْنَا خَلْفَهُ فَسَكَتَ عَنَّا، ثُمَّ أَتَيْنَاهُ مَرَّةً أُخْرَى، نَعُودُهُ فَصَلَّى الْمَكْتُوبَةَ جَالِسًا، فَقُمْنَا خَلْفَهُ فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْنَا، فَقَعَدْنَا، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى الْإِمَامُ جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى الْإِمَامُ قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَلَا تَفْعَلُوا كَمَا يَفْعَلُ أَهْلُ فَارِسَ بِعُظَمَائِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 602

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 602

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 603

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

603. It was reported from Muṣ'ab bin Muḥammad, from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from Abū Hurairah who narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Imām has been placed in order that he be followed. Therefore, when he says the Takbīr, you should say the Takbīr, and do not say it until he says it. And when he performs Rukū', then you perform Rukū', and do not perform Rukū' before he does. And when he says: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears one who praises Him),' then you should say: 'Allāhumma Rabbanā lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh! Our Lord! To You belongs the praise).'" — Muslim (one of the narrators) said: "Wa lakal-ḥamd (And to You belongs the praise)." — And when he prostrates, you prostrate, and do not prostrate until he prostrates. And if he prays standing, then you should pray standing, and if he prays sitting, then all of you should pray sitting down as well.” (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: “Allāhumma Rabbānā lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh! Our Lord! To You belongs the praise).” was clarified for me by some of the companions of Sulaimān.[1]

Arabic text

603 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَمُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ وُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَلَا تُكَبِّرُوا حَتَّى يُكَبِّرَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا وَلَا تَرْكَعُوا حَتَّى يَرْكَعَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ - قَالَ مُسْلِمٌ: وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ - وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا وَلَا تَسْجُدُوا حَتَّى يَسْجُدَ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا أَجْمَعُونَ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ أَفْهَمَنِي بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِنَا عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 603

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 603

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 604

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

604. It was reported from Abū Khālid, from Ibn ‘Ajlān, from Zaid bin Aslam, from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: “The Imām has been placed in order that he be followed...” (a narration similar to no. 603) and he added in this narration: “...and when he recites, then remain quiet.” (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This addition: “...and when he recites, then remain quiet,” is not preserved. We believe that the mistake is from Abū Khālid.

Arabic text

604 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ آدَمَ الْمِصِّيصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ» بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ زَادَ «وَإِذَا قَرَأَ فَأَنْصِتُوا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذِهِ الزِّيَادَةُ وَإِذَا قَرَأَ فَأَنْصِتُوا لَيْسَتْ بِمَحْفُوظَةٍ الْوَهْمُ عِنْدَنَا مِنْ أَبِي خَالِدٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, he narrated this from Muslim bin Ibrāhīm and Sulaimān bin Harb, and he noted the different wording, but he either heard differently from Sulaimān or was not sure, and some of his contemporaries narrated it from Sulaimān with this wording to verify it.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 604

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 604

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 605

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

605. Āishah, may Allāh be pleased with her, narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed in his house while he was sitting, and some people prayed behind him standing. He motioned to them to sit down, and when he (finished and) turned around, he said: "The Imām has been placed in order that he be followed. So when he performs Rukū‘, then perform Rukū‘, and when he raises his head, then raise your heads, and when he prays sitting down, then pray sitting down." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

605 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهَا، قَالَتْ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي بَيْتِهِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ فَصَلَّى وَرَاءَهُ قَوْمٌ قِيَامًا، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ أَنِ اجْلِسُوا فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 605

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 605

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 606

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

606. Jābir narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ was ill, so we prayed behind him while he was seated. Abū Bakr, may Allāh be pleased with him, would say the Takbīr so that people could hear the Takbīr of the Prophet ﷺ..." and he completed the narration. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

606 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ الْمَعْنَى أَنَّ اللَّيْثَ، حَدَّثَهُمْ عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: اشْتَكَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ، وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ وَأَبُوبَكْرٍ يُكَبِّرُ لِيُسْمِعَ النَّاسَ تَكْبِيرَهُ، ثُمَّ سَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 606

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 606

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 607

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

607. It was reported from Ḥuṣain — among the offspring of — Sa’d bin Mu’ādh,[1] from Usaid bin Ḥuṣair that he would lead them in prayer. Once, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to visit him (Usaid, while he was sick), and they said, "O Messenger of Allāh! Our Imām is sick (and cannot stand)." So he replied: "If he prays sitting down, then you should pray sitting down." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth is not connected (in its chain).

Arabic text

607 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا زَيْدٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْحُبَابِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنِي حُصَيْنٌ، مِنْ وَلَدِ سَعْدِ بْنِ مُعَاذٍ، عَنْ أُسَيْدِ بْنِ حُضَيْرٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَؤُمُّهُمْ، قَالَ: فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَعُودُهُ، فَقَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّ إِمَامَنَا مَرِيضٌ، فَقَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ لَيْسَ بِمُتَّصِلٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] He is Ḥuṣain bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin ‘Amr bin Sa’d bin Mu’ādh.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 607

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 607

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

If Two People Are Praying, One Of Whom Is The Imām, How Should They Stand ?

Hadith 608

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: سنده صحيح على شرط مسلم. وأخرجه هو والبخاري، وابن حبان (٢٢٠٤)، وأبو عوانة في "صحاحهم")
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

608. It was reported from Thābit, from Anas, who said: "The Prophet ﷺ visited Umm Ḥarām, and they brought him some cooking fat and dates. He said: 'Return this to its vessel, and this to its container, for I am fasting.' Then he stood and lead us, praying two voluntary Rak'ahs, Umm Sulaim and Umm Ḥarām stood behind us." Thābit said: "I am sure that he also said: 'He made me stand to his right side on the mat.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

608 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا ثَابِتٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " دَخَلَ عَلَى أُمِّ حَرَامٍ فَأَتَوْهُ بِسَمْنٍ وَتَمْرٍ، فَقَالَ: « رُدُّوا هَذَا فِي وِعَائِهِ، وَهَذَا فِي سِقَائِهِ، فَإِنِّي صَائِمٌ»، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ تَطَوُّعًا فَقَامَتْ أُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ وَأُمُّ حَرَامٍ خَلْفَنَا، قَالَ ثَابِتٌ: وَلَا أَعْلَمُهُ إِلَّا قَالَ: أَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ عَلَى بِسَاطٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 608

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 608

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 609

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

609. It was reported from Mūsā bin Anas, who narrated from Anas that the Prophet ﷺ led him and a woman among them (in the prayer), so he (the Prophet ﷺ) made him (Anas) stand to his right, and the woman behind them. (Sahih)

Arabic text

609 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُخْتَارِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَنَسٍ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَمَّهُ وَامْرَأَةً مِنْهُمْ، فَجَعَلَهُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَالْمَرْأَةَ خَلْفَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 609

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 609

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 610

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

610. It was reported from 'Aṭā', from Ibn 'Abbās, who said: "I once spent the night at my maternal aunt Maimūnah's house. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up at night, untied the leather waterskin, performed Wudū', and then closed it. He then stood up to pray, so I stood up and performed Wudū just as he had, and stood on his left side. He took hold of my right hand, and took me from behind him so that I stood on his right. I then prayed with him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

610 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: بِتُّ فِي بَيْتِ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ «فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَأَطْلَقَ الْقِرْبَةَ فَتَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ أَوْكَأَ الْقِرْبَةَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ، فَقُمْتُ فَتَوَضَّأْتُ كَمَا تَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ جِئْتُ فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَأَخَذَنِي بِيَمِينِهِ فَأَدَارَنِي مِنْ وَرَائِهِ فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فَصَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 610

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 610

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 611

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

611. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Jubair, from Ibn 'Abbās, regarding this narration (similar to no. 610). He said: "...He held on to my head, or my locks, and placed me on his right side." (Sahih)

Arabic text

611 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فِي هَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ قَالَ: فَأَخَذَ بِرَأْسِي أَوْ بِذُؤَابَتِي فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 611

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 611

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

How Should Three People Stand (In Prayer)

Hadith 612

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

612. Anas bin Mālik reported that his grandmother, Mulaikah, once invited the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to some food which she had prepared. He ate, then said, "Stand up, for I will lead you in prayer." Anas said: "So I took a mat that we had — it had become black due to its prolonged use. I splashed some water on it, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood on it. The orphan boy and I stood behind him, and the old woman behind us. He prayed two Rak'at, and then left." (Sahih)

Arabic text

612 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ جَدَّتَهُ مُلَيْكَةَ دَعَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِطَعَامٍ صَنَعَتْهُ فَأَكَلَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «قُومُوا فَلَأُصَلِّيَ لَكُمْ»، قَالَ أَنَسٌ: فَقُمْتُ إِلَى حَصِيرٍ لَنَا قَدِ اسْوَدَّ مِنْ طُولِ مَا لُبِسَ فَنَضَحْتُهُ بِمَاءٍ «فَقَامَ عَلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَصَفَفْتُ أَنَا وَالْيَتِيمُ وَرَاءَهُ، وَالْعَجُوزُ مِنْ وَرَائِنَا فَصَلَّى لَنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 612

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 612

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 613

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

613. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aswad reported from his father that he said, "Alqmah and I asked permission (to come inside the house) of 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd — and we had sat a long time waiting at his door. The slave-girl came out and sought permission for us, and he allowed us in. Then he stood up and prayed between us, then said: 'This is how I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

613 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنْ هَارُونَ بْنِ عَنْتَرَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: اسْتَأْذَنَ عَلْقَمَةُ، وَالْأَسْوَدُ، عَلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَقَدْ كُنَّا أَطَلْنَا الْقُعُودَ عَلَى بَابِهِ فَخَرَجَتِ الْجَارِيَةُ فَاسْتَأْذَنَتْ لَهُمَا فَأَذِنَ لَهُمَا، ثُمَّ " قَامَ فَصَلَّى بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَلَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 613

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 613

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

The Imām Should Turn Around After The Taslīm

Hadith 614

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

614. Yazīd bin Al-Aswad narrated: "I prayed behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he would, when he finished the prayers, turn (around)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

614 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي يَعْلَى بْنُ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَكَانَ إِذَا انْصَرَفَ انْحَرَفَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 614

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 614

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 615

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

615. Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib narrated: "We would prefer to pray on the right side of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ whenever we prayed behind him, because he would then turn around to face us." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

615 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ الزُّبَيْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مِسْعَرٌ، عَنْ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ الْبَرَاءِ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: كُنَّا «إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَحْبَبْنَا أَنْ نَكُونَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فَيُقْبِلُ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 615

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 615

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

On The Imām Praying Voluntary Prayers In His Place

Hadith 616

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

616. It was reported from 'Āṭā' Al-Khurāsānī, from Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Let no Imām pray (voluntary prayers) in the place where he led (the obligatory prayer) until he changes (to another place)." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: ‘Aṭā’ Al-Khurāsānī did not meet Al-Mughīrah bin Shu‘bah.

Arabic text

616 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تَوْبَةَ الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ الْقُرَشِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَطَاءٌ الْخُرَاسَانِيُّ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يُصَلِّ الْإِمَامُ فِي الْمَوْضِعِ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ حَتَّى يَتَحَوَّلَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: عَطَاءٌ الْخُرَاسَانِيُّ لَمْ يُدْرِكِ الْمُغِيرَةَ بْنَ شُعْبَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 616

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 616

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

About The ImāmBreaking His Wuḍū’ After HeRises (From The Prostration)During The Last Rak’ah

Hadith 617

DarussalamḌa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

617. ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “If the Imām completes the prayer and sits down (for the final Tashah-hud), then breaks (his Wuḍū’) before speaking, then his prayer is complete, and (the prayer) of those who are behind him — among those who completed their prayer.” (Ḍa’if)

Arabic text

617 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَنْعُمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، وَبَكْرِ بْنِ سَوَادَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا قَضَى الْإِمَامُ الصَّلَاةَ وَقَعَدَ فَأَحْدَثَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَتَكَلَّمَ، فَقَدْ تَمَّتْ صَلَاتُهُ، وَمَنْ كَانَ خَلْفَهُ مِمَّنْ أَتَمَّ الصَّلَاةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 617

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 617

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 618

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

618. ‘Alī bin Abī Tālib narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “The key to prayer is purification, and its sacredness (begins) with the Takbīr, and its release is the Taslīm.”[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

618 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ ابْنِ الْحَنَفِيَّةِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مِفْتَاحُ الصَّلَاةِ الطُّهُورُ، وَتَحْرِيمُهَا التَّكْبِيرُ، وَتَحْلِيلُهَا التَّسْلِيمُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] This narration preceded under no. 61.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 618

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 618

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

The One Behind the Imām Has Been Commanded To Follow The Imām

Hadith 619

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

619. Mu'āwiyah bin Abī Sufyān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Do not precede me in the Rukū' or prostration. No matter how much I precede you when going into Rukū', you will catch up to me when I stand up. I have become old." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

619 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مُحَيْرِيزٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تُبَادِرُونِي بِرُكُوعٍ، وَلَا بِسُجُودٍ، فَإِنَّهُ مَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا رَكَعْتُ تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ، إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 619

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 619

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 620

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

620. Abdullāh bin Yazīd Al-Khaṭmī gave a Khuṭbah in which he said: "Al-Barā' bin 'Azīb narrated to us — and he did not lie — that when they would raise their heads after the Rukū' with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, they would stand up (and remain standing) until they saw him prostrating, after which they would prostrate." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

620 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ يَزِيدَ الْخَطْمِيَّ، يَخْطُبُ النَّاسَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْبَرَاءُ، وَهُوَ غَيْرُ كَذُوبٍ «أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا إِذَا رَفَعُوا رُءُوسَهُمْ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَامُوا قِيَامًا، فَإِذَا رَأَوْهُ قَدْ سَجَدَ سَجَدُوا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 620

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 620

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 621

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

621. Al-Barā' bin 'Azīb narrated: "We would pray with the Prophet ﷺ, and none of us would lower his back until he saw that the Prophet ﷺ had placed (his head on the ground)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

621 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَهَارُونُ بْنُ مَعْرُوفٍ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبَانَ بْنِ تَغْلِبَ، قَالَ زُهَيْرٌ: حَدَّثَنَا الْكُوفِيُّونَ، أَبَانُ، وَغَيْرُهُ عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَا يَحْنُو أَحَدٌ مِنَّا ظَهْرَهُ حَتَّى يَرَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَضَعُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 621

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 621

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 622

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

622. Muḥārīb bin Dīthār narrated that he heard ‘Abdullāh bin Yazīd say, while on the Minbar: “Al-Barā’ bin ‘Azīb narrated to me that they would pray with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. When he would go into Rukū’, they would go into Rukū’, and when he would say: ‘Sami’ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him),’ they would remain standing until they saw him place his forehead on the ground, then they would follow him ﷺ.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

622 - حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ يَعْنِي الْفَزَارِيَّ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَارِبِ بْنِ دِثَارٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ يَزِيدَ، يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ: حَدَّثَنِي الْبَرَاءُ، " أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا يُصَلُّونَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَإِذَا رَكَعَ رَكَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، لَمْ نَزَلْ قِيَامًا، حَتَّى يَرَوْهُ قَدْ وَضَعَ جَبْهَتَهُ بِالْأَرْضِ، ثُمَّ يَتَّبِعُونَهُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 622

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 622

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

The Severity Of One Who Raises Or Descends Before The Imām

Hadith 623

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

623. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Is not one of you afraid that if he raises his head while the Imām is still prostrating that Allāh might transform his head into the head of a donkey, or his figure into the figure of a donkey?” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

623 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَمَا يَخْشَى - أَوْ أَلَا يَخْشَى - أَحَدُكُمْ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ وَالْإِمَامُ سَاجِدٌ أَنْ يُحَوِّلَ اللَّهُ رَأْسَهُ رَأْسَ حِمَارٍ - أَوْ صُورَتَهُ صُورَةَ حِمَارٍ -»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 623

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 623

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

About Turning Around To Leave Before The Imām

Hadith 624

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

624. Anas narrated that the Prophet ﷺ would exhort them concerning the prayer, and he forbade them from turning around to leave before he turned to leave from the prayer. (Sahih)

Arabic text

624 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ بُغَيْلٍ الْمُرْهِبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنِ الْمُخْتَارِ بْنِ فُلْفُلٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «حَضَّهُمْ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَنَهَاهُمْ أَنْ يَنْصَرِفُوا قَبْلَ انْصِرَافِهِ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 624

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 624

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

The Types Of Clothes In Which It Is Permissible To Pray

Hadith 625

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

625. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was asked about praying in one garment, so he replied: "Does every one of you own two garments?" (Sahih)

Arabic text

625 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سُئِلَ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَوَلِكُلِّكُمْ ثَوْبَانِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 625

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 625

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 626

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

626. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Let none of you pray in one garment if no part of it is on his two shoulders.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

626 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يُصَلِّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ لَيْسَ عَلَى مَنْكِبَيْهِ مِنْهُ شَيْءٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 626

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 626

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 627

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

627. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “If one of you prays in a (single) garment, let him cross the two sides (of it) around his shoulders.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

627 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فِي ثَوْبٍ فَلْيُخَالِفْ بِطَرَفَيْهِ عَلَى عَاتِقَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 627

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 627

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 628

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

628. ‘Umar bin Abi Salamah said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray in one garment while he had wrapped it around him — (he had) crossed each end of it over his two shoulders.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

628 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ بْنِ سَهْلٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم «يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُلْتَحِفًا مُخَالِفًا بَيْنَ طَرَفَيْهِ عَلَى مَنْكِبَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 628

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 628

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 629

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

629. Qais bin Ṭalq narrated from his father that he said: “We visited the Prophet ﷺ, and a person came and asked him: ‘O Messenger of Allāh, what do you think about praying in one garment?’ So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ untied his Iẓar (waist wrap), wrapping it around his Ridā’ (upper-wrap), and then wrapped himself with the two of them. Then the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ led us in prayer. After completing it, he said: 'Is every one of you able to find two garments?"'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

629 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُلَازِمُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْحَنَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بَدْرٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ طَلْقٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَدِمْنَا عَلَى نَبِيِّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَجَاءَ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: يَا نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ مَا تَرَى فِي الصَّلَاةِ فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ، قَالَ: فَأَطْلَقَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِزَارَهُ طَارَقَ بِهِ رِدَاءَهُ، فاشْتَمَلَ بِهِمَا، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَصَلَّى بِنَا نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمَّا أَنْ قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «أَوَكُلُّكُمْ يَجِدُ ثَوْبَيْنِ؟»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 629

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 629

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

About A Man Tying His Garment Around The Nape Of His Neck To Pray

Hadith 630

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

630. Sahl bin Sa'd said: "I would see people praying behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ who would tie their Izār around their necks due to the constraint of the garment — like children do. So one person said: 'O you womenfolk, do not raise your heads until the men stand up.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

630 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: لَقَدْ " رَأَيْتُ الرِّجَالَ عَاقِدِي أُزُرِهِمْ فِي أَعْنَاقِهِمْ مِنْ ضِيقِ الْأُزُرِ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ كَأَمْثَالِ الصِّبْيَانِ، فَقَالَ قَائِلٌ: يَا مَعْشَرَ النِّسَاءِ لَا تَرْفَعْنَ رُءُوسَكُنَّ حَتَّى يَرْفَعَ الرِّجَالُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 630

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 630

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

A Man Praying In A Garment Part Of Which Is On Another Person

Hadith 631

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

631. 'Āishah narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ prayed in a garment while a part of it was on me."[1] (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

631 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ بَعْضُهُ عَلَيَّ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See nos. 369 and 370.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 631

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 631

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

A Man Praying In A Qamīṣ Only

Hadith 632

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

632. Salamah bin Al-Akwa' said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I am a man that hunts game, can I pray in one Qamīṣ?' He said: 'Yes, but tie it up, even if it is (fastened) with a thorn.'"[1] (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

632 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي رَجُلٌ أَصِيدُ أَفَأُصَلِّي فِي الْقَمِيصِ الْوَاحِدِ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ وَازْرُرْهُ وَلَوْ بِشَوْكَةٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 632

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 632

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 633

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

633. It was reported from Muḥammad bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Bakr from his father, who said: "Jābir bin 'Abdullāh led us in prayer in a Qamīṣ, without wearing a Ridā' (upper-wrap). When he finished, he said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray in a Qamīṣ." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

633 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَاتِمِ بْنِ بَزِيعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَوْمَلٍ الْعَامِرِيِّ - قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: كَذَا قَالَ: وَالصَّوَابُ أَبُو حَرْمَلٍ - عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: أَمَّنَا جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ فِي قَمِيصٍ لَيْسَ عَلَيْهِ رِدَاءٌ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي فِي قَمِيصٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] His statement (Aṣīd) has been explained with two possible meanings, this meaning, as translated is in accordance with the wording recorded by Aḥmad (4:49) and others, removing any confusion about it.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 633

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 633

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

If The Qamīṣ Is Tight, He Should Wrap It Around His Lower Body

Hadith 634

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

634. 'Ubādah bin Al-Walīd bin 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit said: "We visited Jābir — meaning Ibn 'Abdullāh — and he said: 'I once went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ on a military expedition, and he stood up to pray. I was wearing a Burdah, so I tried to cross its two ends over my body, but it did not reach me (it was not that long). And it had tassels, so I turned it around, then crossed it around me. I then held on to it with my neck, pressing down on it so that it would not fall (by holding the cloak between the chin and chest). I then came and stood on the left side of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, but he held on to my hand and turned me around until I stood on his right side. Ibn Ṣakhr came and stood on his left side, but he held on to both our hands and made us stand behind him. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ began to stare at me, but I did not realize it. When I noticed his (stare), he motioned to me that I should wrap it (the Burdah) around my waist. When he finished the prayer, he said: "O Jābir!" I said: 'At your service, O Messenger of Allāh!' He said: 'If it (the garment) is wide enough, then cross both its ends over, but if it is tight, then tie it around your waist.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

634 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ الْفَضْلِ السِّجِسْتَانِيُّ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ مُجَاهِدٍ أَبُو حَزْرَةَ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، قَالَ: أَتَيْنَا جَابِرًا يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سِرْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي غَزْوَةٍ، فَقَامَ يُصَلِّي، وَكَانَتْ عَلَيَّ بُرْدَةٌ ذَهَبْتُ أُخَالِفُ بَيْنَ طَرَفَيْهَا فَلَمْ تَبْلُغْ لِي، وَكَانَتْ لَهَا ذَبَاذِبُ فَنَكَّسْتُهَا، ثُمَّ خَالَفْتُ بَيْنَ طَرَفَيْهَا، ثُمَّ تَوَاقَصْتُ عَلَيْهَا لَا تَسْقُطُ، ثُمَّ جِئْتُ حَتَّى قُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي فَأَدَارَنِي، حَتَّى أَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ فَجَاءَ ابْنُ صَخْرٍ، حَتَّى قَامَ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ فَأَخَذَنَا بِيَدَيْهِ جَمِيعًا، حَتَّى أَقَامَنَا خَلْفَهُ، قَالَ: وَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمُقُنِي وَأَنَا لَا أَشْعُرُ ثُمَّ فَطِنْتُ بِهِ فَأَشَارَ إِلَيَّ أَنْ أَتَّزِرَ بِهَا فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ: رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «يَا جَابِرُ»، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: لَبَّيْكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ وَاسِعًا فَخَالِفْ بَيْنَ طَرَفَيْهِ، وَإِذَا كَانَ ضَيِّقًا فَاشْدُدْهُ عَلَى حِقْوِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 634

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 634

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 635

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

635. It was reported from Nāfi' from Ibn 'Umar who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said" or he said: "Umar said: 'If one of you has two garments, then he should pray in (wearing) both of them, and if he has only one garment, then let him tie it around his lower body, and let him not drape it (over his shoulders) like the Ishtimāl[1] of the Jews.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

635 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَوْ قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: «إِذَا كَانَ لِأَحَدِكُمْ ثَوْبَانِ فَلْيُصَلِّ فِيهِمَا فَإِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ إِلَّا ثَوْبٌ وَاحِدٌ فَلْيَتَّزِرْ بِهِ، وَلَا يَشْتَمِلْ اشْتِمَالَ الْيَهُودِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 635

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 635

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 636

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

636. 'Abdullāh bin Buraidah reported from his father, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade (one) from praying in a wrap without tying it around the shoulders, and (he also forbade) praying in trousers while not wearing a Ridā' (upper-wrap). (Hasan)

Arabic text

636 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ الذُّهْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تُمَيْلَةَ يَحْيَى بْنُ وَاضِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْمُنِيبِ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ الْعَتَكِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فِي لِحَافٍ لَا يَتَوَشَّحُ بِهِ، وَالْآخَرُ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ فِي سَرَاوِيلَ وَلَيْسَ عَلَيْكَ رِدَاءٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 636

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 636

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

Al-Isbāl During the Prayer[2]

Hadith 637

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

637. It was reported from Abū 'Awanah, from 'Āšim, from Abū 'Uthmān, from Ibn Mas'ūd, who said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'Whoever drags his Izār (waist-wrap) during the prayer out of pride, then he has no ease from Allāh — exalted is His Remembrance — nor protection.'" (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: A group of people reported this from 'Ašim in Mawqūf form from Ibn Mas'ūd,[1] among them Hammād bin Salamah, Hammād bin Zaid, Abū Al-Aḥwaṣ, and Abū Mu'āwiyah.

Arabic text

637 - حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ أَسْبَلَ إِزَارَهُ فِي صَلَاتِهِ خُيَلَاءَ فَلَيْسَ مِنَ اللَّهِ فِي حِلٍّ وَلَا حَرَامٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا جَمَاعَةٌ عَنْ عَاصِمٍ مَوْقُوفًا عَلَى ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، مِنْهُمْ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، وَحَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، وَأَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، وَأَبُومُعَاوِيَةَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, not wrapping it around the body in the manner which they do.

2 [2] To drag one's garment on the ground, see Lisān Al-'Arab.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 637

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 637

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 638

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

638. Abū Hurairah narrated: "Once a man was praying while his Izār was dragging. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ told him: 'Go and perform Wudū.' So he went and performed Wudū, then returned. Then he ﷺ told him: 'Go and perform Wudū,' so he went and performed Wudū, then returned. A man asked: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Why did you command him to perform Wudū, then remained quiet (after he returned)?' He said: 'He was praying while he was dragging his Izār, and Allāh, exalted is His Remembrance, does not accept the prayer of one who drags his Izār.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

638 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: بَيْنَمَا رَجُلٌ يُصَلِّي مُسْبِلًا إِزَارَهُ إِذْ قَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اذْهَبْ فَتَوَضَّأْ»، فَذَهَبَ فَتَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «اذْهَبْ فَتَوَضَّأْ»، فَذَهَبَ فَتَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَجُلٌ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ مَا لَكَ أَمَرْتَهُ أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ سَكَتَّ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّهُ كَانَ يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ مُسْبِلٌ إِزَارَهُ وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى لَا يَقْبَلُ صَلَاةَ رَجُلٍ مُسْبِلٍ إِزَارَهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, as a statement of Ibn Mas'ūd only.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 638

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 638

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

How Many Garments Should A Woman Pray In?

Hadith 639

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniضعيف موقوفAl-Albani(قلت: هو موقوف، وإسناده ضعيف؛ لأن أم محمد بن زيد هذه لا تعرف، كما قال الذهبي؛ واسمها: أم حرام. وقد روي مرفوعاً؛ ولا يصح أيضاً)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

639. It was reported from Mālik, from Muḥammad bin Zaid bin Qunfudh, from his mother, that she asked Umm Salamah: "What clothes should a woman pray in?" She replied: "She should pray in a Khimār (head-covering), and a covering[1] Dir' (long shirt) that covers the upper portion of her feet." (Da'if)

Arabic text

639 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زَيْدِ بْنِ قُنْفُذٍ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، أَنَّهَا سَأَلَتْ أُمَّ سَلَمَةَ مَاذَا تُصَلِّي فِيهِ الْمَرْأَةُ مِنَ الثِّيَابِ فَقَالَتْ: «تُصَلِّي فِي الْخِمَارِ وَالدِّرْعِ السَّابِغِ الَّذِي يُغَيِّبُ ظُهُورَ قَدَمَيْهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 639

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 639

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 640

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: يشير المصنف بذلك إلى أن الصواب في الحديث أنه موقوف. وافقه عبد الحق والحافظ ابن حجر، وهو الحق؛ لأنه تفرد برفعه عبد الرحمن هذا، وفيه ضعف. والحديث على كل حال لا يصح، لا مرفوعاً ولا موقوفاً؛ لأن مداره على أم حرام، وقد عرفت حالها)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

640. (There is another chain) from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Abdullāh, meaning Ibn Dīnār, from Muḥammad bin Zaid, with this Hadīth. He said: "From Umm Salamah, that she asked the Prophet ﷺ: 'Can a woman pray in a Dir' and Khimār without wearing an Izār (waist-wrap)?' He replied: 'As long as the Dir' is covering, and covers the upper portion of her feet." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth was reported by Mālik bin Anas, Bakr bin Muḍar, Ḥafṣ bin Ghīyāth, Ismā'il bin Ja'far, Ibn Abī Dhi'b, and Ibn Ishāq — (all) from Muḥammad bin Zaid, from his mother, from Umm Salamah. None of them mentioned (this as the saying of) the Prophet ﷺ, they limited it to only (the mention of) Umm Salamah.

Arabic text

640 - حَدَّثَنَا مُجَاهِدُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ - بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ - قَالَ: عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّهَا سَأَلَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَتُصَلِّي الْمَرْأَةُ فِي دِرْعٍ وَخِمَارٍ لَيْسَ عَلَيْهَا إِزَارٌ؟، قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ الدِّرْعُ سَابِغًا يُغَطِّي ظُهُورَ قَدَمَيْهَا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ وَبَكْرُ بْنُ مُضَرَ، وَحَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ وَإِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، وَابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، وَابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ لَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَحَدٌ مِنْهُمُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَصَرُوا بِهِ عَلَى أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا

Footnotes

1 [1] As-Sābiḥ: meaning that it is long and wide, not tight.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 640

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 640

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

A Woman Praying Without A Khimār

Hadith 641

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: وصله الحاكم من طريق عبد الوهاب بن عطاء عن سعيد، وهو مرسل قوي، شاهد لما قبله)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

641. It was reported from Qatādah, from Muhammad bin Sīrīn, from Ṣafīyyah bint Al-Ḥārīth, from 'Āishah, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Allāh does not accept the prayer of a woman (who has reached the age of) menstruation without a Khimār." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Sa'eed, meaning Ibn Abī 'Arūbah, reported it from Qatādah, from Al-Hasan, from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

641 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ، قَالَ: «لَا يَقْبَلُ اللَّهُ صَلَاةَ حَائِضٍ إِلَّا بِخِمَارٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ سَعِيدٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 641

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 641

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 642

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

642. It was reported from Hammād, from Ayyūb, from Muḥammad (Ibn Sīrīn): "‘Āishah visited Ṣafīyyah Umm Ṭalḥah Aṭ-Ṭalahāt, and she saw some of her daughters there. She said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once entered while there was a young girl in my room, so he threw me a waist-wrap of his and said: 'Split it into two, and give this girl one half, and the girl that is with Umm Salamah the other half, for I think that they have (reached the age of menstruation.”) (Da'if)

Arabic text

642 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ، نَزَلَتْ عَلَى صَفِيَّةَ أُمِّ طَلْحَةَ الطَّلَحَاتِ فَرَأَتْ بَنَاتٍ لَهَا، فَقَالَتْ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ وَفِي حُجْرَتِي جَارِيَةٌ، فَأَلْقَى لِي حَقْوَهُ، وَقَالَ لِي: «شُقِّيهِ بِشُقَّتَيْنِ فَأَعْطِي هَذِهِ نِصْفًا وَالْفَتَاةَ الَّتِي عِنْدَ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ نِصْفًا، فَإِنِّي لَا أَرَاهَا إِلَّا قَدْ حَاضَتْ، أَوْ لَا أُرَاهُمَا إِلَّا قَدْ حَاضَتَا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَاهُ هِشَامٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 642

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 642

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

As-Sadl[1] In The Prayer

Hadith 643

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albani(رواية سليمان الأحول عن عطاء) حسن، (رواية عسل بن سفيان عن عطاء) صحيحAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

643. It was reported from 'Aṭā', that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade the act of Sadl during the prayer, and he also forbade a man from covering his mouth.” (Da'if) Abū Dāwud: 'Isl (also) reported from 'Aṭā', from Abū Hurairah, that the Prophet ﷺ forbade the act of Sadl during the prayer.

Arabic text

643 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنِ ابْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ ذَكْوَانَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ - قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ -: عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى عَنِ السَّدْلِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَأَنْ يُغَطِّيَ الرَّجُلُ فَاهُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ عِسْلٌ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّم «نَهَى عَنِ السَّدْلِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 643

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 643

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 644

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوع
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

644. It was reported from Ibn Juraij that he said: "Most of the time, I saw 'Aṭā' praying while doing Sadl.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwud said: And this (narration) makes the Ḥadīth weak.

Arabic text

644 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى بْنِ الطَّبَّاعِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: «أَكْثَرُ مَا رَأَيْتُ عَطَاءً يُصَلِّي سَادِلًا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهَذَا يُضَعِّفُ ذَلِكَ الْحَدِيثَ

Footnotes

1 [1] As-Sadl means draping a garment, and they differ over the precise meaning of it in this narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 644

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 644

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

Praying In Women's Garments (Shu'ur)[1]

Hadith 645

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

645. It was reported from Muḥammad bin Sīrīn, from 'Abdullāh bin Shāqīq, from 'Aishah who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would not pray in our garments" or: "our blankets" 'Ubaidullāh (one of the narrators) said: "My father was in doubt." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

645 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَشْعَثُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَا يُصَلِّي فِي شُعُرِنَا أَوْ لُحُفِنَا»، قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: شَكَّ أَبِي

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 645

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 645

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

A Man Praying With His Hair Fastened (At The Back Of The Head)

Hadith 646

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

646. Sa'eed bin Abī Sa'eed Al-Maqburī narrated from his father, that he saw Abū Rāfī', the freed-slave of the Prophet ﷺ, pass by Hasan bin 'Alī, peace be upon them, while he was standing in prayer. He (Hasan) had tucked his braid into the back of his head. Abū Rāfī' undid it, so Hasan turned to him angrily. Abū Rāfī' said: "Turn back to your prayer and do not be angry, for I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'That is the place of Shaitān,'" meaning that the place where the braid was tucked was the place that Shaitān sits on. (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

646 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عِمْرَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى أَبَا رَافِعٍ مَوْلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ بِحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ عَلَيْهِمَا السَّلَام وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي قَائِمًا وَقَدْ غَرَزَ ضَفْرَهُ فِي قَفَاهُ فَحَلَّهَا أَبُو رَافِعٍ، فَالْتَفَتَ حَسَنٌ إِلَيْهِ مُغْضَبًا فَقَالَ أَبُو رَافِعٍ: أَقْبِلْ عَلَى صَلَاتِكَ وَلَا تَغْضَبْ فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «ذَلِكَ كِفْلُ الشَّيْطَانِ» يَعْنِي مَقْعَدَ الشَّيْطَانِ، يَعْنِي مَغْرَزَ ضَفْرِهِ

Footnotes

1 [1] See nos. 367 and 368.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 646

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 646

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 647

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

647. Kuraib, the freed-slave of Ibn 'Abbās, said that 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās saw 'Abdullāh bin Al-Ĥārith praying while his hair was tied up behind him. So he stood behind him and started undoing it, while he ('Abdullāh bin Al-Ĥārith) allowed him to do so. When he finished (the prayer), he turned around to Ibn 'Abbās and said: "Why are you concerned about my head?" He replied: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'The example of the one who does this is like the one who prays while he is bound with his hands tied behind him.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

647 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، أَنَّ بُكَيْرًا، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ كُرَيْبًا مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَأَى عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الْحَارِثِ يُصَلِّي، وَرَأْسُهُ مَعْقُوصٌ مِنْ وَرَائِهِ، فَقَامَ وَرَاءَهُ، فَجَعَلَ يَحُلُّهُ وَأَقَرَّ لَهُ الْآخَرُ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ أَقْبَلَ إِلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فَقَالَ: مَا لَكَ وَرَأْسِي، قَالَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «إِنَّمَا مَثَلُ هَذَا مَثَلُ الَّذِي يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ مَكْتُوفٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 647

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 647

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

Praying In Sandals

Hadith 648

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

648. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin As-Sā'ib, who said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ pray on the Day of the Conquest (of Makkah) and he had placed his sandals on his left side." (Sahih)

Arabic text

648 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبَّادِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي يَوْمَ الْفَتْحِ وَوَضَعَ نَعْلَيْهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 648

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 648

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 649

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

649. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin As-Sā'ib, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in the morning prayer in Makkah. He started (reciting) Sūrat Al-Mu'minūn, until, when the mention of Mūsā and Hārūn came, or Mūsā and 'Eisā (one of the narrators was not sure), the Prophet ﷺ was overcome by a cough, so he left (reciting) and went into Rukū'." (The narrator added) and 'Abdullāh bin As-Sā'ib was present at that time.[1] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

649 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، وَأَبُو عَاصِمٍ، قَالَا: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ عَبَّادِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، يَقُولُ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ سُفْيَانَ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُسَيِّبِ الْعَابِدِيُّ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصُّبْحَ بِمَكَّةَ فَاسْتَفْتَحَ سُورَةَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ حَتَّى إِذَا جَاءَ ذِكْرُ مُوسَى وَهَارُونَ - أَوْ ذِكْرُ مُوسَى وَعِيسَى ابْنُ عَبَّاد يَشُكُّ أَوْ خْتَلَفُوا - أَخَذَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَعْلَةٌ فَحَذَفَ فَرَكَعَ» وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ السَّائِبِ حَاضِرٌ لِذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 649

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 649

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 650

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

650. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated: "Once, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was leading his Companions in the prayer when he took off his sandals and placed them on his left side. Seeing this, the people all took off their sandals. When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ completed the prayer, he asked: 'Why did you take your sandals off?' They said: 'We saw you take off your sandals, so we took ours off.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Jibrīl, peace be upon him, came to me and informed me that there was some uncleanliness — or some impurity — on them,'[2] and he said: 'When one of you comes to the Masjid, then let him see (his sandals); if he sees any uncleanliness — or impurity — on them, let him wipe it off and pray in them.”’ (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

650 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي نَعَامَةَ السَّعْدِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: بَيْنَمَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِأَصْحَابِهِ إِذْ خَلَعَ نَعْلَيْهِ فَوَضَعَهُمَا عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَلَمَّا رَأَى ذَلِكَ الْقَوْمُ أَلْقَوْا نِعَالَهُمْ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاتَهُ، قَالَ: «مَا حَمَلَكُمْ عَلَى إِلْقَاءِ نِعَالِكُمْ»، قَالُوا: رَأَيْنَاكَ أَلْقَيْتَ نَعْلَيْكَ فَأَلْقَيْنَا نِعَالَنَا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّ جِبْرِيلَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَتَانِي فَأَخْبَرَنِي أَنَّ فِيهِمَا قَذَرًا - أَوْ قَالَ: أَذًى - " وَقَالَ: " إِذَا جَاءَ أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ فَلْيَنْظُرْ: فَإِنْ رَأَى فِي نَعْلَيْهِ قَذَرًا أَوْ أَذًى فَلْيَمْسَحْهُ وَلْيُصَلِّ فِيهِمَا "،

Footnotes

1 [1] This is a different version of the previous narration.

2 [2] See the following note.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 650

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 650

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 651

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

651. Bakr bin ‘Abdullāh reported a similar narration (as no. 650), except that in this version the Prophet ﷺ said: “There is some filth on them.” He said in both locations: “Filth.”[1] (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

651 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي بَكْرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِهَذَا قَالَ: «فِيهِمَا خَبَثٌ»، قَالَ فِي الْمَوْضِعَيْنِ: «خَبَثٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 651

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 651

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 652

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

652. Shaddād bin Aws reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Be different from the Jews, for they do not pray in their sandals or their Khuff.” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

652 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ الْفَزَارِيُّ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ الرَّمْلِيِّ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ شَدَّادِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَالِفُوا الْيَهُودَ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَا يُصَلُّونَ فِي نِعَالِهِمْ، وَلَا خِفَافِهِمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] In the first narration it is Qadha or Adha (some uncleanliness - or some impurity), and it is mentioned in two locations of the narration, in this narration it is Khubth and the narrator used the same term in both locations of the narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 652

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 652

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 653

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

653. 'Amr bin Shu'āib reported from his father, from his grandfather, that he said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray barefooted, and (also saw him praying) while wearing sandals." (Hasan)

Arabic text

653 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي حَافِيًا وَمُنْتَعِلًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 653

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 653

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

If A Person Takes Off His Sandals For Prayer, Where Should He Place Them?

Hadith 654

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

654. Abū Hurairah, may Allāh be pleased with him, narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you prays, let him not place his sandals on his right side, nor on his left side for they will be to the right of another person — unless there is no one standing on his left. Rather, let him place them between his feet." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

654 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا صَالِحُ بْنُ رُسْتُمَ أَبُو عَامِرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ مَاهَكَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلَا يَضَعْ نَعْلَيْهِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَلَا عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَتَكُونَ عَنْ يَمِينِ غَيْرِهِ، إِلَّا أَنْ لَا يَكُونَ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ أَحَدٌ، وَلْيَضَعْهُمَا بَيْنَ رِجْلَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 654

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 654

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 655

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

655. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you prays and takes off his sandals, then let him not harm others with them; either let him place them between his feet, or let him pray in them." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

655 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ نَجْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، وَشُعَيْبُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَخَلَعَ نَعْلَيْهِ فَلَا يُؤْذِ بِهِمَا أَحَدًا، لِيَجْعَلْهُمَا بَيْنَ رِجْلَيْهِ أَوْ لِيُصَلِّ فِيهِمَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 655

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 655

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

Praying on A Khumrah (Small Mat)[1]

Hadith 656

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

656. Maimūnah bint Al-Ḥarith said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed while I was next to him, during my menses. Sometimes, his garment would brush against me when he went into prostration. And he would pray on a small mat (Khumrah).” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

656 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنِ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، حَدَّثَتْنِي مَيْمُونَةُ بِنْتُ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي وَأَنَا حِذَاءَهُ وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ وَرُبَّمَا أَصَابَنِي ثَوْبُهُ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَكَانَ يُصَلِّي عَلَى الْخُمْرَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 656

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 656

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

Praying On A Ḥaṣir (Large Mat)[2]

Hadith 657

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

657. Anas bin Mālik narrated that a man from the Anṣār said: "O Messenger of Allāh, I am a heavy man" — (Anas said) and he was large in stature — "and cannot pray with you." And he had prepared some food for him and invited him to his house. "So pray (here) so that I can see how you pray and imitate you.” So they splashed some water on the corner of a Ḥaṣīr they had, and he (ﷺ) stood and prayed two Rak’ahs.” A person from the tribe of Jārūd asked Anas bin Mālik: “Did he used to pray Duḥā?” He said: “I only saw him pray (it) that day.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

657 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي رَجُلٌ ضَخْمٌ وَكَانَ ضَخْمًا، لَا أَسْتَطِيعُ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ مَعَكَ، وَصَنَعَ لَهُ طَعَامًا وَدَعَاهُ إِلَى بَيْتِهِ، فَصَلِّ حَتَّى أَرَاكَ كَيْفَ تُصَلِّي فَأَقْتَدِيَ بِكَ، «فَنَضَحُوا لَهُ طَرَفَ حَصِيرٍ كَانَ لَهُمْ فَقَامَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ»، قَالَ فُلَانُ بْنُ الْجَارُودِ لِأَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ: أَكَانَ يُصَلِّي الضُّحَى؟ قَالَ: لَمْ أَرَهُ صَلَّى إِلَّا يَوْمَئِذٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] A small mat, made of woven palm leaves or the like, large enough to cover the area for one's face and hands during prostration. When it is larger it is called Ḥaṣir as in the next chapter.

2 [2] See the previous note.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 657

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 657

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 658

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

658. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Prophet (ﷺ) used to visit Umm Sulaim, and sometimes the time for prayer would come. He would pray on a Bisāt[1] of ours — and it was a Ḥaṣīr upon it some water would be splashed on. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

658 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُثَنَّى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الذَّارِعُ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَزُورُ أُمَّ سُلَيْمٍ فَتُدْرِكُهُ الصَّلَاةُ أَحْيَانًا فَيُصَلِّي عَلَى بِسَاطٍ لَنَا» وَهُوَ حَصِيرٌ نَنْضَحُهُ بِالْمَاءِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 658

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 658

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 659

DarussalamḌa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

659. Al-Mughīrah bin Shu’bah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh (ﷺ) would pray on a mat (Ḥaṣīr), and on animal skin which had been tanned. (Ḍa’if) [1] It is a type of mat or rug, and what comes after it explains it.

Arabic text

659 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، بِمَعْنَى الْإِسْنَادِ وَالْحَدِيثِ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ الزُّبَيْرِيُّ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أَبِي عَوْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي عَلَى الْحَصِيرِ وَالْفَرْوَةِ الْمَدْبُوغَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 659

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 659

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

A Man Prostrating On His Garment

Hadith 660

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

660. Anas bin Mālik said: "We would pray with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in the sweltering heat; if one of us was not able to put his face on the ground (due to the heat), he would extend his garment and prostrate on it." (Sahih) THE CHAPTERS RELATED TO THE ROWS DURING THE PRAYER

Arabic text

660 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا غَالِبٌ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي شِدَّةِ الْحَرِّ فَإِذَا لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ أَحَدُنَا أَنْ يُمَكِّنَ وَجْهَهُ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ بَسَطَ ثَوْبَهُ فَسَجَدَ عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 660

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 660

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

Straightening The Rows

Hadith 661

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

661. Jābir bin Samurah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Do you not (wish to) line up just like the Angels line up in front of their Lord?" We asked: "And how do the Angels line up in front of their Lord?" He said: "They complete (and fill up) the first row, and they line up closely in the rows." (Sahih)

Arabic text

661 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَعْمَشَ - عَنْ حَدِيثِ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَة فِي الصُّفُوفِ الْمُقَدَّمَةِ، فَحَدَّثَنَا عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ : «أَلَا تَصُفُّونَ كَمَا تَصُفُّ الْمَلَائِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهِمْ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ»، قُلْنَا وَكَيْفَ تَصُفُّ الْمَلَائِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهِمْ؟، قَالَ: «يُتِمُّونَ الصُّفُوفَ الْمُقَدَّمَةَ وَيَتَرَاصُّونَ فِي الصَّفِّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 661

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 661

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 662

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

662. An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ turned around to face the people and said: 'Establish the rows,' (repeating this) three times — 'I swear by Allāh! You will of a surety establish the rows or else Allāh will cause differences among your hearts.' So I saw a person attach his shoulder to the shoulder of his companion, and his knees with his companion's knee, and his ankle with his companion's ankle." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

662 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْقَاسِمِ الْجُدَلِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ بَشِيرٍ، يَقُولُ: أَقْبَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّاسِ بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: «أَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ» ثَلَاثًا، «وَاللَّهِ لَتُقِيمُنَّ صُفُوفَكُمْ أَوْ لَيُخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ قُلُوبِكُمْ» قَالَ: فَرَأَيْتُ الرَّجُلَ يَلْزَقُ مَنْكِبَهُ بِمَنْكِبِ صَاحِبِهِ وَرُكْبَتَهُ بِرُكْبَةِ صَاحِبِهِ وَكَعْبَهُ بِكَعْبِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 662

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 662

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 663

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

663. An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr said: "The Prophet ﷺ would line up our rows just as an arrow is aligned. When he thought that we had learnt this from him, and understood it (he stopped doing it) until one day, he turned around to face us, and saw a man whose chest was sticking out (of the row). So he said: 'You will of a surety establish your rows, or else Allāh will disfigure your faces.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

663 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ بَشِيرٍ، يَقُولُ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسَوِّينَا فِي الصُّفُوفِ كَمَا يُقَوَّمُ الْقِدْحُ حَتَّى إِذَا ظَنَّ أَنْ قَدْ أَخَذْنَا ذَلِكَ عَنْهُ، وَفَقِهْنَا أَقْبَلَ ذَاتَ يَوْمٍ بِوَجْهِهِ إِذَا رَجُلٌ مُنْتَبِذٌ بِصَدْرِهِ، فَقَالَ: «لَتُسَوُّنَّ صُفُوفَكُمْ أَوْ لَيُخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ وُجُوهِكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 663

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 663

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 664

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

664. Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib reported: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would enter between the rows from one side to the other.[1] He would touch our chests and shoulders and say: 'Do not differ, else your hearts will differ.' And he would also say: 'Allāh and His Angels send their Ṣalāt (blessings) on the front rows.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

664 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، وَأَبُوعَاصِمِ بْنُ جَوَّاسٍ الْحَنَفِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ طَلْحَةَ الْيَامِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْسَجَةَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَتَخَلَّلُ الصَّفَّ مِنْ نَاحِيَةٍ إِلَى نَاحِيَةٍ يَمْسَحُ صُدُورَنَا وَمَنَاكِبَنَا وَيَقُولُ: «لَا تَخْتَلِفُوا فَتَخْتَلِفَ قُلُوبُكُمْ» وَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصُّفُوفِ الْأُوَلِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 664

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 664

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 665

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

665. An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would straighten our rows when we stood up to pray. Once we had straightened them, he (ﷺ) would say the Takbīr." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

665 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي صَغِيرَةَ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ بَشِيرٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسَوِّي صُفُوفَنَا إِذَا قُمْنَا لِلصَّلَاةِ فَإِذَا اسْتَوَيْنَا كَبَّرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 665

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 665

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 666

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

666. 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Perfect (straighten) the rows, and stand shoulder to shoulder, and leave no gaps, and be gentle with the hands of your brothers, and do not leave gaps for Shaitān. Whoever connects a row, Allāh will connect him (with His Mercy), and whoever severs a row, Allāh will sever (His Mercy) from him.” (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Abū Shajarāh (one of the narrators) is Kathīr bin Murrah. Abū Dāwūd said: And the meaning of “Be gentle with the hands of your brothers,” is that if a person comes to a row and wishes to enter it, then every person should ease (space) for him so that he can stand in the row.

Arabic text

666 - حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْغَافِقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، وَحَدِيثُ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ أَتَمُّ عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزَّاهِرِيَّةِ، عَنْ كَثِيرِ بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ قُتَيْبَةُ: عَنْ أَبِي الزَّاهِرِيَّةِ، عَنْ أَبِي شَجَرَةَ - لَمْ يَذْكُرِ ابْنَ عُمَرَ - أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «أَقِيمُوا الصُّفُوفَ وَحَاذُوا بَيْنَ الْمَنَاكِبِ وَسُدُّوا الْخَلَلَ وَلِينُوا بِأَيْدِي إِخْوَانِكُمْ - لَمْ يَقُلْ عِيسَى بِأَيْدِي إِخْوَانِكُمْ - وَلَا تَذَرُوا فُرُجَاتٍ لِلشَّيْطَانِ وَمَنْ وَصَلَ صَفًّا وَصَلَهُ اللَّهُ، وَمَنْ قَطَعَ صَفًّا قَطَعَهُ اللَّهُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: أَبُو شَجَرَةَ كَثِيرُ بْنُ مُرَّةَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَوَ: " مَعْنَى وَلِينُوا بِأَيْدِي إِخْوَانِكُمْ: إِذَا جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى الصَّفِّ فَذَهَبَ يَدْخُلُ فِيهِ فَيَنْبَغِي أَنْ يُلِينَ لَهُ كُلُّ رَجُلٍ مَنْكِبَيْهِ حَتَّى يَدْخُلَ فِي الصَّفِّ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, from the furthest rows to the foremost rows.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 666

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 666

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 667

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

667. Anas bin Mālik related that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Line yourselves up tightly, and be close together, and make (your) necks straight (in one line). For I swear by Him in Whose Hands is my soul, I see Shaitān enter between the gaps in the rows as if he is a small black goat." (Sahih)

Arabic text

667 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «رُصُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ وَقَارِبُوا بَيْنَهَا وَحَاذُوا بِالْأَعْنَاقِ، فَوَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ إِنِّي لَأَرَى الشَّيْطَانَ يَدْخُلُ مِنْ خَلَلِ الصَّفِّ كَأَنَّهَا الْحَذَفُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 667

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 667

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 668

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

668. Anas narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Straighten the rows, for straightening the rows is part of the perfection of the prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

668 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ فَإِنَّ تَسْوِيَةَ الصَّفِّ مِنْ تَمَامِ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 668

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 668

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 669

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

669. Muḥammad bin Muslim bin As-Sā'ib said: "I prayed next to Anas bin Mālik one day, and he asked me: 'Do you know why this stick has been made?' I said: 'No, by Allāh!' He said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would place his hand on it and say: Straighten (your rows); line up your rows.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

669 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، صَاحِبِ الْمَقْصُورَةِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، يَوْمًا فَقَالَ: هَلْ تَدْرِي لِمَ صُنِعَ هَذَا الْعُودُ، فَقُلْتُ: لَا وَاللَّهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَضَعُ يَدَهُ عَلَيْهِ فَيَقُولُ: «اسْتَوُوا وَعَدِّلُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 669

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 669

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 670

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

670. In another version of this (no. 669) Hadith, Anas reported: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, when he stood up to pray, he would hold it (the stick) in his right hand, then turn around and say: 'Straighten (your rows); line up your rows,' then he would hold it in his left hand and say, 'Straighten (your rows); line up your rows.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

670 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ الْأَسْوَدِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُصْعَبُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ، كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ أَخَذَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ ثُمَّ الْتَفَتَ، فَقَالَ: «اعْتَدِلُوا، سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ» ثُمَّ أَخَذَهُ بِيَسَارِهِ، فَقَالَ: «اعْتَدِلُوا سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 670

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 670

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 671

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

671. Anas reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Fill up the first rows, then the ones that follow it. And if there is any deficiency, let it be in the last row." (Sahih)

Arabic text

671 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَتِمُّوا الصَّفَّ الْمُقَدَّمَ، ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ، فَمَا كَانَ مِنْ نَقْصٍ فَلْيَكُنْ فِي الصَّفِّ الْمُؤَخَّرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 671

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 671

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 672

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

672. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The best of you are those who have the most compliant shoulders in the prayer." (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Ja'far bin Yahyā (one of the narrators) is from the inhabitants of Makkah.

Arabic text

672 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ ثَوْبَانَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمِّي عُمَارَةُ بْنُ ثَوْبَانَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خِيَارُكُمْ أَلْيَنُكُمْ مَنَاكِبَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: جَعْفَرُ بْنُ يَحْيَى مِنْ أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 672

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 672

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

Rows Between The Pillars

Hadith 673

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

673. Abdul-Ḥamīd bin Maḥmūd said: "I prayed the Friday prayer with Anas bin Mālik, and we were pushed to (the rows between) the pillars, so we went forward and backward. Anas said: 'We used to avoid this during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

673 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ هَانِئٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ مَحْمُودٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ «فَدُفِعْنَا إِلَى السَّوَارِي، فَتَقَدَّمْنَا وَتَأَخَّرْنَا»، فَقَالَ أَنَسٌ: «كُنَّا نَتَّقِي هَذَا عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 673

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 673

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

Who Is Encouraged To Pray Behind The Imām, And The Dislike Of Distancing Oneself (From The Imām)

Hadith 674

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

674. It was narrated from Abū Ma'mar, from Abū Mas'ūd, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Let those among you who are most wise and possessing intellect pray behind me, then those following them, then those following them." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

674 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لِيَلِنِي مِنْكُمْ أُولُو الْأَحْلَامِ وَالنُّهَى ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 674

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 674

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 675

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

675. It was reported from 'Alqamah, from 'Abdullāh, from the Prophet ﷺ — similar to that (no. 674), and he added: "And do not differ (in your rows), else your hearts will differ. And beware of the commotion of the marketplaces." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

675 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْشَرٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِثْلَهُ وَزَادَ: «وَلَا تَخْتَلِفُوا فَتَخْتَلِفَ قُلُوبُكُمْ، وَإِيَّاكُمْ وَهَيْشَاتِ الْأَسْوَاقِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 675

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 675

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 676

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessmentAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

676. 'Aishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Allāh and His Angels send Ṣalāt (blessings) upon the right side of the rows." (Hasan)

Arabic text

676 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى مَيَامِنِ الصُّفُوفِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 676

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 676

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

The Place Of Children In The Rows

Hadith 677

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

677. It was reported from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ghanm, who said that Abū Mālik Al-Ash'arī said: "Should I not inform you of the prayer of the Prophet ﷺ?" So he said the Iqāmah, and caused the men to stand in rows, then caused the children to stand behind them, then led them in prayer. Then he described the prayer. Then he said: "This is how the prayer (should be prayed)." 'Abdul-A'lā (one of the narrators) said: "I think that he (ﷺ) said: '...of my nation.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

677 - حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ شَاذَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَيَّاشٌ الرَّقَّامُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا قُرَّةُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بُدَيْلٌ، حَدَّثَنَا شَهْرُ بْنُ حَوْشَبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ غَنْمٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو مَالِكٍ الْأَشْعَرِيُّ: أَلَا أُحَدِّثُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «فَأَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ، وَصَفَّ الرِّجَالَ وَصَفَّ خَلْفَهُمُ الْغِلْمَانَ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى بِهِمْ فَذَكَرَ صَلَاتَهُ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: " هَكَذَا صَلَاةُ - قَالَ عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى: لَا أَحْسَبُهُ إِلَّا قَالَ: صَلَاةُ أُمَّتِي - "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 677

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 677

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

Rows For The Women, And Their Distance From The First Row

Hadith 678

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

678. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The best rows for men are the front ones, and the worst are the last ones. And the best rows for women are the last ones, and the worst are the front ones." (Sahih)

Arabic text

678 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ الْبَزَّازُ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، وَإِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ زَكَرِيَّاءَ، عَنْ سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ أَوَّلُهَا وَشَرُّهَا آخِرُهَا، وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ آخِرُهَا وَشَرُّهَا أَوَّلُهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 678

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 678

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 679

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

679. Āishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "There will remain a group of people who will continually try to distance themselves from the first row until Allāh distances them in the Fire of Hell." (Da'if) .

Arabic text

679 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مَعِينٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَزَالُ قَوْمٌ يَتَأَخَّرُونَ عَنِ الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ حَتَّى يُؤَخِّرَهُمُ اللَّهُ فِي النَّارِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 679

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 679

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 680

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

680. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw that the Companions were distancing themselves (from the first rows). So he said: "Come forward so that you may follow me, and those behind you may follow the Mighty and Sublime, you. And there will be a group of people who will continue to distance themselves until Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, distances them." (Sahih)

Arabic text

680 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، قَالَا : حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَشْهَبِ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى فِي أَصْحَابِهِ تَأَخُّرًا، فَقَالَ لَهُمْ: «تَقَدَّمُوا فَأْتَمُّوا بِي، وَلْيَأْتَمَّ بِكُمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ، وَلَا يَزَالُ قَوْمٌ يَتَأَخَّرُونَ حَتَّى يُؤَخِّرَهُمُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 680

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 680

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

The Position That The Imām Should Have In Relation To The Rows

Hadith 681

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniضعيف، لكن الشطر الثاني منه صحيح، انظر حديث ابن عمر رقم (٦٦٦) // ٦٢٠ // // صحيح سنن أبي داود - باختصار السند - (٦٢٠) ، ضعيف الجامع الصغير (٦١٢٢) ، المشكاة (١١٠٣) //Al-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

681. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Stand so that the Imām is in the middle, and fill in the gaps (in the rows)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

681 - حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ مُسَافِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ بَشِيرِ بْنِ خَلَّادٍ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، أَنَّهَا دَخَلَتْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ كَعْبٍ الْقُرَظِيِّ، فَسَمِعَتْهُ يَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «وَسِّطُوا الْإِمَامَ وَسُدُّوا الْخَلَلَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 681

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 681

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

A Man Prays By Himself Behind The Row

Hadith 682

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

682. Wābiṣah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw a man praying behind a row by himself, so he commanded him to repeat. Sulaimān (one of the narrators) added: "the prayer." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

682 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَحَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ وَابِصَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " رَأَى رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ وَحْدَهُ فَأَمَرَهُ أَنْ يُعِيدَ - قَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ: الصَّلَاةَ - "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 682

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 682

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

A Person Bows Outside Of The Row

Hadith 683

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

683. It was reported from Al-Ḥasan, that Abū Bakrah narrated that he once entered the Masjid and the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ was in Rukū'. He said: "So I bowed outside of the row (i.e., without joining the row). The Prophet ﷺ said (after the prayer): 'May Allāh increase your eagerness, but do not repeat it.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

683 - حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، أَنَّ يَزِيدَ بْنَ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ زِيَادٍ الْأَعْلَمِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ، أَنَّ أَبَا بَكْرَةَ، حَدَّثَ أَنَّهُ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ وَنَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَاكِعٌ، قَالَ: فَرَكَعْتُ دُونَ الصَّفِّ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «زَادَكَ اللَّهُ حِرْصًا وَلَا تَعُدْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 683

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 683

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 684

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

684. (There is another chain) It was reported from Al-Ḥasan that Abū Bakrah once came (to the Masjid) and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was in Rukū', so he bowed outside of the row, and then walked up to the row. After the Prophet ﷺ finished the prayer, he said: "Who among you was the one who bowed outside of the row, and then walked up to the row?" Abū Bakrah said: "I did." So the Prophet ﷺ said: "May Allāh increase your eagerness, and do not repeat it." (Ṣaḥīḥ) THE CHAPTERS RELATEDTO THE SUTRAH The Sutrah refers to an object that a person should place, or have, in front of him during the Ṣalāt. The purpose of the Sutrah is to demarcate the area in which one is performing Ṣalāt, allowing a pedestrian to cross beyond it, in front of the person who is praying, since the Sutrah will act as a barrier between the one passing by, and the one who is praying.

Arabic text

684 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا زِيَادٌ الْأَعْلَمُ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا بَكْرَةَ جَاءَ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ رَاكِعٌ، فَرَكَعَ دُونَ الصَّفِّ ثُمَّ مَشَى إِلَى الصَّفِّ فَلَمَّا قَضَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاتَهُ، قَالَ: «أَيُّكُمُ الَّذِي رَكَعَ دُونَ الصَّفِّ ثُمَّ مَشَى إِلَى الصَّفِّ؟» فَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرَةَ: أَنَا، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «زَادَكَ اللَّهُ حِرْصًا وَلَا تَعُدْ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: زِيَادٌ الْأَعْلَمُ زِيَادُ بْنُ فُلَانِ بْنِ قُرَّةَ وَهُوَ ابْنُ خَالَةِ يُونُسَ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 684

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 684

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

What May Be Used As A Sutrah By The Praying Person

Hadith 685

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

685. Talḥah bin 'Ubaidullāh narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If you place in front of you something (the size of) the back of a saddle, then whoever passes in front of you will not affect you." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

685 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ الْعَبْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا جَعَلْتَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ مِثْلَ مُؤَخِّرَةِ الرَّحْلِ فَلَا يَضُرُّكَ مَنْ مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 685

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 685

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 686

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-Albani(قلت: رجاله ثقات رجال الشيخين، وقال النووي: "إسناده صحيح". وعطاء: هو ابن أبي رباح)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

686. Ibn Juraij reported from 'Aṭā', that he said: "The back of the saddle is around one forearm's length or more." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

686 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: «آخِرَةُ الرَّحْلِ ذِرَاعٌ فَمَا فَوْقَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 686

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 686

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 687

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

687. It was reported from Nāfi' that Ibn 'Umar narrated, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would order that a spear (Harbah)[1] be placed in front of him when he left for the Eid prayer. He would pray towards it (behind it), and the people would be behind him. And he would do the same while traveling." And this is where the leaders took this practice.[2] (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

687 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا خَرَجَ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ أَمَرَ بِالْحَرْبَةِ فَتُوضَعُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَيُصَلِّي إِلَيْهَا، وَالنَّاسُ وَرَاءَهُ، وَكَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي السَّفَرِ فَمِنْ ثَمَّ اتَّخَذَهَا الْأُمَرَاءُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Harbah a type of spear that is shorter than a lance, having a broad blade.

2 [2] This last statement is from Nāfi' see Ibn Mājah no. 1305.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 687

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 687

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 688

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

688. 'Awn bin Abī Juhaifah narrated from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ prayed (in the valley of) Al-Baṭḥā' while there was a spear ('Anazah')[1] in front of him. He prayed Zuhr as two Rak'ahs and 'Asr' as two Rak'ahs. Women and donkeys would pass beyond the 'Anazah. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

688 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ أَبِي جُحَيْفَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى بِهِمْ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ وَبَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ عَنَزَةٌ الظُّهْرَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَالْعَصْرَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، يَمُرُّ خَلْفَ الْعَنَزَةِ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْحِمَارُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 688

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 688

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

Drawing A LineIf One Does Not Find A Stick

Hadith 689

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

689. It was reported from Abū 'Amr bin Muḥammad bin Huraith, that he heard his grandfather Huraith narrating from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you prays, let him place something in front of him. If he does not find anything, let him take a stick and make it stand (in front of him). If he does not even have a stick, let him draw a line, then anything that passes in front of him will not affect him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

689 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أُمَيَّةَ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو عَمْرِو بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ جَدَّهُ حُرَيْثًا يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَجْعَلْ تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ شَيْئًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَلْيَنْصِبْ عَصًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعَهُ عَصًا فَلْيَخْطُطْ خَطًّا، ثُمَّ لَا يَضُرُّهُ مَا مَرَّ أَمَامَهُ»،

Footnotes

1 [1] 'Anazah a type of short spear, shorter than a lance, and some say it is shorter than the Harbah, and it has metal teeth. Some of them say that it is the same as a Harbah. 'Anazah appeared previously in a different version of this narration; no. 520.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 689

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 689

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 690

DarussalamDa‘īfAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

690. (There is another chain) from ‘Ali meaning, Ibn Al-Madīnī, from Sufyān, from Ismā‘īl bin Umayyah, from Abū Muḥammad bin ‘Amr bin Ḥuraith, from his grandfather Ḥuraith — who was a man from Banū ‘Udhrāh — from Abū Hurairah, from Abūl-Qāsim ﷺ. And he mentioned the Hadīth about the line. (Da‘īf) Sufyān said:[1] “We have not found anything to strengthen this Hadīth, and it has not been narrated except with this chain.” He (‘Ali bin Al-Madīnī) said: “I said to Sufyān: ‘They differed in it’[2] so he discussed it for a while then said: ‘It is not preserved except from Abū Muḥammad bin ‘Amr.’” Sufyān said: “After Ismā‘īl bin Umayyah died, a man arrived here, so he sought out this Shaikh Abū Muḥammad until he found him, then he questioned him about it, but he was confused about it.” Abū Dāwūd said: I heard Aḥmad — meaning Ibn Ḥanbal — may Allāh have mercy upon him, being asked more than once about how this line should be drawn, so he said: “Like this” indicating similar to a crescent, horizontally (in front of him). Abū Dāwūd said: And I heard Musad-dad say: (“(Abdullāh) bin Dāwūd said: ‘A (straight) line.’” Abū Dāwūd said: And I heard Aḥmad say more than once that it should be drawn in a semi-circular fashion in front of the person praying.

Arabic text

690 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيٌّ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمَدِينِيِّ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ حُرَيْثٍ، رَجُلٍ مِنْ بَنِي عُذْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْقَاسِمِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: فَذَكَرَ حَدِيثَ الْخَطِّ، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: لَمْ نَجِدْ شَيْئًا نَشُدُّ بِهِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، وَلَمْ يَجِئْ إِلَّا مِنْ هَذَا الْوَجْهِ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِسُفْيَانَ: إِنَّهُمْ يَخْتَلِفُونَ فِيهِ فَتَفَكَّرَ سَاعَةً، ثُمَّ قَالَ: مَا أَحْفَظُ إِلَّا أَبَا مُحَمَّدِ بْنَ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: قَدِمَ هَاهُنَا رَجُلٌ بَعْدَ مَا مَاتَ إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أُمَيَّةَ فَطَلَبَ هَذَا الشَّيْخُ أَبَا مُحَمَّدٍ حَتَّى وَجَدَهُ فَسَأَلَهُ عَنْهُ فَخَلَطَ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " وسَمِعْت أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَلٍ سُئِلَ عَنْ وَصْفِ الْخَطِّ غَيْرَ مَرَّةٍ، فَقَالَ: هَكَذَا عَرْضًا مِثْلَ الْهِلَالِ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " وسَمِعْت مُسَدَّدًا، قَالَ: قَالَ ابْنُ دَاوُدَ: الْخَطُّبِ الطُّولِ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " وسَمِعْت أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَل وَصَفَ الْخَطَّ غَيْرَ مَرَّةٍ فَقَالَ: هَكَذَا يَعْنِي بِالْعَرْضِ حَوْرًا دَوْرًا مِثْلَ الْهِلَالِ يَعْنِي مُنْعَطِفًا "

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Sufyān bin ‘Uyaynah, who narrated the Hadīth.

2 [2] Meaning is it “Abū Muḥammad bin ‘Amr” or “Abū ‘Amr bin Muḥammad.”

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 690

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 690

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 691

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-Albani(قلت: هذه آثار صحيحة كلها، أدردها المصنف عقب حديث الخط في الباب، ولما لم يكن على شرط الكتاب؛ فقد أوردناه في الكتاب الآخر (رقم ١٠٧))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

691. Sufyān bin 'Uyaynah said: "I saw Sharik lead us in a funeral prayer at 'Aṣr, and he had put his Qalansūtah (head-cap) in front of him" — meaning during an obligatory prayer. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

691 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ شَرِيكًا «صَلَّى بِنَا فِي جَنَازَةٍ الْعَصْرَ فَوَضَعَ قَلَنْسُوَتَهُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ» يَعْنِي فِي فَرِيضَةٍ حَضَرَتْ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 691

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 691

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

Praying Towards A Mount

Hadith 692

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

692. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray towards his she-camel. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

692 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَوَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، وَابْنُ أَبِي خَلَفٍ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي إِلَى بَعِيرٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 692

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 692

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

If He Prays Towards A Pillar Or Other Object, Where Should It Be In Relation To Him

Hadith 693

DarussalamḌa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

693. Ḍubā'ah bint Al-Miqdād bin Al-Aswad narrated from her father, that he said: "I never saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray towards a stick, or a pillar, or a tree, except that he placed it on his right side or left side; he would not place it immediately in front of him." (Ḍa'īf)

Arabic text

693 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عُبَيْدَةَ الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ كَامِلٍ، عَنِ الْمُهَلَّبِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ الْبَهْرَانِيِّ، عَنْ ضُبَاعَةَ بِنْتِ الْمِقْدَادِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ ، عَنْ أَبِيهَا، قَالَ: «مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي إِلَى عُودٍ وَلَا عَمُودٍ وَلَا شَجَرَةٍ إِلَّا جَعَلَهُ عَلَى حَاجِبِهِ الْأَيْمَنِ أَوِ الْأَيْسَرِ وَلَا يَصْمُدُ لَهُ صَمْدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 693

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 693

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

Praying Behind People Who Are Talking Or Sleeping

Hadith 694

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

694. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Do not pray behind a person who is sleeping, nor behind one who is talking." (Hasan)

Arabic text

694 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَيْمَنَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَمَّنْ حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ كَعْبٍ الْقُرَظِيِّ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَهُ: يَعْنِي لِعُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تُصَلُّوا خَلْفَ النَّائِمِ وَلَا الْمُتَحَدِّثِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 694

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 694

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 106

Coming Close To The Sutrah

Hadith 695

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

695. It was reported from Nāfi' bin Jubair, from Sahl bin Abī Hathmah who conveyed it from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "When one of you prays towards a Sutrah, let him come close to it — let not Shaiṭān break his prayer." (Ṣaḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Wāqid bin Mūhammad reported it from Ṣafwān, from Muḥammad bin Sahl, from his father, or from Muḥammad bin Sahl from the Prophet ﷺ. Some of them said: "From Nāfi' bin Jubair, from Sahl bin Sa'd, and there is disagreement in its chain. (Ṣaḥīh)"

Arabic text

695 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَحَامِدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، وَابْنُ السَّرْحِ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، يَبْلُغُ بِهِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى سُتْرَةٍ فَلْيَدْنُ مِنْهَا لَا يَقْطَعِ الشَّيْطَانُ عَلَيْهِ صَلَاتَهُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ وَاقِدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَوْ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: بَعْضُهُمْ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ وَاخْتُلِفَ فِي إِسْنَادِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 695

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 695

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 696

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

696. (Another chain) from 'Abdul-'Azīz bin Abī Hāzim (who said): "My father informed me, from Sahl, he said: 'Between the place that the Prophet ﷺ stood and the Sutrah was the space through which a goat could pass.'" (Ṣaḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This is the version of An-Nufaili.[1]

Arabic text

696 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، وَالنُّفَيْلِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ سَهْلٍ، قَالَ: «وَكَانَ بَيْنَ مَقَامِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ مَمَرُّ عَنْزٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: الْخَبَرُ لِلنُّفَيْلِيِّ

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, Abū Dāwūd narrated it from two Shaikh one of whom was 'Abdullāh bin Muḥammad bin 'Alī An-Nufailī, and the other, 'Abdullāh bin Maslamah Al-Qa'nabī.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 696

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 696

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 107

The Command To The One Who Is Praying To Block Others From Crossing In Front Of Him

Hadith 697

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

697. It was reported from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Sa'eed Al-Khudrī, from Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī who said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you prays, let him not allow anyone to pass in front of him, and let him block him as much as he can. If he refuses, then fight him, for he is a Shaitān." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

697 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ يُصَلِّي فَلَا يَدَعْ أَحَدًا يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَلْيَدْرَأْهُ مَا اسْتَطَاعَ، فَإِنْ أَبَى فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ فَإِنَّمَا هُوَ شَيْطَانٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 697

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 697

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 698

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

698. (There is another chain) from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Sa'eed Al-Khudrī, from his father, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When one of you prays, let him pray towards a Sutrah, and let him come close to it...' and the rest of the narration is similar (to no. 697). (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

698 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيُصَلِّ إِلَى سُتْرَةٍ وَلْيَدْنُ مِنْهَا» ثُمَّ سَاقَ مَعْنَاهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 698

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 698

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 699

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

699. Abū 'Ubaid, the guard of Sulaimān, said: "I saw 'Aṭā' bin Yazīd Al-Laithī standing in prayer. I tried to cross in front of him, but he pushed me away, then said (after the prayer): 'Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated to me that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever among you can prevent anything from coming between him and his Qiblah, then let him do so." (Hasan)

Arabic text

699 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي سُرَيْجٍ الرَّازِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ الزُّبَيْرِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَسَرَّةُ بْنُ مَعْبَدٍ اللَّخْمِيُّ، لَقِيتُهُ بِالْكُوفَةِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو عُبَيْدٍ، حَاجِبُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ عَطَاءَ بْنَ زَيْدٍ اللَّيْثِيَّ، قَائِمًا يُصَلِّي فَذَهَبْتُ أَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَرَدَّنِي، ثُمَّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيُّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنِ اسْتَطَاعَ مِنْكُمْ أَنْ لَا يَحُولَ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ قِبْلَتِهِ أَحَدٌ فَلْيَفْعَلْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 699

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 699

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 700

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

700. It was narrated from Humaid, meaning Ibn Hilāl who said: "Abū Sāliḥ said: 'Shall I narrate to you something that I saw and heard from Abū Sa'eed? — He visited Marwān and said: 'I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "When one of you prays towards something (a Sutrah) that blocks him from the people, and someone tries to cross in front of him, then let him push him in his chest, and if he refuses, then fight him, for he is a Shaitān.'"(Sahīh) Abū Dāwud said: Sufyān Ath-Thawrī said: "A person arrogantly walks in front of me while I am praying, so I stop him, and a weak person passes, so I don't stop him."

Arabic text

700 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ هِلَالٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو صَالِحٍ: أُحَدِّثُكَ عَمَّا رَأَيْتُ مِنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَسَمِعْتُهُ مِنْهُ دَخَلَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ عَلَى مَرْوَانَ، فَقَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى شَيْءٍ يَسْتُرُهُ مِنَ النَّاسِ فَأَرَادَ أَحَدٌ أَنْ يَجْتَازَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَلْيَدْفَعْ فِي نَحْرِهِ فَإِنْ أَبَى فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ فَإِنَّمَا هُوَ الشَّيْطَانُ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ: يَمُرُّ الرَّجُلُ يَتَبَخْتَرُ بَيْنَ يَدَيَّ وَأَنَا أُصَلِّي فَأَمْنَعُهُ وَيَمُرُّ الضَّعِيفُ فَلَا أَمْنَعُهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 700

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 700

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 108

The Prohibition Of Passing In Front Of One Who Is Praying

Hadith 701

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

701. It was reported from Busr bin Sa'eed that Zaid bin Khālid Al-Juhni sent him to Abū Juhaīm to ask him what he heard from the Messenger of Allāh (ﷺ) about passing in front of the one who is praying. So Abū Juhaīm said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If the one who crosses in front of someone who is praying only knew what (sin) would be upon him, then were he to wait forty, it would be better for him than to pass in front of him.'" Abū An-Naḍr (one of the narrators) said: "I do not know whether he said forty days, or months, or years." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

701 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، مَوْلَى عُمَرَ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ زَيْدَ بْنَ خَالِدٍ الْجُهَنِيَّ، أَرْسَلَهُ إِلَى أَبِي جُهَيْمٍ يَسْأَلُهُ مَاذَا سَمِعَ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْمَارِّ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ الْمُصَلِّي؟ فَقَالَ أَبُو جُهَيْمٍ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْ يَعْلَمُ الْمَارُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ الْمُصَلِّي مَاذَا عَلَيْهِ لَكَانَ أَنْ يَقِفَ أَرْبَعِينَ خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ» قَالَ أَبُو النَّضْرِ: لَا أَدْرِي قَالَ: أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا أَوْ شَهْرًا أَوْ سَنَةً

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 701

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 701

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 109

What Breaks the Prayer

Hadith 702

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده -مرفوعًا وموقوفًا- صحيح على شرط مسلم. وأخرجه هو وأبو عوانة في "صحيحيهما". وقال الترمذي: "حديث حسن صحيح")
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

702. It was reported (with three chains) from Sulaimān bin Al-Mughīrah, who informed them from Humaid bin Hilāl, from 'Abdullāh bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit, from Abū Dharr. Hafṣ (one of the narrators) said: "He said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said'" — The other two reported it that Sulaimān said: "Abū Dharr said: 'A person's prayer is broken when he does not have (a Sutrah) the size of the rear of a saddle, and a donkey, or a black dog, or a woman (passes in front of him).'" I said: "What is the difference between a black (dog), from a red, or yellow, or white one?" He (Abū Dharr) replied: "O nephew, I asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ the same question that you asked me, and he said: 'The black dog is a Shaitān.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

702 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ مُطَهَّرٍ، وَابْنُ كَثِيرٍ، الْمَعْنَى أَنَّ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنَ الْمُغِيرَةِ، أَخْبَرَهُمْ عَنْ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ هِلَالٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ قَالَ حَفْصٌ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَقْطَعُ صَلَاةَ الرَّجُلِ»، وَقَالَ: عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ أَبُو ذَرّ: " ٍيَقْطَعُ صَلَاةَ الرَّجُلِ إِذَا لَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ قَيْدُ آخِرَةِ الرَّحْلِ: الْحِمَارُ وَالْكَلْبُ الْأَسْوَدُ وَالْمَرْأَةُ "، فَقُلْتُ: مَا بَالُ الْأَسْوَدِ مِنَ الْأَحْمَرِ مِنَ الْأَصْفَرِ مِنَ الْأَبْيَضِ، فَقَالَ: يَا ابْنَ أَخِي سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَمَا سَأَلْتَنِي فَقَالَ: «الْكَلْبُ الْأَسْوَدُ شَيْطَانٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 702

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 702

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 703

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

703. It was reported from Shu'bah, that Qatādah narrated that he heard Jābir bin Zaid narrating from Ibn 'Abbās — and Shu'bah narrated it in Marfū' form[1] — "The prayer is broken by a woman who (has reached the age of) menstruation, and a dog." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Sa'eed, Hishām, and Hammām, reported it from Qatādah, from Jābir bin Zaid, as a statement of Ibn 'Abbās.

Arabic text

703 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ زَيْدٍ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ - رَفَعَهُ شُعْبَةُ - قَالَ: «يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ الْمَرْأَةُ الْحَائِضُ وَالْكَلْبُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَقَفَهُ سَعِيدٌ، وَهِشَامٌ، وَهَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 703

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 703

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 704

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

704. Muḥammad bin Ismā'il Al-Baṣrī narrated to us (he said): "Mu'ādḥ narrated to us (he said): 'Hishām narrated to us from Yahyā, from 'Ikrimah, from Ibn 'Abbās' — I think he said: 'From the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, he said: "When one of you prays without having a Sutrah, then the prayer is broken by a dog, a pig, a Jew, a Magian, and a woman. And it is sufficient for him if they pass in front of him the distance of a stone's throw." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: I have doubts about this Hadīth. I discussed it with Ibrāhīm, and others as well, and I did not find anyone who had [narrated] it from Hishām, nor did they know about it. And I do not know anyone who narrated it from Hishām. I think the mistake in this Hadīth is from Ibn Abī Samīnah.[1] What is Munkar in it is the mention of the Magian, and the stone's throw, and the pig. And there is some strangeness in it. Abū Dāwūd said: I did not hear this Hadīth except from Muḥammad bin Ismā'il, and I think that he made a mistake in it, since he used to narrate from his memory.

Arabic text

704 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، مَوْلَى بَنِي هَاشِمٍ الْبَصْرِيُّ حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: أَحْسَبُهُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى غَيْرِ سُتْرَةٍ فَإِنَّهُ يَقْطَعُ صَلَاتَهُ الْكَلْبُ وَالْحِمَارُ وَالْخِنْزِيرُ وَالْيَهُودِيُّ وَالْمَجُوسِيُّ وَالْمَرْأَةُ، وَيُجْزِئُ عَنْهُ إِذَا مَرُّوا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى قَذْفَةٍ بِحَجَرٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «فِي نَفْسِي مِنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ شَيْءٌ كُنْتُ أُذَاكِرُ بِهِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَغَيْرَهُ فَلَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا جَاءَ بِهِ عَنْ هِشَامٍ وَلَا يَعْرِفُهُ، وَلَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا يُحَدِّثُ بِهِ عَنْ هِشَامٍ وَأَحْسَبُ الْوَهْمَ مِنَ ابْنِ أَبِي سَمِينَةَ يَعْنِي مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الْبَصْرِيَّ مَوْلَى بَنِي هَاشِمٍ، وَالْمُنْكَرُ فِيهِ ذِكْرُ الْمَجُوسِيِّ، وَفِيهِ عَلَى قَذْفَةٍ بِحَجَرٍ، وَذِكْرُ الْخِنْزِيرِ، وَفِيهِ نَكَارَةٌ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَلَمْ أَسْمَعْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ إِلَّا مِنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي سَمِينَةَ وَأَحْسَبُهُ وَهِمَ لِأَنَّهُ كَانَ يُحَدِّثُنَا مِنْ حِفْظِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 704

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 704

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 705

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

705. It was reported from Waki', from Sa'eed bin 'Abdul-'Azīz, from a freed slave of Yazīd bin Nimrān, from Yazīd bin Nimrān who said: "I saw a man in Tabūk who could not walk. He said: 'I passed in front of the Prophet ﷺ while I was on a donkey, and he was praying, so he said: "O Allāh, prevent him from walking." So I was not able to walk on them (my feet) afterwards.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

705 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ مَوْلَى يَزِيدَ بْنِ نِمْرَانَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ نِمْرَانَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَجُلًا بِتَبُوكَ مُقْعَدًا، فَقَالَ: مَرَرْتُ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا عَلَى حِمَارٍ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اقْطَعْ أَثَرَهُ» فَمَا مَشَيْتُ عَلَيْهَا بَعْدُ،

Footnotes

1 [1] That is his Shaikh in this narration, Muḥammad bin Ismā'il Al-Baṣrī.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 705

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 705

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 706

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

706. (There is another chain) from Abū Haiwah, from Sa'eed with his chain and its meaning (similar to no. 705). And he added to it, saying: "He has broken our prayer, may Allāh break his walking." (Da'if) Abū Dāwud said: Abū Mus-hir reported it from Sa'eed, and he said in it: "He has broken our prayer..."

Arabic text

706 - حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ يَعْنِي الْمَذْحِجِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَيْوَةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ زَادَ قَالَ: «قَطَعَ صَلَاتَنَا قَطَعَ اللَّهُ أَثَرَهُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ أَبُو مُسْهِرٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ فِيهِ: «قَطَعَ صَلَاتَنَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 706

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 706

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 707

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

707. Sa'eed bin Ghazwān narrated from his father that he went to Tabūk on his way to Hajj, and met a man who could not walk, so he asked him about it. The man said: "I will narrate to you a Hadith, but do not narrate it as long as you hear that I am alive. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once visited Tabūk, and (stood) in front of a palm tree. He said: 'This (direction) is our Qiblah,' and he prayed towards it. I was a young lad, and walked towards it, until I passed between him and it. He said: 'He has broken our prayer, may Allāh break his walking.' So I have not been able to stand on them (the feet) until this day." (Da'if)

Arabic text

707 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْهَمْدَانِيُّ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي مُعَاوِيَةُ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ غَزْوَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ نَزَلَ بِتَبُوكَ وَهُوَ حَاجٌّ فَإِذَا هُوَ بِرَجُلٍ مُقْعَدٍ فَسَأَلَهُ عَنْ أَمْرِهِ فَقَالَ لَهُ: سَأُحَدِّثُكَ حَدِيثًا فَلَا تُحَدِّثْ بِهِ مَا سَمِعْتَ أَنِّي حَيٌّ، إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَزَلَ بِتَبُوكَ إِلَى نَخْلَةٍ فَقَالَ: «هَذِهِ قِبْلَتُنَا»، ثُمَّ صَلَّى إِلَيْهَا فَأَقْبَلْتُ وَأَنَا غُلَامٌ أَسْعَى حَتَّى مَرَرْتُ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَهَا فَقَالَ: «قَطَعَ صَلَاتَنَا قَطَعَ اللَّهُ أَثَرَهُ» فَمَا قُمْتُ عَلَيْهَا إِلَى يَوْمِي هَذَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 707

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 707

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 110

The Sutrah Of The Imām Acts As A Sutrah For Those Behind Him

Hadith 708

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

708. 'Amr bin Shu'āib narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that he said: "We camped once with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at Thaniyah Adhākhir, and the time for prayer came. So he prayed towards a wall and took it as his Qiblah,[1] while we were behind him. Then a goat tried to pass in front of him, but he continued to divert it, until (when it did not desist) he pressed his stomach to the wall, and it passed behind him." (Hasan)

Arabic text

708 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ الْغَازِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: هَبَطْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ ثَنِيَّةِ أَذَاخِرَ «فَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ - يَعْنِي فَصَلَّى إِلَى جِدَارٍ - فَاتَّخَذَهُ قِبْلَةً وَنَحْنُ خَلْفَهُ، فَجَاءَتْ بَهْمَةٌ تَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَمَا زَالَ يُدَارِئُهَا حَتَّى لَصَقَ بَطْنَهُ بِالْجِدَارِ، وَمَرَّتْ مِنْ وَرَائِهِ»، أَوْ كَمَا قَالَ مُسَدَّدٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 708

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 708

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 709

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

709. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Prophet ﷺ was once praying when a baby goat tried to pass in front of him. So he prevented it (from doing so). (Hasan)

Arabic text

709 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَحَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ الْجَزَّارِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي فَذَهَبَ جَدْيٌ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَجَعَلَ يَتَّقِيهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Using it as a Sutrah.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 709

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 709

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 111

Whoever Said That The Woman Does Not Nullify The Prayer

Hadith 710

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albaniصحيح، دون قوله: "وأنا حائض"
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

710. It was reported from Shu'bah, from Sa'd bin Ibrāhīm, from 'Urwah, from 'Aishah, who said: "I was (once) between the Prophet ﷺ and the Qiblah." Shu'bah said: "I think she said: '...while I was menstruating.'" (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Az-Zuhri, 'Aṭā', Abū Bakr bin Ḥaṣṣ, Hishām bin 'Urwah, Irāk bin Mālik, Abū Al-Aswad, Tamīm bin Salamah — all reported it from 'Urwah from 'Aishah; and (it was also reported by) Ibrāhīm from Al-Aswad from 'Aishah; and (also) Abū Ad-Duḥā from Masrūq, from 'Aishah; and (also) Al-Qāsim bin Muḥammad and Abū Salamah from 'Aishah, and they did not mention: "I was menstruating."

Arabic text

710 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: " كُنْتُ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ - قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: أَحْسَبُهَا قَالَتْ: وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ - " قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ الزُّهْرِيُّ، وَعَطَاءٌ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ حَفْصٍ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، وَعِرَاكُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ، وَأَبُو الْأَسْوَدِ، وَتَمِيمُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، كُلُّهُمْ عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَأَبُو الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَالْقَاسِمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ وَأَبُوسَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا: «وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 710

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 710

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 711

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

711. It was reported from Hishām bin 'Urwah, from 'Urwah, from 'Aishah: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray his prayer at night while she (i.e., 'Aishah) would be lying in front of him. She would be between him and his Qiblah, lying on the bed that he would sleep on. When he wanted to pray the Witr, he would wake her up, and she would pray the Witr as well." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

711 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي صَلَاتَهُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ وَهِيَ مُعْتَرِضَةٌ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ رَاقِدَةٌ عَلَى الْفِرَاشِ الَّذِي يَرْقُدُ عَلَيْهِ، حَتَّى إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يُوتِرَ أَيْقَظَهَا فَأَوْتَرَتْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 711

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 711

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 712

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

712. It was reported from Al-Qāsim, who narrated from 'Āishah, that she said: "How evil it is that you have equated us to donkeys and dogs! I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray while I was lying in front of him; when he wanted to prostrate, he would poke my feet, so I would pull them up to me and he would prostrate." (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

712 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الْقَاسِمَ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: بِئْسَمَا عَدَلْتُمُونَا بِالْحِمَارِ وَالْكَلْبِ لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ «يُصَلِّي وَأَنَا مُعْتَرِضَةٌ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ غَمَزَ رِجْلِي فَضَمَمْتُهَا إِلَيَّ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 712

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 712

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 713

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

713. It was reported from Abū An-Nadr, from Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from 'Āishah, that she said: "I used to be asleep while my legs would be in front of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was praying during the night. When he wanted to prostrate, he would prod my feet, so I would pull them up, and he would prostrate." (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

713 - حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ النَّضْرِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أَكُونُ نَائِمَةً وَرِجْلَايَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ ضَرَبَ رِجْلَيَّ فَقَبَضْتُهُمَا فَسَجَدَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 713

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 713

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 714

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

714. It was reported from Muḥammad bin 'Amr, from Abū Salamah, from 'Āishah, that she said: "I would sleep, lying down in front of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ — in the direction of his Qiblah. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray, and I would be in front of him. When he wanted to pray the Witr, — 'Uthmān (one of the narrators) said: "he would poke me," — "and say: 'Get out of the way.'" (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

714 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، ح قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وحَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ - وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ - عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أَنَامُ وَأَنَا مُعْتَرِضَةٌ فِي قِبْلَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَيُصَلِّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا أَمَامَهُ إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يُوتِرَ» زَادَ عُثْمَانُ: «غَمَزَنِي» ثُمَّ اتَّفَقَا فَقَالَ: «تَنَحَّيْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 714

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 714

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 112

Whoever Said That A Donkey Does Not Nullify The Prayer

Hadith 715

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

715. It was reported from Ibn 'Abbās, who said: "I came riding on a female donkey while the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was leading the prayer at Minā, and I was at that time a (lad) who had come close to puberty. I crossed in front of some rows, and then dismounted (from the donkey). I let the donkey go as it wished, and entered (in prayer) in the row, and no one objected to that." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: This is the wording of Al-Qa'nabī, and it is more complete.[1] Mālik said: "I don't see a problem with this, once the prayer has started."

Arabic text

715 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: جِئْتُ عَلَى حِمَارٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: أَقْبَلْتُ رَاكِبًا عَلَى أَتَانٍ وَأَنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ قَدْ نَاهَزْتُ الِاحْتِلَامَ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ بِمِنًى «فَمَرَرْتُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ بَعْضِ الصَّفِّ فَنَزَلْتُ فَأَرْسَلْتُ الْأَتَانَ تَرْتَعُ وَدَخَلْتُ فِي الصَّفِّ» فَلَمْ يُنْكِرْ ذَلِكَ أَحَدٌ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهَذَا لَفْظُ الْقَعْنَبِيِّ، وَهُوَ أَتَمُّ، قَالَ مَالِكٌ: وَأَنَا أَرَى ذَلِكَ وَاسِعًا إِذَا قَامَتِ الصَّلَاةُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 715

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 715

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 716

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

716. Abū Aṣ-Ṣahbā' said: "Once we mentioned the factors that nullify the prayer in front of Ibn 'Abbās, so he said: 'I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was praying, and I was with a young lad from the tribe of Banū 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib, (both of us were) on a donkey. We both dismounted, and left the donkey in front of the row, and they did not mind that. And two young girls from the tribe of Banū 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib came and entered between the rows, and they did not mind that.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

716 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ الْجَزَّارِ، عَنْ أَبِي الصَّهْبَاءِ، قَالَ: تَذَاكَرْنَا مَا يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ عِنْدَ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فَقَالَ: «جِئْتُ أَنَا وَغُلَامٌ مِنْ بَنِي عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ عَلَى حِمَارٍ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، فَنَزَلَ وَنَزَلْتُ وَتَرَكْنَا الْحِمَارَ أَمَامَ الصَّفِّ، فَمَا بَالَاهُ وَجَاءَتْ جَارِيَتَانِ مِنْ بَنِي عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، فَدَخَلَتَا بَيْنَ الصَّفِّ فَمَا بَالَى ذَلِكَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 716

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 716

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 717

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

717. In another version of this (no. 716) Hadīth, he said: "Two young girls from the tribe of Banū 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib were fighting with each other, so he took them and separated them apart — Uṭhman (one of the narrators) said: "he pulled one of them away from the other," — "and they (the people who were praying) did not mind that." (Hasan)

Arabic text

717 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَدَاوُدُ بْنُ مِخْرَاقٍ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُور، ٍبِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ بِإِسْنَادِهِ قَالَ: فَجَاءَتْ جَارِيَتَانِ مِنْ بَنِي عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ اقْتَتَلَتَا فَأَخَذَهُمَا قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: فَفَرَّعَ بَيْنَهُمَا، وَقَالَ دَاوُدُ: فَنَزَعَ إِحْدَاهُمَا عَنِ الْأُخْرَى فَمَا بَالَى ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 717

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 717

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 113

Whoever Said That A Dog Does Not Nullify the Prayer

Hadith 718

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

718. Al-Faḍl bin 'Abbās said: "Once the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to us while we were in an open plain belonging to us. 'Abbās was with him. He prayed in the open, without any Sutrah in front of him, and there was a donkey of ours, and a dog, playing in front of him, and he did not mind that.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

718 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ شُعَيْبِ بْنِ اللَّيْثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ جَدِّي، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبَّاسِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ الْفَضْلِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: أَتَانَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ فِي بَادِيَةٍ لَنَا وَمَعَهُ عَبَّاسٌ، «فَصَلَّى فِي صَحْرَاءَ لَيْسَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ سُتْرَةٌ وَحِمَارَةٌ لَنَا، وَكَلْبَةٌ تَعْبَثَانِ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَمَا بَالَى ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 718

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 718

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 114

Whoever Said That Nothing Nullifies The Prayer

Hadith 719

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

719. Abū Sa'eed reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Nothing nullifies the prayer, but prevent (others from crossing in front of you) as much as you can, for he is a Shaitān." (Hasan)

Arabic text

719 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ مُجَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْوَدَّاكِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ شَيْءٌ وَادْرَءُوا مَا اسْتَطَعْتُمْ فَإِنَّمَا هُوَ شَيْطَانٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 719

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 719

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 720

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

720. Abū Al-Waddāk said: "A youth from the Quraish passed in front of Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī while he was praying, so he pushed him away. The youth came back, but he pushed him again — three times. When he finished (the prayer), he said: 'Nothing nullifies the prayer, but the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Prevent (people from crossing) as much as you can, for he is a Shaitān.''" (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: If two narrations from the Prophet ﷺ differ with each other, then the actions of the Companions [may Allāh be pleased with him] after him are considered.

Arabic text

720 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُجَالِدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَدَّاكِ، قَالَ: مَرَّ شَابٌّ مِنْ قُرَيْشٍ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَدَفَعَهُ ثُمَّ عَادَ فَدَفَعَهُ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: إِنَّ الصَّلَاةَ لَا يَقْطَعُهَا شَيْءٌ وَلَكِنْ، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «ادْرَءُوا مَا اسْتَطَعْتُمْ فَإِنَّهُ شَيْطَانٌ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «إِذَا تَنَازَعَ الْخَبَرَانِ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نُظِرَ إِلَى مَا عَمِلَ بِهِ أَصْحَابُهُ مِنْ بَعْدِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 720

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 720

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 114

Raising The Hands In The Prayer

Hadith 721

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

721. Sālim reported from his father (Ibn ‘Umar) that he said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raise his hands to the level of his shoulders when he began the prayer. And he would also do so when he intended to go into Rukū‘, and after he would raise himself up from Rukū‘” — Sufyān (one of the narrators) said one time: “when he would raise his head up” — and most of the time he said: “and after he would raise himself up from Rukū‘”[1] — “and he would not raise his hands between the two prostrations.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

721 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " إِذَا اسْتَفْتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ وَبَعْدَمَا يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ - وَقَال سُفْيَانُ مَرَّةً: وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ وَأَكْثَرُ مَا كَانَ يَقُولُ: وَبَعْدَ مَا يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ - وَلَا يَرْفَعُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 721

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 721

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 722

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

722. (There is another chain) from Sālim, from ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar who said: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up to pray, he would raise his hands until they would be to the level of his shoulders, then he would say the Takbīr and his hands would be like that. Then he would go into Rukū'. Then, when he wanted to raise his back, he would raise them (his hands) until they would be to the level of his shoulders, and he would then say: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh has heard the one who praises Him).' And he would not raise his hands for the prostration, but he would raise them for every Takbīr that he would say before going into Rukū', until the prayer finished." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

722 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، حَدَّثَنَا الزُّبَيْدِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى تَكُونَ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَهُمَا كَذَلِكَ فَيَرْكَعُ، ثُمَّ إِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْفَعَ صُلْبَهُ رَفَعَهُمَا حَتَّى تَكُونَ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ وَلَا يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي السُّجُودِ وَيَرْفَعُهُمَا فِي كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ يُكَبِّرُهَا قَبْلَ الرُّكُوعِ حَتَّى تَنْقَضِيَ صَلَاتُهُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] The speaker, reporting the different wording of Sufyān is Ahmad bin Hanbal, the Shaikh of Abū Dāwūd in this narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 722

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 722

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 723

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

723. It was reported from 'Abdul-Wārīth bin Sa'eed (who said): "Muḥammad bin Juḥādah narrated to us (he said): "Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā'il bin Hujr narrated to us, he said: "I was a small child, and did not remember the prayer of my father (before he died). So Wā'il bin 'Alqamah narrated to me from my father, Wā'il bin Hujr, that he said: 'I prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he would raise his hands when he said (the opening) Takbīr. Then he would cover (his hands) and place them inside (his garments) by grasping his left (hand) with his right (hand), and inserting them into his garment. When he wanted to go into Rukū', he would take his hands out and raise them, and when he wanted to stand up from the Rukū', he would raise his hands. Then he would prostrate and place his face between his palms (on the ground), and when he would raise his head from the prostration, he would also raise his hands. (He would do this) until he finished the prayer." (Shadh) Muḥammad said: "So I mentioned that to Al-Ḥasan bin Abī Al-Ḥasan[1] and he said: 'This is the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, whoever does it, does it (the Sunnah), and whoever leaves it, leaves it (the Sunnah).'" Abū Dāwud said: This Ḥadīth was reported by Hammām from Ibn Juḥādah, and he did not mention raising (the hands) in the case of raising up from the prostration.

Arabic text

723 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ الْجُشَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُحَادَةَ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الْجَبَّارِ بْنُ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ غُلَامًا لَا أَعْقِلُ صَلَاةَ أَبِي قَالَ: فَحَدَّثَنِي وَائِلُ بْنُ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَكَانَ " إِذَا كَبَّرَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ الْتَحَفَ، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ وَأَدْخَلَ يَدَيْهِ فِي ثَوْبِهِ قَالَ: فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ أَخْرَجَ يَدَيْهِ ثُمَّ رَفَعَهُمَا، وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ وَوَضَعَ وَجْهَهُ بَيْنَ كَفَّيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ أَيْضًا رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ "، قَالَ: مُحَمَّدٌ: فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لِلْحَسَنِ بْنِ أَبِي الْحَسَنِ، فَقَالَ: هِيَ صَلَاةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَلَهُ مَنْ فَعَلَهُ وَتَرَكَهُ مَنْ تَرَكَهُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ هَمَّامٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُحَادَةَ لَمْ يَذْكُرِ الرَّفْعَ مَعَ الرَّفْعِ مِنَ السُّجُودِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 723

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 723

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 724

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

724. It was reported from Al-Ḥasan bin 'Ubaidullāh An-Nakha'ī, from 'Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā'il, from his father that he saw the Prophet ﷺ, when he stood up to pray, raise both his hands until they were to the level of his shoulders, and his thumbs were close to his ears. Then he said the Takbīr. (Da'if)

Arabic text

724 - حَدَّثَنِي عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحِيمِ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ النَّخَعِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ أَبْصَرَ «النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى كَانَتَا بِحِيَالِ مَنْكِبَيْهِ وَحَاذَى بِإِبْهَامَيْهِ أُذُنَيْهِ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 724

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 724

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 725

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

725.[2] It was reported from Al-Mas'ūdī (who said): "Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā'il narrated to us (Sunnah): 'Some people from my family narrated to me from my father, that he narrated to them, that he saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raise his hands with the Tawbīr.'" (Da'if) Some of the manuscripts have a difference in the sequence of the narrations here.

Arabic text

725 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الْجَبَّارِ بْنُ وَائِلٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَهْلُ بَيْتِي، عَنْ أَبِي أَنَّهُ حَدَّثَهُمْ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ مَعَ التَّكْبِيرَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Al-Ḥasan Al-Baṣrī.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 725

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 725

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 726

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

726. It was reported from Bishr bin Al-Mufaḍḍal, from 'Āsim bin Kulaib, from his father, from Wā'il bin Ḥujr. who said: "I said to myself: 'I will see how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prays.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up, faced the Qiblah, and said the Takbīr, raising both his hands until they were to the level of his ears. Then he grasped his left (hand) with his right (hand). When he wanted to go into Rukū', he raised both of them in a similar manner, then he placed both his hands on his two knees. When he raised his head from the Rukū', he raised them in a similar manner. When he prostrated, he placed his head at the same level in between his hands. Then he sat, straightening his left foot (and sitting on it). He placed his left hand on his left thigh, keeping his right elbow at a distance from his right thigh. He clasped two fingers,[1] and formed a circle,[2] and I saw him do like [1] Meaning the smallest finger and the one next to it. [2] With his thumb and middle finger. this,” then Bishr formed a circle with his thumb and middle finger, and pointed with his forefinger. (Sahih)

Arabic text

726 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: لَأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي، قَالَ: فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ فَكَبَّرَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى حَاذَتَا أُذُنَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا، مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ فَلَمَّا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رَأْسَهُ بِذَلِكَ الْمَنْزِلِ مِنْ بَيْنِ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ جَلَسَ فَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى وَحَدَّ مِرْفَقَهُ الْأَيْمَنَ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى وَقَبَضَ ثِنْتَيْنِ وَحَلَّقَ حَلْقَةً» وَرَأَيْتُهُ يَقُولُ: هَكَذَا وَحَلَّقَ بِشْرٌ الْإِبْهَامَ وَالْوُسْطَى وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 726

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 726

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 727

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

727. (There is another chain) from Zāidah, from ‘Āsim bin Kulaib with his chain, and its meaning, but he said in it: “Then he (ﷺ) placed his right (hand) on the back-side of his left palm, wrist-bone and forearm.” This version also adds: “I returned at a later time, when it was extremely cold, so I saw that the people were wearing heavy garments — their hands (could be seen) moving beneath the clothes.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

727 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ فِيهِ: ثُمَّ وَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى ظَهْرِ كَفِّهِ الْيُسْرَى وَالرُّسْغِ وَالسَّاعِدِ، وَقَالَ فِيهِ: ثُمَّ جِئْتُ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فِي زَمَانٍ فِيهِ بَرْدٌ شَدِيدٌ فَرَأَيْتُ النَّاسَ عَلَيْهِمْ جُلُّ الثِّيَابِ تَحَرَّكُ أَيْدِيهِمْ تَحْتَ الثِّيَابِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 727

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 727

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 728

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

728. It was reported from Sharik, from ‘Āsim bin Kulaib, from his father, from Wa'il bin Hujr, who said: “I saw the Prophet ﷺ raise his hands to the level of his ears when he started the prayer. Then I came to them (at a later time), and saw that they were raising their hands to their chests at the beginning of the prayer while they were wearing cloaks and shawls.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

728 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «حِينَ افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حِيَالَ أُذُنَيْهِ»، قَالَ: ثُمَّ أَتَيْتُهُمْ فَرَأَيْتُهُمْ يَرْفَعُونَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ إِلَى صُدُورِهِمْ فِي افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلَاةِ وَعَلَيْهِمْ بَرَانِسُ وَأَكْسِيَةٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 728

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 728

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 115

The Beginning Of The Prayer

Hadith 729

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

729. It was reported from Waki', from Sharik, from 'Ašim bin Kulaib, from 'Alqamah bin Wā'il, from Wā'il bin Hujr, who said: "I went to the Prophet ﷺ during the winter (season), and I saw his Companions raising their hands from under their clothes during the prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

729 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الشِّتَاءِ فَرَأَيْتُ أَصْحَابَهُ «يَرْفَعُونَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فِي ثِيَابِهِمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 729

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 729

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 730

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

730. It was reported from 'Abdul-Ḥamīd — meaning Ibn Ja'far, that he was informed by Muḥammad bin 'Amr bin 'Aṭā' who said: "I hear Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā'idī while he was amidst a group of ten Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ — among them Abū Qatadah — saying: 'I am the most knowledgeable among you regarding the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.' They said: 'And why is that? For, by Allāh, you did not follow him any more than we did, nor did you accompany him for a period longer than us.' He said: 'Yes!' They said, 'So bring forth (what you know).' He said: 'When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up to pray, he would raise his hands until they would reach the level of his shoulders, then he would say the Takbīr, until every bone would be resting in its proper place. He would then recite (from the Qur'an), then say the Takbīr raising his hands until they reached the level of his shoulders. He would then go into Rukū', placing his palms on his knees. Then he would straighten (his back) — neither would he lower his head down, nor would he raise it up. He would then raise his head, saying: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him).' Then he would raise his hands until they reached the level of his shoulders, straightening (his back), and then he would say: "Allāhu Akbar." He would then go down on the ground, and would keep his two hands (arms) away from his side. Then he would raise his head. He would bend the toes of his feet when he prostrated.[1] Then he would prostrate (again), and say "Allāhu Akbar," and then raise his head (to sit up). He would place his left foot horizontally (on the ground), sitting on it, allowing every bone to return to its normal position. Then he would perform the second (Rak'ah) in a similar fashion. When he stood up after two Rak'ahs, he would say the Takbīr and raise his hands to the level of his shoulders, just as he had done at the beginning of the prayer. He would continue in this fashion for the remainder of the prayer, until, when he performed the prostration that is before the Taslīm, he would move his left leg further, and sit on his buttocks — on his left side.' They (the other Companions) said: 'You have told the truth. This is how he ﷺ used to pray.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

730 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى - وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ أَحْمَدَ - قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهُمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالُوا: فَلِمَ؟ فَوَاللَّهِ مَا كُنْتَ بِأَكْثَرِنَا لَهُ تَبَعًا وَلَا أَقْدَمِنَا لَهُ صُحْبَةً، قَالَ: بَلَى، قَالُوا: فَاعْرِضْ، قَالَ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حَتَّى يَقِرَّ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ فِي مَوْضِعِهِ مُعْتَدِلًا، ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ فَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ وَيَضَعُ رَاحَتَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَعْتَدِلُ فَلَا يَصُبُّ رَأْسَهُ وَلَا يُقْنِعُ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ، فَيَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ مُعْتَدِلًا، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ ثُمَّ يَهْوِي إِلَى الْأَرْضِ فَيُجَافِي يَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ وَيَثْنِي رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى فَيَقْعُدُ عَلَيْهَا، وَيَفْتَحُ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ، وَيَسْجُدُ ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، وَيَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ وَيَثْنِي رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى فَيَقْعُدُ عَلَيْهَا حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ، ثُمَّ يَصْنَعُ فِي الْأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ كَمَا كَبَّرَ عِنْدَ افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ فِي بَقِيَّةِ صَلَاتِهِ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ السَّجْدَةُ الَّتِي فِيهَا التَّسْلِيمُ أَخَّرَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى وَقَعَدَ مُتَوَرِّكًا عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْسَرِ " ، قَالُوا: صَدَقْتَ هَكَذَا كَانَ يُصَلِّي صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ،

Footnotes

1 [1] Such that they would be pointing towards the Qiblah.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 730

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 730

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 731

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-Albaniصحيح، دون قوله: "ولا صافح بخده"Al-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

731. (There is another chain) from Ibn Lahī'ah, from Yazīd, meaning Ibn Abī Ḥabīb, from Muḥammad bin 'Amr bin Ḥalḥalah, from Muḥammad bin 'Amr Al-'Āmirī, and he said (in it): "I was at a gathering of the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and they discussed his prayer. Abū Ḥumaid said..." and he mentioned part of the above narration (no. 730), but added: "...So when he went into Rukū', he grasped his knees with his hands, and spaced out his fingers (over the knee). Then he lowered his back, without lowering his head, or displaying his cheeks (by raising his head high)." And he (also) said (in this version): "When he sat down after two Rak'ahs, he sat on the inner side of his left foot, planting the right foot vertically (on the ground). And if it were the fourth (Rak'ah), he allowed his left buttock to touch the ground, and stuck both his legs out of one side (the right side)." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

731 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو الْعَامِرِيِّ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ فِي مَجْلِسٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَتَذَاكَرُوا صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ: فَذَكَرَ بَعْضَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَقَالَ: «فَإِذَا رَكَعَ أَمْكَنَ كَفَّيْهِ مِنْ رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَفَرَّجَ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِهِ ثُمَّ هَصَرَ ظَهْرَهُ غَيْرَ مُقْنِعٍ رَأْسَهُ، وَلَا صَافِحٍ بِخَدِّهِ»، وَقَالَ: «فَإِذَا قَعَدَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَعَدَ عَلَى بَطْنِ قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى وَنَصَبَ الْيُمْنَى، فَإِذَا كَانَ فِي الرَّابِعَةِ أَفْضَى بِوَرِكِهِ الْيُسْرَى إِلَى الْأَرْضِ وَأَخْرَجَ قَدَمَيْهِ مِنْ نَاحِيَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 731

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 731

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 732

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

732. (There is another chain) from Laith bin Sa'd, from Yazid bin Muhammad Al-Qurashi and Yazid bin Abi Habib, from Muhammad bin 'Amr bin Halhalah, from Muhammad bin 'Amr bin 'Atā' with similarity to the previous narration (no. 731). But he said: "When he (ﷺ) prostrated, he placed both his hands (on the ground), without sticking them out, nor tucking them close (to himself). And he made his fingers point towards the Qiblah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

732 - حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْمِصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنِ اللَّيْثِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ الْقُرَشِيِّ، وَيَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، نَحْوَ هَذَا قَالَ: «فَإِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ غَيْرَ مُفْتَرِشٍ وَلَا قَابِضِهِمَا وَاسْتَقْبَلَ بِأَطْرَافِ أَصَابِعِهِ الْقِبْلَةَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 732

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 732

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 733

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

733. (There is another chain) reported from Al-Hasan bin Al-Hurr, who heard it narrated from 'Eisā bin 'Abdullāh bin Mālik, from Muḥammad bin 'Amr bin 'Aṭā', one of Banū Mālik, from 'Abbās — or Ayyāsh — bin Sahl As-Sā'idī that he was in a gathering with his father, who was one of the Companions, and Abū Hurairah, Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā'idī, and Abū Usaid were all present as well... And he narrated a similar narration to the one above, with some changes, and he also said: "Then he raised his head" — meaning from the Rukū' — and said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah, Allāhumma Rabbanā lakal ḥamd (Allāh hears the one who praises Him, O Allāh, our Lord, to You belongs all praise.)' And he raised his hands, then he said: 'Allāhu Akbar,1 and prostrated. He (ﷺ) positioned himself on his palms, knees, and the toes of his feet while he was prostrating. Then he said the Takbīr and (rose up) to sit, sitting on his buttocks (At-Tawarruk), planting the other foot (the right foot) straight. Then he said the Takbīr and prostrated, then he said the Takbīr and stood up, without sitting on his buttocks..." and he continued with the rest of the Hadīth (as no. 732). He also said: "He (ﷺ) sat down after two Rak'ah, until, when he wanted to get up to stand, he stood up with the Takbīr, then he prayed the last two Rak'ahs." And in this narration he did not mention sitting on the buttocks (At-Tawarruk) in the final Tashah-hud. (Da'if)

Arabic text

733 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَدْرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي زُهَيْرٌ أَبُو خَيْثَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ الْحُرِّ، حَدَّثَنِي عِيسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، أَحَدِ بَنِي مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبَّاسٍ أَو عَيَّاشِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ أَنَّهُ كَانَ فِي مَجْلِسٍ فِيهِ أَبُوهُ وَكَانَ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَفِي الْمَجْلِسِ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، وَأَبُو حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، وَأَبُو أُسَيْدٍ بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ يَزِيدُ أَوْ يَنْقُصُ قَالَ فِيهِ: "ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ يَعْنِي مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَقَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ فَسَجَدَ فَانْتَصَبَ عَلَى كَفَّيْهِ وَرُكْبَتَيْهِ وَصُدُورِ قَدَمَيْهِ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَجَلَسَ فَتَوَرَّكَ وَنَصَبَ قَدَمَهُ الْأُخْرَى، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَسَجَدَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَقَامَ وَلَمْ يَتَوَرَّكْ، ثُمَّ سَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ، قَالَ:، ثُمَّ جَلَسَ بَعْدَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى إِذَا هُوَ أَرَادَ أَنْ يَنْهَضَ لِلْقِيَامِ قَامَ بِتَكْبِيرَةٍ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ التَّوَرُّكَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 733

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 733

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 734

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

734. (There is another chain) from Fulaih, who narrated from 'Abbās bin Sahl who said: "Abū Humaid, Abū Usaid, Sahl bin Sa'd, and Muḥammad bin Maslamah all were together (at a gathering), and they mentioned the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. Abū Humaid said: 'I am the most knowledgeable of you regarding the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ...' and he mentioned part of the above narration (no. 733). He also said: "Then he (ﷺ) went into Rukū', and placed his hands on his knees, as if he were grabbing them. And he bent his hands (arms) such that they were away from his sides. Then he prostrated, and placed his nose and forehead (on the ground), and kept his hands (arms) at a distance from his sides. He placed his hands to the level of his shoulders, then raised his head, until every joint returned to its place. (He did this) until he finished (the prayer), then he sat, placing the left foot on the ground, and making the toes of the right foot face the Qiblah. He put his right palm on his right thigh, and his left palm on his left thigh, and pointed with his finger." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: 'Utbah bin Abī Ḥakīm reported this Hadīth from 'Abdullāh bin 'Eisā, from Al-'Abbās bin Sahl, and he did not mention the sitting on the buttocks (At-Tawarruk). And Al-Hasan bin Al-Hurr mentioned the sitting similar to the Hadīth of Fulaiḥ and 'Utbah.

Arabic text

734 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، أَخْبَرَنِي فُلَيْحٌ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبَّاسُ بْنُ سَهْلٍ، قَالَ: اجْتَمَعَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ، وَأَبُو أُسَيْدٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، فَذَكَرُوا صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَذَكَرَ بَعْضَ هَذَا، قَالَ: "ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ كَأَنَّهُ قَابِضٌ عَلَيْهِمَا، وَوَتَّرَ يَدَيْهِ فَتَجَافَى عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَمْكَنَ أَنْفَهُ وَجَبْهَتَهُ وَنَحَّى يَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ وَوَضَعَ كَفَّيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ حَتَّى رَجَعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ فِي مَوْضِعِهِ حَتَّى فَرَغَ، ثُمَّ جَلَسَ فَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى وَأَقْبَلَ بِصَدْرِ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى قِبْلَتِهِ وَوَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ الْيُمْنَى وَكَفَّهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ الْيُسْرَى " وَأَشَارَ بِأُصْبُعِهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عُتْبَةُ بْنُ أَبِي حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عِيسَى، عَنِ الْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ، لَمْ يَذْكُرِ التَّوَرُّكَ وَذَكَرَ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ فُلَيْحٍ وَذَكَرَ الْحَسَنُ بْنُ الْحُرِّ نَحْوَ جِلْسَةِ حَدِيثِ فُلَيْحٍ، وَعُتْبَةَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 734

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 734

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 735

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

735. (There is another chain) from Baqiyyah, (who said): "Utbah narrated to me (saying): 'Abdullāh bin 'Eisā narrated to me from Al-'Abbās bin Sahl As-Sā'idī, from Abū Ḥumaid — with this Ḥadīth, he said: “And when he (ﷺ) prostrated, he made a gap between his two thighs, without allowing his stomach to touch the thighs.” (Ṣaḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Ibn Al-Mubārak reported it (he said): “Fulāih informed us: ‘I heard ‘Abbās bin Sahl narrating, but I did not remember it, so he narrated it to me.’ — And I think[1] he mentioned ‘Eisā bin ‘Abdullah — ‘and that he heard it from ‘Abbās bin Sahl; he said: “I was present with Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā‘idi” — narrating this Ḥadīth.

Arabic text

735 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، حَدَّثَنِي عُتْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عِيسَى، عَنِ الْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ قَالَ: «وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَرَّجَ بَيْنَ فَخِذَيْهِ غَيْرَ حَامِلٍ بَطْنَهُ عَلَى شَيْءٍ مِنْ فَخِذَيْهِ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحٌ، سَمِعْتُ عَبَّاسَ بْنَ سَهْلٍيُ، حَدِّثُ فَلَمْ أَحْفَظْهُ فَحَدَّثَنِيهِ، أُرَاهُ ذَكَرَ عِيسَى بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَهُ مِنْ عَبَّاسِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ، قَالَ: حَضَرْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 735

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 735

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 736

DarussalamḌa‘īfAl-Albani(حديث محمد بن جحادة عن عبد الجبار بن وائل بن حجر عن أبيه) ضعيف، (حديث عاصم بن كليب عن أبيه) ضعيف // وسيأتي برقم (١٨٣ / ٨٣٩ / ١) //
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

736. (There is another chain) Hajjāj bin Minhāl narrated: “Hammām narrated to us (saying): ‘Muhammad bin Juḥādah narrated to us from ‘Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā’il from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ; in this Ḥadīth he said: “When he (ﷺ) prostrated, his knees touched the ground before his palms. And when he prostrated, he placed his forehead between his palms, and spread out (his arms) from the armpits.” (Ḍa‘īf) Hajjāj said: “Hammām said: ‘And Shaqīq narrated to us: ‘Āsim bin Kulaib narrated to me from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ similar to this.’” In the narration of one of them — [1] The speaker here is Ibn Al-Mubārak. and I am almost sure[1] it was Muḥammad bin Juḥādah — “And when he got up, he stood up on his knees, and took support from his thighs.”

Arabic text

736 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُحَادَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ قَالَ: "فَلَمَّا سَجَدَ وَقَعَتَا رُكْبَتَاهُ إِلَى الْأَرْضِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَقَعَ كَفَّاهُ قَالَ: فَلَمَّا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ جَبْهَتَهُ بَيْنَ كَفَّيْهِ وَجَافَى عَنْ إِبِطَيْهِ " قَالَ حَجَّاجٌ: وَقَالَ هَمَّامٌ: وحَدَّثَنَا شَقِيقٌ، حَدَّثَنِي عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِثْلِ هَذَا، وَفِي حَدِيثِ أَحَدِهِمَا وَأَكْبَرُ عِلْمِي أَنَّهُ حَدِيثُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُحَادَةَ وَإِذَا نَهَضَ نَهَضَ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَاعْتَمَدَ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 736

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 736

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 737

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

737. (There is another chain) from Fīṭr, from ‘Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā’il, from his father who said: “I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raise his thumbs in the prayer to the his earlobes.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

737 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، عَنْ فِطْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَرْفَعُ إِبْهَامَيْهِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ إِلَى شَحْمَةِ أُذُنَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 737

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 737

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 738

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

738. Abū Hurairah reported: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Takbīr for the prayer, he would raise his hands to shoulder-level, and when he went into Rukū‘ he would do the same, and when he raised himself (after Rukū‘) to go into prostration, he would do the same, and when he raised himself after two Rak’ahs, he would do the same.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

738 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ شُعَيْبِ بْنِ اللَّيْثِ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ جَدِّي، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا كَبَّرَ لِلصَّلَاةِ جَعَلَ يَدَيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ لِلسُّجُودِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 738

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 738

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 739

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

739. Maimūn Al-Makkī said that he saw ‘Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair lead them in prayer. He would motion with his hands when he stood up,[1] and when he went into Rukū', and when he went into prostration, and when he stood up (from the prostration) — he would motion with his hands (at all of these places). Maimūn said: "So I went to Ibn 'Abbās, and said: 'I saw Ibn Az-Zubair pray a prayer like no one else I have seen,' and I described for him these motions. He replied: 'If you wish to see the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, then follow the prayer of 'Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair.''" (Da'if)

Arabic text

739 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُبَيْرَةَ، عَنْ مَيْمُونٍ الْمَكِّيِّ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ، «وَصَلَّى بِهِمْ يُشِيرُ بِكَفَّيْهِ حِينَ يَقُومُ وَحِينَ يَرْكَعُ وَحِينَ يَسْجُدُ وَحِينَ يَنْهَضُ لِلْقِيَامِ، فَيَقُومُ فَيُشِيرُ بِيَدَيْهِ» فَانْطَلَقْتُ إِلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فَقُلْتُ إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ ابْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ صَلَّى صَلَاةً لَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا يُصَلِّيهَا فَوَصَفْتُ لَهُ هَذِهِ الْإِشَارَةَ، فَقَالَ: إِنْ أَحْبَبْتَ أَنْ تَنْظُرَ إِلَى صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَاقْتَدِ بِصَلَاةِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ

Footnotes

1 [1] He said: “the greater of my knowledge is that”. And he says this again related to this particular topic after number 839.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 739

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 739

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 740

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

740. An-Nadr bin Kathīr said: " 'Abdullāh bin Tāwūs prayed next to me at Masjid Al-Khaif (in Minā). When he would perform the first prostration and raise his head from it, he would raise his hands towards his face. So I considered this to be incorrect. I told this to Wuhaib bin Khālid, so he asked him: 'I have seen you do something that I have seen no one else do.' He replied: 'I saw my father do it, and my father said that Ibn 'Abbās did it, and I am sure that he (Ibn 'Abbās) also said that the Prophet ﷺ used to do it.'" (Da'if) [1] When he started the prayer.

Arabic text

740 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبَانَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا النَّضْرُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ يَعْنِي السَّعْدِيَّ، قَالَ: صَلَّى إِلَى جَنْبِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ طَاوُسٍ فِي مَسْجِدِ الْخَيْفِ «فَكَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ السَّجْدَةَ الْأُولَى فَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْهَا رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ» فَأَنْكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ، فَقُلْتُ: لِوُهَيْبِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: وُهَيْبُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ تَصْنَعُ شَيْئًا لَمْ أَرَ أَحَدًا يَصْنَعُهُ فَقَالَ ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ: رَأَيْتُ أَبِي يَصْنَعُهُ، وَقَالَ أَبِي: رَأَيْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ يَصْنَعُهُ وَلَا أَعْلَمُ إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 740

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 740

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 741

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

741. It was reported from 'Abdul-A'lā that 'Ubaidullāh narrated from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, that when he would stand for prayer, he would say the Takbīr and raise his hands. And when he went into Rukū', and when he said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him),' and when he stood up after two Rak'ahs, he would also raise his hands (for all of these acts). And he would claim that this was done by the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: What is correct is that it is a saying of Ibn 'Umar, it is not Marfū' (from the Prophet ﷺ). Abū Dāwūd said: Baqiyyah reported the beginning of it from 'Ubaidullāh and he reported it with his (complete) chain.[1] And Ath-Thaqafī reported it from 'Ubaidullāh as a Mawqūf narration of Ibn 'Umar, and he said in it: "And when he stood up after two Rak'ahs, he would raise them (i.e., his hands) to his chest." And this is what is correct. Abū Dāwūd said: Al-Laith bin Sa'd, Mālik, Ayyūb, and Ibn Jurāij narrated it in Mawqūf form. Only Ḥammad bin Salamah narrated it with a (Marfū') chain from Ayyūb, and neither Ayyūb nor Mālik mentioned raising (the hands) when standing up from the two prostrations,[2] while Al-Laith mentioned it in his narration. Ibn Juraij said in it: "I said to Nāfi': 'Did Ibn 'Umar used to make the first one (i.e., the raising of hands) the highest?' He said: 'No, they were all (at) the same (level).'" So he said: "Show me." So he showed him to the (level of) the chest, or lower than it.

Arabic text

741 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ " كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا، قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ "، وَيَرْفَعُ ذَلِكَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: الصَّحِيحُ قَوْلُ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، لَيْسَ بِمَرْفُوعٍ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَى بَقِيَّةُ أَوَّلَهُ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ وَأَسْنَدَهُ وَرَوَاهُ الثَّقَفِيُّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، وَأَوْقَفَهُ عَلَى ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ فِيهِ: «وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ يَرْفَعُهُمَا إِلَى ثَدْيَيْهِ» وَهَذَا هُوَ الصَّحِيحُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمَالِكٌ، وَأَيُّوبُ وَابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ مَوْقُوفًا وَأَسْنَدَهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، وَحْدَهُ عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَيُّوبُ، وَمَالِكٌ الرَّفْعَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ وَذَكَرَهُ اللَّيْثُ فِي حَدِيثِهِ، قَالَ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ فِيهِ: قُلْتُ لِنَافِعٍ أَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ يَجْعَلُ الْأُولَى أَرْفَعَهُنَّ؟ قَالَ: لَا، سَوَاءً قُلْتُ أَشِرْ لِي فَأَشَارَ إِلَى الثَّدْيَيْنِ أَوْ أَسْفَلَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ

Footnotes

1 [1] He means here that it was Marfū' in that version.

2 [2] Meaning, after two Rak'ahs as mentioned in the previous narration, which is the topic of his discussion here, and the narration of Ḥammad from Ayyūb is recorded by Ahmad (2:100) and others.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 741

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 741

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 742

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

742. It was reported from Mālik, from Nāfi', that 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar would raise his hands to the level of his shoulders when he began the prayer. And when he raised his head up after the Rukū', he would raise them (to a level) lower than that. (Saḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: As far as I know, no one mentioned that he would raise them to a lower level except Mālik.

Arabic text

742 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، «كَانَ إِذَا ابْتَدَأَ الصَّلَاةَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا دُونَ ذَلِكَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: لَمْ يَذْكُرْ «رَفَعَهُمَا دُونَ ذَلِكَ» أَحَدٌ غَيْرُ مَالِكٍ فِيمَا أَعْلَمُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 742

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 742

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

Those WhoMentioned That He ShouldRaise His Hands AfterStanding Up After Two Rak'ah

Hadith 743

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

743. It was reported from 'Āṣim bin Kulaib, from Muḥārīb bin Dīthār, from Ibn 'Umar, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would, when standing up after two Rak'ahs, say the Takbīr and raise his hands." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

743 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ مُحَارِبِ بْنِ دِثَارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 743

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 743

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 744

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(حديث علي) حسن صحيح، (حديث أبي حميد الساعدي) **Al-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

744. It was reported from 'Ali bin Abi Tālib that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up to pray the obligatory prayers, he would say the Takbīr and raise his hands to the level of his shoulders. And he would do the same when he finished the recitation and intended to go into Rukū'. And he would do the same when he raised himself up from Rukū'. And he would not raise his hands in any of his prayer while he was sitting. And when he stood up after the two prostrations (after the second Rak'ah), he would also raise his hands and say the Takbīr. (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: And it is also reported in the Hadīth of Abū Humāid As-Sā'idī, when he described the prayer of the Prophet ﷺ that when he (ﷺ) stood up after two Rak'ahs, he would say the Takbīr, and raise his hands until they reached the level of his shoulders — just as he had done at the Takbīr at the beginning of the prayer.

Arabic text

744 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْهَاشِمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ «كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَيَصْنَعُ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ إِذَا قَضَى قِرَاءَتَهُ وَأَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، وَيَصْنَعُهُ إِذَا رَفَعَ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَلَا يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ كَذَلِكَ وَكَبَّرَ» ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ فِي حَدِيثِ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ حِينَ وَصَفَ صَلَاةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ كَمَا كَبَّرَ عِنْدَ افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلَاةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 744

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 744

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 745

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

745. Mālik bin Huwairith said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ raise his hands when he said the Takbīr, and when he went into Rukū', and when he rose up from the Rukū', until (his hands) reached the upper part of his ears." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

745 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا كَبَّرَ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ حَتَّى يَبْلُغَ بِهِمَا فُرُوعَ أُذُنَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 745

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 745

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 746

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

746. Abū Hurairah said: "If I were in front of the Prophet ﷺ, I would have seen his armpits." (Hasan) Ibn Mu'ād[1] said: "He said: 'Lāḥiq would say: 'Meaning that, in the prayer, he cannot be in front of the Prophet ﷺ.'" Mūsā (one of the narrators) added: "Meaning that when he said the Takbīr and raised his hands."

Arabic text

746 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ مَرْوَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِسْحَاقَ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ لَاحِقٍ، عَنْ بَشِيرِ بْنِ نَهِيكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: «لَوْ كُنْتُ قُدَّامَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَرَأَيْتُ إِبِطَيْهِ»، زَادَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، قَالَ: يَقُولُ لَاحِقٌ: أَلَا تَرَى أَنَّهُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُ أَنْ يَكُونَ قُدَّامَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ وَزَادَ مُوسَى بْنُ مَرْوَانَ الرَّقِّيُّ، يَعْنِي «إِذَ اكَبَّرَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 746

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 746

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 747

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

747. It was reported from 'Alqamah, who said: "Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ taught us the prayer. So he would say the Takbīr and raise his hands. And when he went into Rukū', he would clasp his hands between his knees.' This reached Sa'd[2] so he said: 'My brother has spoken the truth; we used to do this (in the past), then we were commanded to do this' — meaning holding on to the knees." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

747 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: «عَلَّمَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلَاةَ فَكَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ طَبَّقَ يَدَيْهِ بَيْنَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ» قَالَ: فَبَلَغَ ذَلِكَ سَعْدًا، فَقَالَ: صَدَقَ أَخِي، قَدْ كُنَّا نَفْعَلُ هَذَا ثُمَّ أَمَرَنَا بِهَذَا يَعْنِي «الْإِمْسَاكَ عَلَى الرُّكْبَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 747

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 747

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 116

Those Who Did Not Mention Raising The Hands After Rukū'

Hadith 748

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

748. It was reported from Sufyān from 'Āsim — meaning Ibn Kulaib — from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aswad, from 'Alqamah who said: "Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd said: 'Should I not pray for you the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?' So he prayed, and he did not raise his hands except one time. (Da'īf) Abū Dāwūd said: This is a summarized version of a longer narration, and it is not authentic with this wording.

Arabic text

748 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ: " أَلَا أُصَلِّي بِكُمْ صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: فَصَلَّى فَلَمْ يَرْفَعْ يَدَيْهِ إِلَّا مَرَّةً "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا حَدِيثٌ مُخْتَصَرٌ مِنْ حَدِيثٍ طَوِيلٍ وَلَيْسَ هُوَ بِصَحِيحٍ عَلَى هَذَا اللَّفْظِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 748

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 748

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 749

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

749. It was reported from Sharīk, from Yazīd bin Abī Ziyād, from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā, from Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, when he used to start the prayer, would raise his hands close to the level of his ears, then he would not repeat (that). (Da'if)

Arabic text

749 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ الْبَزَّازُ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ إِلَى قَرِيبٍ مِنْ أُذُنَيْهِ، ثُمَّ لَا يَعُودُ»،

Footnotes

1 [1] The sequence of the numbers differs here according to the different manuscripts.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 749

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 749

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 750

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: وهذا هو المحفوظ، ليس فيه: ثم لا يعود.. كما قال البخاري وغيره. ويؤيده قول المصنف: " قال أبو داود: روى هذا الحديث هُشيْم وخالد وابن إدريس عن يزيد ... لم يذكروا: ثم لا يعود ". قلت: وصله أحمد عن هشيم وغيره. ووصله الدارقطني عن خالد- وهو ابن عبد الله- وغيره؛ ولم أجد الان من وصله عن ابن إدريس!)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

750. (There is another chain) that Sufyān narrated from Yazīd similar to the narration of Sharīk (no. 749), but he did not say: "...then he would not repeat (that)." (Da'if) Sufyān said: "Afterwards, in Al-Kūfah, he (Yazīd) said to us: "Then he would not repeat (that)." Abū Dāwūd said: Hushaim, Khālīd, and Ibn Idrīs reported this Hadīth from Yazīd, and they did not mention: "Then he would not repeat (that)."

Arabic text

750 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ، نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ شَرِيكٍ، لَمْ يَقُلْ: «ثُمَّ لَا يَعُودُ»، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: قَالَ لَنَا بِالْكُوفَةِ بَعْدُ «ثُمَّ لَا يَعُودُ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ هُشَيْمٌ، وَخَالِدٌ، وَابْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ، لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا «ثُمَّ لَا يَعُودُ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 750

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 750

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 751

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

751.[1] (There is another chain) that Sufyān narrated this with his chain, he said: "So he raised his hands for the first time (only)," and some narrators said: "One time (only)." (Da'īf)

Arabic text

751 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ، وَخَالِدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، وَأَبُو حُذَيْفَةَ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ بِهَذَا قَالَ: «فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ فِي أَوَّلِ مَرَّةٍ»، وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: «مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 751

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 751

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 752

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

752. (There is another chain) that Waki' narrated from Ibn Abī Laila, from his brother 'Eīsā, from Al-Ḥakam, from Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā, from Al-Barā' bin 'Azīb, that he said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raise his hands when he started the prayer, then he would not raise them until he finished." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth is not correct.

Arabic text

752 - حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَخْبَرَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ أَخِيهِ عِيسَى، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حِينَ افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يَرْفَعْهُمَا حَتَّى انْصَرَفَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ لَيْسَ بِصَحِيحٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 752

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 752

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 753

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

753. Abū Hurairah reported: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, when he started the prayer, would raise his hands extended."[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

753 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ سَمْعَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ مَدًّا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 753

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 753

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 117

Placing The Right Hand On The Left In The Prayer

Hadith 754

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

754. 'Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair said: "Lining up the feet, and placing one hand on the other, are from the Sunnah." (Hasan)

Arabic text

754 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ زُرْعَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ، يَقُولُ: «صَفُّ الْقَدَمَيْنِ وَوَضْعُ الْيَدِ عَلَى الْيَدِ مِنَ السُّنَّةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 754

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 754

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 755

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

755. Abū 'Uthmān An-Nahdī narrated that from Ibn Mas'ūd, that he prayed with his left hand over his right, and the Prophet ﷺ saw him, so he placed his right hand over his left. (Hasan)

Arabic text

755 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكَّارِ بْنِ الرَّيَّانِ، عَنْ هُشَيْمِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ أَبِي زَيْنَبَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ يُصَلِّي فَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى الْيُمْنَى، فَرَآهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «فَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى الْيُسْرَى»

Footnotes

1 [1] They differ on the meaning of "Maddan", translated here as "extended"; whether it refers to a description of where the hands were or how high, or how they were, or that the fingers were not closed together, since the word can apply to any of these. See nos 239 in Sunan At-Tirmidhī and 884 in Sunan An-Nasā'ī.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 755

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 755

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 756

DarussalamḌaʿīfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

756. It was reported from Abī Juhaifah that ‘Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, said: “The Sunnah is to place the palm over the palm in the prayer, under the navel.” (Ḍaʿīf)

Arabic text

756 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَحْبُوبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي جُحَيْفَةَ، أَنَّ عَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «مِنَ السُّنَّةِ وَضْعُ الْكَفِّ عَلَى الْكَفِّ فِي الصَّلَاةِ تَحْتَ السُّرَّةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 756

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 756

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 757

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

757. Jarīr Aḍ-Ḍabbi narrated: “I saw ‘Ali, may Allāh be pleased with him, praying while grasping his left hand with his right hand, over the wrist-joint, above the navel.” (Ḥasan) Abū Dāwūd said: “Above the navel” has been related from Saʿeed bin Jubair. And Abū Mījlaz said under the navel. And it has been related from Abū Hurairah but it is not a strong narration.

Arabic text

757 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَعْيَنَ، عَنْ أَبِي بَدْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي طَالُوتَ عَبْدِ السَّلَامِ، عَنِ ابْنِ جَرِيرٍ الضَّبِّيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ عَلِيًّا، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ يُمْسِكُ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ عَلَى الرُّسْغِ فَوْقَ السُّرَّةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرُوِيَ عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، فَوْقَ السُّرَّةِ قَالَ أَبُو مِجْلَزٍ: تَحْتَ السُّرَّةِ وَرُوِيَ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ وَلَيْسَ بِالْقَوِيِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 757

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 757

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 758

DarussalamḌaʿīfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

758. It was reported from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ishāq Al-Kūfī, from Sayyār Abī Al-Ḥakam, from Abū Waʿil who said: “Abū Hurairah said: ‘To grasp one hand with the other in the prayer, underneath the navel.’” (Ḍaʿīf) Abū Dāwūd said: I heard Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal mentioning ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ishāq Al-Kūfī to be weak (in narrating Aḥādīth).

Arabic text

758 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ الْكُوفِيِّ، عَنْ سَيَّارٍ أَبِي الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: «أَخْذُ الْأَكُفِّ عَلَى الْأَكُفِّ فِي الصَّلَاةِ تَحْتَ السُّرَّةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: سَمِعْت أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَلٍ: يُضَعِّفُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ إِسْحَاقَ الْكُوفِيَّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 758

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 758

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 759

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: هذا حديث مرسل، وهو حديث صحيح)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

759. It was reported from Sulaimān bin Mūsā, from Tāwūs who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to place his right hand on his left hand, then grasp both of them on his chest while he was praying." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

759 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تَوْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ ثَوْرٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ مُوسَى، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَضَعُ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى يَدِهِ الْيُسْرَى، ثُمَّ يَشُدُّ بَيْنَهُمَا عَلَى صَدْرِهِ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 759

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 759

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 118

The Supplication With Which The Prayer Should Be Started

Hadith 760

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

760. 'Ali bin Abī Tālib, may Allāh be pleased with him, narrated: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to stand up to pray, he would say the Takbīr, then say: 'Wajahtu wajhi lilladhī faṭaras-samāwātī wal-arḍa ḥanīfan musliman, wa mā ana minal-mushrikīn. Inna ṣalātī wa nusukī wa mahyāya wamamātī lillāhi rabbil-'ālamīn, lā sharīka lahu, wa biḍḥālika umirtu wa ana minal-muslimīn. Allāhumma! Antal-maliku lā ilāha illā anta, anta rabbi, wa ana 'abduka, ṣalamtu nafsi wa 'arafu biḍḥanbi faghfirlī dhunūbī jamī'an, lā yaghfirudh-dhunūba illā anta, wahdīnī liaḥsanil-akhlaqī, lā yahdī liaḥsanihā illā anta, waṣrif 'anni sayyi'ahā lā yaṣrifu 'anni sayyi'ahā illā anta, labbaika wa sa'daika, wal-khairu kulluhu fī yadaika wash-sharru laisa ilaika, ana bika wa ilaika tabārakta wa ta'ālaita, astaghfiruka wa atūbu ilaik. (I have turned my face to the One who originated the heavens and the earth, turning (myself solely to Him), and I am not among those who associate partners (with Him). Verily, my prayer, and rites, and life, and death, all belong to Allāh, the Lord of the creation — He has no partners. And this is what I have been commanded with, and I am the first to submit myself (to Him). O Allāh, You are the King; there is no deity worthy of worship except You. You are my Lord, and I am Your slave. I have wronged myself, and admit to my sin, so forgive me all my sins; none forgives sins except for You. And guide me to the best conduct (and manners); none guides to the best of them except You. And turn away from me the evil of it (conduct and manners); none can turn away the evil of it except You. I am at Your service, and at Your help (call) at all times. All good is in Your Hands, and evil is not attributed to You. My (help and success) is with You, and upon You. You are exalted and glorified. I seek Your Forgiveness, and repent to You') “And when he went into Rukū‘, he would say: ‘Allāhumma laka raka‘tu wa bika āmantu wa laka aslamtu khasha‘a laka sam‘ī wa bašarī wa mukh-khī wa ‘izamī, wa ‘ašbī (O Allāh! To You I have bowed (in Rukū‘), and in You I have believed, and to You I have submitted (in Islam). My hearing, seeing, intellect, bones and flesh have all humbled themselves to You)' "And when he raised up, he would say: Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamdu mil'as-samāwāti wal-arḍi wa mil'a mā bainahumā, wa mil'a mā shi'ta min shai'in b'adu (Allāh hears the one who praises Him. Our Lord! And to You belongs all praise; (praise that is) filling the heavens, and the earth, and filling all that is between them, and filling anything that You desire besides these).' "And when he prostrated, he would say: 'Allāhumma laka sajadtu wa bika āmantu wa laka aslamtu, sajada wajhi lilladhī khalaqahu wa suwwarahu fa aḥsan sūratahu wa shaqqa sam'ahu wa baṣarahu wa tabārak Allāhu aḥsanul-khāliqin. (O Allāh! I have prostrated to You, and believed in You, and submitted myself (in Islam) to You. My face has prostrated to the One that created it, and fashioned it — and perfected its fashioning — and developed (from it) its seeing and hearing. And exalted is Allāh, the best of all creators.)' "And when he said the Taslīm for the prayer, he would say (before it): 'Allāhummaghfirlī mā qaddamtu wa mā akh-khartu wa mā asrartu wa mā a'lantu wa mā asraftu, wa mā anta a'lamu bihi minnī antal-muqaddimu wal-mu'akh-khiru, lā ilāha illa anta (O Allāh, forgive me what I have done, and what I have yet to do, and what I have done in private, and what I have done in open, and my transgressions, and all that You know from me (of the sins that I have done). You are the One Who advances (who He wills), and moves back (who He wills). There is no deity worthy of worship except You).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

760 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ الْمَاجِشُونِ بْنِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ كَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِيَ لِلَّذِي فَطَرَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضَ حَنِيفًا مُسْلِمًا وَمَا أَنَا مِنَ الْمُشْرِكِينَ، إِنَّ صَلَاتِي وَنُسُكِي وَمَحْيَايَ وَمَمَاتِي لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ، لَاشَرِيكَ لَهُ وَبِذَلِكَ أُمِرْتُ وَأَنَا أَوَّلُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ، اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ الْمَلِكُ لَا إِلَهَ لِي إِلَّا أَنْتَ، أَنْتَ رَبِّي وَأَنَا عَبْدُكَ، ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي وَاعْتَرَفْتُ بِذَنْبِي فَاغْفِرْ لِي ذُنُوبِي جَمِيعًا إِنَّهُ لَا يَغْفِرُ الذُّنُوبَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ، وَاهْدِنِي لِأَحْسَنِ الْأَخْلَاقِ لَا يَهْدِي لِأَحْسَنِهَا إِلَّا أَنْتَ، وَاصْرِفْ عَنِّي سَيِّئَهَا لَا يَصْرِفُ سَيِّئَهَا إِلَّا أَنْتَ، لَبَّيْكَ وَسَعْدَيْكَ وَالْخَيْرُ كُلُّهُ فِي يَدَيْكَ، وَالشَّرُّ لَيْسَ إِلَيْكَ أَنَا بِكَ وَإِلَيْكَ، تَبَارَكْتَ وَتَعَالَيْتَ، أَسْتَغْفِرُكَ وَأَتُوبُ إِلَيْكَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ رَكَعْتُ وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ خَشَعَ لَكَ سَمْعِي وَبَصَرِي وَمُخِّي وَعِظَامِي وَعَصَبِي، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ، قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا بَيْنَهُمَا وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ، مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي خَلَقَهُ وَصَوَّرَهُ فَأَحْسَنَ صُورَتَهُ وَشَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ، وَتَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ، وَإِذَا سَلَّمَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي مَا قَدَّمْتُ وَمَا أَخَّرْتُ وَمَا أَسْرَرْتُ وَمَا أَعْلَنْتُ وَمَا أَسْرَفْتُ وَمَا أَنْتَ أَعْلَمُ بِهِ مِنِّي أَنْتَ الْمُقَدِّمُ وَالْمُؤَخِّرُ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 760

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 760

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 761

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(حديث علي إلى قوله: كبر ودعا) حسن صحيح، (من قوله: نحو حديث عبد العزيز في الدعاء، إلى: "إلا أنت" ) حسن صحيحAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

761. (There is another chain) ‘Alī bin Abī Tālib reported: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to stand up for the obligatory prayer, he would say the Takbīr and raise his hands upto (his) shoulders, and he would do the same when he finished the recitation, and when he intended to go into Rukū‘, and when he stood up after Rukū‘. And he would not raise his hands at any place of the prayer where he was sitting. And when he stood up after the two prostrations (Rak‘ahs), he would raise his hands in a similar manner, and say the Takbīr...” And he completed the narration in a similar manner as (the previous) narration of ‘Abdul-‘Aziz (no. 760) with some additions and deletions, except that he did not say: “Wakhairu kulluhu fī yadaika wash-sharru laisa ilaika (and all good is in Your Hands, and evil is not attributed to You).” And he added in it: “And he (the Prophet ﷺ) would say, when he finished the prayer: Allāhumaghfirlī mā qaddamtu wa akh-khartu wa asartu wa a'lantu, anta ilāhi lā ilāha illā anta (O Allāh, forgive me what I have done, and what I have yet to do, and what I have done in private, and what I have done in open. You are the deity that I worship, there is no deity worthy of worship except You).” (Hasan)

Arabic text

761 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْهَاشِمِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَيَصْنَعُ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ إِذَا قَضَى قِرَاءَتَهُ وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، وَيَصْنَعُهُ إِذَا رَفَعَ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَلَا يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ كَذَلِكَ وَكَبَّرَ وَدَعَا، نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ فِي الدُّعَاءِ يَزِيدُ وَيَنْقُصُ الشَّيْءَ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ وَالْخَيْرُ كُلُّهُ فِي يَدَيْكَ وَالشَّرُّ لَيْسَ إِلَيْكَ "، وَزَادَ فِيهِ، وَيَقُولُ: عِنْدَ انْصِرَافِهِ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي مَا قَدَّمْتُ وَمَا أَخَّرْتُ وَمَا أَسْرَرْتُ وَأَعْلَنْتُ أَنْتَ إِلَهِي لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 761

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 761

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 762

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

762. Shu'aib bin Abi Hamzah said: "Ibn Al-Munkadir, and Ibn Abī Farwah, and other among the Fuqahā' of Al-Madinah told me: 'When you say that' — meaning: 'Wa ana awwalul-muslimīn (And I am the first to submit myself)' — then you should say (instead): 'Wa ana minal-muslimīn (And I am of those who submit myself).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

762 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُرَيْحُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنِي شُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي: مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، وَابْنُ أَبِي فَرْوَةَ، وَغَيْرُهُمَا مِنْ فُقَهَاءِ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ فَإِذَا قُلْتَ أَنْتَ ذَاكَ، فَقُلْ: «وَأَنَا مِنَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ»، يَعْنِي قَوْلَهُ: «وَأَنَا أَوَّلُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 762

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 762

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 763

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

763. Anas bin Mālik narrated that a person came to pray, and he was short of breath.[1] So he said: "Allāhu Akbaru, al-ḥamdulillāhi ḥamdan kathīran tayyiban mubārakan fih (Allāh is greater (than all things). All praise is due to Allāh; plentiful, beautiful and blessed praise)." When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ completed the prayer, he said: "Who was the one who said these phrases, for he did not say anything wrong." The man replied: "It was I, O Messenger of Allāh. I came while I was short of breath, so I said it." He said: "I saw twelve angels racing with one another (to see) who among them would raise it up (to Allāh first)." Ḥumaid (one of the narrators) added: "And when one of you comes (to the prayer), let him walk just as he was walking (before); then, let him pray what he catches, and let him make up what preceded him." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

763 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، أَخْبَرَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، وَثَابِتٍ، وَحُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا جَاءَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَقَدْ حَفَزَهُ النَّفَسُ، فَقَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاتَهُ، قَالَ: «أَيُّكُمُ الْمُتَكَلِّمُ بِالْكَلِمَاتِ، فَإِنَّهُ لَمْ يَقُلْ بَأْسًا» فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: أَنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، جِئْتُ وَقَدْ حَفَزَنِيَ النَّفَسُ فَقُلْتُهَا، فَقَالَ: «لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ اثْنَيْ عَشَرَ مَلَكًا يَبْتَدِرُونَهَا أَيُّهُمْ يَرْفَعُهَا» وَزَادَ حُمَيْدٌ فِيهِ: «وَإِذَا جَاءَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَمْشِ نَحْوَ مَا كَانَ يَمْشِي فَلْيُصَلِّ مَا أَدْرَكَهُ وَلْيَقْضِ مَا سَبَقَهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Since he had rushed to the prayer.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 763

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 763

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 764

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

764. It was narrated from Ibn Jubair bin Muṭ'im that his father said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ praying." — 'Amr (one of the narrators) said: "I do not know which prayer it was" — "He said: 'Allāhu Akbaru kabīran, Allāhu Akbaru kabīran, Allāhu Akbaru kabīran, wal-ḥamdu lillāhi kathīran, al-ḥamdu lillāhi kathīran, al-ḥamdu lillāhi kathīran, wa subḥān Allāhi bukratan wa aṣīlan (Allāh is Most Great indeed, Allāh is Most Great indeed, Allāh is Most Great indeed. Much praise be to Allāh, much praise be to Allāh, much praise be to Allāh. Glory be to Allāh, morning and evening)' (and he would say that) three times; 'A'ūduhu billāhi min ash-Shaitāni min nafkhihi wa nafthihi wa hamzihi (I seek refuge in Allāh from Shaitān, from his breath, his spit, and his prodding)." — He ('Amr, one of the narrators) said: "His spit is poetry, and his breath is arrogance, and his prodding is madness." (Hasan)

Arabic text

764 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مَرْزُوقٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ الْعَنَزِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي صَلَاةً - قَالَ عَمْرٌو: لَا أَدْرِي أَيَّ صَلَاةٍ هِيَ - فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا، وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا، وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا، وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا، وَسُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلًا ثَلَاثًا، أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ مِنْ نَفْخِهِ وَنَفْثِهِ وَهَمْزِهِ»، قَالَ: نَفْثُهُ الشِّعْرُ، وَنَفْخُهُ الْكِبْرُ، وَهَمْزُهُ الْمُوتَةُ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 764

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 764

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 765

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

765. (There is another chain) from Nāfi' bin Jubair, from his father, who said: "I heard the Prophet ﷺ saying in the voluntary prayer..." And he mentioned similarly (as no. 764). (Hasan)

Arabic text

765 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: فِي التَّطَوُّعِ، ذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 765

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 765

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 766

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

766. 'Āsim bin Humaid said: "Āishah was asked what (supplication) the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would begin his night prayer with. She replied: 'You have asked me about a matter that no one before you has asked me. When he stood up, he would say the Takbīr ten times, and Al-ḥamdulillāh ten times, and the Tasbih (Subhān Allāh) ten times, and the Tahlīl (Lā ilāha illallāh) ten times, and seek forgiveness (Astagfirullāh) ten times, and say: "Allāhummaghfirlī, wahdīnī, warzuqnī, wa'āfinī (O Allāh! Forgive me, and guide me, and grant me sustenance, and grant me protection (from all afflictions))." And he would also seek Allāh's Protection from the narrowness of the station on the Day of Judgment.'" (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Khālid bin Ma'dān reported it from Rabī'ah Al-Jurashī from 'Āishah, similarly.

Arabic text

766 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، أَخْبَرَنِي مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَزْهَرُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْحَرَازِيُّ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ: بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كَانَ يَفْتَتِحُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قِيَامَ اللَّيْلِ فَقَالَتْ: لَقَدْ سَأَلْتَنِي عَنْ شَيْءٍ مَا سَأَلَنِي عَنْهُ أَحَدٌ قَبْلَكَ كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ كَبَّرَ عَشْرًا، وَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ عَشْرًا، وَسَبَّحَ عَشْرًا، وَهَلَّلَ عَشْرًا، وَاسْتَغْفَرَ عَشْرًا، وَقَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي وَاهْدِنِي وَارْزُقْنِي وَعَافِنِي» وَيَتَعَوَّذُ مِنْ ضِيقِ الْمَقَامِ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ خَالِدُ بْنُ مَعْدَانَ، عَنْ رَبِيعَةَ الْجُرَشِيِّ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 766

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 766

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 767

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

767. It was reported from Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Awf, that he said: "I asked 'Āishah what invocation Allāh's Prophet ﷺ would begin his night prayer with. She said: 'When he used to stand up at night, he would open his prayer with: "Allāhumma Rabba Jibrīla wa Mīkā'ila wa Isrāfil, Fāṭiras-samāwāti wal-arḍi, 'ālimal-ghaibi wash-shahādāti, anta taḥkumu baina 'ibādika fīmā kānū fīhi yakhtalifun, ihdinī limakhtulifa fīhi minal-ḥaqqi bi'idhnika innaka anta tahdī man tashā'u ilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīm (O Allāh! The Lord of Jibrīl, and Mīkā'il, and Isrāfil. The Originator of the heavens and earth, the Knower of the unseen and the seen: You judge between Your servants concerning which they differ over. Guide me to the truth with Your Permission in that which has been differed over. You guide whom You will to the Straight Path.)" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

767 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كَانَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْتَتِحُ صَلَاتَهُ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ؟ قَالَتْ: كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ يَفْتَتِحُ صَلَاتَهُ «اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ جِبْرِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ وَإِسْرَافِيلَ فَاطِرَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ عَالِمَ الْغَيْبِ وَالشَّهَادَةِ أَنْتَ تَحْكُمُ بَيْنَ عِبَادِكَ فِيمَا كَانُوا فِيهِ يَخْتَلِفُونَ، اهْدِنِي لِمَا اخْتُلِفَ فِيهِ مِنَ الْحَقِّ بِإِذْنِكَ إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ تَهْدِي مَنْ تَشَاءُ إِلَى صِرَاطٍ مُسْتَقِيمٍ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 767

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 767

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 768

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

768. (There is another chain) from Abū Nuḥ Qurād: "‘Ikrimah narrated to us" with his chain, without mentioning that he heard it, and with similar meaning (as no. 767), he said: "When he stood during the night (for prayer) he would say the Takbīr then say..." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

768 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُوحٍ قُرَادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ بِلَا إِخْبَارٍ وَمَعْنَاهُ قَالَ: «كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ بِاللَّيْلِ كَبَّرَ وَيَقُولُ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 768

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 768

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 769

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده عنه صحيح)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

769. Al-Qan'abī narrated to us, he said: "Mālik (bin Anas) said: 'There is nothing wrong in supplicating during the prayer, whether it be in the beginning of the prayer, in the middle, or in the end, and whether it be an obligatory prayer, or other than it.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

769 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: لَا بَأْسَ بِالدُّعَاءِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فِي أَوَّلِهِ وَأَوْسَطِهِ وَفِي آخِرِهِ فِي الْفَرِيضَةِ وَغَيْرِهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 769

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 769

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 770

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

770. Rifā'ah bin Rāfi' Az-Zuraqī said: "One day we were praying behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. When he raised his head from the Rukū', he said: 'Samī' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him).' A man behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāumma, rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamdu, ḥamdan kathīran tayyiban mubārakan fīh (O Allāh, our Lord, and to You belongs all praise; plentiful, beautiful and blessed praise).' When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ completed (the prayer), he said: 'Who is the one who said these phrases?' The man replied: 'It was I, O Messenger of Allāh.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'I saw over thirty angels racing to see who would be the first to write it.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

770 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُجْمِرِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، قَالَ: كُنَّا يَوْمًا نُصَلِّي وَرَاءَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ»، قَالَ رَجُلٌ وَرَاءَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنِ الْمُتَكَلِّمُ بِهَا آنِفًا»، فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: أَنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ بِضْعَةً وَثَلَاثِينَ مَلَكًا يَبْتَدِرُونَهَا أَيُّهُمْ يَكْتُبُهَا أَوَّلُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 770

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 770

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 771

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

771. It was reported from Abū Az-Zubair, from Tāwūs, from Ibn 'Abbās that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would stand up to pray in the middle of the night, he would say: "Allāhumma! Lakal-ḥamdu, anta nūrus-samāwāti wal-ard, lakal-ḥamdu, anta qayyāmus-samāwāti wal-ard, wa lakal-ḥamdu, anta rabbus-samāwāti wal-ard, wa man fīhinna, antal-ḥaqqu, wa qawlukal-ḥaqqu, wa wa'dukal-ḥaqqu, wa liqa'uka ḥaqqun, wal-jannatu ḥaqqun wan-nāru ḥaqqun was-sā'atu ḥaqq. Allāhumma laka aslamtu, wa bika āmantu, wa 'alaika tawak-kaltu, wa ilaika anabtu wa bika khāsamtu, wa ilaika hākamtu, faghfirlī mā qaddamtu wa akh-khartu, wa asrartu wa a'lantu, anta ilāhī lā ilāha illā anta (O Allāh, to You belongs all praise; You are the Light of the heavens and earth. And to You belongs all praise; You are the Sustainer (and Maintainer) of the heavens and earth. And to You belongs all praise; You are the Lord of the heavens and earth and all that is in them. You are the Truth, and Your Speech is the truth, and Your Promise is the truth, and meeting with You is the truth, and Paradise is true, and Hell is true, and the Hour (of Judgment) is true. O Allāh, to You I submit, and in You I believe, and upon You I put my trust, and to You I repent, and for You I dispute,[1] and to You I leave my judgment. So forgive me all that has preceded from me, and that which is remaining, and that which is secret, and that which is open. You are my object of worship (and devotion); there is no deity worthy of worship except You).” (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

771 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ مِنْ جَوْفِ اللَّيْلِ، يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ الْحَمْدُ، أَنْتَ نُورُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ، وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ أَنْتَ قَيَّامُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ، وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ أَنْتَ رَبُّ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَمَنْ فِيهِنَّ أَنْتَ الْحَقُّ وَقَوْلُكَ الْحَقُّ وَوَعْدُكَ الْحَقُّ وَلِقَاؤُكَ حَقٌّ وَالْجَنَّةُ حَقٌّ وَالنَّارُ حَقٌّ وَالسَّاعَةُ حَقٌّ، اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ وَعَلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ وَإِلَيْكَ أَنَبْتُ وَبِكَ خَاصَمْتُ وَإِلَيْكَ حَاكَمْتُ، فَاغْفِرْ لِي مَا قَدَّمْتُ وَأَخَّرْتُ وَأَسْرَرْتُ وَأَعْلَنْتُ، أَنْتَ إِلَهِي لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 771

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 771

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 772

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

772. 'Imrān bin Muslim narrated that Qais bin Sa'd narrated to him, he said: "Tāwūs narrated to us from Ibn 'Abbās that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would say in the Tahajjud prayer, after he said the Takbīr..." and the rest of the narration is similar (to the previous one, no. 772). (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

772 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْحَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا عِمْرَانُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، أَنَّ قَيْسَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ حَدَّثَهُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا طَاوُسٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ فِي التَّهَجُّدِ يَقُولُ بَعْدَ مَا يَقُولُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، ثُمَّ ذَكَرَ مَعْنَاهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, for Your sake.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 772

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 772

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 773

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-Albani(قلت: يعني: حديث رفاعة (رقم ٧٤٤ / م)، وهذا إسناده حسن، وقال الترمذي: "حديث حسن")
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

773. Qutaibah said: "Rifā'ah bin Yaḥyā bin 'Abdullāh bin Rifā'ah bin Rāfi' narrated to us from his father's uncle Mu'ādh bin Rifā'ah bin Rāfi', from his father who said: "I prayed behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ," and Rāfi' sneezed — and Qutaibah did not say: "Rāfi'" — "so I said: 'Al-Ḥamdulillāh, ḥamdan kathīran tayyiban mubārakan fīh, mubārakan 'alaihī kamā yuḥibbu rabbanā wa yarda' (All praise is due to Allāh; plentiful, beautiful and blessed praise — (a praise whose) blessings continually accompany; as our Lord loves and is pleased with)." So when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ completed the prayer, he turned around and said: 'Who was the one that spoke in the prayer'..." and he mentioned similar to the narration of Mālik and more complete in wording.[1] (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

773 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ - نَحْوَهُ - قَالَ قُتَيْبَةُ: حَدَّثَنَا رِفَاعَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَمِّ أَبِيهِ مُعَاذِ بْنِ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَطَسَ رِفَاعَةُ - لَمْ يَقُلْ قُتَيْبَةُ: رِفَاعَةُ - فَقُلْتُ: الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ مُبَارَكًا عَلَيْهِ، كَمَا يُحِبُّ رَبُّنَا وَيَرْضَى، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ انْصَرَفَ، فَقَالَ: «مَنِ الْمُتَكَلِّمُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ» ثُمَّ ذَكَرَ نَحْوَ حَدِيث مَالِكٍ وَأَتَمَّ مِنْهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 773

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 773

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 774

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

774. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Āmir bin Rabī'ah, from his father who said: "One of the youths of the Anṣār sneezed while he was praying behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he said: 'Al-Ḥamdulillāh, ḥamdan kathīran ṭayyiban mubārakan fīh, ḥatta yārḍa rabbanā wa ba'da mā yārḍa min amrid-dunyā wal-ākhirah (All praise is due to Allāh; plentiful, beautiful and blessed praise, until our Lord is pleased, and after He is pleased (with us) in the affairs of this world and the Hereafter).' When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ turned around (after completing the prayer), he said: 'Who is the one who said these words?' But the youth remained quiet. So he said: 'Who is the one who said it, for he did not say anything wrong.' He said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I said it, and I did not intend anything except good!' (The Prophet ﷺ) said: 'It did not stop below the Throne of the Ever-Merciful — Honored is His Name.'" (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

774 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَظِيمِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَامِرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: عَطَسَ شَابٌّ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ، حَتَّى يَرْضَى رَبُّنَا، وَبَعْدَمَا يَرْضَى مِنْ أَمْرِ الدُّنْيَا وَالْآخِرَةِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنِ الْقَائِلُ الْكَلِمَةَ»، قَالَ: فَسَكَتَ الشَّابُّ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «مَنِ الْقَائِلُ الْكَلِمَةَ، فَإِنَّهُ لَمْ يَقُلْ بَأْسًا» ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَنَا قُلْتُهَا لَمْ أُرِدْ بِهَا إِلَّا خَيْرًا، قَالَ: «مَا تَنَاهَتْ دُونَ عَرْشِ الرَّحْمَنِ تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى»

Footnotes

1 [1] The narration of Mālik he is referring to is number 770, the narration of Rifā'ah which preceded the narration of Ibn 'Abbās.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 774

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 774

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 119

Those Who Believed That The Opening Should Be "Subhānak Allāhumma Wa Biḥamdik"

Hadith 775

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

775. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī narrated, "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to stand up to pray at night, he would say the Takbīr: then say: 'Subhānak Allāhumma wa biḥamdika wa tabārakasmuka, wa ta'ālā jadduka wa lā ilāha ghairuk (O Allāh, You are Exalted (above any evil attributed to You by others), and Praised (because of Your Perfect Names and Attributes). And lofty is Your Glory, and there is no deity worthy of worship besides You).’ Then he would say: ‘Lā ilāha illallāh (None has the right to be worshiped but Allāh)’ three times, then: ‘Allāhu Akbaru kabīra (Allāh is Most Great indeed) — three times — ‘A’ūdhu billāhis-samī’il-‘alīmi minash-shaitānir-rajīmi min hamzihi wa nafkhihi wa nafthihi (I seek refuge in Allāh, the Hearer (of everything), the Knower (of all), from Shaitān the accursed; from his breath, his spit, and his prodding). Then he would recite.” (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: They say this Hadīth is actually narrated on the authority of ‘Ali bin ‘Ali, from Al-Ḥasan, in Mursal form, and Ja’far (one of the narrators in it) made a mistake.

Arabic text

775 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ مُطَهَّرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرٌ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ الرِّفَاعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُتَوَكِّلِ النَّاجِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ كَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ وَتَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ، وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ، وَلَا إِلَهَ غَيْرَكَ»، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ» ثَلَاثًا، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا» ثَلَاثًا، «أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ السَّمِيعِ الْعَلِيمِ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ مِنْ هَمْزِهِ، وَنَفْخِهِ، وَنَفْثِهِ»، ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهَذَا الْحَدِيثُ، يَقُولُونَ هُوَ عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ مُرْسَلًا الْوَهْمُ مِنْ جَعْفَرٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 775

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 775

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 776

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

776. It was reported from ‘Abdus-Sārah bin Ḥarb Al-Mulā’ī from Budail bin Maisarah, from Abū Al-Jarrah, from ‘Aīshah, that she said: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would start the prayer, he would say: ‘Subḥānak Allāhumma wa amdika wa tabārakasmuka, wa lā jadduka wa lā ilāha ghairuk (O Allāh, You are Exalted (above any evil attributed to You by others), and Praised (because of Your Perfect Names and Attributes). And lofty is Your Glory, and there is no deity worthy of worship besides You).” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth is not popular from ‘Abdus-Salām bin Harb, no one reported it except for Ṭalq bin Ghannām. A group reported the narration about the prayer from Budail but they did not mention any of this in it.

Arabic text

776 - حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا طَلْقُ بْنُ غَنَّامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ حَرْبٍ الْمُلَائِيُّ، عَنْ بُدَيْلِ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا اسْتَفْتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ، وَتَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ، وَلَا إِلَهَ غَيْرَكَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذَا الْحَدِيثُ لَيْسَ بِالْمَشْهُورِ عَنْ عَبْدِ السَّلَامِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، لَمْ يَرْوِهِ إِلَّا طَلْقُ بْنُ غَنَّامٍ وَقَدْ رَوَى قِصَّةَ الصَّلَاةِ عَنْ بُدَيْلٍ جَمَاعَةٌ لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا فِيهِ شَيْئًا مِنْ هَذَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 776

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 776

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 120

Remaining Silent After The Beginning Of The Prayer

Hadith 777

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

777. It was reported from Ismā‘īl bin Yūnus, from Al-Ḥasan who said: “Samurah said: ‘I learnt (from the Prophet ﷺ) two (places) to pause during the prayer: Once when the Imām says the Takbīr, until he starts reciting, and once when he finishes the Fātiḥat Al-Kitāb and a Sūrah, before going into Rukū‘.’ (Upon hearing this) ‘Imrān bin Ḥuṣain did not reject it, so they wrote to Ubayy (bin Ka‘b) in Al-Madīnah, and he agreed with Samurah.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This is what Ḥumaid said in this Hadīth: “And once when he finished the recitation.”[1]

Arabic text

777 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، قَالَ: قَالَ سَمُرَةُ «حَفِظْتُ سَكْتَتَيْنِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، سَكْتَةً إِذَا كَبَّرَ الْإِمَامُ حَتَّى يَقْرَأَ، وَسَكْتَةً إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ فَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ، وَسُورَةٍ عِنْدَ الرُّكُوعِ»، قَالَ: فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهِ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: فَكَتَبُوا فِي ذَلِكَ إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى أُبَيٍّ فَصَدَّقَ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: كَذَا قَالَ حُمَيْدٌ، فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ «وَسَكْتَةً إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 777

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 777

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 778

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: علته عنعنة الحسن البصري، كما ذكرنا آنفاً)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

778. It was reported from Khālid bin Al-Ĥārith from Ash'ath, from Al-Ĥasan, from Samurah bin Jundab from the Prophet ﷺ, that he used to pause twice in the prayer: Once when he started [the prayer], and once when he completed the entire recitation. So he mentined the meaning as Yūnus (no. 777) did. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

778 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أَشْعَثَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ " كَانَ يَسْكُتُ سَكْتَتَيْنِ: إِذَا اسْتَفْتَحَ وَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ كُلِّهَا "، فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَى حَدِيثِ يُونُسَ

Footnotes

1 [1] His narration is recorded by Aḥmad (5:15) and others.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 778

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 778

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 779

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: هو معلول كما سبق. وقوله: إن السكتة الثانية إذا فرغ من قراءة (غير المغضوب ... ) إلخ! شاذ، والصواب أنها بعد الفراغ من القراءة كلها، كما في الروايتين السابقتين. وكذلك كان قتاده يقول قديماً، كما تفيده الرواية الآتية)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

779. It was reported from Sa'eed, from Qatādah, from Al-Ĥasan that Samurah bin Jundab and 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain were discussing (some matters), so Samurah said that he had memorized from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ two pauses. The (first) one was when he said the Takbīr, and the (second) one was when he completed reciting:....Not those upon whom anger has been shown, nor those who are astray.[1] Samurah had memorized this, but 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain rejected it. So they both wrote to Ubayy bin Ka'b, and in his reply he wrote that Samurah had memorized (correctly). (Da'īf)

Arabic text

779 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، أَنَّ سَمُرَةَ بْنَ جُنْدُبٍ، وَعِمْرَانَ بْنَ حُصَيْنٍ، تَذَاكَرَا فَحَدَّثَ سَمُرَةُ بْنُ جُنْدُبٍ، أَنَّهُ حَفِظَ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " سَكْتَتَيْنِ: سَكْتَةً إِذَا كَبَّرَ، وَسَكْتَةً إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ قِرَاءَةِ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7] "، فَحَفِظَ ذَلِكَ سَمُرَةُ وَأَنْكَرَ عَلَيْهِ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ فَكَتَبَا فِي ذَلِكَ إِلَى أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ فَكَانَ فِي كِتَابِهِ إِلَيْهِمَا أَوْ فِي رَدِّهِ عَلَيْهِمَا: أَنَّ سَمُرَةَ قَدْ حَفِظَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 779

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 779

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 780

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

780. (There is another chain) from Sa'eed, from Qatādah, from Al-Ĥasan, from Samurah narrated: "I have memorized two pauses from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." Sa'eed said: "We said to Qatādah: 'Where are these two pauses?' He replied: 'When he started the prayer, and when he completed his recitation,'" Then later, he said: 'When he recited: ...Not those upon whom anger has been shown, nor those who are astray.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

780 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، بِهَذَا قَالَ عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: سَكْتَتَانِ حَفِظْتُهُمَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ فِيهِ: قَالَ سَعِيدٌ: قُلْنَا لِقَتَادَةَ: مَا هَاتَانِ السَّكْتَتَانِ؟ قَالَ: " إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، وَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: بَعْدُ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7] "

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning the last of Al-Fātiḥah.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 780

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 780

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 781

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

781. Abū Hurairah said: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say the Takbīr for the prayer, he would pause between the Takbīr and the recitation. So I asked him: 'May my father and mother (be given for your ransom)! The pause that you do between the Takbīr and the recitation — what do you say?' He said: Allāhumma, bā'id bainī wa baina khaṭāya kamā bā'adta bainal-mashriqi wal-maghrib. Allāhumma, Anqinī min khaṭāya kath-thawbila byādi min ad-danas. Allāhummaghsilnī biṭh-thalji, wal-mā' wal-barad (O Allāh! Distance between me and my sins as you have distanced between the east and the west. O Allāh! Cleanse me of my sins, just as a white garment is cleaned from dirt. O Allāh! Wash me with ice, and water, and snow)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

781 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي شُعَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ أَبِي زُرْعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا كَبَّرَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ سَكَتَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ»، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: بِأَبِي أَنْتَ وَأُمِّي، أَرَأَيْتَ سُكُوتَكَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ أَخْبِرْنِي مَا تَقُولُ؟ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ بَاعِدْ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ خَطَايَايَ كَمَا بَاعَدْتَ بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ، اللَّهُمَّ أَنْقِنِي مِنْ خَطَايَايَ كَالثَّوْبِ الْأَبْيَضِ مِنَ الدَّنَسِ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْسِلْنِي بِالثَّلْجِ وَالْمَاءِ وَالْبَرَدِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 781

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 781

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 121

Those Who Do Not Say That “Bismillāhir-Rahmānir-Rahīm” Should Be Said Aloud

Hadith 782

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

782. It was reported from Qatādah, from Anas, that the Prophet ﷺ, Abū Bakr, ‘Umar and ‘Uthmān would all start their recitation with: All praise is due to Allāh, the Lord of all that exists.[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

782 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَبَا بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرَ، وَعُثْمَانَ، " كَانُوا يَفْتَتِحُونَ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 782

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 782

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 783

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

783. It was reported from Abū Al-Jawzā’ from ‘Aishah, that she said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would start the prayer with the Takbīr, and by reciting: All praise is due to Allāh, the Lord of all that exists...[2] And when he would go into Rukū’, he would not raise his head, nor would he hang it down, but it would be between these two (extremes). And when he would raise his head up from Rukū’, he would not go into prostration until he would stand up straight. And when he would raise his head up from prostration, he would not go into prostration until he had sat down perfectly. And he would say the Taḥiyāt after every two Rak’ahs. And when he would sit, he would place his left foot horizontally (on the ground), and his right one would be straight (vertical). And he would forbid the squatting of Shaitān,[1] and the spreading of the predator.[2] And he would complete the prayer with the Taslīm.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

783 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلِ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْتَتِحُ الصَّلَاةَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2]، وَكَانَ إِذَا رَكَعَ لَمْ يُشَخِّصْ رَأْسَهُ وَلَمْ يُصَوِّبْهُ وَلَكِنْ بَيْنَ ذَلِكَ، وَكَانَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ: التَّحِيَّاتُ، وَكَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ يَفْرِشُ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى وَيَنْصِبُ رِجْلَهُ الْيُمْنَى، وَكَانَ يَنْهَى عَنْ عَقِبِ الشَّيْطَانِ، وَعَنْ فَرْشَةِ السَّبُعِ وَكَانَ يَخْتِمُ الصَّلَاةَ بِالتَّسْلِيمِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Fātihah 1:2.

2 [2] Al-Fātihah 1:2.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 783

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 783

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 784

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

784. It was reported from Al-Mukhtār bin Fulful who said: “I heard Anas bin Mālik saying: ‘The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “A Sūrah was just revealed to me.” Then he recited: “Bismillāhir-Rahmānir-Rahīm (In the Name of Allāh, the Merciful, the Beneficent); We have indeed given you the Kawthar...” until he finished the Sūrah.[3] He said: “Do you know what the Kawthar is?” They said: “Allāh and His Messenger know best.” He replied: “It is a river that my Lord, the Mighty and Sublime, has promised (to give) me in Paradise.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

784 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنِ الْمُخْتَارِ بْنِ فُلْفُلٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيَّ آنِفًا سُورَةٌ فَقَرَأَ بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ إِنَّا أَعْطَيْنَاكَ الْكَوْثَرَ حَتَّى خَتَمَهَا»، قَالَ: «هَلْ تَدْرُونَ مَا الْكَوْثَرُ؟»، قَالُوا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: «فَإِنَّهُ نَهْرٌ وَعَدَنِيهِ رَبِّي فِي الْجَنَّةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 784

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 784

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 785

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

785. It was reported from Humaid Al-A’raj Al-Makkī, from Ibn Shihāb, from ‘Urwah from ‘Aishah; he mentioned the 'Incident of the Slander,' and in it, she said, "...So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat, and uncovered his face, and recited: A'ūdhu bins-sami'l-'alimi minash-shaitānir-rajīm; (I seek refuge in Allāh, the Hearer (of all), the Knower (of everything), from Shaitān, the accursed). 'Those that have brought forth the slander are a group among you...' to the end of the Verse."[1] (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth is Munkar. A group narrated it from Az-Zuhri without mentioning this (the phrase, 'I seek refuge in Allāh...'). And I fear that this addition is from the wordings of Humaid.

Arabic text

785 - حَدَّثَنَا قَطَنُ بْنُ نُسَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ الْأَعْرَجُ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَذَكَرَ الْإِفْكَ، قَالَتْ: جَلَسَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَكَشَفَ عَنْ وَجْهِهِ، وَقَالَ: " أَعُوذُ بِالسَّمِيعِ الْعَلِيمِ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ، {إِنَّ الَّذِينَ جَاءُوا بِالْإِفْكِ عُصْبَةٌ مِنْكُمْ} الْآيَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهَذَا حَدِيثٌ مُنْكَرٌ قَدْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ جَمَاعَةٌ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، لَمْ يَذْكُرُوا هَذَا الْكَلَامَ عَلَى هَذَا الشَّرْحِ وَأَخَافُ أَنْ يَكُونَ أَمْرُ الِاسْتِعَاذَةِ مِنْ كَلَامِ حُمَيْدٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] Sitting down on one’s buttocks, such that the knees are pointing upwards, and the hands are in-between the thighs, touching the ground, as a dog does.

2 [2] Spreading both of its forelimbs out on the ground in front of it, resting its arms on the ground.

3 [3] Al-Kawthar 108.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 785

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 785

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

Those Who Recited It Out Loud

Hadith 786

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

786. It was reported from Yazīd Al-Fārīsī who said: "I heard Ibn 'Abbās say: 'I asked 'Uthmān bin 'Affān: "What has caused you to take (Sūrah) Barā'ah, and it is of the Mi'in, and (Sūrah) Al-Anfāl, and it is of the Mathānī, and put them in the 'Seven Long Ones,' without writing Bismillāhir-Raḥmānir-Raḥīm (between them)?" So 'Uthmān said: "The Prophet ﷺ, when Verses would be revealed to him, he would call one of his scribes that used to write for him, and tell him to place this Verse in the Sūrah in which such and such is mentioned. And a Verse or two Verses would be revealed, and he would do the same. Al-Anfāl was of the earliest revelations revealed in Al-Madīnah, and Barā'ah was of the last revelations of the Qur'an. Its contents was similar to the other's content, so I presumed that it might be a part of it. Therefore, I placed both of them in the 'Seven Long Ones', and did not write Bismillāhir-Raḥmānir-Raḥīm between them." (Hasan)[1]

Arabic text

786 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الْفَارِسِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِعُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ: مَا حَمَلَكُمْ أَنْ عَمَدْتُمْ إِلَى بَرَاءَةَ وَهِيَ مِنَ المِئِينَ، وَإِلَى الْأَنْفَالِ وَهِيَ مِنَ المَثَانِي فَجَعَلْتُمُوهُمَا فِي السَّبْعِ الطِّوَالِ وَلَمْ تَكْتُبُوا بَيْنَهُمَا سَطْرَ بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ، قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِمَّا تَنَزَّلُ عَلَيْهِ الْآيَاتُ فَيَدْعُو بَعْضَ مَنْ كَانَ يَكْتُبُ لَهُ، وَيَقُولُ لَهُ: «ضَعْ هَذِهِ الْآيَةَ فِي السُّورَةِ الَّتِي يُذْكَرُ فِيهَا، كَذَا وَكَذَا»، وَتَنْزِلُ عَلَيْهِ الْآيَةُ وَالْآيَتَانِ فَيَقُولُ: مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَكَانَتِ الْأَنْفَالُ مِنْ أَوَّلِ مَا أُنْزِلَ عَلَيْهِ بِالْمَدِينَةِ وَكَانَتْ بَرَاءَةُ مِنْ آخِرِ مَا نَزَلَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ وَكَانَتْ قِصَّتُهَا شَبِيهَةً بِقِصَّتِهَا فَظَنَنْتُ أَنَّهَا مِنْهَا فَمِنْ هُنَاكَ وَضَعْتُهَا فِي السَّبْعِ الطِّوَالِ وَلَمْ أَكْتُبْ بَيْنَهُمَا سَطْرَ بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ،

Footnotes

1 [1] An-Nūr 24:11.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 786

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 786

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 787

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: وهو مرسل معلق)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

787. (There is another chain) from Yazīd Al-Fārīsī that Ibn 'Abbās narrated it to him, with similar meaning (as no. 786). He said in it: "So the Messenger of Allāh! ﷺ was taken away from us, and he did not clarify to us whether it was a part of it." (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Ash-Sha'bī, Abū Mālik, Qatādah, and Thābit bin 'Umārah all said that the Prophet ﷺ did not write Bismillāhir-Raḥmānir-Raḥīm until Sūrat An-Naml was revealed.[1]

Arabic text

787 - حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُعَاوِيَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَوْفٌ الْأَعْرَابِيُّ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الْفَارِسِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، بِمَعْنَاهُ قَالَ فِيهِ: فَقُبِضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَمْ يُبَيِّنْ لَنَا أَنَّهَا مِنْهَا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ الشَّعْبِيُّ، وَأَبُومَالِكٍ، وَقَتَادَةُ، وَثَابِتُ بْنُ عُمَارَةَ: إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَكْتُبْ بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ حَتَّى نَزَلَتْ سُورَةُ النَّمْلِ هَذَا مَعْنَاهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] The first few Sūrahs are called 'The Seven Long Ones', due to their length. These are followed by the Mīn Sūrahs of the Qur'an, so called since they each number around a hundred verses in length. These are followed by the Mathānī, so called since they are frequently recited (during the prayers). All Sūrahs of the Qur'an have the Basmalah written at the beginning of them, except for the ninth Sūrah, known as Sūrah Barā'ah or Surat At-Tawbah. In this narration, Ibn 'Abbas asked 'Uthmān why he joined Barā'ah with Al-Anfāl (meaning why he placed them next to each other in order), even though in his opinion each was of a different category of Sūrah. 'Uthmān replied that the content of the two Sūrahs resembled one other, and the Prophet ﷺ passed away before explaining where to place them (in contrast to other Sūrahs and Verses, which were placed in specific sections by the explicit command of the Prophet ﷺ), hence he placed them together.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 787

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 787

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 788

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

788. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Jubair, from Ibn 'Abbās, that he said: "The Prophet ﷺ did not know the end of a Sūrah until Bismillāhir-Raḥmānir-Raḥīm was revealed." (Ṣaḥīḥ) The is the wording of Ibn As-Sarḥ (one of the narrators.)

Arabic text

788 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، وَابْنُ السَّرْحِ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ قُتَيْبَةُ فِيهِ: عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَا يَعْرِفُ فَصْلَ السُّورَةِ حَتَّى تَنَزَّلَ عَلَيْهِ بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ»، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ ابْنِ السَّرْحِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 788

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 788

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 122

Making The Prayer Shorter Due To An Unexpected Occurrence

Hadith 789

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

789. Abū Qatādah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "I (sometimes) stand up to pray, desiring to lengthen (the prayer), but then I hear the cry of an infant, so I shorten (the prayer), not desiring to cause its mother any difficulty." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

789 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَاحِدِ، وَبِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي لَأَقُومُ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُطَوِّلَ فِيهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ كَرَاهِيَةَ أَنْ أَشُقَّ عَلَى أُمِّهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 789

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 789

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

What Has BeenNarrated ConcerningShortening The Prayer

Hadith 790

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

790. It was reported from Sufyān, from 'Amr that he heard from Jābir that Mu'ādh used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ, then return and lead them. One time he[2] said "Lead his people" in prayer. One night, the Prophet ﷺ delayed the prayer. One time he said "the Ishā." So Mu'ādh prayed with the Prophet ﷺ, then returned to lead [1] In some of the manuscripts there is a discrepancy in the sequence here. [2] The author narrated this from Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal (3:308), who narrated from Sufyān bin 'Uyaynah. It is Aḥmad saying: "He said one time" meaning Sufyān said one time. And "Abū Az-Zubair said" and the remainder is Sufyān saying that Abū Az-Zubair said, etc. 'Amr is 'Amr bin Dīnār. his people in prayer. He started reciting Al-Baqarah. One member of the congregation broke off (from the prayer), and prayed (by himself). He was told: "You have become a hypocrite!" He replied: "No, I have not become a hypocrite," then he went to the Prophet ﷺ, and said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Mu'ādḥ prays with you, then comes back to lead us (in prayer). And we are caretakers of camels that require watering, and (we) work with our hands, and (yet) he came to lead us in prayer and recited Al-Baqarah." So he said: "O Mu'ādḥ, are you the one who causes problems (and difficulty)? Are you the one who causes problems (and difficulty)? Recite such (a Sūrah), recite such (a Sūrah)." (Sahīh) Abū Az-Zubair said: "(These were): Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High,[1] and: By the Night, when it covers."[2] So we mentioned that to 'Amr and he said: "I think that he did mention these (Sūrahs)."

Arabic text

790 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، وَسَمِعَهُ مِنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ مُعَاذٌ يُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ فَيَؤُمُّنَا - قَالَ مَرَّةً: ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ فَيُصَلِّي بِقَوْمِهِ - فَأَخَّرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةً الصَّلَاةَ - وَقَالَ مَرَّةً: الْعِشَاءَ - فَصَلَّى مُعَاذٌ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ يَؤُمُّ قَوْمَهُ فَقَرَأَ الْبَقَرَةَ فَاعْتَزَلَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ فَصَلَّى، فَقِيلَ: نَافَقْتَ يَا فُلَانُ، فَقَالَ: مَا نَافَقْتُ، فَأَتَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ مُعَاذًا يُصَلِّي مَعَكَ، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ فَيَؤُمُّنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَإِنَّمَا نَحْنُ أَصْحَابُ نَوَاضِحَ وَنَعْمَلُ بِأَيْدِينَا، وَإِنَّهُ جَاءَ يَؤُمُّنَا فَقَرَأَ بِسُورَةِ الْبَقَرَةِ، فَقَالَ: " يَا مُعَاذُ أَفَتَّانٌ أَنْتَ، أَفَتَّانٌ أَنْتَ؟ اقْرَأْ بِكَذَا، اقْرَأْ بِكَذَا - قَالَ أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ: بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى - "، فَذَكَرْنَا لِعَمْرٍو، فَقَالَ: أُرَاهُ قَدْ ذَكَرَهُ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 790

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 790

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 791

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkarAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

791. Ubayy bin Ka'b narrated that he visited Mu'ādḥ bin Jabal, and he was leading a group in the Maghrib prayer... (the rest of the narration is similar to no. 790, except that in this narration, it is reported:) The Prophet ﷺ said: "O Mu'ādḥ! Do not be one who causes problems; for the old, the weak, the one who has errands and the traveler (all) pray behind you." (Da'if)

Arabic text

791 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا طَالِبُ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ جَابِر، ٍيُحَدِّثُ عَنْ حَزْمِ بْنِ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، أَنَّهُ أَتَى مُعَاذَ بْنَ جَبَلٍ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي بِقَوْمٍ صَلَاةَ الْمَغْرِبِ فِي هَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا مُعَاذُ لَا تَكُنْ فَتَّانًا فَإِنَّهُ يُصَلِّي وَرَاءَكَ الْكَبِيرُ وَالضَّعِيفُ وَذُو الْحَاجَةِ وَالْمُسَافِرُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Sūrat Al-A'la 87.

2 [2] Sūrat Al-Lail 92.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 791

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 791

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 792

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

792. It was reported from Sulaiman, from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from one of the Prophet's ﷺ Companions that he asked a person: "What (supplication) do you say in the prayer?" The man replied: "I say the Tashah-hud, then say: 'Allāhumma innī as'aluka-jannah, wa a'ūdhu bika minan-nār' (O Allāh, I ask you for Paradise, and seek Your refuge from the Fire). Indeed, I am not capable of your mumblings nor the mumblings of Mu'ādḥ!" So the Prophet ﷺ responded: "Around this (meaning) we mumble!" (Da'if)

Arabic text

792 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِرَجُلٍ: «كَيْفَ تَقُولُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»، قَالَ: أَتَشَهَّدُ وَأَقُولُ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ النَّارِ أَمَا إِنِّي لَا أُحْسِنُ دَنْدَنَتَكَ وَلَا دَنْدَنَةَ مُعَاذٍ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «حَوْلَهَا نُدَنْدِنُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 792

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 792

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 793

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

793. It was reported from Muḥammad bin 'Ajlān, from 'Ubaidullāh bin Miṣsam, from Jābir, he mentioned the story of Mu'ādḥ. He said: "He — meaning the Prophet ﷺ — asked: 'What do you do, O nephew, when you pray?' He said: 'I recite the Fātiḥah, and ask Allāh for Paradise, and seek His refuge from the Fire (of Hell). For I do not know your mumblings, nor the mumblings of Mu'ādh.'" The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Mu'ādh and I (mumble) around these two (matters)." Or similar to this. (Hasan)

Arabic text

793 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مِقْسَمٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ - ذَكَرَ قِصَّةَ مُعَاذٍ - قَالَ: وَقَالَ يَعْنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِلْفَتَى: «كَيْفَ تَصْنَعُ يَا ابْنَ أَخِي إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ؟» قَالَ: أَقْرَأُ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَأَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِهِ مِنَ النَّارِ وَإِنِّي لَا أَدْرِي مَا دَنْدَنَتُكَ وَلَا دَنْدَنَةُ مُعَاذٍ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي وَمُعَاذًا حَوْلَ هَاتَيْنِ» أَوْ نَحْوَ هَذَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 793

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 793

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 794

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

794. It was reported from Al-A'rāj, from Abū Hurairah, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When one of you leads others in prayer, then let him shorten it, for there are (behind him) weak, sick, and old people. And if he prays by himself, then let him lengthen as (long) as he pleases." (Ṣaḥīḥ) •

Arabic text

794 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ لِلنَّاسِ فَلْيُخَفِّفْ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الضَّعِيفَ وَالسَّقِيمَ وَالْكَبِيرَ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى لِنَفْسِهِ فَلْيُطَوِّلْ مَا شَاءَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 794

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 794

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 795

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

795. It was reported from Ibn Al-Musayyab and Abū Salamah from Abū Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When one of you leads others in prayer, then let him shorten it, for there are (behind him) sick and old (people), and those who have (other) duties (to fulfill)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

795 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ لِلنَّاسِ فَلْيُخَفِّفْ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ السَّقِيمَ وَالشَّيْخَ الْكَبِيرَ وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 795

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 795

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

What Has BeenNarrated Concerning TheDeficiency Of The Prayer

Hadith 796

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

796.[1] 'Ammār bin Yāsir reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "A person leaves (after having prayed), and nothing is written for him except a tenth of his prayer, (or) a ninth of it, (or) an eighth of it, (or) a seventh of it, (or) a sixth of it, (or) a fifth of it, (or) a fourth of it, (or) a third of it, (or) a half of it." (Hasan)

Arabic text

796 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ بَكْرٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُضَرَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَنَمَةَ الْمُزَنِيِّ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ لَيَنْصَرِفُ وَمَا كُتِبَ لَهُ إِلَّا عُشْرُ صَلَاتِهِ تُسْعُهَا ثُمْنُهَا سُبْعُهَا سُدْسُهَا خُمْسُهَا رُبْعُهَا ثُلُثُهَا نِصْفُهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 796

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 796

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 124

Recitation In

Hadith 797

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

797. 'A1ã' bin AN Rabab reported from AbU Hurairah, may Allah be pleased with him, that he said: "In every prayer there is recitation - those that the Messenger of Allah i used to recite out loud to us, we have recited out loud to you, and those that he used to (recite) silently, we have kept it silent from you." (Sahih)

Arabic text

797 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ ، وَعُمَارَةَ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، وَحَبِيبٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «فِي كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ يُقْرَأُ فَمَا أَسْمَعَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَسْمَعْنَاكُمْ وَمَا أَخْفَى عَلَيْنَا أَخْفَيْنَا عَلَيْكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 797

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 797

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 798

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

798. It was reported from Abū Qatādah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would lead us in prayer, and in the Zuhr and ʿAṣr prayers, in the first two Rak'ah, he would recite Fātiḥatil-Kitāb and another Sūrah. Sometimes he would make us hear a Verse (that he was reciting). And he would lengthen the first Rak'ah of Zuhr, and make the second one short. And he would do the same for the Ṣubḥ prayer." (Ṣaḥīḥ)Abū Dāwūd said: Musad-dad[1] did not mention: "Fātiḥatil-Kitāb and another Sūrah."

Arabic text

798 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ - وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ - عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ: ثُمَّ اتَّفَقَا، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِنَا فَيَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُولَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَسُورَتَيْنِ، وَيُسْمِعُنَا الْآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا وَكَانَ يُطَوِّلُ الرَّكْعَةَ الْأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَيُقَصِّرُ الثَّانِيَةَ وَكَذَلِكَ فِي الصُّبْحِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: لَمْ يَذْكُرْ مُسَدَّدٌ فَاتِحَةَ الْكِتَابِ وَسُورَةً،

Footnotes

1 [1] Abū Dāwūd narrated this from Musad-dad and also with another chain from Ibn Al-Muṭhanna.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 798

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 798

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 799

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

799. (There is another chain) from 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatādah, from his father with some of this (as in no. 778), and he added: "In the last two (Rak'ahs) he would (only) recite Fātiḥatil-Kitāb." Hammām (one of the narrators) added: "And he would lengthen the first Rak'ah more than the second one, and he would do the same for ʾAṣr and Al-Ghadāh (the morning, Fajr) prayer." (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

799 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا هَمَّامٌ، وَأَبَانُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْعَطَّارُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، بِبَعْضِ هَذَا وَزَادَ فِي الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ، وَزَادَ عَنْ هَمَّامٍ، قَالَ: وَكَانَ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى مَا لَا يُطَوِّلُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ وَهَكَذَا فِي صَلَاةِ الْعَصْرِ، وَهَكَذَا فِي صَلَاةِ الْغَدَاةِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 799

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 799

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 800

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

800. (There is another chain similar to no. 798) from 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatādah, from his father who said: "So we presumed that he (ﷺ) intended by this that the people catch the first Rak'ah." (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

800 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: فَظَنَنَّا أَنَّهُ يُرِيدُ بِذَلِكَ أَنْ يُدْرِكَ النَّاسُ الرَّكْعَةَ الْأُولَى

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 800

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 800

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 801

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

801. Abū Ma'mar said: "We asked Khabbāb: 'Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to recite in Zuhr and ʾAṣr?' He said, 'Yes.' We said: 'And how could you tell that?' He replied: 'By the movement of his beard.”) (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

801 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْنَا لِخَبَّابٍ، هَلْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قُلْنَا بِمَ كُنْتُمْ تَعْرِفُونَ ذَاكَ؟ قَالَ: «بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 801

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 801

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 802

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

802. Mūḥammad bin Juḥādah reported from a man, from ‘Abdullāh bin Abī Awfā that the Prophet ﷺ would stand in the first Rak’ah of Zuhr until no footsteps could be heard. (Da’if)

Arabic text

802 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُحَادَةَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَقُومُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى مِنْ صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ حَتَّى لَا يُسْمَعَ وَقْعُ قَدَمٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 802

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 802

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 125

Shortening The Last Two Rak’ah

Hadith 803

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

803. Jābir bin Samurah said that ‘Umar said to Sa’d: “People have complained (to me) regarding you, so much so that they have even complained about (your) prayer.” He replied: “As for me, I lengthen the first two (Rak’ahs), and shorten the last two. And I do not ignore what I used to follow of the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.” ‘Umar said: “And that is what (I) thought of you.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

803 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ أَبِي عَوْنٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ لِسَعْدٍ: قَدْ شَكَاكَ النَّاسُ فِي كُلِّ شَيْءٍ حَتَّى فِي الصَّلَاةِ قَالَ: أَمَّا أَنَا «فَأَمُدُّ فِي الْأُولَيَيْنِ، وَأَحْذِفُ فِي الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ، وَلَا آلُو مَا اقْتَدَيْتُ بِهِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» قَالَ: ذَاكَ الظَّنُّ بِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 803

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 803

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 804

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

804. Abū Saʿeed Al-Khudrī said: "We estimated (the length of time) that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood for Zuhr and ʿAṣr. So we estimated that he stood in the first two Rakʿah of Zuhr for around (the time it takes to recite) thirty verses — the length of Alif Lām Mīm Tanzīl As-Sajdah.[1] And we estimated that he stood half of that length in the last two Rakʿahs. And we estimated that he stood in ʿAṣr for the first two Rakʿahs as he stood in the last two of Zuhr. And he stood in the last two Rakʿahs of ʿAṣr around half that the length." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

804 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ يَعْنِي النُّفَيْلِيَّ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَنْصُورٌ، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ الْهُجَيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الصِّدِّيقِ النَّاجِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: «حَزَرْنَا قِيَامَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ فَحَزَرْنَا قِيَامَهُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُولَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ قَدْرَ ثَلَاثِينَ آيَةً قَدْرَ الم تَنْزِيلُ السَّجْدَةِ، وَحَزَرْنَا قِيَامَهُ فِي الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، وَحَزَرْنَا قِيَامَهُ فِي الْأُولَيَيْنِ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ عَلَى قَدْرِ الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَحَزَرْنَا قِيَامَهُ فِي الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 804

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 804

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 126

The Amount Of Recitation In Zuhr And ʿAṣr

Hadith 805

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

805. Jābir bin Samurah said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would recite in Zuhr and ʿAṣr with Was-samāʾ waṭ-tāriq[2] and Was-samāʾ dhātīl-burūj[3] and Sūrahs similar to them. (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

805 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ بِالسَّمَاءِ وَالطَّارِقِ، وَالسَّمَاءِ ذَاتِ الْبُرُوجِ وَنَحْوِهِمَا مِنَ السُّوَرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 805

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 805

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 806

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

806. It was reported from Simāk who said: "I heard Jābir bin Samurah say: 'When the sun started its descend (from its zenith), the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray Zuhr. And he would recite the likes of Wal-lail idhā yaghsha,[1] and he would do likewise for ʾAṣr, and all the other prayers as well, except for the Ṣubh prayer, for he would lengthen it.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

806 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا دَحَضَتِ الشَّمْسُ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ وَقَرَأَ بِنَحْوٍ مِنْ وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى وَالْعَصْرَ كَذَلِكَ وَالصَّلَوَاتِ كَذَلِكَ إِلَّا الصُّبْحَ فَإِنَّهُ كَانَ يُطِيلُهَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] As-Sajdah (32).

2 [2] Aṭ-Tāriq (86)

3 [3] Al-Burūj (85)

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 806

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 806

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 807

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

807. It was reported from Abū Mijlāz, from Ibn ‘Umar: “The Prophet ﷺ once prostrated during the Zuhr prayer, then stood up and performed Rukū’. So we thought that he had recited Tanzīl as-sajdah.”[2] (Da’if) Ibn ‘Eisā said: No one mentioned Umayyah except for Mu’tamir.[3]

Arabic text

807 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، وَهُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مِجْلَزٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «سَجَدَ فِي صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَرَكَعَ فَرَأَيْنَا أَنَّهُ قَرَأَ تَنْزِيلَ السَّجْدَةِ»، قَالَ ابْنُ عِيسَى: لَمْ يَذْكُرْ أُمَيَّةَ أَحَدٌ إِلَّا مُعْتَمِرٌ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 807

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 807

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 808

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

808. ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Ubaidullāh said: “I, along with some other youth from Banū Hāshim, visited Ibn ‘Abbās. So we asked one of the youth among us: ‘Ask Ibn ‘Abbās if the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to recite in Zuhr and ʾAṣr.’ He (Ibn ‘Abbās) said: ‘No, no!’ Someone said: 'He might have recited to himself.' He replied: 'Woe to you, this is worse than the first one! He (ﷺ) was a servant commanded (by Allāh), and he proclaimed what he was sent with. And we[1] were not specified except in three matters: We were commanded with Isbāgh during Wudū', and not to eat from charity, and not to allow a donkey to mate with a horse."[2] (Hasan)

Arabic text

808 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ سَالِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: دَخَلْتُ عَلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فِي شَبَابٍ مِنْ بَنِي هَاشِمٍ فَقُلْنَا لِشَابٍّ مِنَّا: سَلِ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ أَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ؟ فَقَالَ: لَا، لَا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: فَلَعَلَّهُ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي نَفْسِهِ، فَقَالَ: خَمْشًا هَذِهِ شَرٌّ مِنَ الْأُولَى، كَانَ عَبْدًا مَأْمُورًا بَلَّغَ مَا أُرْسِلَ بِهِ وَمَا اخْتَصَّنَا دُونَ النَّاسِ بِشَيْءٍ إِلَّا بِثَلَاثِ خِصَالٍ «أَمَرَنَا أَنْ نُسْبِغَ الْوُضُوءَ، وَأَنْ لَا نَأْكُلَ الصَّدَقَةَ، وَأَنْ لَا نُنْزِيَ الْحِمَارَ عَلَى الْفَرَسِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Lail (92)

2 [2] As-Sajdah (32).

3 [3] Abū Dāwūd narrated this from Muḥammad bin ‘Eisā, and his statement here indicates that out of the three he heard it from, only this one mentioned that it was from Sulaimān At-Taimī from Umayyah, from Abū Mijlāz, the remainder did not mention Umayyah in the chain, but Sulaimān from Abū Mijlāz.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 808

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 808

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 809

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

809. Ibn 'Abbās said: "I do not know if the Prophet ﷺ used to recite in Zuhr and Aṣr or not." (Sahih)

Arabic text

809 - حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا حُصَيْنٌ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «لَا أَدْرِي أَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ أَمْ لَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 809

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 809

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 127

The Amount Of Recitation In Maghrib

Hadith 810

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

810. Ibn 'Abbās said that Umm Al-Faḍl bint Al-Hārith heard him while he was reciting Wal-mursalāti 'urfān.[3] She said: "O son, you have reminded me (of something) by reciting this Sūrah — this was the last that I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recite, in Maghrib.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

810 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ أُمَّ الْفَضْلِ بِنْتَ الْحَارِثِ، سَمِعَتْهُ وَهُوَ «يَقْرَأُ وَالْمُرْسَلَاتِ عُرْفًا»، فَقَالَتْ: يَا بُنَيَّ لَقَدْ ذَكَّرْتَنِي بِقِرَاءَتِكَ هَذِهِ السُّورَةِ إِنَّهَا «لَآخِرُ مَا سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ بِهَا فِي الْمَغْرِبِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning Banū Hāshim, the relatives of the Messenger ﷺ.

2 [2] They differ over the meaning of Isbāgh here in relation to Wudū, and it appears that it means to wash each part three times for those that are washed more than once, and that this is specific for his family. This narration is also recorded by Aḥmad (1:249) At-Tirmidhi, and An-Nasā'i.

3 [3] Al-Mursalāt (77).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 810

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 810

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 811

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

811. Jubair bin Muṭ'im said: “I heard the Prophet ﷺ recite At-Tūr[1] during Maghrib.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

811 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَقْرَأُ بِ الطُّورِ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 811

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 811

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 812

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

812. It was reported from Ibn Juraij (who said): “Ibn Abī Mulaikah narrated to me from ‘Urwah bin Az-Zubair, from Marwān bin Al-Ḥakam who said: ‘Zaid bin Thābit said to me: “Why do you recite the short Muṣaṣṣal[2] (Sūrahs) during Maghrib, even though I have seen the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recite the longer of the two?” He (Ibn Abī Mulaikah) said: “I said: ‘Which one is the longer of the two?’ He replied: ‘Al-Aʾrāf, and the other one is Al-Anʾām.”’ And I (Ibn Juraij) asked Ibn Abī Mulaikah so he said to me, that to him they are Al-Mā'idah and Al-Aʾrāf.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

812 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ مَرْوَانَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي زَيْدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ: مَا لَكَ تَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِقِصَارِ الْمُفَصَّلِ وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِطُولَى الطُّولَيَيْنِ»، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: مَا طُولَى الطُّولَيَيْنِ؟ قَالَ: الْأَعْرَافُ وَالْأُخْرَى الْأَنْعَامُ، قَالَ: وَسَأَلْتُ أَنَا ابْنَ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، فَقَالَ لِي: مِنْ قِبَلِ نَفْسِهِ الْمَائِدَةُ وَالْأَعْرَافُ

Footnotes

1 [1] At-Tūr (52).

2 [2] See the Tafsīr of Ibn Kathīr, Sūrah Qāf (9:215) published by Darussalam.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 812

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 812

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 128

Those Who Claimed A Lesser Amount (Should Be Recited)

Hadith 813

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوع
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

813. Hishām bin ‘Urwah narrated: “My father used to recite in Maghrib similar to what you recite: Wal-‘Ādiyāt,[1] and others similar (in length) to it.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This shows that is abrogated. And this is more correct.

Arabic text

813 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، أَنَّ أَبَاهُ، «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الْمَغْرِبِ بِنَحْوِ مَا تَقْرَءُونَ وَالْعَادِيَاتِ وَنَحْوِهَا مِنَ السُّوَرِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا يَدُلُّ عَلَى أَنَّ ذَاكَ مَنْسُوخٌ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهَذَا أَصَحُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 813

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 813

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 814

DarussalamDa‘īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

814. ‘Amr bin Shu‘aib narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that he said: “There is no Sūrah from the Muṣṣal, small or large, except that I have heard the Messenger of Allāh (ﷺ) leading the people with it in an obligatory prayer.” (Da‘īf)

Arabic text

814 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ السَّرْخَسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ إِسْحَاقَ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «مَا مِنْ الْمُفَصَّلِ سُورَةٌ صَغِيرَةٌ وَلَا كَبِيرَةٌ، إِلَّا وَقَدْ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ بِهَا فِي الصَّلَاةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 814

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 814

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 815

DarussalamDa‘īfAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

815. It was reported from An-Nazzāl bin ‘Ammār, from Abū ‘Uthmān An-Nahdī that he prayed Maghrib behind Ibn Mas‘ūd, and he recited: Qul huwā Allāhu aḥad.[2] (Da‘īf)

Arabic text

815 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا قُرَّةُ، عَنِ النَّزَّالِ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى خَلْفَ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ الْمَغْرِبَ فَقَرَأَ قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-‘Ādiyāt (100).

2 [2] Al-Ikhlas (112).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 815

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 815

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 129

A Person Repeating The Same Sūrah In Both The Rak'ah

Hadith 816

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

816. Mu'ād̄h bin 'Abdullāh Al-Juhānī said that a person from the tribe of Juhainah informed him, that he heard the Prophet ﷺ recite Idha zulzilatil-ard[1] in the Subh prayer in both the Rak'ahs. (He said:) "I don't know whether the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forgot, or he did so intentionally." (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

816 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي هِلَالٍ، عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْجُهَنِيِّ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا، مِنْ جُهَيْنَةَ أَخْبَرَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَقْرَأُ فِي الصُّبْحِ إِذَا زُلْزِلَتِ الْأَرْضُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كِلْتَيْهِمَا» فَلَا أَدْرِي أَنَسِيَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمْ قَرَأَ ذَلِكَ عَمْدًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 816

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 816

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 130

The Recitation Of Al-Fajr

Hadith 817

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

817. 'Amr bin Huraith said: "It is as if I am hearing the voice of the Prophet ﷺ, reciting in the morning prayer: 'So verily, I swear by the (planets) that recede; and by (the planets) that move swiftly and hide themselves.'"[2] (Saḥih) [1] Az-Zalzalah (99). [2] At-Takwir 81:15-16.

Arabic text

817 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى الرَّازِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى يَعْنِي ابْنَ يُونُسَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ أَصْبَغَ، مَوْلَى عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ: «كَأَنِّي أَسْمَعُ صَوْتَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الْغَدَاةِ فَلَا أُقْسِمُ بِالْخُنَّسِ الْجَوَارِي الْكُنَّسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 817

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 817

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 131

The One Who Did Not Recite The Fātiḥah In His Prayer

Hadith 818

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

818. Abū Sa'eed said: "We were commanded to recite Fātiḥatil-Kitāb, and whatever else was easy."(Da'if)

Arabic text

818 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَقْرَأَ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَمَا تَيَسَّرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 818

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 818

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 819

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

819. Abū Hurairah narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to me: 'Go out, and proclaim in the city that no prayer (is considered valid) except with (the recitation of) the Qur'ān, even if it is with Fātiḥatil-Kitāb and something more.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

819 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى الرَّازِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ الْبَصْرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اخْرُجْ فَنَادِ فِي الْمَدِينَةِ أَنَّهُ لَا صَلَاةَ إِلَّا بِقُرْآنٍ وَلَوْ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ» فَمَا زَادَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 819

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 819

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 820

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

820. Abū Hurairah narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded me to proclaim: 'There is no prayer except with the recitation of Fātiḥatil-Kitāb and something more.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

820 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: أَمَرَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أُنَادِيَ: «أَنَّهُ لَا صَلَاةَ إِلَّا بِقِرَاءَةِ فَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ» فَمَا زَادَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 820

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 820

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 821

DarussalamSāhīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

821. It was reported from Abū As-Sā'ib, the freed slave of Hishām bin Zuhrah, who said: "I heard Abū Hurairah saying: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever prays any prayer in which the Mother of the Book (Al-Fātiḥah) is not recited, then (his prayer) will be incomplete, it will be incomplete, it will be incomplete, not complete." He said: "I said: 'O Abū Hurairah! Sometimes we are behind the Imām!' So he poked my forearm, and said: 'O Persian, recite it to yourself, for I have heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has said: 'I have divided the prayer between Myself and My servant into two halves. So half of it is for Me, and half of it is for My servant, and My servant will get what he asks for.'" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Recite (it): The servant says: All praise is due to Allāh, the Lord of all creation; and Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, says: 'My servant has praised Me.' Then he says: The Ever-Merciful, the Bestower of Mercy; and Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, says: 'My servant has extolled Me.' Then he says: The Owner of the Day of Judgment; and Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, says: 'My servant has glorified Me.' Then the servant says: You alone do we worship, and Your help alone do we seek, (and Allāh says:) 'So this is between My servant and I, and My servant will get what he asks.' The servant says: Guide us to the straight path. The path of those whom You have favored, not those upon whom (You have) shown Your anger, nor those who have gone astray. (Allāh says:) 'So these are for My servant, and My servant will get what he asks.'" (Sāhīh)

Arabic text

821 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا السَّائِبِ، مَوْلَى هِشَامِ بْنِ زَهْرَةَ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى صَلَاةً لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ غَيْرُ تَمَامٍ» قَالَ: فَقُلْتُ يَا أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، إِنِّي أَكُونُ أَحْيَانًا وَرَاءَ الْإِمَامِ قَالَ: فَغَمَزَ ذِرَاعِي، وَقَالَ: اقْرَأْ بِهَا يَا فَارِسِيُّ فِي نَفْسِكَ فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " قَالَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: قَسَمْتُ الصَّلَاةَ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ عَبْدِي نِصْفَيْنِ: فَنِصْفُهَا لِي، وَنِصْفُهَا لِعَبْدِي، وَلِعَبْدِي مَا سَأَلَ " قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " اقْرَءُوا يَقُولُ الْعَبْدُ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] يَقُولُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: حَمِدَنِي عَبْدِي، يَقُولُ: {الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ} [الفاتحة: 1]، يَقُولُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: أَثْنَىعَلَيَّ عَبْدِي، يَقُولُ الْعَبْدُ {مَالِكِ يَوْمِ الدِّينِ}، يَقُولُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: مَجَّدَنِي عَبْدِي، يَقُولُ الْعَبْدُ {إِيَّاكَ نَعْبُدُ وَإِيَّاكَ نَسْتَعِينُ} [الفاتحة: 5]، يَقُولُ اللَّهُ: هَذِهِ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ عَبْدِي وَلِعَبْدِي مَا سَأَلَ، يَقُولُ الْعَبْدُ {اهْدِنَا الصِّرَاطَ الْمُسْتَقِيمَ، صِرَاطَ الَّذِينَ أَنْعَمْتَ عَلَيْهِمْ غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ، وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، يَقُولُ اللَّهُ: فَهَؤُلَاءِ لِعَبْدِي وَلِعَبْدِي مَا سَأَلَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 821

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 821

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 822

DarussalamSāhīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

822. It was reported from Sufyān, from Az-Zuhri, from Maḥmūd bin Ar-Rabi', from 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit, conveying it from the Prophet ﷺ, he said: "There is no prayer for one who does not recite Fātiḥatil-Kitāb or more than that." Sufyān said: "For he who prays by himself." (Sāhīh)

Arabic text

822 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَابْنُ السَّرْحِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، يَبْلُغُ بِهِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَا صَلَاةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ فَصَاعِدًا»، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: لِمَنْ يُصَلِّي وَحْدَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 822

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 822

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 823

DarussalamSāhīhAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

823. It was reported from Muḥammad bin Salamah, from Muḥammad bin Ishāq, from Makḥūl, from Maḥmūd bin Ar-Rabi' from 'Ubādah bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit, who said: "We were (standing) behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in the Fajr prayer. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recited (the Qur'ān), but found it difficult to recite (due to interference). When he completed (the prayer) he said: 'Perhaps you recite behind your Imām?' We said: 'Yes, rapidly, O Messenger of Allāh.' So he said: 'Do not do so, except with Fātiḥatil-Kitāb, for there is no prayer for one who does not recite it.'" (Sāhīh)

Arabic text

823 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ فَقَرَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَثَقُلَتْ عَلَيْهِ الْقِرَاءَةُ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ قَالَ: «لَعَلَّكُمْ تَقْرَءُونَ خَلْفَ إِمَامِكُمْ» قُلْنَا: نَعَمْ هَذًّا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «لَا تَفْعَلُوا إِلَّا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ فَإِنَّهُ لَا صَلَاةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ بِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 823

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 823

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 824

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

824. It was reported from Makhūl, from Nāfi' bin Maḥmūd bin Ar-Rabī' Al-Anṣārī who said: "Once 'Ubādah (bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit) was late for the Ṣubḥ prayer, so Abū Nu'aim, the Mu'adh-dhin, called the Iqāmah, and led the people in prayer. 'Ubādah came, and I was with him, and we stood behind Abū Nu'aim while he was reciting out loud. 'Ubādah started reciting Fātiḥatil-Kitāb. When he finished, I said to him: 'I heard you reciting Fātiḥatil-Kitāb while Abū Nu'aim was reciting out loud (as well).' He replied: 'Yes. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed a prayer in which the recitation is done out loud, and the recitation became difficult for him. When he finished, he turned around to face us and said: "Do you recite when I recite out loud?" Some of us replied: "We do indeed do that." So he said: "Then do not (do so), for I was saying (to myself) 'What is the matter with me that I am struggling with the Qur'an?' So do not recite anything of the Qur'an when I recite out loud, except the Mother of the Book.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

824 - حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَزْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي زَيْدُ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ قَالَ نَافِعٌ: أَبْطَأَ عُبَادَةُ بْنُ الصَّامِتِ عَنْ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، فَأَقَامَ أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ الْمُؤَذِّنُ الصَّلَاةَ فَصَلَّى أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ بِالنَّاسِ، وَأَقْبَلَ عُبَادَةُ وَأَنَا مَعَهُ، حَتَّى صَفَفْنَا خَلْفَ أَبِي نُعَيْمٍ، وَأَبُو نُعَيْمٍ يَجْهَرُ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ فَجَعَلَ عُبَادَةُ يَقْرَأُ أُمَّ الْقُرْآنِ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قُلْتُ لِعُبَادَةَ: سَمِعْتُكَ تَقْرَأُ بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ وَأَبُو نُعَيْمٍ يَجْهَرُ، قَالَ: أَجَلْ صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَعْضَ الصَّلَوَاتِ الَّتِي يَجْهَرُ فِيهَا بِالْقِرَاءَةِ قَالَ: فَالْتَبَسَتْ عَلَيْهِ الْقِرَاءَةُ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ، وَقَالَ: «هَلْ تَقْرَءُونَ إِذَا جَهَرْتُ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ؟»، فَقَالَ بَعْضُنَا: إِنَّا نَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ، قَالَ: " فَلَا، وَأَنَا أَقُولُ: مَا لِي يُنَازِعُنِي الْقُرْآنُ، فَلَا تَقْرَءُوا بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ إِذَا جَهَرْتُ إِلَّا بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 824

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 824

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 825

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

825. (Others reported it) from Makhūl, from 'Ubādah, similar to the narration of Ar-Rabī' bin Sulaimān.[1] They all said: "So Makhūl would recite the Fātiḥah in every Rak'ah of Maghrib, Ishā, and Ṣubh silently. Makhūl would say: 'After the Imām recites (Fātiḥah) out loud and remains quiet, recite it (Fātiḥah) silently. But if he does not remain quiet, then recite before him, or with him, or after him. Do not leave it under any circumstance.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

825 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ سَهْلٍ الرَّمْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، عَنِ ابْنِ جَابِرٍ، وَسَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، وَعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ، نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ الرَّبِيعِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالُوا: فَكَانَ مَكْحُولٌ، يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ وَالصُّبْحِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ سِرًّا، قَالَ مَكْحُولٌ: اقْرَأْ بِهَا فِيمَا جَهَرَ بِهِ الْإِمَامُ إِذَا قَرَأَ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ، وَسَكَتَ سِرًّا فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْكُتِ اقْرَأْ بِهَا قَبْلَهُ وَمَعَهُ وَبَعْدَهُ لَا تَتْرُكْهَا عَلَى كُلِّ حَالٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 825

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 825

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 132

Those Who Held That One Should Recite (Al-Fātiḥah) In Other Than The Aloud Prayers

Hadith 826

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

826. It was reported from Mālik, from Ibn Shihāb, from Ibn Ukaimah Al-Laithī, from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once turned around (after completing) a prayer in which he had recited out loud, and said: "Did one of you just recite with me now?" (One man) said: "Yes, O Messenger of Allāh." He replied: "I was saying (to myself) why is it that I am struggling in my (recitation) of the Qur'an." So when the people heard this, they stopped reciting in those prayers in which the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recited out loud. (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Ma'mar, Yūnus, and Usāmah bin Zaid reported the Hadīth of Ibn Ukaimah from Az-Zuhri with the same meaning reported by Mālik.

Arabic text

826 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلَاةٍ جَهَرَ فِيهَا بِالْقِرَاءَةِ فَقَالَ: «هَلْ قَرَأَ مَعِيَ أَحَدٌ مِنْكُمْ آنِفًا؟»، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: نَعَمْ، يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «إِنِّي أَقُولُ مَالِي أُنَازَعُ الْقُرْآنَ؟»، قَالَ: فَانْتَهَى النَّاسُ عَنِ الْقِرَاءَةِ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِيمَا جَهَرَ فِيهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْقِرَاءَةِ مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ حِينَ سَمِعُوا ذَلِكَ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى حَدِيثَ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ هَذَا مَعْمَرٌ، وَيُونُسُ، وَأُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَلَى مَعْنَى مَالِكٍ،

Footnotes

1 [1] That is number 824 which Abū Dāwūd heard from Ar-Rabī' bin Sulaimān.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 826

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 826

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 827

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

827. (Others reported)[1] from Sufyān, from Az-Zuhri, he said: "I heard Ibn Ukaimah narrating to Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab, he said: 'I heard Abū Hurairah saying: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once led us in prayer." — We think it was the morning prayer — with the same meaning up to his saying: "Why is it that I am struggling in my (recitation) of the Qur'an?" (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: In his narration, Musad-dad said: "Ma'mar said: 'So the people stopped reciting behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in those prayers that he used to recite out loud.'"[2] In his narration Ibn As-Sarḥ said: "Ma'mar said, from Az-Zuhri: 'Abū Hurairah said: "So the people stopped."' And 'Abdullāh bin Muḥammad Az-Zuhri who was among them[3] said: "Sufyān said: 'Az-Zuhri said [1] He heard this narration from Musad-dad, Ahmad bin Muḥammad Al-Marwazi, Muḥammad bin Ahmad bin Abī Khalf, 'Abdullāh bin Muḥammad Az-Zuhri, and (Ahmad bin 'Amr) Ibn As-Sarḥ - all of them narrated it from Sufyān. [2] That is, this is how Ma'mar narrated it according to Musad-dad's narration, without mentioning whose statement that is. [3] Meaning, he was there when Sufyān narrated it and Ma'mar was also present and clarified its wording. something that I did not hear.' So Ma'mar said that he had said: 'So the people stopped.'" Abū Dāwud said: 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Ishāq reported it from Az-Zuhri, and his narration ended at his saying: "Why is it that I am struggling in my (recitation) of the Qur'an?" And Al-Awzā'i reported it from Az-Zuhri, he said in it: "Az-Zuhri said: 'The Muslims considered that an admonishment that they should not recite with him in what he recited aloud.'" Abū Dāwud said: I heard Muḥammad bin Yaḥyā bin Fāris say: "His saying: 'So the people stopped' is from the saying of Az-Zuhri."[1]

Arabic text

827 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ أَبِي خَلَفٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ الزُّهْرِيِّ، وَابْنِ السَّرْحِ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ أُكَيْمَةَ، يُحَدِّثُ سَعِيدَ بْنَ الْمُسَيِّبِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةً نَظُنُّ أَنَّهَا الصُّبْحُ بِمَعْنَاهُ إِلَى قَوْلِهِ: «مَا لِي أُنَازَعُ الْقُرْآنَ»، قَالَ مُسَدَّدٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: قَالَ مَعْمَرٌ: فَانْتَهَى النَّاسُ عَنِ الْقِرَاءَةِ فِيمَا جَهَرَ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ السَّرْحِ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: قَالَ مَعْمَرٌ: عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: فَانْتَهَى النَّاسُ، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ: مِنْ بَيْنِهِمْ، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: وَتَكَلَّمَ الزُّهْرِيُّ بِكَلِمَةٍ لَمْ أَسْمَعْهَا، فَقَالَ مَعْمَرٌ: إِنَّهُ قَالَ: فَانْتَهَى النَّاسُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، وَانْتَهَى حَدِيثُهُ إِلَى قَوْلِهِ: «مَا لِي أُنَازَعُ الْقُرْآنَ»، وَرَوَاهُا لْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ فِيهِ: قَالَ الزُّهْرِيُّ: فَاتَّعَظَ الْمُسْلِمُونَ بِذَلِكَ فَلَمْ يَكُونُوا يَقْرَءُونَ مَعَهُ فِيمَا جَهَرَ بِهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: سَمِعْت مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، قَالَ: قَوْلُهُ: فَانْتَهَى النَّاسُ مِنْ كَلَامِ الزُّهْرِيِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 827

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 827

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 828

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

828. It was reported from Shu'bah, from Qatādah, from Zurārah, from Imrān bin Ḥuṣain that the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr and a man came and recited behind him: Glorify the Name of Your Lord, the Most High.[2] When he had completed the prayer, he asked: "Who among you recited?" They replied, "A man (among us)." He said: "I knew that some of you were trying to snatch it from me." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: In his narration, Abū Al-Walīd said: "Shu'bah said: 'So I said to Qatādah: 'Is not the opinion of Sa'eed that one should listen silently to the Qur'an?' He replied: 'That is only when (the Imām) recites aloud.'" In his narration, Ibn Kathīr[1] said: "I (Shu'bah) said to Qatādah: 'It appears he (the Prophet ﷺ) disliked it.' So he (Qatādah) replied: 'If he disliked it, he would have prohibited it.'"

Arabic text

828 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ الْعَبْدِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعْبَةُ الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ فَجَاءَ رَجُلٌ فَقَرَأَ خَلْفَهُ سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ، قَالَ: «أَيُّكُمْ قَرَأَ؟»، قَالُوا: رَجُلٌ، قَالَ: «قَدْ عَرَفْتُ أَنَّ بَعْضَكُمْ خَالَجَنِيهَا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ أَبُو الْوَلِيدُ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: فَقُلْتُ لِقَتَادَةَ: أَلَيْسَ قَوْلُ سَعِيدٍ أَنْصِتْ لِلْقُرْآنِ؟ قَالَ: ذَاكَ إِذَا جَهَرَ بِهِ، قَالَ ابْنُ كَثِيرٍ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِقَتَادَةَ: كَأَنَّهُ كَرِهَهُ قَالَ: لَوْ كَرِهَهُ نَهَى عَنْهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] All of the discussion of the author after the preceding narration was related to whether the statement: "So the people stopped" is from Abū Hurairah, or Az-Zuhri, or from whom. And he narrated the statement of Muḥammad bin Yaḥyā, who is Adh-Dhuli, because a number of them considered him to be the most knowledgeable of the narrations of Az-Zuhri.

2 [2] Al-'Alā (87).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 828

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 828

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 829

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

829. It was reported from Ibn Abī 'Adī from Sa'eed, from Qatādah, from Zurārah, from 'Imrān bin Ḥusain that the Allāh's Prophet ﷺ led them in Zuhr. When he had finished, he said: "Who among you recited, Glorify the Name of Your Lord, the Most High[2] A man replied: "I did." So he said: "I knew that some of you were trying to snatch it from me." (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

829 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى بِهِمُ الظُّهْرَ فَلَمَّا انْفَتَلَ، قَالَ: «أَيُّكُمْ قَرَأَ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى؟»، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: أَنَا، فَقَالَ: «عَلِمْتُ أَنَّ بَعْضَكُمْ خَالَجَنِيهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 829

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 829

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 134

The Minimum Recitation That Suffices An Illiterate Person, Or A Non-'Arab

Hadith 830

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

830. Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once came upon us while we were reciting the Qur'an, and there were among us bedouins and non-Arabs. He said, "Recite, for each (one of you) is (reciting) acceptably. And there will come (after you) peoples who will try to straighten it just as the shaft of an arrow is straightened; they will be hasty with it, and not deferring."[1] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

830 - حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ نَقْرَأُ الْقُرْآنَ وَفِينَا الْأَعْرَابِيُّ وَالْأَعْجَمِيُّ، فَقَالَ: «اقْرَءُوا فَكُلٌّ حَسَنٌ وَسَيَجِيءُ أَقْوَامٌ يُقِيمُونَهُ كَمَا يُقَامُ الْقِدْحُ يَتَعَجَّلُونَهُ وَلَا يَتَأَجَّلُونَهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Muḥammad bin Kathīr Al-'Abdī. Abū Dāwūd narrated this version of the Hadīth with one chain from him from Shu'bah and another from Abū Al-Walīd Aṭ-Tayālīsī from Shu'bah.

2 [2] Al-'Alā (87).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 830

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 830

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 831

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

831. Sahl bin Sa'd As-Sā'idi said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once came upon us while we were reciting the Qur'ān to one another. He said: 'All praise be to Allāh! The Book of Allāh is one, and there are red, white and black people among you. Recite it, before there comes a people who will recite it — they will straighten it just as an arrow shaft is straightened. They will seek its reward immediately, and will not defer it.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

831 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، وَابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ سَوَادَةَ، عَنْ وَفَاءِ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ الصَّدَفِيِّ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمًا وَنَحْنُ نَقْتَرِئُ، فَقَالَ: «الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كِتَابُ اللَّهِ وَاحِدٌ، وَفِيكُمُ الْأَحْمَرُ وَفِيكُمُ الْأَبْيَضُ وَفِيكُمْا لْأَسْوَدُ، اقْرَءُوهُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقْرَأَهُ أَقْوَامٌ يُقِيمُونَهُ كَمَا يُقَوَّمُ السَّهْمُ يُتَعَجَّلُ أَجْرُهُ وَلَا يُتَأَجَّلُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 831

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 831

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 832

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

832. 'Abdullāh bin Abī Awfā narrated: "A man came to the Prophet ﷺ, and said: 'I cannot seem to memorize anything from the Qur'ān, so teach me what will suffice me of it.' He replied: 'Say: "Subhān Allāh, wal-ḥamdulillāh, wa lā ilāha illallāh, wallāhu Akbar, wa lā ḥawla wa lā quwwata illā billāhil-'aliyyil-'azīm (Allāh is exalted, and [1] Meaning, hasty with their recitation, seeking the reward in the world by showing off, and not deferring means not seeking the reward of the Hereafter through their recitation. all praise be to Allāh, and none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh, and Allāh is the Most Great), and there is no change nor power (to do anything) except with Allāh, the All-High, the All-Mighty).” The man said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh, this is all for Allāh, so what is there for me?’ He said: ‘Say: “Allāhummarḥamni warzuqnī, wa ‘āfinī, wahdini (O Allāh! Have mercy on me, and provide me sustenance, and protect me and guide me).”’ When the man stood up (to leave), he motioned with his two hands (as if he were taking something from the Prophet ﷺ), so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘This person has indeed filled his hand with good.’” (Hasan)

Arabic text

832 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعُ بْنُ الْجَرَّاحِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي خَالِدٍ الدَّالَانِيِّ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ السَّكْسَكِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، قَالَ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: إِنِّي لَا أَسْتَطِيعُ أَنْ آخُذَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ شَيْئًا فَعَلِّمْنِي مَا يُجْزِئُنِي مِنْهُ، قَالَ: " قُلْ: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ، وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ، وَلَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَاللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، وَلَا حَوْلَ وَلَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللَّهِ الْعَلِيِّ الْعَظِيمِ "، قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، هَذَا لِلَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ فَمَا لِي، قَالَ: " قُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْنِي وَارْزُقْنِي وَعَافِنِي وَاهْدِنِي "، فَلَمَّا قَامَ قَالَ: هَكَذَا بِيَدِهِ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَمَّا هَذَا فَقَدْ مَلَأَ يَدَهُ مِنَ الْخَيْرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 832

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 832

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 833

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-Albaniضعيف موقوفAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده عن جابر ضعيف؛ لعنعنة الحسن- وهو البصرى-؛ مدلس. وإسناده إلى الحسن صحيح. وأعله المنذري بأن الحسن لم يسمع من جابر)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

833. It was reported from Humaid, from Al-Ḥasan, from Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh, who said: “We used to supplicate while standing and sitting, and say the Tasbīḥ (glorify Allāh) in Rukū‘ and prostration during the voluntary prayers.” (Da‘if)

Arabic text

833 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تَوْبَةَ الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ يَعْنِي الْفَزَارِيَّ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي التَّطَوُّعَ نَدْعُو قِيَامًا وَقُعُودًا، وَنُسَبِّحُ رُكُوعًا وَسُجُودًا»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 833

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 833

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 834

DarussalamDaʿifAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوع
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

834. (There is another chain) Humaid, with similar (as no. 833), but he did not mention ‘the voluntary'. And he said: "Al-Ḥasan would recite Fātiḥatil-Kitāb in the Zuhr and ʿAṣr prayer, regardless of whether he was the Imām, or (praying) behind the Imām. And he would say the Tasbīḥ, and the Takbīr, and the Tahlīl the amount (of time that it takes to recite Sūrah) Qāf and Adh-Dhāriyāt." (Daʿif)

Arabic text

834 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، مِثْلَهُ لَمْ يَذْكُرِ التَّطَوُّعَ، قَالَ: كَانَ الْحَسَنُ، يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ إِمَامًا أَوْ خَلْفَ إِمَامٍ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَيُسَبِّحُ وَيُكَبِّرُ وَيُهَلِّلُ قَدْرَ ق، وَالذَّارِيَاتِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 834

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 834

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 135

The Completion Of The Takbīr

Hadith 835

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

835. Muṭarrif narrated: "Imrān bin Ḥuṣain and I once prayed behind 'Ali bin Abī Tālīb. So he would say the Takbīr every time he went into prostration, and when he went into Rukūʿ, and when he stood up after two Rakʿahs. After he had finished, Imrān grasped my hand and said: 'This person has indeed prayed the prayer of Muḥammad ﷺ.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

835 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ غَيْلَانَ بْنِ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ أَنَا وَعِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ، خَلْفَ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ فَكَانَ «إِذَا سَجَدَ كَبَّرَ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ كَبَّرَ، وَإِذَا نَهَضَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ»، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفْنَا أَخَذَ عِمْرَانُ بِيَدِي وَقَالَ: لَقَدْ صَلَّى هَذَا قَبْلُ - أَوْ قَالَ: لَقَدْ صَلَّى بِنَا هَذَا قَبْلُ - صَلَاةِ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 835

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 835

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 836

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

836 It was reported from Shuʿaib, from Az-Zuhri, who said: "Abū Bakr bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān and Abū Saʿīd nah informed me, that Abū Hurairah would say the Takbīr for every prayer, whether obligatory or ... . He would say the Takbīr when ... stood up, then he would say the Takbīr when he went into Rukūʿ, then he would say: "Samīʿ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears those who praises Him)" and then say: “Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamdu” (O our Lord! And to You belongs all praise) before going into prostration. He would then say: “Allāhu Akbar (Allāh is the Most Great)” while falling into prostration, then he would say the Takbīr when he would raise his head, and then he would say the Takbīr when going down into prostration, and then he would say the Takbīr when raising his head (from prostration). Then he would say the Takbīr when he stood up from the sitting position after two (Rak'ahs), and he would do the same in every Rak'ah until he completed the prayer. Then he would say, after completing (the prayer): “I swear by Him in Whose Hands is my soul, I am indeed the closest of you in imitating the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. Indeed, this was the way that he prayed, until he left this world.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Mālik, Az-Zubaidī, and others had the last phrase ('Indeed, this was the way that he prayed...') from Az-Zuhri, from 'Alī bin Ḥusain,[1] and 'Abdul-A'lā was in accord with Shu'aib bin Abī Ḥamzah from Ma'mar, from Az-Zuhri.[2]

Arabic text

836 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، وَبَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَأَبُو سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، " كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ مِنَ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ وَغَيْرِهَا يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْكَعُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ حِينَ يَهْوِي سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَسْجُدُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ مِنَ الْجُلُوسِ فِي اثْنَتَيْنِ " فَيَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ حَتَّى يَفْرُغَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: حِينَ يَنْصَرِفُ وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ إِنِّي لَأَقْرَبُكُمْ شَبَهًا بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِنْ كَانَتْ هَذِهِ لَصَلَاتُهُ حَتَّى فَارَقَ الدُّنْيَا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: هَذَا الْكَلَامُ الْأَخِيرُ يَجْعَلُهُ مَالِكٌ، وَالزُّبَيْدِيُّ وَغَيْرِهِمَا، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، وَوَافَقَ عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، شُعَيْبَ بْنَ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 836

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 836

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 837

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

837. It was reported from 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abzā that he prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he would not complete the Takbīr. (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This means that he would not say the Takbīr after raising his head from the Rukū' and before going into prostration, and after raising his head from prostration.

Arabic text

837 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عِمْرَانَ - قَالَ ابْنُ بَشَّارٍ: الشَّامِيِّ، وَقَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْعَسْقَلَانِيُّ - عَنِ ابْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبْزَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَكَانَ لَا يُتِمُّ التَّكْبِيرَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «مَعْنَاهُ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَأَرَادَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ لَمْ يُكَبِّرْ وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ لَمْ يُكَبِّرْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That narration is reported in his Mu'watṭa' from 'Alī bin Ḥusain, from 'Alī bin Abī Ṭālib from the Prophet ﷺ.

2 [2] Meaning that 'Abdul-A'lā narrated it with the same chain as Shu'aib did here.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 837

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 837

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 136

How Should One Place His Knees Before His Hands (While Going Into Prostration)

Hadith 838

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

838. It was reported from Sharik from 'Āsim bin Kulaib, from his father, from Wā'il bin Hujr, who said: "I saw that the Prophet ﷺ, when he prostrated, he would place his knees (on the ground) before his hands, and when he stood up, he would raise his hands before his knees." (Da'if)

Arabic text

838 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، وَحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا نَهَضَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 838

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 838

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 839

DarussalamḌāʿifAl-Albani(حديث وائل بن حجر) ضعيف، (حديث كليب بن شهاب) ضعيف، مضيا برقم (٧٣٦) // ١٥٠ //
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

839. It was reported from Hammām who said: "Muḥammad bin Juḥādah narrated to us from 'Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā'il, from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ would...so he mentioned the Hadīth of the Salāt (no. 838) and said: "So when he fell into prostration, his knees touched the ground before his palms did." (Ḍāʿif) Hammām said: And Shaqīq narrated to us (he said): "'Āsim bin Kulaib narrated to me from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ with similar to this." And in the narration of one of them — and I am almost sure[1] it was the narration of Muḥammad bin Juḥādah — "And when he got up, he stood up on his knees, and took support from his thighs."

Arabic text

839 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُحَادَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ حَدِيثَ الصَّلَاةِ، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا سَجَدَ وَقَعَتَا رُكْبَتَاهُ إِلَى الْأَرْضِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَقَعَ كَفَّاهُ، قَالَ هَمَّامٌ: وَحَدَّثَنِي شَقِيقٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: بِمِثْلِ هَذَا، وَفِي حَدِيثِ أَحَدِهِمَا: وَأَكْبَرُ عِلْمِي أَنَّهُ فِي حَدِيثِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُحَادَةَ: وَإِذَا نَهَضَ نَهَضَ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَاعْتَمَدَ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 839

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 839

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 840

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

840. It was reported from 'Abdul-'Azīz bin Muḥammad (who said): "Muḥammad bin 'Abdullāh bin Ḥasan narrated to us from Abū Az-Zīnād, from Al-Aʿraj, from Abū Hurairah who said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you prostrates, let him not kneel as a camel kneels, and let him place his hands (on the ground) before his knees." (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

840 - حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَسَنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلَا يَبْرُكْ كَمَا يَبْرُكُ الْبَعِيرُ، وَلْيَضَعْ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 840

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 840

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 841

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

841. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin Nāfī', from Muḥammad bin ‘Abdullāh bin Ḥasan, Abū Az-Zinād, from Al-A‘raj, from Abū Hurairah who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Does one of you intend to pray kneeling as a camel kneels?’” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

841 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَسَنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَعْمِدُ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَيَبْرُكُ كَمَا يَبْرُكُ الْجَمَلُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] He said: "the greater of my knowledge is that". And this statement preceded regarding this narration under number 736.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 841

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 841

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 137

Standing Up In The Single (Odd Numbered Rak‘ah)

Hadith 842

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

842. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Abū Qilābah who said: “Abū Sulaimān Mālik bin Al-Ḥuwaīrith came to us in our Masjid, and said: ‘I swear by Allāh, I (sometimes) pray with you, and I don’t intend to pray, but I only wish to demonstrate to you how I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray.’” He said: “I asked Abū Qilābah: ‘How did he used to pray?’” He replied: ‘Just like this Shaikh of ours prays’ — meaning their Imām, ‘Amr bin Salamah. — “And he (Abū Qilābah) also mentioned that he (Mālik bin Al-Ḥuwaīrith) would sit after completing the second prostration of the first Rak‘ah, and then stand.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

842 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، قَالَ: جَاءَنَا أَبُو سُلَيْمَانَ مَالِكُ بْنُ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، إِلَى مَسْجِدِنَا، فَقَالَ: وَاللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأُصَلِّي بِكُمْ وَمَا أُرِيدُ الصَّلَاةَ، وَلَكِنِّي أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُرِيَكُمْ كَيْفَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي قِلَابَةَ: كَيْفَ صَلَّى؟ قَالَ: مِثْلَ صَلَاةِ شَيْخِنَا هَذَا - يَعْنِي عَمْرَو بْنَ سَلَمَةَ إِمَامَهُمْ - وَذَكَرَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ «إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السَّجْدَةِ الْآخِرَةِ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى قَعَدَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 842

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 842

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 843

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

843. (There is another chain) from Ayyūb, from Abū Qilābah who said: “Abū Sulaimān Mālik bin Al-Ḥuwaīrith came to our Masjid and said, ‘I swear by Allāh, I (sometimes) pray, without having any intention to pray, but I want to demonstrate you how I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray.” So he would sit in the first Rak'ah when he raised his head from the second prostration. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

843 - حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، قَالَ: جَاءَنَا أَبُو سُلَيْمَانَ مَالِكُ بْنُ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، إِلَى مَسْجِدِنَا، فَقَالَ: وَاللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأُصَلِّي وَمَا أُرِيدُ الصَّلَاةَ، وَلَكِنِّي أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُرِيَكُمْ كَيْفَ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، قَالَ: «فَقَعَدَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى حِينَ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السَّجْدَةِ الْآخِرَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 843

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 843

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 844

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

844. (There is another chain) from Abū Qilābah, from Mālik bin Al-Huwaīrīth that he saw the Prophet ﷺ would not stand up from any odd Rak'ah that he was in until he had sat down completely. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

844 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، «أَنَّهُ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا كَانَ فِي وِتْرٍ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ، لَمْ يَنْهَضْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 844

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 844

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 138

Sitting In The Iq'ā'[1] Position Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 845

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

845. Tāwūs said: “We asked Ibn ‘Abbās about the Iq'ā' (squatting) upon the two feet during (between) prostration, and he said: ‘It is the Sunnah.’ So we said: ‘We see this (position) to be unrefined (and not befitting) for a man.’ Ibn ‘Abbās replied: ‘This is the Sunnah of your Prophet ﷺ.’” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

845 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مَعِينٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ طَاوُسًا، يَقُولُ: قُلْنَا لِابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ: فِي الْإِقْعَاءِ عَلَى الْقَدَمَيْنِ فِي السُّجُودِ، فَقَالَ: «هِيَ السُّنَّةُ»، قَالَ: قُلْنَا: «إِنَّا لَنَرَاهُ جُفَاءً بِالرَّجُلِ»، فَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: «هِيَ سُنَّةُ نَبِيِّكَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] The sitting described here between two prostrations is to sit with the buttocks on the heels and the soles of the feet while the tops of the feet are flat on the ground, or to sit on the heels only, while the toes are planted in the same manner as they are during the prostration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 845

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 845

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 139

What Should Be Said When One Raises His Head From The Rukū'

Hadith 846

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

846. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin Numair, Abū Mu'āwiyah, Waki', and Muḥammad bin 'Ubaid from Al-A'mash, from 'Ubaid bin Al-Ḥasan who said: "I heard 'Abdullāh bin Abī Awfā saying: 'When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would raise his head from Rukū', he would say: "Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah, Allāhummah rabbanā lakal-ḥamdu mil'as-samāwāti wa mil'al-ardī wa mil'amā shi'ta min shai'in ba'd. (Allāh has heard the one that praises Him. O Allāh, our Lord, to You belongs all praise, filling the heavens, and filling the earth, and filling anything that You will after that.)" (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwud said: Sufyān Ath-Thawri and Shu'bah bin Al-Hajjāj said (in this chain): " 'Ubaid Abī Al-Ḥasan."[1] This Hadīth does not contain "after Rukū'" in it.[2] Sufyān said: "We met Shaikh 'Ubaid Abū Al-Ḥasan later, so he did not say: 'after Rukū'" in it." Abū Dāwud said: And Shu'bah (also) reported it from Abū Iṣmah from Al-A'mash from 'Ubaid, he said: "After Rukū'."

Arabic text

846 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، وَأَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، وَوَكِيعٌ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، كُلُّهُمْ عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ الْحَسَنِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ أَبِي أَوْفَى، يَقُولُ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ يَقُولُ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءُ الْأَرْضِ، وَمِلْءُ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، وَشُعْبَةُ بْنُ الْحَجَّاجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدٍ أَبِي الْحَسَنِ، هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ لَيْسَ فِيهِ بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: " لَقِينَا الشَّيْخَ عُبَيْدًا أَبَا الْحَسَنِ، بَعْدُ، فَلَمْ يَقُلْ فِيهِ: بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي عِصْمَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَ: بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Rather than 'Ubaid bin Al-Ḥasan.

2 [2] That is the version of Sufyān and Shu'bah in which they said it was from 'Ubaid bin Al-Ḥasan.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 846

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 846

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 847

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

847. (There are various chains) from Abū Saʿeed Al-Khudrī, who narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, after saying: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh has heard the one that praises Him)' would say: 'Allāhumma rabbanā lakal-ḥamdu mil'al-ardī wa mil'as-samā' (O Allāh, our Lord, to You belongs all praise, filling the earth and filling the heaven)'. Muʿammal said:[1] 'mil'as-samāwātī wa mil'al-ardī wa mil'a mā shi'ta min shai'in ba'd, ahlath-thanā'i wal-majdi, ahaqqu mā qāl al-'abdu wakullunā laka 'abdun, lā māni'a limā 'atait (Filling the heavens and filling of the earth, and filling anything that You will after that. You are worthy of praise and glorification; this is the most appropriate thing that a servant should say, and all of us are Your servants. There is no one to prevent what You give).' Maḥmūd added: 'Wa lā mu'tiya limā mana't (and there is none that gives what You have withheld),' — then they were in accordance: 'Wa lā yanfa'u dhal-jaddi minkal-jadd (and no one's food fortune will benefit him (against You), for all good fortune is from You).' Bishr said: 'Rabbanā lakal-ḥamdu (Our Lord to You is the Praise).' And Maḥmūd did not say: 'Allāhumma (O Allāh!) He [1] These names in these interjections are to demonstrate the various wordings in the various chains of narration he reported it from. said: 'Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamdu (Our Lord, and to You is the praise).' [And Al-Walid bin Muslim reported it from Sa'eed, that he said: 'Allāhumma rabbanā lakal-ḥamdu.' And he also did not say: Wa lā mu'tiya limā mana't (and there is none that gives what You have withheld)."]' (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: And no one narrated it with that except for Abū Mus-hir.

Arabic text

847 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُسْهِرٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُصْعَبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، كُلُّهُمْ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ عَطِيَّةَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ بْنِ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ: حِينَ يَقُولُ: " سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَاءِ - قَالَ مُؤَمَّلٌ: مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الْأَرْضِ -، وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ أَهْلَ الثَّنَاءِ وَالْمَجْدِ، أَحَقُّ مَا قَالَ الْعَبْدُ وَكُلُّنَا لَكَ عَبْدٌ، لَا مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ - زَادَ مَحْمُودٌ: وَلَا مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقُوا - وَلَا يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ "، وَقَالَ بِشْرٌ: «رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ»، لَمْ يَقُلْ: «اللَّهُمَّ»، لَمْ يَقُلْ مَحْمُودٌ: «اللَّهُمَّ»، قَالَ: «رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 847

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 847

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 848

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

848. Abū Hurairah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the Imām says: 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh has heard the one that praises Him)' then (all of you) say: 'Allāhumma rabbanā lakal-ḥamdu (O Allāh, our Lord, to You belongs all Praise).' For indeed, if one's statement corresponds with the statement of the Angels, all of his previous sins will be forgiven." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

848 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ السَّمَّانِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ الْإِمَامُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ وَافَقَ قَوْلُهُ قَوْلَ الْمَلَائِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 848

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 848

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 849

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniحسن مقطوعAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

849. Muṭarrif reported from 'Āmir who said: "The people (praying) behind the Imām should not say, 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh has heard the one that praises Him).’ Rather: they should say: ‘Rabbanā lakal-ḥamdu (Our Lord, to You belongs the Praise).’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

849 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَسْبَاطٌ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: " لَا يَقُولُ الْقَوْمُ خَلْفَ الْإِمَامِ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، وَلَكِنْ يَقُولُونَ: رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 849

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 849

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 140

The Supplication Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 850

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

850. Ibn ‘Abbās reported that the Prophet ﷺ would say between the two prostrations: “Allāhummaghfirlī warḥamnī wa ‘āfinī, wahdini warzuqnī (O Allāh! Forgive me, and have mercy on me, and grant me security, and guide me, and give me sustenance.)” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

850 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَنَا كَامِلٌ أَبُو الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنِي حَبِيبُ بْنُ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي، وَارْحَمْنِي، وَعَافِنِي، وَاهْدِنِي، وَارْزُقْنِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 850

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 850

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 141

Women Raising Their Heads From Prostration When They Are (Praying) With Men

Hadith 851

DarussalamDa‘īfAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

851. It was reported from the freed slave of Asmā’ bint Abī Bakr, from Asmā’ bint Abī Bakr, that she said: “I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: ‘She (i.e., the women) among you who believes in Allāh and the Last Day — let her not raise her head until the men raise theirs.’ (He said this) due to the fact that he disliked that they should see the Awrah of the men.” (Da‘īf)

Arabic text

851 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُتَوَكِّلِ الْعَسْقَلَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، أَخِي الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مَوْلًى لِأَسْمَاءَ ابْنَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ بِنْتِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ كَانَ مِنْكُنَّ يُؤْمِنُ بِاللَّهِ وَالْيَوْمِ الْآخِرِ، فَلَا تَرْفَعْ رَأْسَهَا حَتَّى يَرْفَعَ الرِّجَالُ رُءُوسَهُمْ، كَرَاهَةَ أَنْ يَرَيْنَ مِنْ عَوْرَاتِ الرِّجَالِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 851

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 851

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 142

The Prolonged Standing After The Rukū' And (The Sitting) Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 852

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

852. Al-Barā' reported that the Messenger of Allāh's ﷺ prostration, Rukū', sitting (for the Tashah-hud) and sitting between the two prostrations were similar in length. (Sahih)

Arabic text

852 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ سُجُودُهُ، وَرُكُوعُهُ، وَقُعُودُهُ، وَمَا بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 852

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 852

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 853

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

853. Anas bin Mālik said: "I have never prayed behind anyone who was more concise in his prayer than the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, while (the prayer) was still perfectly (performed). And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would stand up after saying, 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh has heard the one who praises Him)' for such a (lengthy) period that we would presume that he had made a mistake, then he would say the Takbīr and go into prostration. And he would sit in between the two prostrations until we would presume that he had made a mistake.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

853 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا ثَابِتٌ، وَحُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: " مَا صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ رَجُلٍ أَوْجَزَ صَلَاةً مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي تَمَامٍ، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، قَامَ حَتَّى نَقُولَ: قَدْ أَوْهَمَ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ، وَيَسْجُدُ، وَكَانَ يَقْعُدُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ حَتَّى نَقُولَ: قَدْ أَوْهَمَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 853

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 853

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 854

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

854. Al-Barā' bin 'Azib said: “I carefully watched Muḥammad ﷺ” — Abū Kāmil (one of the narrators) said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ” — “pray, and saw that his standing was similar (in length) to his Rukū' and prostration. And (the time that he) stood up after Rukū' was the same as his prostration, and (the time that he) sat between the two prostrations, and (the length of) his prostrations, and the (time that he sat) after the Taslīm before leaving (i.e., Taslīm).” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Musad-dad said: “His Rukū', and his standing up between the two Rak'ahs, and his (first) prostration, and his sitting between the two prostrations, and his (second) prostration, and his sitting between the Taslīm and before leaving, were all the same.”

Arabic text

854 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَأَبُو كَامِلٍ، دَخَلَ حَدِيثُ أَحَدِهِمَا فِي الْآخَرِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: " رَمَقْتُ مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - وَقَالَ أَبُو كَامِلٍ: رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَوَجَدْتُ قِيَامَهُ كَرَكْعَتِهِ، وَسَجْدَتِهِ وَاعْتِدَالَهُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ كَسَجْدَتِهِ، وَجِلْسَتَهُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ، وَسَجْدَتَهُ مَا بَيْنَ التَّسْلِيمِ وَالِانْصِرَافِ، قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ مُسَدَّدٌ: فَرَكْعَتُهُ وَاعْتِدَالُهُ بَيْنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَسَجْدَتُهُ، فَجِلْسَتُهُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فَسَجْدَتُهُ، فَجِلْسَتَهُ بَيْنَ التَّسْلِيمِ وَالِانْصِرَافِ، قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 854

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 854

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 143

The Prayer Of One Whose Back Does Not Come To A Complete Rest During Rukū' And Prostration

Hadith 855

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

855. Abū Mas'ūd Al-Badrī said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "A person's prayer will not be acceptable until (he) brings his back to rest during the Rukū' and prostration." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

855 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ النَّمَرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الْبَدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تُجْزِئُ صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ حَتَّى يُقِيمَ ظَهْرَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 855

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 855

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 856

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

856. It was reported from Sa'eed bin Abī Sa'eed, from his father, from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered the Masjid, and another man entered as well, and prayed. He then came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and said his Salām. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ returned his Salām and said: "Return and pray, for you have not prayed." So the man returned and prayed in the same manner that he had previously prayed. He then returned to the Prophet ﷺ and said Salām. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "And upon you be the Salām; Return and pray, for you have not prayed." This occurred three times. The man then said: "I swear by the One Who has sent you with the truth, I do not know how to pray better than this, so teach me." So he replied: "When you stand up to pray, then say the Takbīr. Then recite what is easy for you of the Qur'ān. Then go into Rukū' until you have achieved calmness in your Rukū'. Then raise (your head) until you have stood straight. Then go into prostration until you have achieved calmness in your prostration. Then sit down until you have achieved calmness in your sitting. And do this in your entire prayer.” (Sahīh) Al-Qan‘abī said[1] (in his narration): “From Sa‘eed bin Abī Sa‘eed Al-Maqburī, from Abū Hurairah.” And he said in the end of it: “If you do so, then your prayer is complete, and whatever you have deducted from these (acts), you have deducted from your prayer.” And he said in it: “When you stand up to pray, then perfect (Asbigh) the Wudu’.”

Arabic text

856 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَيَّاضٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ ابْنِ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ، فَدَخَلَ رَجُلٌ، فَصَلَّى ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَرَدَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ السَّلَامَ، وَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَرَجَعَ الرَّجُلُ، فَصَلَّى كَمَا كَانَ صَلَّى، ثُمَّ جَاءَ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «وَعَلَيْكَ السَّلَامُ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، حَتَّى فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ ثَلَاثَ مِرَارٍ، فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: وَالَّذِي بَعَثَكَ بِالْحَقِّ، مَا أُحْسِنُ غَيْرَ هَذَا فَعَلِّمْنِي، قَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مَعَكَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَعْتَدِلَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ اجْلِسْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ جَالِسًا، ثُمَّ افْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلَاتِكَ كُلِّهَا»، قَالَ الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَقَالَ فِي آخِرِهِ: «فَإِذَا فَعَلْتَ هَذَا فَقَدْ تَمَّتْ صَلَاتُكَ، وَمَا انْتَقَصْتَ مِنْ هَذَا شَيْئًا، فَإِنَّمَا انْتَقَصْتَهُ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ»، وَقَالَ فِيهِ: إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَأَسْبِغِ الْوُضُوءَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 856

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 856

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 857

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

857. ‘Ali bin Yahyā bin Khallād reported a similar narration from his paternal uncle, that a man entered the Masjid, except that in this (narration) the Prophet ﷺ said: “No person’s prayer will be complete until he performs Wudu’ the way that it should be performed, then he says the Takbīr and praises Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, and glorifies Him, then recites what is convenient for him of the Qur’ān, then says: ‘Allāhu Akbar’ (Allāh is the Most Great), then goes into Rukū’ until his joints have rested (in their places), then says: ‘Sami’ Allāhu liman ḥamidah’ (Allāh has heard one who praises Him)’ until he stands straight, then says: ‘Allāhu Akbar’ (Allāh is the Most Great),’ then goes into prostration until his joints have rested, then says: ‘Allāhu Akbar (Allāh is the Most Great),’ and raises his head (to sit), until he has come to rest sitting, then says: ‘Allāhu Akbar (Allāh is the Most Great),’ then goes into prostration until his joints have rested, then raises his head and says the Takbir. If he does these (acts), then his prayer is complete.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

857 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ قَالَ فِيهِ: فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّهُ لَا تَتِمُّ صَلَاةٌ لِأَحَدٍ مِنَ النَّاسِ حَتَّى يَتَوَضَّأَ، فَيَضَعَ الْوُضُوءَ - يَعْنِي مَوَاضِعَهُ - ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ، وَيَحْمَدُ اللَّهَ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ، وَيُثْنِي عَلَيْهِ، وَيَقْرَأُ بِمَا تَيَسَّرَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ مَفَاصِلُهُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ مَفَاصِلُهُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، وَيَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ مَفَاصِلُهُ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيُكَبِّرُ، فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّتْ صَلَاتُهُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Abū Dāwūd heard this narration from two Shaikhs, and this one had the following wording.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 857

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 857

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 858

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

858. (There is another chain) from ‘Ali bin Yahyā bin Khallād, from his father, from his paternal uncle Rifā‘ah bin Rāfi’, with similar meaning (as no. 857). He said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘The prayer of one of you is not complete until he perfects (Yusbiḥ) the Wuḍū‘ as Allāh, the Most High, has ordered him, so he washes his face and hands until the elbows, and wipes his head, and his feet until the ankles. Then, he says the Takbir to Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, and praises Him, and then he recites of the Qur’ān whatever is written for him and convenient...” and he mentioned similar to the narration of Hammād, and said: “...Then he should say the Takbir, and go into prostration, and place his face” — Hammām (one of the narrators) said: “Perhaps he said: ‘his forehead’” — “firmly on the ground, until his joints have rested and become loose. Then he should say the Takbīr and come to rest sitting on his posterior, and bring his back to rest..." and he continued describing the prayer in a similar manner for four Rak'ahs, until he finished with: "The prayer of one of you is not accepted until he does this." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

858 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، وَالْحَجَّاجُ بْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، بِمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّهَا لَا تَتِمُّ صَلَاةُ أَحَدِكُمْ حَتَّى يُسْبِغَ الْوُضُوءَ كَمَا أَمَرَهُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، فَيَغْسِلَ وَجْهَهُ وَيَدَيْهِ إِلَى الْمِرْفَقَيْنِ، وَيَمْسَحَ بِرَأْسِهِ وَرِجْلَيْهِ إِلَى الْكَعْبَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ وَيَحْمَدَهُ، ثُمَّ يَقْرَأَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ مَا أَذِنَ لَهُ فِيهِ وَتَيَسَّرَ»، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ حَمَّادٍ، قَالَ: " ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ فَيَسْجُدَ فَيُمَكِّنَ وَجْهَهُ - قَالَ هَمَّامٌ: وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ: جَبْهَتَهُ مِنَ الْأَرْضِ - حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ مَفَاصِلُهُ وَتَسْتَرْخِيَ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرَ فَيَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا عَلَى مَقْعَدِهِ وَيُقِيمَ صُلْبَهُ "، فَوَصَفَ الصَّلَاةَ هَكَذَا أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ حَتَّى تَفْرُغَ، لَا تَتِمُّ صَلَاةُ أَحَدِكُمْ حَتَّى يَفْعَلَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 858

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 858

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 859

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

859. (There is another chain) from 'Alī bin Yahyā bin Khallād, from Rifā'ah bin Rāfi' with this narration (as no. 857). He said: "When you stand up and face the Qiblah, say the Takbīr, and then recite the Mother of the Qur'an (Al-Fātiḥah), and whatever Allāh wills that you recite. And when you go into Rukū', then place your palms on your knees, and extend your back." And he also said: "When you prostrate, then make your prostration firm, and when you get up (from prostration), sit on your left thigh." (Hasan)

Arabic text

859 - حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، - بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ -، قَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ فَتَوَجَّهْتَ إِلَى الْقِبْلَةِ فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ، وَبِمَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ أَنْ تَقْرَأَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعْتَ فَضَعْ رَاحَتَيْكَ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْكَ، وَامْدُدْ ظَهْرَكَ»، وَقَالَ: «إِذَا سَجَدْتَ فَمَكِّنْ لِسُجُودِكَ، فَإِذَا رَفَعْتَ فَاقْعُدْ عَلَى فَخِذِكَ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 859

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 859

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 860

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

860. (There is another chain) from 'Alī bin Yahyā bin Khallād, from his father, from his paternal uncle Rifā'ah bin Rāfi', from the Prophet ﷺ, with this narration. He said: "When you stand up for your prayer, then say the Takbīr to Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, then recite what is convenient for you to recite of the Qur'an." And he said: "When you sit in the middle of the prayer, then be relaxed, and place your left thigh on the ground (to sit on it), then recite the Tashah-hud. Then when you stand up, repeat this until you complete your prayer." (Hasan)

Arabic text

860 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ - قَالَ: «إِذَا أَنْتَ قُمْتَ فِي صَلَاتِكَ، فَكَبِّرِ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ عَلَيْكَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ» وَقَالَ فِيهِ: «فَإِذَا جَلَسْتَ فِي وَسَطِ الصَّلَاةِ فَاطْمَئِنَّ، وَافْتَرِشْ فَخِذَكَ الْيُسْرَى ثُمَّ تَشَهَّدْ، ثُمَّ إِذَا قُمْتَ فَمِثْلَ ذَلِكَ حَتَّى تَفْرُغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 860

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 860

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 861

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

861. (There is another chain) from Yahyā bin 'Ali bin Yahyā bin Khallād bin Rāfi' Az-Zuraqī, from his father, from his grandfather, from Rifā'ah bin Rāfi', that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ — and he narrated this Hadīth. He said in it: "Then perform Wudū' as Allāh has commanded you, and make the Tashah-hud (meaning, the Adhān) and the Iqāmah, then say the Takbīr. If you have (memorized) any of the Qur'ān, then recite it, and if not, then praise Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, say extol His Greatness, and say the Tahlīl.[1]" And he also said: "And if you have deducted anything from these (acts), you have deducted from your prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

861 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْخُتَّلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ الزُّرَقِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: فَقَصَّ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ قَالَ فِيهِ: «فَتَوَضَّأْ كَمَا أَمَرَكَ اللَّهُ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ، ثُمَّ تَشَهَّدْ، فَأَقِمْ ثُمَّ كَبِّرْ، فَإِنْ كَانَ مَعَكَ قُرْآنٌ فَاقْرَأْ بِهِ، وَإِلَّا فَاحْمَدِ اللَّهَ وَكَبِّرْهُ وَهَلِّلْهُ»، وَقَالَ فِيهِ: «وَإِنِ انْتَقَصْتَ مِنْهُ شَيْئًا انْتَقَصْتَ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 861

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 861

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 862

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

862. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Shibl said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade the pecking of crows, and the spreading (of one's forearms) like a predatory beast, and that one should take a particular place in the Masjid as his regular place (of praying), just like a camel does.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

862 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ مَحْمُودٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ شِبْلٍ، قَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ نَقْرَةِ الْغُرَابِ، وَافْتِرَاشِ السَّبْعِ، وَأَنْ يُوَطِّنَ الرَّجُلُ الْمَكَانَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ كَمَا يُوَطِّنُ الْبَعِيرُ»، هَذَا لَفْظُ قتَيْبَةَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Saying Lā ilāha illallāh.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 862

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 862

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 863

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

863. Sālim Al-Barrād said: “We visited Abū Mas’ūd ‘Uqbah bin ‘Amr Al-Anṣārī, and asked him: ‘Inform us about the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.’ So he stood in front of us in the Masjid, and said the Takbīr. When he went into Rukū‘, he placed his hands on his knees, and placed his fingers below them (his knees). He placed his elbows at a distance (from his body), until his entire (body) was relaxed. Then he said: ‘Sami’ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh has heard the one that praises Him),’ and he stood up until his entire body was relaxed. Then he said the Takbīr, and fell into prostration, and placed his palms on the ground, and placed his elbows at a distance (from his body), until his entire (body) was relaxed. Then he raised his head and sat down (firmly) until his entire (body) was relaxed. He then repeated these acts, and prayed four Rak'ahs just as he had prayed this one. So he completed the prayer, and then said: "This is how we saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray." (Hasan)

Arabic text

863 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ الْبَرَّادِ، قَالَ: أَتَيْنَا عُقْبَةَ بْنَ عَمْرٍو الْأَنْصَارِيَّ أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ، فَقُلْنَا لَهُ: حَدِّثْنَا عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، " فَقَامَ بَيْنَ أَيْدِينَا فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَكَبَّرَ، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَجَعَلَ أَصَابِعَهُ أَسْفَلَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، وَجَافَى بَيْنَ مِرْفَقَيْهِ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقَامَ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ وَوَضَعَ كَفَّيْهِ عَلَى الْأَرْضِ، ثُمَّ جَافَى بَيْنَ مِرْفَقَيْهِ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَجَلَسَ حَتَّى اسْتَقَرَّ كُلُّ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، فَفَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ أَيْضًا، ثُمَّ صَلَّى أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ مِثْلَ هَذِهِ الرَّكْعَةِ فَصَلَّى صَلَاتَهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: هَكَذَا رَأَيْنَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 863

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 863

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 144

Regarding The Statement Of The Prophet ﷺ: "Every Prayer That One Does Not Perfect It Will Be Made Complete By The Voluntary Ones"

Hadith 864

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

864. It was reported from Yunūs, from Al-Hasan, about Anas bin Hakim Ad-Dabbī. He said: "He fled from Ziyād or Ibn Ziyād and came to Al-Madinah, where he met Abū Hurairah. He (Anas) said: 'So he (Abū Hurairah) inquired about my lineage, and (it turned out) that we had a common lineage. He said: "O lad, should I not narrate to you a Hadīth?" I said: "Yes, may Allāh have mercy on you." — Yunūs said: "I think he said it was from the Prophet ﷺ" — "The first action that a person will be accounted for will be his prayer. Our Lord will say to the Angels — and He knows best — 'Look at the prayer of My servant: Did he complete it, or is there any deficiency in it? So if he has performed it completely, I will write it for him in full (measure), and if there is any deficiency in it, then look if My servant has any voluntary prayers.' If he does have voluntary prayers, (Allāh) will say: 'Complete for My servant his obligatory prayers from his voluntary ones.' Then the rest of the actions will be judged in a similar manner.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

864 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ الضَّبِّيِّ، قَالَ: خَافَ مِنْ زِيَادٍ، أَوْ ابْنِ زِيَادٍ، فَأَتَى الْمَدِينَةَ، فَلَقِيَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: فَنَسَبَنِي، فَانْتَسَبْتُ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: يَا فَتَى، أَلَا أُحَدِّثُكَ حَدِيثًا، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: بَلَى، رَحِمَكَ اللَّهُ - قَالَ يُونُسُ: وَأَحْسَبُهُ ذَكَرَهُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَوَّلَ مَا يُحَاسَبُ النَّاسُ بِهِ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ مِنْ أَعْمَالِهِمُ الصَّلَاةُ»، قَالَ: " يَقُولُ رَبُّنَا جَلَّ وَعَزَّ لِمَلَائِكَتِهِ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ: انْظُرُوا فِي صَلَاةِ عَبْدِي أَتَمَّهَا أَمْ نَقَصَهَا؟ فَإِنْ كَانَتْ تَامَّةً كُتِبَتْ لَهُ تَامَّةً، وَإِنْ كَانَ انْتَقَصَ مِنْهَا شَيْئًا، قَالَ: انْظُرُوا هَلْ لِعَبْدِي مِنْ تَطَوُّعٍ؟ فَإِنْ كَانَ لَهُ تَطَوُّعٌ، قَالَ: أَتِمُّوا لِعَبْدِي فَرِيضَتَهُ مِنْ تَطَوُّعِهِ، ثُمَّ تُؤْخَذُ الْأَعْمَالُ عَلَى ذَاكُمْ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 864

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 864

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 865

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

865. (There is another chain) from Ĥumaid, from Al-Ĥasan, from a man from Banu Salīṭ, from Abū Hurairah, may Allāh be pleased with him, from the Prophet ﷺ, similarly (as no. 864). (Da'if)

Arabic text

865 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ بَنِي سَلِيطٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِنَحْوِهِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 865

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 865

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 866

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

866. It was reported from Tamīm Ad-Dārī, with similar meaning (as no. 864), and he said: "Then the Zakāt will be judged in a similar fashion, then the rest of the actions will be judged similarly." (Sahih)

Arabic text

866 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ تَمِيمٍ الدَّارِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِهَذَا الْمَعْنَى، قَالَ: ثُمَّ الزَّكَاةُ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ تُؤْخَذُ الْأَعْمَالُ عَلَى حَسَبِ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 866

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 866

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 145

Placing The Hands On The Knees (During Rukū')

Hadith 867

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

867. Muṣ'ab bin Sa'd said: "I prayed next to my father, and I placed my hands between my knees. He forbade me from doing it, but I repeated my act. So he said: 'Do not do so! We used to do it, but were then prohibited from doing it, and were commanded (instead) to place our hands on our knees.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

867 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَاسْمُهُ وَقْدَانُ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي، فَجَعَلْتُ يَدَيَّ بَيْنَ رُكْبَتَيَّ، فَنَهَانِي عَنْ ذَلِكَ، فَعُدْتُ، فَقَالَ: «لَا تَصْنَعْ هَذَا، فَإِنَّا كُنَّا نَفْعَلُهُ، فَنُهِينَا عَنْ ذَلِكَ، وَأُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَضَعَ أَيْدِيَنَا عَلَى الرُّكَبِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 867

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 867

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 868

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

868. It was reported from 'Alqamah and Al-Aswad, from 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) who said: "When one of you goes into Rukū', then let him spread his forearms over his thighs, and let him intertwine his palms between his knees, for I remember seeing the fingers of the Messenger of Allāh intertwined (while he was in Rukū')."(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

868 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، وَالْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «إِذَا رَكَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَفْرِشْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ عَلَى فَخِذَيْهِ، وَلْيُطَبِّقْ بَيْنَ كَفَّيْهِ، فَكَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَى اخْتِلَافِ أَصَابِعِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 868

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 868

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 146

What A Person Should Say In His Rukū' And Prostration

Hadith 869

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

869. Mūsā bin Ayyūb reported from his paternal uncle, from 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir who said: "When the Verse: 'Then glorify with praises the Name of your Lord, the Most Great'[1] was revealed, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Place this in your Rukū'.' And when the Verse: 'Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High'[2] was revealed, he said: 'Place this in your prostration.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

869 - حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ أَبُو تَوْبَةَ، وَمُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ مُوسَى، قَالَ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ مُوسَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ: عَنْ عَمِّهِ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: لَمَّا نَزَلَتْ: {فَسَبِّحْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ الْعَظِيمِ} [الواقعة: 74]، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْعَلُوهَا فِي رُكُوعِكُمْ»، فَلَمَّا نَزَلَتْ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى} [الأعلى: 1]، قَالَ: «اجْعَلُوهَا فِي سُجُودِكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 869

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 869

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 870

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: يعني: هذا والذي قبله، وكلاهما ضعيف؛ لأن مدارهما على موسى بن أيوب؛ إلا أن الليث بن سعد شك فقال: أيوب بن موسى- أو موسى بن أيوب-)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

870. (There is another chain) from Ayyūb bin Mūsā or Mūsā bin Ayyūb, from a man from his people, from 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir, with its meaning (similar to no. 869). He added in it: "So when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would go into Rukū', he would say three times: 'Subhāna rabbil-'azīm wa biḥamdih' (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great and (may He) be praised)' And when he went into prostration, he would say three [1] Al-Wāqi'ah 56:74. [2] Al-A'lā 87:1. times: ‘Subhāna rabbil-a'lā wa bihamdih (Glory is to my Lord, the Most High and (may He) be praised).’” (Ṣāḥih) Abū Dāwūd said: We fear that this addition has not been preserved. Abū Dāwūd said: The people of Egypt are the only ones who narrated these two Aḥādīth; the narration of Ar-Rabī‘ and the narration of Aḥmad bin Yūnus.[1]

Arabic text

870 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ مُوسَى أَوْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ قَوْمِهِ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ، بِمَعْنَاهُ زَادَ، قَالَ: فَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَكَعَ قَالَ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ وَبِحَمْدِهِ» ثَلَاثًا، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى وَبِحَمْدِهِ» ثَلَاثًا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذِهِ الزِّيَادَةُ نَخَافُ أَنْ لَا تَكُونَ مَحْفُوظَةً»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «انْفَرَدَ أَهْلُ مِصْرَ بِإِسْنَادِ هَذَيْنِ الْحَدِيثَيْنِ، حَدِيثِ الرَّبِيعِ، وَحَدِيثِ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ يُونُسَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 870

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 870

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 871

DarussalamṢāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

871. Shu‘bah said: “I asked Sulaimān whether I should supplicate to Allāh when I recited a Verse inciting fear during the prayer. So he narrated to me from Sa’d bin ‘Ubaidah, from Mustawrid, from Ṣilah bin Zufar that Ḥudhaifah narrated that he prayed with the Prophet ﷺ, and he (the Prophet ﷺ) would say in his Rukū‘: ‘Subhāna rabbil-azīm (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)’ and in his prostration: ‘Subhāna rabbil-a'lā (Glory is to my Lord, the Most High),’ And he would not recite a Verse of mercy except that he would pause at it and ask (for mercy), nor would he recite a Verse of punishment except that he would pause and seek refuge (with Allāh).’” (Ṣāḥih)

Arabic text

871 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِسُلَيْمَانَ: أَدْعُو فِي الصَّلَاةِ إِذَا مَرَرْتُ بِآيَةِ تَخَوُّفٍ، فَحَدَّثَنِي، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ مُسْتَوْرِدٍ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ صَلَّى مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ»، وَفِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى»، وَمَا مَرَّ بِآيَةِ رَحْمَةٍ إِلَّا وَقَفَ عِنْدَهَا فَسَأَلَ، وَلَا بِآيَةِ عَذَابٍ إِلَّا وَقَفَ عِنْدَهَا فَتَعَوَّذَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 871

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 871

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 872

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

872. ‘Aishah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ would say in his Rukū‘ and prostrations: “Subbūhun Quddūsun Rabbul-Malāikati waruh” (My Rukū‘ and prostration is only to) the Perfect, the Holy, the Lord of the Angels, and the Spirit). (Sahih)

Arabic text

872 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: «سُبُّوحٌ قُدُّوسٌ رَبُّ الْمَلَائِكَةِ وَالرُّوحِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is the two preceding narrations, and these are the two Shaikhs he narrated them from.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 872

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 872

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 873

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

873. ‘Awf bin Mālik Al-Ashja‘ī said: “One night, I stood with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (in prayer). He started reciting Sūrat Al-Baqarah. He would not recite a Verse of mercy except that he would pause at it and ask (for mercy), nor would he recite a Verse of punishment except that he would pause and seek refuge (from Allāh). Then he went into Rukū‘ for the length of time that he was standing. He said in his Rukū‘: ‘Subhāna dhil-jabarūti wal-malakūti wal-kibriyā‘i wal-azamah (Glory is to the One Who is Full of Honor, Kingdom, Pride and Magnificence).’ Then he went into prostration for the length of time that he was standing, and he said the same (invocation) in his prostration as well. He then stood up and recited Sūrah Āl-Imrān, then he recited another Sūrah, and another.’ (Sahih) He would say: “Allāhu Akbar (Allāh is the Most Great),” three times, (then say): “Dhul-malakūti wal-jabarūti wal-kibriyā'i wal-'azamah (The One Who is Full of Kingdom, Honor, Pride and Magnificence.)” He then opened,[1] so he started reciting Al-Baqarah, and then went into Rukū'. His Rukū' was of a similar length as that of his standing. He would say in his Rukū': “Subhāna rabbil-'azīm, subhāna rabbil-'azīm (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great, glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)” He then raised his head up from Rukū' and stood for a similar length of time as his (first) standing. He would say: “Lirabbil-ḥamd (To my Lord belongs the praise.)” He then went into prostration, for a similar length of time as his standing, and he would say in his prostration: “Subhāna rabbil-a'lā (Glory is to my Lord, the Most High).” He then raise his head up from prostration, and he would sit in between the two prostrations for a similar length of time as his standing. And he would say: “Rabbighfirlī, rabbighfirlī (O my Lord, forgive me, O my Lord, forgive me.)” He prayed four Rak'ahs in which he recited Al-Baqarah, Āl-'Imrān, An-Nisā', Al-Mā'idah or Al-An'ām” Shu'bah (one of the narrators) was not sure (about the last Sūrah). (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

873 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَوْفِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ الْأَشْجَعِيِّ، قَالَ: قُمْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةً، فَقَامَ فَقَرَأَ سُورَةَ الْبَقَرَةِ، لَا يَمُرُّ بِآيَةِ رَحْمَةٍ إِلَّا وَقَفَ فَسَأَلَ، وَلَا يَمُرُّ بِآيَةِ عَذَابٍ إِلَّا وَقَفَ فَتَعَوَّذَ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ رَكَعَ بِقَدْرِ قِيَامِهِ، يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ ذِي الْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ بِقَدْرِ قِيَامِهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ فِي سُجُودِهِ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَقَرَأَ بِآلِ عِمْرَانَ، ثُمَّ قَرَأَ سُورَةً سُورَةً

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning that he started with one of the opening supplications, or that he began reciting.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 873

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 873

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 874

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

874. It was reported from AbU Hamzah, the freed slave of the Ansãr, from a man from BanU 'Abs, from Hudhaifah, that he saw the Messenger of Allah pray at night. He would say: "Allãhu Akbar (Allah is the Most Great)," three times, (then say): "Dhul-malaküti wal- jabarüti wal-kibriya'i wal-'a?amah (The One Who is Full of Kingdom, Honor, Pride and Magnificence.)" He then opened, 11 so he started reciting Al-Ba qarah, and then went into Rukü'. His Rukü' was of a similar length as that of his standing. He would say in his Rukü': "Subzãna rabbil-'azim, subana rabbil-'aim (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great, glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)" He then raised his head up from Ruku' and stood for a similar length of time as his (first) standing. He would say: "Lirabbil- zamd (To my Lord belongs the praise.)" He then went into prostration, for a similar length of time as his standing, and he would say in his prostration: "Subiiãna rabbil-a 'la (Glory is to my Lord, the Most High)." He then raise his head up from prostration, and he would sit in between the two prostrations for a similar length of time as his standing. And he would say: "Rabbighfirli, rabbighfirli (0 my Lord, forgive me, 0 my Lord, forgive me.)" He prayed four Rak'ahs in which he recited Al- Baqarah, Al-'Imran, An-Nisã', Al- Ma 'idah or Al-An 'am" Shu'bah (one of the narrators) was not sure (about the last Sarah). (Sahih) Meaning that he started with one of the opening supplications, or that he began reciting.

Arabic text

874 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ الْجَعْدِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، مَوْلَى الْأَنْصَارِ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ مِنْ بَنِي عَبْسٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ - ثَلَاثًا - ذُو الْمَلَكُوتِ وَالْجَبَرُوتِ وَالْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْعَظَمَةِ»، ثُمَّ اسْتَفْتَحَ فَقَرَأَ الْبَقَرَةَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَكَانَ رُكُوعُهُ نَحْوًا مِنْ قِيَامِهِ، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ، سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ»، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، فَكَانَ قِيَامُهُ نَحْوًا مِنْ رُكُوعِهِ، يَقُولُ: لِرَبِّيَ الْحَمْدُ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ، فَكَانَ سُجُودُهُ نَحْوًا مِنْ قِيَامِهِ، فَكَانَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى»، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، وَكَانَ يَقْعُدُ فِيمَا بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ نَحْوًا مِنْ سُجُودِهِ، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي، رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي»، فَصَلَّى أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ، فَقَرَأَ فِيهِنَّ الْبَقَرَةَ، وَآلَ عِمْرَانَ، وَالنِّسَاءَ، وَالْمَائِدَةَ، أَوِ الْأَنْعَامَ، شَكَّ شُعْبَةُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 874

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 874

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 147

The Supplication During Rukū' And Prostration

Hadith 875

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

875. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The closest that a servant comes to his Lord is when he is (in the state of) prostration. Therefore, increase your supplication (at this time)." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

875 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرٌو يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ غَزِيَّةَ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا صَالِحٍ ذَكْوَانَ، يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَقْرَبُ مَا يَكُونُ الْعَبْدُ مِنْ رَبِّهِ وَهُوَ سَاجِدٌ، فَأَكْثِرُوا الدُّعَاءَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 875

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 875

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 876

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

876. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that once the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raised his curtain (to look into the Masjid), and he saw that the people were lined up in rows behind Abū Bakr. So he said: "O people! There is nothing left of Revelation except for a true dream which (a believer) sees, or someone else sees for him. And I have been prohibited from reciting (the Qur'an) while in Rukū' or prostration. So during the Rukū', glorify your Lord, and during prostration, exert yourselves in supplication, for it is verily likely that you will be responded to." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

876 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ سُحَيْمٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَعْبَدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَشَفَ السِّتَارَةَ وَالنَّاسُ صُفُوفٌ خَلْفَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَقَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنَّهُ لَمْ يَبْقَ مِنْ مُبَشِّرَاتِ النُّبُوَّةِ إِلَّا الرُّؤْيَا الصَّالِحَةُ يَرَاهَا الْمُسْلِمُ، أَوْ تُرَى لَهُ، وَإِنِّي نُهِيتُ أَنْ أَقْرَأَ رَاكِعًا، أَوْ سَاجِدًا، فَأَمَّا الرُّكُوعُ، فَعَظِّمُوا الرَّبَّ فِيهِ، وَأَمَّا السُّجُودُ، فَاجْتَهِدُوا فِي الدُّعَاءِ، فَقَمِنٌ أَنْ يُسْتَجَابَ لَكُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 876

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 876

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 877

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

877. Āishah reported: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would frequently say in his Rukū' and prostration: 'Subḥānak Allāhumma, rabbanā, wa bi-ḥamdik. Allāhummaghfirlī (Glory is to You, O Allāh, our Lord, and may You be praised, O Allāh, forgive me)' — in implementation of the Qur'an." (Sahih)

Arabic text

877 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يُكْثِرُ أَنْ يَقُولَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي يَتَأَوَّلُ الْقُرْآنَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 877

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 877

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 878

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

878. Abū Hurairah reported that the Prophet ﷺ would say during his prostration: "Allāhummaghfirlī dḥanbī kullahu, diqqahu, wa jillahu, wa awwalahu wa ākhirahu (O Allāh forgive all of my sins; the minor ones and the major ones; and the first of them and the last of them)" — Ibn As-Sarḥ (one of the narrators) added: "Alāniyatahu wa sirrahu (the public of them, and the secret of them)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

878 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ السَّرْحِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ غَزِيَّةَ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي ذَنْبِي كُلَّهُ، دِقَّهُ، وَجِلَّهُ، وَأَوَّلَهُ وَآخِرَهُ»، زَادَ ابْنُ السَّرْحِ: عَلَانِيَتَهُ وَسِرَّهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 878

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 878

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 879

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

879. Abū Hurairah reported that Āishah said: "I missed the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ one night (he was not in his bed), so I searched in the Masjid, and found him in prostration — his feet were propped up. He was saying: 'A'ūdhu bi-ridāka min sakhatika, wa a'ūdhu bi-mu'āfātika min 'uqūbatika, wa a'ūdhu bika minka, lā uḥṣī thanā'an 'alaika anta kamā athnaita 'alā nafṣik (I seek refuge in Your Pleasure from Your Anger, and in Your Mercy from Your Punishment, and I seek refuge in You from You. I am not able to praise You (the way that You deserve to be praised), for You are as You have praised Yourself).'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

879 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: فَقَدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ، فَلَمَسْتُ الْمَسْجِدَ، فَإِذَا هُوَ سَاجِدٌ وَقَدَمَاهُ مَنْصُوبَتَانِ، وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: «أَعُوذُ بِرِضَاكَ مِنْ سَخَطِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِمُعَافَاتِكَ مِنْ عُقُوبَتِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْكَ، لَا أُحْصِي ثَنَاءً عَلَيْكَ، أَنْتَ كَمَا أَثْنَيْتَ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 879

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 879

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 148

The Supplication During The Prayer

Hadith 880

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

880. 'Āishah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say the following supplication during the prayer: "Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min 'adhabil-qabr, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-masiḥid-dajjāl, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-maḥyā wal-mamāt. Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min al-ma'thami wal-maḥram (O Allāh! I seek Your refuge in the punishment of the grave, and I seek refuge in You from the trials of Al-Masiḥid-Dajjāl, and I seek refuge in You from the trials of life and death. O Allāh! I seek Your refuge from sins and debt)." Once, someone said to him: "How often you seek refuge from debt!" So he replied, "If a person is in debt, then he speaks and lies, and he makes promises and breaks them." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

880 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ، أَخْبَرَتْهُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَدْعُو فِي صَلَاتِهِ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ، اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ المَأْثَمِ، وَالْمَغْرَمِ،» فَقَالَ لَهُ قَائِلٌ: مَا أَكْثَرَ مَا تَسْتَعِيذُ مِنَ الْمَغْرَمِ؟، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا غَرِمَ حَدَّثَ فَكَذَبَ، وَوَعَدَ فَأَخْلَفَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 880

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 880

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 881

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

881. 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Lailā reported from his father that he said: "I prayed a voluntary prayer next to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and I heard him say: 'A'ūdhu billāhi minan-nārī wailun li-ahlīn-nār' (I seek refuge in Allāh from the Fire! Woe to the inhabitants of the Fire!)" (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

881 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ الْبُنَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاةِ تَطَوُّعٍ، فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: «أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ، وَيْلٌ لِأَهْلِ النَّارِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 881

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 881

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 882

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

882. Abū Hurairah reported: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once stood up to pray, so we stood up with him. A bedouin said in the prayer: 'O Allāh! Have mercy on me and Muḥammad, and do not have mercy on anyone besides us!' When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Taslīm, he said to the bedouin: 'You have restricted something which is vast,' meaning the mercy of Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

882 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَقُمْنَا مَعَهُ، فَقَالَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ فِي الصَّلَاةِ: اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْنِي، وَمُحَمَّدًا، وَلَا تَرْحَمْ مَعَنَا أَحَدًا، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ لِلْأَعْرَابِيِّ: «لَقَدْ تَحَجَّرْتَ وَاسِعًا» يُرِيدُ رَحْمَةَ اللَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 882

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 882

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 883

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

883. Waki' narrated from Isrā'īl, from Abū Ishāq, from Muslim Al-Baṭīn, from Sa'eed bin Jubair, from Ibn 'Abbās that the Prophet ﷺ would say: "Subḥana rabbil-a'la (Praised is my Lord, Most High)" every time he recited: Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High.[1] (Da'if) Abū Dāwud said: Waki' was contradicted in this narration. Abū Waki' and Shu'bah reported it from Abū Ishāq, from Sa'eed bin Jubair, from Ibn 'Abbās, in Mawqūf form.

Arabic text

883 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ الْبَطِينِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: كَانَ إِذَا قَرَأَ: سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «خُولِفَ وَكِيعٌ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ»، وَرَوَاهُ أَبُو وَكِيعٍ، وَشُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مَوْقُوفًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 883

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 883

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 884

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

884. Mūsā bin Abī 'Āishah narrated: "There was a person who used to pray on the roof of his house. Every time he would recite: Is He not capable of giving life to the dead? [Sūrat Al-Qiyamah; 42] he would say: Subḥānaka fabala (Glorified are You! Indeed, You can!) They asked him concerning this (act), so he said: 'I heard this from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.'" (Da'if) Abū Dāwud said: Aḥmad said: "I like that a person should supplicate during the obligatory prayers according to what is in the Qur'ān."

Arabic text

884 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَجُلٌ يُصَلِّي فَوْقَ بَيْتِهِ، وَكَانَ إِذَا قَرَأَ: {أَلَيْسَ ذَلِكَ بِقَادِرٍ عَلَى أَنْ يُحْيِيَ الْمَوْتَى} [القيامة: 40]، قَالَ: «سُبْحَانَكَ»، فَبَكَى، فَسَأَلُوهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ : «سَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " قَالَ أَحْمَدُ: يُعْجِبُنِي فِي الْفَرِيضَةِ أَنْ يَدْعُوَ بِمَا فِي الْقُرْآنِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Sūrat Al-A'lā 87:1.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 884

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 884

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 149

The Length Of The

Hadith 885

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

885. As-Sa'di reported from his father, or his paternal uncle, that he said: "I observed the prayer of the Prophet . He would remain in the Rukü' and prostration for the length of time that one says: 'Subhana rabbil-a 'la wa bi-hamdih (Glorified is Allah, the Most High, and with His praise)' three times."

Arabic text

885 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ الْجُرَيْرِيُّ، عَنِ السَّعْدِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَوْ عَنْ عَمِّهِ، قَالَ: " رَمَقْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَكَانَ يَتَمَكَّنُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ قَدْرَ مَا يَقُولُ: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ وَبِحَمْدِهِ ثَلَاثًا "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 885

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 885

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 886

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

886. 'Awn bin 'Abdullãh narrated from 'Abdullah bin Mas'ud that the Messenger of Allah ç said: "When one of you goes into Ru/cu', then let him say at least three times: 'Subhana rabbil-'azim (Glorified is Allah, the Most High).' And when he falls into prostration, let him say at least three times: 'Subhãna rabbil-a 'la wa bi-hamdih (Glorified be Allah, the Most High)." (Pali) Abü Dawud said: This is Mursal, since 'Awn did not meet 'Abdullah bin Mas'ud.

Arabic text

886 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ مَرْوَانَ الْأَهْوَازِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، وَأَبُو دَاوُدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْهُذَلِيِّ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا رَكَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ: سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ، وَذَلِكَ أَدْنَاهُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَلْيَقُلْ: سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى ثَلَاثًا، وَذَلِكَ أَدْنَاهُ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «هَذَا مُرْسَلٌ، عَوْنٌ لَمْ يُدْرِكْ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 886

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 886

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 887

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

887. Isma'il bin Umayyah said that he heard a bedouin narrate from AbU Hurairah, that the Messenger of Allah said: "If one of you The Book Of Salãt (The Prayer) 523 recited: '(I swear by) the fig and the olive,111 then when he reaches its ending: Is not Allah the Most Wise of all Judges?' let him say: 'Bala wa ana 'ala dhalika minash- shãhidin (Yes, and I am of those who bear witness to this).' And whoever recites: 'Indeed, I swear by the Day of Judgment, [21 until he reaches its ending: 'Is He not capable of giving life to the dead?' then let him say: 'Bald (Indeed, He is).' And whoever recites Sürat Al- Mursalãt, and reaches: 'So which narration will they believe in after this? '131 then let him say: 'Amannã billãh (We believe in Allah!)" Isma'Il said: "I went back to the bedouin to recite the Hadith to him again, to check if perhaps (he would change its wording). So he said to me: '0 nephew! Do you think that I haven't memorized it? I have performed Ijajj sixty times, for each Hajj, I remember the camel that I performed Ijajj on!"

Arabic text

٨٨٧ - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أُمَيَّةَ، سَمِعْتُ أَعْرَابِيًّا يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " مَنْ قَرَأَ مِنْكُمْ وَالتِّينِ وَالزَّيْتُونِ، فَانْتَهَى إِلَى آخِرِهَا: {أَلَيْسَ اللَّهُ بِأَحْكَمِ الْحَاكِمِينَ} [التين: ٨]، فَلْيَقُلْ: بَلَى، وَأَنَا عَلَى ذَلِكَ مِنَ الشَّاهِدِينَ، وَمَنْ قَرَأَ: لَا أُقْسِمُ بِيَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ، فَانْتَهَى إِلَى {أَلَيْسَ ذَلِكَ بِقَادِرٍ عَلَى أَنْ يُحْيِيَ الْمَوْتَى} [القيامة: ٤٠]، فَلْيَقُلْ: بَلَى، وَمَنْ قَرَأَ: وَالْمُرْسَلَاتِ، فَبَلَغَ: {فَبِأَيِّ حَدِيثٍ بَعْدَهُ يُؤْمِنُونَ} [المرسلات: ٥٠]، فَلْيَقُلْ: آمَنَّا بِاللَّهِ "، قَالَ إِسْمَاعِيلُ: ذَهَبْتُ أُعِيدُ عَلَى الرَّجُلِ الْأَعْرَابِيِّ، وَأَنْظُرُ لَعَلَّهُ، فَقَالَ: «يَا ابْنَ أَخِي، أَتَظُنُّ أَنِّي لَمْ أَحْفَظْهُ، لَقَدْ حَجَجْتُ سِتِّينَ حَجَّةً، مَا مِنْهَا حَجَّةٌ إِلَّا وَأَنَا أَعْرِفُ الْبَعِيرَ الَّذِي حَجَجْتُ عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 887

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 887

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 888

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

888. It was reported from Wahb bin Mānūs who said: "I heard Sa'eed bin Jubair saying: 'I heard Anas bin Mālik saying: "I have not prayed behind anyone after the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ whose prayer resembles that of the [1] Sūrat At-Tin (95). [2] Sūrat Al-Qiyāmah 75:40. [3] Sūrat Al-Mursalāt 77:50. Messenger of Allāh ﷺ more than this lad's" — meaning 'Umar bin Abdul-'Aziz. Sa'eed said: "So we calculated that in his Rukū' and prostration, he would say ten Tasbihs." (Hasan) Abū Dāwud said: Ahmad bin Šāliḥ said: "I said to him:[1] 'Mānūs or Mābūs?' So he said: "Abdur-Razzāq would say: "Mābūs" but I remember it as Mānūs." And this is the wording of Ibn Rāfi'.[2] Aḥmad said: "From Sa'eed bin Jubair, from Anas bin Mālik."[3]

Arabic text

888 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، وَابْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ وَهْبِ بْنِ مَانُوسَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سَعِيدَ بْنَ جُبَيْرٍ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: مَا صَلَّيْتُ وَرَاءَ أَحَدٍ بَعْدَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ، أَشْبَهَ صَلَاةً بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ هَذَا الْفَتَى - يَعْنِي عُمَرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ - قَالَ: «فَحَزَرْنَا فِي رُكُوعِهِ عَشْرَ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ، وَفِي سُجُودِهِ عَشْرَ تَسْبِيحَاتٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، قُلْتُ لَهُ: مَانُوسُ، أَوْ مَابُوسُ، قَالَ: أَمَّا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ فَيَقُولُ: مَابُوسُ، وَأَمَّا حِفْظِي فَمَانُوسُ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ ابْنِ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ أَحْمَدُ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 888

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 888

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 150

The Limbs Upon Which One Should Prostrate

Hadith 889

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

889. Ibn 'Abbās narrated from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "I have been commanded" — Hammād (one of the narrators) said: "Your Prophet ﷺ was commanded" — "to prostrate on seven (parts of the body), and not to prevent the hair and clothes (from touching the ground)." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

٨٨٩ - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أُمِرْتُ»، قَالَ حَمَّادٌ: «أُمِرَ نَبِيُّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةٍ، وَلَا يَكُفَّ شَعْرًا، وَلَا ثَوْبًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 889

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 889

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 890

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

890. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "I have been commanded" and perhaps he said: "Your Prophet was commanded" — "to prostrate on seven parts of the body." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

890 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أُمِرْتُ»، وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ: «أُمِرَ نَبِيُّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ آرَابٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 890

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 890

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 891

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

891. Al-'Abbās bin 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib narrated that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "When a servant prostrates, seven parts of his body prostrate with him: his face, his two palms, his two knees, and his two feet.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

891 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُضَرَ، عَنِ ابْنِ الْهَادِي، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ الْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا سَجَدَ الْعَبْدُ سَجَدَ مَعَهُ سَبْعَةُ آرَابٍ، وَجْهُهُ، وَكَفَّاهُ، وَرُكْبَتَاهُ، وَقَدَمَاهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 891

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 891

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 892

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

892. It was reported from Nāfi ‘, from Ibn ‘Umar in a Marfū‘ form: “The two hands prostrate just like the face prostrates. So when one of you places his face (on the ground), let him place his two hands. And when he raises (his face), let him raise his two hands as well.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

892 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، رَفَعَهُ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الْيَدَيْنِ تَسْجُدَانِ كَمَا يَسْجُدُ الْوَجْهُ، فَإِذَا وَضَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ وَجْهَهُ فَلْيَضَعْ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَهُ فَلْيَرْفَعْهُمَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 892

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 892

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 151

What Should One Who Finds The Imām In Prostration Do ?

Hadith 893

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

893.[4] Abū Hurairah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If you come to the prayer, and find us in prostration, then go into prostration, but do not count it as anything. And whoever catches the Rak'ah he has caught the prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

893 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، أَنَّ سَعِيدَ بْنَ الْحَكَمِ، حَدَّثَهُمْ، أَخْبَرَنَا نَافِعُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَتَّابِ، وَابْنِ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا جِئْتُمْ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَنَحْنُ سُجُودٌ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَلَا تَعُدُّوهَا شَيْئًا، وَمَنْ أَدْرَكَ الرَّكْعَةَ، فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ الصَّلَاةَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] To 'Abdullāh bin Ibrāhīm bin 'Umar bin Kaisān, from whom he heard the narration.

2 [2] Abū Dāwud heard this from Aḥmad bin Šāliḥ and Ibn Rāfi', and the wording cited is of the later.

3 [3] While, Ibn Rāfi' narrated it with: "I heard."

4 [4] Manuscripts differ in the sequence here.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 893

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 893

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 152

Prostrating On The Nose And Forehead

Hadith 894

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

894. Abū Sa‘eed Al-Khudrī narrated that traces of mud were seen on the forehead and nose of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ due to a prayer that he led others in. (Sahih)

Arabic text

894 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رُئِيَ عَلَى جَبْهَتِهِ، وَعَلَى أَرْنَبَتِهِ أَثَرُ طِينٍ مِنْ صَلَاةٍ صَلَّاهَا بِالنَّاسِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 894

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 894

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 895

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

895. (There is another chain) with a similar (narration).

Arabic text

895 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 895

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 895

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 153

The Manner Of Prostration

Hadith 896

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

896. Abū Ishāq said: "Al-Barā' bin 'Azīb described for us (the prostration). He placed his two hands (on the ground), and kneeled on his two knees, while his buttocks were raised. He then said: 'This is how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to prostrate.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

896 - حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ أَبُو تَوْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: وَصَفَ لَنَا الْبَرَاءُ بْنُ عَازِبٍ، فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَاعْتَمَدَ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَرَفَعَ عَجِيزَتَهُ، وَقَالَ: «هَكَذَا كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْجُدُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 896

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 896

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 897

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

897. Anas reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Be moderate in your prostrations, and let not any of you spread his forearms like a dog does." (Sahih)

Arabic text

897 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اعْتَدِلُوا فِي السُّجُودِ، وَلَا يَفْتَرِشْ أَحَدُكُمْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ افْتِرَاشَ الْكَلْبِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 897

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 897

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 898

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

898. Maimūnah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ would spread out his arms when he prostrated, so much so that if a baby goat wished to pass under his arm, it could do so. (Sahih)

Arabic text

898 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ، جَافَى بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، حَتَّى لَوْ أَنَّ بَهْمَةً أَرَادَتْ أَنْ تَمُرَّ تَحْتَ يَدَيْهِ مَرَّت»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 898

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 898

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 899

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

899. Ibn 'Abbās said: "I once came to the Prophet ﷺ (and I approached him) from behind him, so I saw the whiteness of his armpits while he was kneeling (prostrating); he had separated between his hands (and body)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

899 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ التَّمِيمِيِّ، الَّذِي يُحَدِّثُ بِالتَّفْسِيرِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ خَلْفِهِ، فَرَأَيْتُ بَيَاضَ إِبِطَيْهِ وَهُوَ مُجَخٍّ، قَدْ فَرَّجَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 899

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 899

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 900

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

900. Aḥmar bin Jaz', the Companion of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ narrated: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prostrated, he would distance his two arms from his body, so much so that we would feel compassion for him." (Hasan)

Arabic text

900 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَرُ بْنُ جَزْءٍ، صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ، جَافَى عَضُدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ، حَتَّى نَأْوِيَ لَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 900

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 900

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 901

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

901. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When one of you prostrates, let him not spread his hands like a dog does, and let him join his thighs together." (Hasan)

Arabic text

901 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ شُعَيْبِ بْنِ اللَّيْثِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ دَرَّاجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ حُجَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلَا يَفْتَرِشْ يَدَيْهِ افْتِرَاشَ الْكَلْبِ، وَلْيَضُمَّ فَخْذَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 901

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 901

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 154

Concession In This Regard When There Is A Need

Hadith 902

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

902. It was reported from Ibn 'Ajlan from Sumaiyy from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from Abū Hurairah, he said: "The Companions complained to the Prophet ﷺ regarding the difficulty (they felt) when they spread (their arms out) during prostration. So he replied: " (Use your) knees to help you." (Da'if)

Arabic text

902 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: اشْتَكَى أَصْحَابُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَشَقَّةَ السُّجُودِ عَلَيْهِمْ إِذَا انْفَرَجُوا، فَقَالَ: «اسْتَعِينُوا بِالرُّكَبِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 902

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 902

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 155

Placing The Hands On The Khāṣirah, And (Sitting) In The Iq'ā' Position[1]

Hadith 903

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

903. Ziyād bin Ṣubaiḥ Al-Hanafi said: "I prayed next to Ibn 'Umar and placed my hands on my Khāṣirah. When he finished the prayer, he said: 'This (resembles) crucifixion in the prayer, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to forbid it.'" (Saḥih)

Arabic text

903 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ وَكِيعٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ صَبِيحٍ الْحَنَفِيِّ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، فَوَضَعْتُ يَدَيَّ عَلَى خَاصِرَتَيَّ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى، قَالَ: «هَذَا الصَّلْبُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنْهَى عَنْهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 903

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 903

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 156

Crying During The Prayer

Hadith 904

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

904. Muṭarrif reported from his father that he said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ pray once, and from his chest (I could hear) a noise like the noise of a grinding stone, due to his crying." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

904 - حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَلَّامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا حَمَّادٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي وَفِي صَدْرِهِ أَزِيزٌ كَأَزِيزِ الرَّحَى مِنَ الْبُكَاءِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Khāṣirah is the groin, waist and hip area. And the author mentioned narrations related to the Iq'ā' (squatting) position under nos. 783 and 845.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 904

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 904

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 157

TheWhisperings Of The Soul OrThe Wandering Of One'sThoughts Are Disliked DuringPrayer

Hadith 905

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

905. Zaid bin Khālid Al-Juhānī reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever performed Wudu' and performed it well, then he prayed two Rak'ahs, without being distracted in them, he will have all his sins forgiven." (Hasan)

Arabic text

905 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ الْجُهَنِيِّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ وُضُوءَهُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ لَا يَسْهُو فِيهِمَا، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 905

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 905

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 906

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

906. 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir Al-Juhānī said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "No one performs the Wudu' having performed it well, and prays two Rak'ahs, while having full concentration of his heart and soul in them, except that Paradise becomes obligatory for him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

906 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ الْخَوْلَانِيِّ، عَنْ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ الْجُهَنِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ يَتَوَضَّأُ فَيُحْسِنُ الْوُضُوءَ، وَيُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ، يُقْبِلُ بِقَلْبِهِ وَوَجْهِهِ عَلَيْهِمَا، إِلَّا وَجَبَتْ لَهُ الْجَنَّةُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 906

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 906

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 158

Correcting The Imām In The Prayer

Hadith 907

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(حديث المسور) حسن، (حديث عبد الله بن عمر) صحيحAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

907 (A). Al-Miswar bin Yazīd Al-Mālikī narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once recited in the prayer, and left out something without reciting it. So a person said to him (after the prayer): "O Messenger of Allāh! You left out such and such a Verse!" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Then why did you not remind me of it?" In his narration Sulaimān (one of the narrators)[1] added (that the man responded): "I presumed that it had been abrogated." (Hasan)

Arabic text

907 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، قَالَا: أَخْبَرَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى الْكَاهِلِيِّ، عَنِ الْمُسَوَّرِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْأَسَدِيِّ الْمَالِكِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَ يَحْيَى وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ: شَهِدْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - يَقْرَأُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَتَرَكَ شَيْئًا لَمْ يَقْرَأْهُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَجُلٌ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، تَرَكْتَ آيَةَ كَذَا وَكَذَا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «هَلَّا أَذْكَرْتَنِيهَا»، قَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أُرَاهَا نُسِخَتْ»، وَقَالَ سُلَيْمَانُ: قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ كَثِيرٍ الْأَزْدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُسَوَّرُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْأَسَدِيُّ الْمَالِكِيُّ حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ شُعَيْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ زَبْرٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " صَلَّى صَلَاةً، فَقَرَأَ فِيهَا فَلُبِسَ عَلَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ لِأُبَيٍّ: «أَصَلَّيْتَ مَعَنَا؟» قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «فَمَا مَنَعَكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 907

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 907

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 159

The Prohibition Of Correcting The Imām

Hadith 908

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

908. Abū Ishāq narrated from Al-Ĥārīth that ‘Alī, may Allāh be pleased with him, narrated from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ that he said: “O Alī! Do not correct the Imām during the prayer.” (Da’if)Abū Dāwūd said: Abū Ishāq only heard four Aḥādīth from Al-Ĥārīth, and this one is not of those four.

Arabic text

908 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ نَجْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا عَلِيُّ، لَا تَفْتَحْ عَلَى الْإِمَامِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ، لَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنَ الْحَارِثِ، إِلَّا أَرْبَعَةَ أَحَادِيثَ، لَيْسَ هَذَا مِنْهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 908

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 908

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 160

Turning Around In The Prayer

Hadith 909

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

909. Abū Dharr narrated from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ that he said: “Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, continues to face the servant while he is praying as long as he does not turn around; when he turns around, Allāh turns away.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

909 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا الْأَحْوَصِ، يُحَدِّثُنَا فِي مَجْلِسِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو ذَرٍّ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَزَالُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ مُقْبِلًا عَلَى الْعَبْدِ، وَهُوَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، مَا لَمْ يَلْتَفِتْ، فَإِذَا الْتَفَتَ انْصَرَفَ عَنْهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 909

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 909

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 910

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

910. Āishah narrated that she asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ regarding a person's turning around in the prayer. He replied: "It is (like) stolen (goods) that the Shaitān (secretly) steals from the prayer of the servant.” (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

910 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنِ الْأَشْعَثِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الْتِفَاتِ الرَّجُلِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ فَقَالَ: «إِنَّمَا هُوَ اخْتِلَاسٌ يَخْتَلِسُهُ الشَّيْطَانُ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْعَبْدِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 910

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 910

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 161

Prostrating On The Nose

Hadith 911

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

911. Abū Saʿeed Al-Khudrī narrated that traces of mud were seen on the forehead and nose of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ due to a prayer that he led others in. (Saḥīh) Abū ʿAlī said:[1] “Abū Dāwūd did not recite this Hadīth during the fourth dictation (of his Sunan).”

Arabic text

911 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم رُئِيَ عَلَى جَبْهَتِهِ، وَعَلَى أَرْنَبَتِهِ أَثَرُ طِينٍ مِنْ صَلَاةٍ صَلَّاهَا بِالنَّاسِ»، قَالَ أَبُو عَلِيٍّ: هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ لَمْ يَقْرَأْهُ أَبُو دَاوُدَ فِي الْعَرْضَةِ الرَّابِعَةِ

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Muḥammad bin Aḥmad bin ʿUmar Al-Luʿluʿī who heard the book from Abū Dāwūd.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 911

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 911

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 162

Looking (Up) In The Prayer

Hadith 912

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

912. Jābir bin Samurah said: "Once the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered the Masjid and saw people praying with their hands pointing upwards to the skies. He said: 'People should stop raising their eyes to the skies'" — Musad-dad (one of the narrators) said: "during prayer" — "or else their eyesight will not return to them." (Sahih)

Arabic text

912 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثُهُ وَهُوَ أَتَمُّ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ الطَّائِيِّ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ - قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: - قَالَ: دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، الْمَسْجِدَ، فَرَأَى فِيهِ نَاسًا يُصَلُّونَ رَافِعِي أَيْدِيهِمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقَا، فَقَالَ: " لَيَنْتَهِيَنَّ رِجَالٌ يَشْخَصُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ - قَالَ مُسَدَّدٌ فِي الصَّلَاةِ: - أَوْلَا تَرْجِعُ إِلَيْهِمْ أَبْصَارُهُمْ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 912

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 912

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 913

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

913. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Why do people raise their eyes in the prayers." Then he became even more strict in this regard, and said: "They should stop doing so, or else their eyesight will be snatched away from them." (Sahih)

Arabic text

913 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا بَالُ أَقْوَامٍ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِمْ»، فَاشْتَدَّ قَوْلُهُ فِي ذَلِكَ فَقَالَ: «لَيَنْتَهُنَّ عَنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لَتُخْطَفَنَّ أَبْصَارُهُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 913

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 913

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 914

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

914. It was reported from Az-Zuhri, from 'Urwah, from 'Aishah, that she said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷻ once prayed in a cloak (Khamīṣah) of his that had designs on it. He then said: "The designs on this (cloak) distracted me (during prayer). Take it to Abū Jahm, and bring me his plain, course (Anbijāniyah) cloak." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

914 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: فِي خَمِيصَةٍ لَهَا أَعْلَامٌ، فَقَالَ: «شَغَلَتْنِي أَعْلَامُ هَذِهِ، اذْهَبُوا بِهَا إِلَى أَبِي جَهْمٍ، وَأْتُونِي بِأَنْبِجَانِيَّتِهِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 914

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 914

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 915

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

915. It was reported from Hishām, who narrated it from his father, from 'Aishah — narrating this report (similar to no. 914). He said: "He took a Kurdi cloak from Abū Jahm (instead of his one) so he was told: 'O Messenger of Allāh, your (Khamīṣah) cloak was better than the Kurdi.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

915 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ هِشَامًا، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: وَأَخَذَ كُرْدِيًّا كَانَ لِأَبِي جَهْمٍ، فَقِيلَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ الْخَمِيصَةُ كَانَتْ خَيْرًا مِنَ الكُرْدِيِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 915

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 915

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 163

A Concession In This Regard

Hadith 916

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

916. Sahl bin Hanzaliyyah narrated that the Iqāmah was called — meaning for the Ṣubh (Fajr) prayer — so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ began to pray while he kept glancing (up) to the mountain pass. (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: He (ﷺ) had sent a rider on the mountain pass to guard (the caravan) for the night.

Arabic text

916 - حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَلَّامٍ، عَنْ زَيْدٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا سَلَّامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي السَّلُولِيُّ هُوَ أَبُوكَبْشَةَ، عَنْ سَهْلِ ابْنِ الْحَنْظَلِيَّةِ، قَالَ: «ثُوِّبَ بِالصَّلَاةِ - يَعْنِي صَلَاةَ الصُّبْحِ -، فَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ يَلْتَفِتُ إِلَى الشِّعْبِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَكَانَ أَرْسَلَ فَارِسًا إِلَى الشِّعْبِ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ يَحْرُسُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 916

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 916

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 164

Actions During The Prayer

Hadith 917

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

917. Abū Qatādah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed while he was carrying Umāmah, the daughter of Zainab, the daughter of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. When he went into prostration, he would place her down, and when he stood up, he would pick her up. (Sahih)

Arabic text

917 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ حَامِلٌ أُمَامَةَ بِنْتَ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَإِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَهَا، وَإِذَا قَامَ حَمَلَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 917

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 917

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 918

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

918. (There is another chain) from Abū Qatādah who narrated: "Once we were sitting in the Masjid, when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came out carrying Umāmah bint Abī Al-‘Āsh bin Rabī‘, and her mother was Zainab the daughter of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. She was at that time a baby, and he was carrying her on his shoulders. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led (us) in prayer while she was on his shoulders; he would place her (on the ground) when he went into Rukū‘, and he would pick her up again when he stood up. He continued to do so until the prayer finished." (Sahih)

Arabic text

918 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا قَتَادَةَ، يَقُولُ: «بَيْنَا نَحْنُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ جُلُوسٌ، خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَحْمِلُ أُمَامَةَ بِنْتَ أَبِي الْعَاصِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، وَأُمُّهَا زَيْنَبُ بِنْتُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهِيَ صَبِيَّةٌ يَحْمِلُهَا عَلَى عَاتِقِهِ، فَصَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهِيَ عَلَى عَاتِقِهِ، يَضَعُهَا إِذَا رَكَعَ، وَيُعِيدُهَا إِذَا قَامَ، حَتَّى قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ بِهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 918

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 918

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 919

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

919. (There is another chain) from Makhramah, from his father, from 'Amr bin Sulaim Az-Zuraqī who said: "I heard Abū Qatādah Al-Anṣārī saying: 'I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ lead the people in prayer while Umāmah bint Abī Al-'Āṣ was on his neck. When he went into prostration, he would put her down.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Makhramah did not hear anything from his father except for one Hadīth.[1]

Arabic text

919 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْمُرَادِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ مَخْرَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا قَتَادَةَ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، يَقُولُ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي لِلنَّاسِ وَأُمَامَةُ بِنْتُ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، عَلَى عُنُقِهِ، فَإِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَهَا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَلَمْ يَسْمَعْ مَخْرَمَةُ مِنْ أَبِيهِ، إِلَّا حَدِيثًا وَاحِدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 919

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 919

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 920

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

920. (There is another chain) from Abū Qatādah, the Companion of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ who said: "Once, we were waiting for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to come out for the prayer — either Zuhr or 'Aṣr — and Bilāl had already called him for the prayer. When he came out, Umāmah bint Abī Al-'Āṣ, his daughter's daughter, was on his neck. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up to pray in his place of prayer, and we stood behind him, while she was still in her place (being held by the Prophet ﷺ). When he said the Takbīr, we too said the Takbīr, and when he was about to go into Rukū', he took her and placed her (on the ground). Then he went into Rukū', and prostrated. When he completed the prostration, he picked her up again and placed her in her original place. And he continued to do likewise in every Rak'ah until he finished the prayer.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

920 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ خَلَفٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، صَاحِبِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «بَيْنَمَا نَحْنُ نَنْتَظِرُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِلصَّلَاةِ فِي الظُّهْرِ، أَوِ الْعَصْرِ، وَقَدْ دَعَاهُ بِلَالٌ لِلصَّلَاةِ، إِذْ خَرَجَ إِلَيْنَا وَأُمَامَةُ بِنْتُ أَبِي الْعَاصِ بِنْتُ ابْنَتِهِ عَلَى عُنُقِهِ، فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ وَقُمْنَا خَلْفَهُ، وَهِيَ فِي مَكَانِهَا الَّذِي هِيَ فِيهِ»، قَالَ: «فَكَبَّرَ فَكَبَّرْنَا»، قَالَ: «حَتَّى إِذَا أَرَادَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، أَخَذَهَا فَوَضَعَهَا، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ وَسَجَدَ، حَتَّى إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ سُجُودِهِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ، أَخَذَهَا فَرَدَّهَا فِي مَكَانِهَا، فَمَا زَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ بِهَا ذَلِكَ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ حَتَّى فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Makhramah bin Bukair, and accordingly, it is not this narration, yet he narrated from his father's book as well, as mentioned in the biographies of narrators.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 920

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 920

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 921

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

921. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Kill the two black (vermin) in the prayer: The snake and the scorpion." (Sahih)

Arabic text

921 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ ضَمْضَمِ بْنِ جَوْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " اقْتُلُوا الْأَسْوَدَيْنِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ: الْحَيَّةَ، وَالْعَقْرَبَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 921

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 921

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 922

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

922. 'Urwah bin Az-Zubair reported that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was once praying when I came, and the door was closed. I asked that the door be opened, so he walked (towards the door), opened it for me, then returned to his place of prayer." 'Urwah said: "The door was towards the direction of the Qiblah." (Da'if)

Arabic text

922 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، وَمُسَدَّدٌ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا بُرْدٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَ أَحْمَدُ - يُصَلِّي وَالْبَابُ عَلَيْهِ مُغْلَقٌ، فَجِئْتُ فَاسْتَفْتَحْتُ - قَالَ أَحْمَدُ: - فَمَشَى فَفَتَحَ لِي، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى مُصَلَّاهُ، وَذَكَرَ أَنَّ الْبَابَ كَانَ فِي الْقِبْلَةِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 922

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 922

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 165

Returning The Salām During The Prayer

Hadith 923

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

923. It was reported from 'Alqamah, from 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) who said: "We used to say Salām to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was praying, and he would return the greeting to us. When we returned from (the land of) An-Najāshī, we said Salām to him, but he did not respond to us, and said, (after the prayer): 'Indeed, there are (matters) in the prayer that (keep one) busy.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

923 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا نُسَلِّمُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَيَرُدُّ عَلَيْنَا، فَلَمَّا رَجَعْنَا مِنْ عِنْدِ النَّجَاشِيِّ، سَلَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِ، فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيْنَا، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ فِي الصَّلَاةِ لَشُغْلًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 923

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 923

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 924

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

924. It was reported from Abū Wā'il, from 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) who said: "We would give each other Salām during the prayer, and would command others regarding something that we needed. Once, I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was praying, and greeted him, but he did not respond to it! So I became anxious, wondering which of my deeds might have caused this! But when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ completed the prayer, he said: 'Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, brings about new (rulings) from His Command, as He wills. And of the matters that Allāh, the Most High, has brought about is that you should not talk during the prayer.' And he then returned the Salām to me." (Hasan)

Arabic text

924 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا نُسَلِّمُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَنَأْمُرُ بِحَاجَتِنَا، فَقَدِمْتُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيَّ السَّلَامَ، فَأَخَذَنِي مَا قَدُمَ وَمَا حَدُثَ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلَاةَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ يُحْدِثُ مِنْ أَمْرِهِ مَا يَشَاءُ، وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ قَدْ أَحْدَثَ مِنْ أَمْرِهِ أَنْ لَا تَكَلَّمُوا فِي الصَّلَاةِ»، فَرَدَّ عَلَيَّ السَّلَامَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 924

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 924

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 925

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

925. Suhaib narrated: "I once passed by the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was praying, so I greeted him, and he responded by motioning (one narrator said: by motioning with his finger)." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

925 - حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ، وَقُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ اللَّيْثَ، حَدَّثَهُمْ عَنْ بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ نَابِلٍ، صَاحِبِ الْعَبَاءِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ صُهَيْبٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «مَرَرْتُ بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَرَدَّ إِشَارَةً»، قَالَ: «وَلَا أَعْلَمُهُ إِلَّا قَالَ إِشَارَةً بِأُصْبُعِهِ»، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ حَدِيثِ قُتَيْبَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 925

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 925

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 926

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده على شرط مسلم، وصححه الترمذي. وأخرجه مسلم وأبو عوانة في "صحيحيهما" بإسناد آخر صحيح)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

926. Jābir narrated: "The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ sent me to Banū Al-Muṣṭaliq. (When I returned from my errand), I came to him while he was praying on his camel. I spoke to him, but he motioned to me with his hand, then I spoke again, but he motioned to me once again with his hand. And I could hear him reciting (the Qur'an), and motioning with his head (the actions of Rukū' and prostration). When he finished praying, he said: 'What have you done regarding the errand I sent you on? For nothing prevented me from responding to you (before) except that I was praying.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

926 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: أَرْسَلَنِي نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى بَنِي الْمُصْطَلَقِ، فَأَتَيْتُهُ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ فَكَلَّمْتُهُ، فَقَالَ لِي بِيَدِهِ هَكَذَا، ثُمَّ كَلَّمْتُهُ، فَقَالَ لِي بِيَدِهِ هَكَذَا: وَأَنَا أَسْمَعُهُ يَقْرَأُ وَيُومِئُ بِرَأْسِهِ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ، قَالَ: «مَا فَعَلْتَ فِي الَّذِي أَرْسَلْتُكَ؟ فَإِنَّهُ لَمْ يَمْنَعْنِي أَنْ أُكَلِّمَكَ إِلَّا أَنِّي كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 926

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 926

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 927

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

927. 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once visited Qubā' to pray in it. The Anṣār came to him while he was praying, and said Salām. I asked Bilāl: 'Did you see how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ responded to the Anṣār when they gave him Salām?' He replied: 'He would motion such,' and he extended his palm." Ja'far bin 'Awn (one of the narrators) demonstrated how he did this by extending his palm, and keeping the inner palm facing the ground, while the outer palm faced upwards. (Sahih)

Arabic text

927 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْخُرَاسَانِيُّ الدَّامِغَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ عَوْنٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا نَافِعٌ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، يَقُولُ: «خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى قُبَاءَ يُصَلِّي فِيهِ»، قَالَ: «فَجَاءَتْهُ الْأَنْصَارُ، فَسَلَّمُوا عَلَيْهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي»، قَالَ: " فَقُلْتُ لِبِلَالٍ: كَيْفَ رَأَيْتَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرُدُّ عَلَيْهِمْ حِينَ كَانُوا يُسَلِّمُونَ عَلَيْهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي؟ "، قَالَ: «يَقُولُ هَكَذَا، وَبَسَطَ كَفَّهُ»، وَبَسَطَ جَعْفَرُ بْنُ عَوْنٍ كَفَّهُ، وَجَعَلَ بَطْنَهُ أَسْفَلَ، وَجَعَلَ ظَهْرَهُ إِلَى فَوْقٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 927

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 927

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 928

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

928. Abū Hurairah reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There is no Ghirār in the prayer, nor in Taslīm." (Ḍa'if) Aḥmad (bin Ḥanbal) said: "Meaning, according to my view, (the Gharār in the Salām) is that you should not greet someone, nor should you return the greeting (during the prayer). And the Gharār in the prayer is that one leaves it while he is in doubt (as to how much he has prayed).”

Arabic text

928 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ الْأَشْجَعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا غِرَارَ فِي صَلَاةٍ، وَلَا تَسْلِيمٍ»، قَالَ أَحْمَدُ: «يَعْنِي فِيمَا أَرَى أَنْ لَا تُسَلِّمَ، وَلَا يُسَلَّمَ عَلَيْكَ، وَيُغَرِّرُ الرَّجُلُ بِصَلَاتِهِ فَيَنْصَرِفُ وَهُوَ فِيهَا شَاكٌّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 928

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 928

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 929

DarussalamḌaʿīfAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

929. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that he said — and I think it is Marfū[1] — “There should be no Ghirār in Taslīm nor in the prayer.” (Ḍaʿīf) Abū Dāwud said: Ibn Fuḏail reported it with the wording of Ibn Mahdī, and he did not narrate it in Marfū form.

Arabic text

929 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: أُرَاهُ رَفَعَهُ، قَالَ: «لَا غِرَارَ فِي تَسْلِيمٍ، وَلَا صَلَاةٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ عَلَى لَفْظِ ابْنِ مَهْدِيٍّ، وَلَمْ يَرْفَعْهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 929

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 929

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 166

Responding To The One Who Has Sneezed In The Prayer

Hadith 930

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

930. Muʿāwiyah bin Al-Ḥakam As-Sulamī narrated: “I once prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and a person among us sneezed. I (responded) by saying: ‘Yarhamuk Allāh (Allāh have mercy on you).’ The people started glaring at me, so I said: ‘May my mother lose me! What is the matter that you are staring at me?' So they began hitting their thighs with their hands, and I realized that they were telling me to remain silent" — 'Uthmān (one of the narrators) said: "So when I saw that they were telling me to remain silent, I became quiet." — "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ finished the prayer, then — may my mother and father be given in ransom for him — he did not hit me, nor was he harsh with me, nor did he curse me; rather, he said: 'This prayer (that we pray) — it is not permissible to speak in it the speech of men. Rather, it is for praising Allāh, glorifying him, and reciting the Qur'ān,' or as said by the Messenger of Allāh. I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! We are a people who have just recently left Jahiliyyah, and some of us go to fortune-tellers.' So he responded: 'Do not go to them.' I said: 'And some of us seek omens.' He replied: 'That is (only) something that you find in your hearts, so let it not prevent you.' I said: 'And some of us (seek omens) through Khatt.' He replied: 'One of the Prophets used to do so as well, so whoever is in accordance with his Khatt, then it is so.'[1] I said: '(I have) a slave-girl that used to shepherd some sheep of mine towards (the mountains of) Uḥud and Al-Jawwāniyyah. When she climbed a mount, she saw that a wolf had taken away a sheep of hers — and I am of the sons of Ādam, and become angry as they become angry, so I slapped her.' I (saw that) this (act of mine) was considered very severe by the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so I said: 'Should I not free her?' He said: 'Bring her to me.' So I brought her to him. He said (to her): 'Where is Allāh?' She replied: 'Above the skies.' He said: 'Who am I?' She replied: 'You are the Messenger of Allāh.' The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Free her, for she is a believer.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

930 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، ح وحَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ الصَّوَّافِ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ أَبِي مَيْمُونَةَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ السُّلَمِيِّ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَعَطَسَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ، فَقُلْتُ: يَرْحَمُكَ اللَّهُ، فَرَمَانِي الْقَوْمُ بِأَبْصَارِهِمْ، فَقُلْتُ: وَاثُكْلَ أُمِّيَاهُ، مَا شَأْنُكُمْ تَنْظُرُونَ إِلَيَّ؟ فَجَعَلُوا يَضْرِبُونَ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ عَلَى أَفْخَاذِهِمْ، فَعَرَفْتُ أَنَّهُمْ يُصَمِّتُونِي - فَقَالَ عُثْمَانُ: فَلَمَّا رَأَيْتُهُمْ يُسَكِّتُونِي لَكِنِّي سَكَتُّ - قَالَ: فَلَمَّا صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، بِأَبِي وَأُمِّي مَا ضَرَبَنِي، وَلَا كَهَرَنِي، وَلَا سَبَّنِي، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ لَا يَحِلُّ فِيهَا شَيْءٌ مِنْ كَلَامِ النَّاسِ هَذَا، إِنَّمَا هُوَ التَّسْبِيحُ وَالتَّكْبِيرُ وَقِرَاءَةُ الْقُرْآنِ» أَوْ كَمَا قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّا قَوْمٌ حَدِيثُ عَهْدٍ بِجَاهِلِيَّةٍ، وَقَدْ جَاءَنَا اللَّهُ بِالْإِسْلَامِ، وَمِنَّا رِجَالٌ يَأْتُونَ الْكُهَّانَ، قَالَ: «فَلَا تَأْتِهِمْ»، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: وَمِنَّا رِجَالٌ يَتَطَيَّرُونَ، قَالَ: «ذَاكَ شَيْءٌ يَجِدُونَهُ فِي صُدُورِهِمْ، فَلَا يَصُدُّهُمْ»، قُلْتُ: وَمِنَّا رِجَالٌ يَخُطُّونَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ نَبِيٌّ مِنَ الْأَنْبِيَاءِ يَخُطُّ، فَمَنْ وَافَقَ خَطَّهُ فَذَاكَ» قَالَ: قُلْتُ: جَارِيَةٌ لِي كَانَتْ تَرْعَى غُنَيْمَاتٍ قِبَلَ أُحُدٍ، وَالْجَوَّانِيَّةِ، إِذِ اطَّلَعْتُ عَلَيْهَا اطِّلَاعَةً، فَإِذَا الذِّئْبُ قَدْ ذَهَبَ بِشَاةٍ مِنْهَا، وَأَنَا مِنْ بَنِي آدَمَ، آسَفُ كَمَا يَأْسَفُونَ، لَكِنِّي صَكَكْتُهَا صَكَّةً، فَعَظُمَ ذَاكَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُلْتُ: أَفَلَا أُعْتِقُهَا؟ قَالَ: «ائْتِنِي بِهَا»، قَالَ: فَجِئْتُهُ بِهَا، فَقَالَ: «أَيْنَ اللَّهُ؟»، قَالَتْ: فِي السَّمَاءِ، قَالَ: «مَنْ أَنَا؟» قَالَتْ: أَنْتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «أَعْتِقْهَا فَإِنَّهَا مُؤْمِنَةٌ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, “I think he attributed it to the Prophet ﷺ” and it appears to be Muʿāwiyah bin Hishām speaking, and the meaning is that he thinks that Sufyān — from whom he heard it — narrated it in Marfū form. While the previous narration was from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Mahdī and he did not indicate any doubt that it was Marfū.

1 [1] The meaning of Khatt is a line or a figure, and it indicates drawing lines and figures in the sand or other than that, in order to seek a sign. An-Nawawī commented that the narration informs of that which it is not possible for one to attain — that is, whether or not his practice of this will coincide with the method of the previous Prophet that was mentioned, and therefore it is not for the worshiper of Allāh to attempt, since the Messenger ﷺ did not inform of the method employed by the previous Prophet. And Allāh knows best. See the commentary on Ṣaḥīḥ Muslim by An-Nawawī.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 930

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 930

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 931

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

931. Mu'āwiyah bin Al-Ḥakam As-Sulami narrated: "When I first came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, I knew some matters of the commandments of Islam. And of the matters that I knew, and was told, was that when I sneeze, I should say: 'Al-ḥamdulillāh' (All praise is due to Allāh).' And when someone sneezed and praised Allāh, I should say: 'Yarḥamukallāh' (May Allāh have mercy on you).' So I was once standing in prayer behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ when someone sneezed and said: 'Al-ḥamdulillāh' (All praise is due to Allāh).' I responded in a loud voice: 'Yarḥamukallāh' (May Allāh have mercy on you)' So the people began staring at me with their eyes until I could not bear it any longer, and said: 'Why are you glaring at me with annoyed eyes?' But they (responded) with Tashbih. When the Prophet ﷺ completed the prayer, he said: 'Who was the one who spoke?' They replied: 'This bedouin.' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ called me, and said: 'The prayer is only meant for the recitation of the Qur'an, and the remembrance of Allāh. So when you are engaged in it, then let this be your occupation.' And I never saw any teacher more gentle than the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ." (Hasan)

Arabic text

931 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ النَّسَائِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحٌ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ السُّلَمِيِّ، قَالَ: لَمَّا قَدِمْتُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: عَلِمْتُ أُمُورًا مِنْ أُمُورِ الْإِسْلَامِ، فَكَانَ فِيمَا عَلِمْتُ أَنْ قَالَ لِي: " إِذَا عَطَسْتَ فَاحْمَدِ اللَّهَ، وَإِذَا عَطَسَ الْعَاطِسُ فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ، فَقُلْ: يَرْحَمُكَ اللَّهُ "، قَالَ: فَبَيْنَمَا أَنَا قَائِمٌ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، إِذْ عَطَسَ رَجُلٌ، فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ، فَقُلْتُ: يَرْحَمُكَ اللَّهُ، رَافِعًا بِهَا صَوْتِي، فَرَمَانِي النَّاسُ بِأَبْصَارِهِمْ حَتَّى احْتَمَلَنِي ذَلِكَ، فَقُلْتُ: مَا لَكُمْ تَنْظُرُونَ إِلَيَّ بِأَعْيُنٍ شُزْرٍ؟ قَالَ: فَسَبَّحُوا، فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنِ الْمُتَكَلِّمُ؟» قِيلَ: هَذَا الْأَعْرَابِيُّ، فَدَعَانِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ لِي: «إِنَّمَا الصَّلَاةُ لِقِرَاءَةِ الْقُرْآنِ، وَذِكْرِ اللَّهِ جَلَّ وَعَزَّ، فَإِذَا كُنْتَ فِيهَا فَلْيَكُنْ ذَلِكَ شَأْنُكَ»، فَمَا رَأَيْتُ مُعَلِّمًا قَطُّ أَرْفَقَ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 931

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 931

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 167

Saying 'Āmīn' Behind the Imām

Hadith 932

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: وإسناده صحيح، وكذا قال الحافظ، وقال الترمذي: "حديث حسن"، وصححه الدارقطني)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

932. Wā'il bin Hujr narrated: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say: '... nor those who have gone astray'[1] he would then say: 'Āmīn,' and raise his voice with it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

932 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ حُجْرٍ أَبِي الْعَنْبَسِ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَرَأَ {وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، قَالَ: «آمِينَ»، وَرَفَعَ بِهَا صَوْتَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 932

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 932

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 933

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

933. (There is another chain) from Wā'il bin Hujr who narrated that he prayed behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. He (the Prophet ﷺ) would raise his voice with 'Āmīn', and he would say the Salām to his right and left, until I could see the whiteness of his cheek. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

933 - حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الشَّعِيرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ كُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ حُجْرِ بْنِ عَنْبَسٍ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، «أَنَّهُ صَلَّى خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَجَهَرَ بِآمِينَ، وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ بَيَاضَ خَدِّهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Sūrat Al-Fātiḥah 1:7.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 933

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 933

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 934

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

934. It was reported from Abū ‘Abdullāh, the paternal nephew of Abū Hurairah, from Abū Hurairah, may Allāh be pleased with him, who said: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say: ‘Not (the path) of those upon whom anger has been shown, nor those who have gone astray,’[1] he would say: ‘Āmīn’ — and those behind him in the first row could hear him.” (Da‘if)

Arabic text

934 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، أَخْبَرَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، عَنْ بِشْرِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ عَمِّ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِذَا تَلَا {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، قَالَ: «آمِينَ»، حَتَّى يَسْمَعَ مَنْ يَلِيهِ مِنَ الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 934

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 934

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 935

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

935. It was reported from Abū Sāliḥ As-Sammān, from Abū Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: “When the Imām recites: ‘Not (the path) of those upon whom anger has been shown, nor those who have gone astray,’[2] then say: ‘Āmīn’, for whoever’s statement among you corresponds to the statement of the angels, he will have all his previous sins forgiven.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

935 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ السَّمَّانِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ الْإِمَامُ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ وَافَقَ قَوْلُهُ قَوْلَ الْمَلَائِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Sūrat Al-Fātiḥah 1:7.

2 [2] Sūrat Al-Fātiḥah 1:7.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 935

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 935

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 936

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

936. It was reported from Ibn Shihāb, from Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab and Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, both of them informed him from Abū Hurairah, may Allāh be pleased with him, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the Imām says: 'Āmīn', then say: 'Āmīn' yourselves, because whoever's 'Āmīn' corresponds to the 'Āmīn' of the Angels, he will have all his previous sins forgiven." (Ṣaḥīḥ) Ibn Shihāb said: "And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say: 'Āmīn'."

Arabic text

936 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهُمَا أَخْبَرَاهُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْإِمَامُ فَأَمِّنُوا، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلَائِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ»، قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «آمِينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 936

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 936

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 937

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

937. Abū 'Uthmān reported that Bilāl said: "O Messenger of Allāh! Do not say 'Āmīn' before I do." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

937 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ رَاهَوَيْهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ بِلَالٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، لَا تَسْبِقْنِي بِآمِينَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 937

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 937

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 938

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

938. It was reported from Ṣubaiḥ bin Muḥriz Al-Ḥimṣī, (he said): "Abū Muṣabbih Al-Maqrā'ī narrated to me: 'We used to sit with Abū Zuhair An-Numairī, and he was of the Companions. He would narrate to us beautiful Aḥādīth. And when one of us made any supplication, he would say: "I will end it with 'Āmīn', for 'Āmīn' is like a stamp (that seals) a letter." And he said: "I shall inform you about it. We once went with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at night, and passed by a person who was sincerely requesting (Allāh) in his supplication. So the Prophet ﷺ stood listening to him, and said: 'His (request) will of a surety be answered, if he seals it.' A person among us said: 'With what should he seal it?' He responded: 'With Āmīn, because if he seals it with Āmīn, it will of a surety be answered.' So the man went to the person (making the supplication) and said: 'Seal it off — O so-and-so — with Āmīn, and rejoice (that it has been accepted).'" (Ḍa'if) This is the wording of Maḥmūd (one of the narrators). Abū Dāwūd said: And Al-Maqrā'ī is a branch of (the tribe of) Ḥimyar.

Arabic text

938 - حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ عُتْبَةَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، وَمَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْفِرْيَابِيُّ، عَنْ صُبَيْحِ بْنِ مُحْرِزٍ الْحِمْصِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو مُصَبِّحٍ الْمَقْرَائِيُّ، قَالَ: كُنَّا نَجْلِسُ إِلَى أَبِي زُهَيْرٍ النُّمَيْرِيِّ، وَكَانَ مِنَ الصَّحَابَةِ، فَيَتَحَدَّثُ أَحْسَنَ الْحَدِيثِ، فَإِذَا دَعَا الرَّجُلُ مِنَّا بِدُعَاءٍ قَالَ: اخْتِمْهُ بِآمِينَ، فَإِنَّ آمِينَ مِثْلُ الطَّابَعِ عَلَى الصَّحِيفَةِ، قَالَ أَبُو زُهَيْرٍ: أُخْبِرُكُمْ عَنْ ذَلِكَ؟ خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ، فَأَتَيْنَا عَلَى رَجُلٍ قَدْ أَلَحَّ فِي الْمَسْأَلَةِ، فَوَقَفَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَسْتَمِعُ مِنْهُ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَوْجَبَ إِنْ خَتَمَ»، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ: بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ يَخْتِمُ؟ قَالَ: «بِآمِينَ، فَإِنَّهُ إِنْ خَتَمَ بِآمِينَ فَقَدْ أَوْجَبَ»، فَانْصَرَفَ الرَّجُلُ الَّذِي سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَتَى الرَّجُلَ، فَقَالَ: اخْتِمْ يَا فُلَانُ بِآمِينَ، وَأَبْشِرْ، وَهَذَا لَفْظٌ مَحْمُودٌ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «الْمَقْرَاءُ قَبِيلٌ مِنْ حِمْيَرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 938

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 938

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 168

Clapping During The Prayer

Hadith 939

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

939. Abū Hurairah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Tasbih is for men, and clapping (Tasfiq) is for women." (Sahih)

Arabic text

939 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ، وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 939

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 939

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 940

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

940. Sahl bin Sa'd reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went to (the tribe of) Banū 'Amr bin 'Awf to reconcile between them, and the time for prayer came. So the Mu'adh-dhin came to Abū Bakr and asked: "Will you lead the people in prayer, so that I may call the Iqāmah?" He said: "Yes." So Abū Bakr led the prayer. While the people were praying, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ returned, and reached one of the rows and stood (in prayer). The people started clapping — and Abū Bakr was one who would never turn around during the prayer, but when they increased their clapping, he turned around, and saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ motioned to him to remain in his place. Abū Bakr raised his hands and thanked Allāh due to the command that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had given him, then he walked back until he stood in (the front) row. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ walked forward to and prayed (leading them). When he finished, he said: "O Abū Bakr! Why did you not remain (leading the prayer) when I commanded you?" Abū Bakr replied: "It is not befitting that the son of Abū Quhāfah lead while the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ is behind him." And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ then said: “Why is it that I saw you clapping so frequently? If something disturbs one of you while he is praying, let him say the Tasbīh (saying Subhān Allāh), since if he says the Tasbīh, (people) will pay attention to him. And Tasfīh[1] is only for women.” (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: And this is in the obligatory (prayers).

Arabic text

940 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَهَبَ إِلَى بَنِي عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ لِيُصْلِحَ بَيْنَهُمْ، وَحَانَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَجَاءَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: أَتُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ فَأُقِيمَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، فَصَلَّى أَبُو بَكْرٍ، فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّاسُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَتَخَلَّصَ حَتَّى وَقَفَ فِي الصَّفِّ، فَصَفَّقَ النَّاسُ، وَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ لَا يَلْتَفِتُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَمَّا أَكْثَرَ النَّاسُ التَّصْفِيقَ الْتَفَتَ، فَرَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنِ امْكُثْ مَكَانَكَ، فَرَفَعَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَدَيْهِ، فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ عَلَى مَا أَمَرَهُ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ اسْتَأْخَرَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ حَتَّى اسْتَوَى فِي الصَّفِّ، وَتَقَدَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «يَا أَبَا بَكْرٍ، مَا مَنَعَكَ أَنْ تَثْبُتَ إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ»، قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ: مَا كَانَ لِابْنِ أَبِي قُحَافَةَ، أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا لِي رَأَيْتُكُمْ أَكْثَرْتُمْ مِنَ التَّصْفِيحِ؟ مَنْ نَابَهُ شَيْءٌ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيُسَبِّحْ، فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا سَبَّحَ الْتُفِتَ إِلَيْهِ، وَإِنَّمَا التَّصْفِيحُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذَا فِي الْفَرِيضَةِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 940

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 940

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 941

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

941. Sahl bin Sa'd reported: “Some fighting occurred between the (tribe members of) Banū 'Amr bin 'Awf. The Prophet ﷺ heard this, and went to them after the Zuhr prayer in order to reconcile between them. He said to Bilāl: 'If the time for the Aṣr prayer arrives, and I have not returned, then command Abū Bakr to lead the prayer.' When the time for Aṣr came, Bilāl called the Adhān and then the Iqāmah, then he commanded Abū Bakr to lead, so he stepped forward...” (the rest of the narration is similar to no. 940) in the end of it he (ﷺ) said: “If some matter disturbs you in the prayer, let the men say Tasbīh, and let the women hit their hands.”[2] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

941 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ قِتَالٌ بَيْنَ بَنِي عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ، فَبَلَغَ ذَلِكَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَتَاهُمْ لِيُصْلِحَ بَيْنَهُمْ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ، فَقَالَ لِبِلَالٍ: «إِنْ حَضَرَتْ صَلَاةُ الْعَصْرِ وَلَمْ آتِكَ، فَمُرْ أَبَا بَكْرٍ، فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ»، فَلَمَّا حَضَرَتِ الْعَصْرُ أَذَّنَ بِلَالٌ، ثُمَّ أَقَامَ، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ، فَتَقَدَّمَ، قَالَ فِي آخِرِهِ: «إِذَا نَابَكُمْ شَيْءٌ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَلْيُسَبِّحِ الرِّجَالُ، وَلْيُصَفِّحِ النِّسَاءُ»،

Footnotes

1 [1] See the following narrations.

2 [2] Walyuṣaffīh an-nisā' and Tasfīh is explained in the following narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 941

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 941

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 942

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albaniصحيح مقطوعAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

942. 'Eisā bin Ayyūb said: "His statement: '...Tasfīh is for women,' means that she should hit two fingers of her right hand upon her left palm." (Da'if)

Arabic text

942 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، قَالَ قَوْلُهُ: «التَّصْفِيحُ لِلنِّسَاءِ» تَضْرِبُ بِأُصْبُعَيْنِ مِنْ يَمِينِهَا عَلَى كَفِّهَا الْيُسْرَى

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 942

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 942

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 169

Motioning During The Prayer

Hadith 943

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

943. Anas bin Mālik narrated that the Prophet ﷺ would motion during the prayer. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

943 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ شَبُّوَيْهِ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُشِيرُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 943

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 943

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 944

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

944. Abū Gaṭafān narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Tasbīh is for men..." meaning in the prayer, "...and clapping (Tasfīq) is for women. And if someone motions in the prayer (in a manner that others) understand what he is trying to say, then let him repeat it," meaning the prayer. (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth is an error.

Arabic text

944 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ يَعْقُوبَ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ بْنِ الْأَخْنَسِ، عَنْ أَبِي غَطَفَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ - يَعْنِي فِي الصَّلَاةِ - وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ، مَنْ أَشَارَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ إِشَارَةً تُفْهَمُ عَنْهُ، فَلْيَعُدْ لَهَا» يَعْنِي الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ وَهْمٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 944

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 944

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 170

Touching The Pebbles During The Prayer

Hadith 945

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

945. Abū Dharr narrated from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "When one of you stands in prayer, then mercy (descends upon and) comes towards him, so let him not wipe pebbles." (Hasan)

Arabic text

945 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، شَيْخٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا ذَرٍّ، يَرْوِيهِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ، فَإِنَّ الرَّحْمَةَ تُوَاجِهُهُ، فَلَا يَمْسَحِ الْحَصَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 945

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 945

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 946

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

946. Mu'ayqib narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Do not wipe (pebbles) while you are praying. If you must do so, then once, so that you may smooth out the pebbles." (Sahih)

Arabic text

946 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُعَيْقِيبٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تَمْسَحْ وَأَنْتَ تُصَلِّي، فَإِنْ كُنْتَ لَا بُدَّ فَاعِلًا، فَوَاحِدَةٌ تَسْوِيَةَ الْحَصَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 946

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 946

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 171

A Person Prays In A State Of Ikhtisār

Hadith 947

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

947. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Prophet ﷺ prohibited Ikhtisār during the prayer. (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: This (Ikhtisār) means that one places his hand on his waist (Hāsirah).[1]

Arabic text

947 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ كَعْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: " نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: عَنِ الاخْتِصَارِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «يَعْنِي يَضَعُ يَدَهُ عَلَى خَاصِرَتِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 947

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 947

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 172

A Person Prays While Leaning On A Stick

Hadith 948

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

948. Hilāl bin Yasāf said: "I came to Ar-Raqqaḥ, and some of my companions said: 'Do you wish (to visit) one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ?' I replied: '(Yes, that is) good fortune!' So we went to Wābiṣaḥ. I told my companions: 'Let us begin by looking at his composure (and actions).' He was wearing a cap (Qalansuwah) which clung (to his head) and had two ear-flaps. He was also wearing a sand-colored Khazz Burnus.[2] We also saw him leaning on a stick while he was praying. We asked him (concerning this) after we had prayed, so he replied: 'Umm Qais bint Miḥṣan narrated to me that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ took a stick upon which to lean in his prayer after he had become old and gained weight.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

948 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْوَابِصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ حُصَيْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمْتُ الرَّقَّةَ، فَقَالَ لِي بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِي: هَلْ لَكَ فِي رَجُلٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ، صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: غَنِيمَةٌ، فَدَفَعْنَا إِلَى وَابِصَةَ، قُلْتُ لِصَاحِبِي: نَبْدَأُ فَنَنْظُرُ إِلَى دَلِّهِ، فَإِذَا عَلَيْهِ قَلَنْسُوَةٌ لَاطِئَةٌ ذَاتُ أُذُنَيْنِ، وَبُرْنُسُ خَزٍّ أَغْبَرُ، وَإِذَا هُوَ مُعْتَمِدٌ عَلَى عَصًا فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَقُلْنَا بَعْدَ أَنْ سَلَّمْنَا، فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي أُمُّ قَيْسٍ بِنْتُ مِحْصَنٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا أَسَنَّ وَحَمَلَ اللَّحْمَ، اتَّخَذَ عَمُودًا فِي مُصَلَّاهُ يَعْتَمِدُ عَلَيْهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See numbers. 783 and 845.

2 [2] A Burnus is a hooded garment, whether it is a cloak or a long shirt. Scholars differ in defining Khazz in the Hadīth literature, while the term is commonly used now to refer to silk fabric. Some of them say it is a garment made of wool and Ibrīsim — which is a type of silk — and some say it is rabbit fur.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 948

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 948

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 173

The Prohibition Of Speaking In The Prayer

Hadith 949

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

949. Zaid bin Arqam narrated: "We used to speak to the person next to us during the prayer, (until) Allāh revealed: And stand (in prayer) to Allāh, devoutly obedient.[1] So we were commanded to remain quiet, and prohibited from speaking." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

949 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ شُبَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَمْرٍو الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ، قَالَ: " كَانَ أَحَدُنَا يُكَلِّمُ الرَّجُلَ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَنَزَلَتْ: {وَقُومُوا لِلَّهِ قَانِتِينَ} [البقرة: 238]، فَأُمِرْنَا بِالسُّكُوتِ، وَنُهِينَا عَنِ الْكَلَامِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 949

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 949

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 174

The Prayer Of The One Sitting Down

Hadith 950

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

950. 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr narrated: "I had been informed that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had said: 'The (reward) of a person who prays while sitting down is (equivalent) to half of the prayer.' Once, I went to him, and saw him praying while sitting down, so I put my hand on my head. He said: 'What is the matter with you, O Abdullāh bin 'Amr?' I replied: 'I was informed, O Messenger of Allāh, that you had said: "The (reward) of a person who prays while sitting down is (equivalent) to half of the prayer," and you are praying while sitting down!' He said: 'Yes, but I am not like one of you.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

950 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ أَعْيَنَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ أَبِي يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: حُدِّثْتُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ قَاعِدًا نِصْفُ الصَّلَاةِ»، فَأَتَيْتُهُ فَوَجَدْتُهُ يُصَلِّي جَالِسًا، فَوَضَعْتُ يَدَيَّ عَلَى رَأْسِي، فَقَالَ: «مَا لَكَ يَا عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَمْرٍو؟»، قُلْتُ: حُدِّثْتُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَنَّكَ قُلْتَ: «صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ قَاعِدًا نِصْفُ الصَّلَاةِ»، وَأَنْتَ تُصَلِّي قَاعِدًا، قَالَ: «أَجَلْ، وَلَكِنِّي لَسْتُ كَأَحَدٍ مِنْكُمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:238.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 950

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 950

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 951

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

951. Imrān bin Huṣain narrated that he asked the Prophet ﷺ about the prayer of one who prays while sitting down, so he replied: "His prayer while he stands up is better than his prayer while he sits down, and his prayer while he sits down is equivalent to half of his prayer while he stands up. And his prayer while lying down is equivalent to half the prayer while he is sitting down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

951 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ صَلَاةِ الرَّجُلِ قَاعِدًا، فَقَالَ: «صَلَاتُهُ قَائِمًا أَفْضَلُ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ قَاعِدًا، وَصَلَاتُهُ قَاعِدًا عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ قَائِمًا، وَصَلَاتُهُ نَائِمًا عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ قَاعِدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 951

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 951

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 952

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

952. Imrān bin Ḥuṣain said: "I was afflicted with hemorrhoids, so I asked the Prophet ﷺ (about the prayer). He said: 'Pray standing up, and if you cannot do so, then (pray) sitting down, and if you cannot do so, then (pray) on your side (lying down).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

952 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنِ ابْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ بِي النَّاصُورُ، فَسَأَلْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «صَلِّ قَائِمًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَقَاعِدًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَعَلَى جَنْبٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 952

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 952

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 953

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

953. It was reported from 'Urwah, from 'Āishah, that she said: "I never saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recite sitting down in his night prayer until he became older. He would then sit down and recite until there would only be thirty or forty Verses left, then he would stand up and recite the rest, and go into prostration." (Sahih)

Arabic text

953 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقْرَأُ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ صَلَاةِ اللَّيْلِ جَالِسًا قَطُّ، حَتَّى دَخَلَ فِي السِّنِّ، فَكَانَ يَجْلِسُ فِيهَا فَيَقْرَأُ، حَتَّى إِذَا بَقِيَ أَرْبَعُونَ أَوْ ثَلَاثُونَ آيَةً، قَامَ فَقَرَأَهَا، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 953

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 953

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 954

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

954. It was reported from Abū Saḥrah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from 'Āishah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ that the Prophet ﷺ would pray while he was sitting down, and he would recite while he was sitting down as well. When there would be thirty or forty Verses remaining, he would stand up and recite them while he was standing, then he would go into Rukū', then prostrate. And he would do the same in the second Rak'ah as well. (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: 'Alqamah bin Waqqāṣ reported similarly from 'Aishah, from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

954 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، وَأَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي جَالِسًا، فَيَقْرَأُ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، وَإِذَا بَقِيَ مِنْ قِرَاءَتِهِ قَدْرُ مَا يَكُونُ ثَلَاثِينَ أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ آيَةً، قَامَ فَقَرَأَهَا وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ، ثُمَّ يَفْعَلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ وَقَّاصٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 954

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 954

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 955

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

955. It was reported from Budail bin Maisarah and Ayyūb, both of whom narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Shāqīq, from 'Aishah who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray (sometimes) for a long portion of the night standing up, and (sometimes) for a long portion of the night sitting down. And when he would pray standing up, he would go into Rukū' standing up, and when he would pray sitting down, he would go into Rukū' sitting down." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

955 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ بُدَيْلَ بْنَ مَيْسَرَةَ، وَأَيُّوبَ، يُحَدِّثَانِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي لَيْلًا طَوِيلًا قَائِمًا، وَلَيْلًا طَوِيلًا قَاعِدًا، فَإِذَا صَلَّى قَائِمًا، رَكَعَ قَائِمًا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى قَاعِدًا، رَكَعَ قَاعِدًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 955

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 955

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 956

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

956. It was reported from Kahmas bin Al-Ḥasan, from 'Abdullāh bin Shāqīq, who said: "I asked 'Aishah: 'Would the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recite [Sūrahs][1] in one Rak'ah?' She replied: '(Yes, from the) Muṣṣal.' So I asked: 'Would he pray sitting down?' She replied: ‘After the people made him old.’”(Sahīh)

Arabic text

956 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، حَدَّثَنَا كَهْمَسُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ، أَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ السُّورَةَ فِي رَكْعَةٍ؟ قَالَتْ: «الْمُفَصَّلَ»، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: فَكَانَ يُصَلِّي قَاعِدًا؟ قَالَتْ: «حِينَ حَطَمَهُ النَّاسُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is; did he ﷺ recite more than one Sūrah in one Rak'ah?

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 956

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 956

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 175

How ShouldOne Sit In The Tashah-hud

Hadith 957

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

957. It was reported from Bishr bin Al-Mufaddal, from ‘Āsim bin Kulaib, from his father, from Wā’il bin Hujr. who said: “I said to myself: ‘I will see how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prays.’ So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up, faced the Qiblah, and said the Takbir, raising both his hands until they were to the level of his ears. Then he grasped his left (hand) with his right (hand). When he wanted to go into Rukū, he raised both of them in a similar manner.” He said: “Then he sat, straightening his left foot (and sitting on it). He placed his left hand on his left thigh, keeping his right elbow at a distance from his right thigh. He clasped two fingers,[1] and formed a circle,[2] and I saw him do like this,” then Bishr formed a circle with his thumb and middle finger, and pointed with his forefinger.[1](Sahīh)

Arabic text

957 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: لَأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي، «فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَكَبَّرَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى حَاذَتَا بِأُذُنَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ، فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»، قَالَ: «ثُمَّ جَلَسَ فَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَحَدَّ مِرْفَقَهُ الْأَيْمَنَ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَقَبَضَ ثِنْتَيْنِ، وَحَلَّقَ حَلْقَةً، وَرَأَيْتُهُ يَقُولُ هَكَذَا»، وَحَلَّقَ بِشْرٌ الْإِبْهَامَ وَالْوُسْطَى، وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning the smallest finger and the one next to it.

2 [2] With his thumb and middle finger.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 957

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 957

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 958

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

958. ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar said: “A Sunnah of the prayer is that you should raise your right foot, and make your left foot lie (on the ground).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

958 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «سُنَّةُ الصَّلَاةِ أَنْ تَنْصِبَ رِجْلَكَ الْيُمْنَى، وَتَثْنِيَ رِجْلَكَ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 958

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 958

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 959

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

959. (There is another chain) reported from Yaḥyā who said: “I heard Al-Qāsim saying: “Abdullāh bin ‘Abdullāh informed me that he heard ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar saying: “From the Sunnah of the prayer is to lay your left foot on the ground, and raise your right foot.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

959 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ يَحْيَى، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الْقَاسِمَ، يَقُولُ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، يَقُولُ: «مِنْ سُنَّةِ الصَّلَاةِ أَنْ تُضْجِعَ رِجْلَكَ الْيُسْرَى، وَتَنْصِبَ الْيُمْنَى»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 959

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 959

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 960

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albani(عن يحيى بإسناده مثله) **، (عن يحيى أيضا: من السنة) صحيح
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

960. (There is another chain) from Yaḥyā with his chain and similar (to no. 959). Abū Dāwūd said: Ḥammad bin Zaid also said (the wording): “From the Sunnah” (narrating) from Yaḥyā just as Jarīr did.

Arabic text

960 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، بِإِسْنَادِهِ مِثْلَهُ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ: عَنْ يَحْيَى، أَيْضًا: مِنَ السُّنَّةِ كَمَا قَالَ جَرِيرٌ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 960

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 960

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 961

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

961. (There is another chain) from Yahyā bin Sa'eed that Al-Qāsim bin Muḥammad saw them sitting in Tashah-hud, so he mentioned the Ḥadīth. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

961 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ الْقَاسِمَ بْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَرَاهُمُ الْجُلُوسَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ، فَذَكَرَ الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 961

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 961

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 962

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

962. It was reported from Ibrāhīm that he said: "When the Prophet ﷺ would sit in the prayer, he would place his left foot horizontally — so much so that the upper-part of his foot became black." (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

962 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ وَكِيعٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنِ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، افْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى حَتَّى اسْوَدَّ ظَهْرُ قَدَمِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 962

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 962

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 176

Tawarruk (Sitting On One's Buttocks) In The Fourth Rak'ah

Hadith 963

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

963. It was reported from 'Abdul-Ḥamīd — meaning Ibn Ja'far, that he was informed by Muḥammad bin 'Amr bin 'Aṭā' who said: "I heard Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā'idī while he was amidst a group of ten Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ — among them Abū Qatādah — saying: 'I am the most knowledgeable among you regarding the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.' They said: 'So bring forth (what you know).'" And he mentioned (ﷺ) the Ḥadīth. He said: 'He (ﷺ) would bend the toes of his feet when he prostrated.[1] Then he would say "Allāhu Akbar," and then raise his head (to sit up). He would place his left foot horizontally (on the ground), sitting on it, allowing every bone to return to its normal position. Then he would perform the second (Rak'ah) in a similar fashion.” And he mentioned the Hadīth. He said: “Until, when he ﷺ performed the prostration that is before the Taslīm, he would move his left leg further, and sit on his buttocks — on his left side.” Ahmad added: “They (the other Companions) said: ‘You have told the truth. This is how he ﷺ used to pray.’”[1] And neither of them[2] mentioned how he sat in the two Rak'ah prayer in their narrations. (Sahih)

Arabic text

963 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُهُ فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ: قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهُمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالُوا: فَاعْرِضْ، فَذَكَرَ الْحَدِيثَ، قَالَ: " وَيَفْتَحُ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، وَيَرْفَعُ وَيَثْنِي رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، فَيَقْعُدُ عَلَيْهَا، ثُمَّ يَصْنَعُ فِي الْأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ "، فَذَكَرَ الْحَدِيثَ قَالَ: «حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ السَّجْدَةُ الَّتِي فِيهَا التَّسْلِيمُ، أَخَّرَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَقَعَدَ مُتَوَرِّكًا عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْسَرِ»، زَادَ أَحْمَدُ: قَالُوا: صَدَقْتَ، هَكَذَا كَانَ يُصَلِّي، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرَا فِي حَدِيثِهِمَا الْجُلُوسَ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ كَيْفَ جَلَسَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] Such that they would be pointing towards the Qiblah.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 963

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 963

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 964

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

964. (There is another chain) from Laith bin Sa'd, from Yazid bin Muhammad Al-Qurashi and Yazid bin Abi Habib, from Muhammad bin 'Amr bin Halhalah, from Muhammad bin 'Amr bin 'Ata' with this Hadīth. But he did not mention Abū Qatādah (a narration similar to no. 963). He said: “And when he ﷺ would sit in the second Rak'ah, he would sit on his left foot. And when he would sit in the last Rak'ah, he would shift his left foot forward (i.e., beneath him), and would sit on his posterior.”[1] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

964 - حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْمِصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنِ اللَّيْثِ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ الْقُرَشِيِّ، وَيَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ جَالِسًا مَعَ نَفَرٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَبَا قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: فَإِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ جَلَسَ عَلَى رِجْلِهِ الْيُسْرَى، فَإِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأَخِيرَةِ قَدَّمَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَجَلَسَ عَلَى مَقْعَدَتِهِ،

Footnotes

1 [1] This narration preceded in more complete form in number 730.

2 [2] Meaning neither Ahmad bin Hanbal and Musad-dad bin Musarhad — the two Shaikh from whom he heard the narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 964

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 964

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 965

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

965. (There is another chain for Hadīth no. 963) from Ibn Lahī‘ah, from Yazīd bin Abī Ḥabīb, from Muḥammad bin ‘Amr bin Ḥalḥalah, from Muḥammad bin ‘Amr Al-‘Amīrī, and he said (in it): “I was at a gathering” (and he mentioned) this Hadīth. He said in it: “When he sat down after two Rak‘ahs, he sat on the inner side of his left foot, planting the right one vertically (on the ground). And if it were the fourth (Rak‘ahs), he allowed his left buttock to touch the ground, and stuck both his legs out of one side (the right side).”[2] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

965 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو الْعَامِرِيِّ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ فِي مَجْلِسٍ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَ فِيهِ: فَإِذَا قَعَدَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَعَدَ عَلَى بَطْنِ قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَنَصَبَ الْيُمْنَى، فَإِذَا كَانَتِ الرَّابِعَةُ أَفْضَى بِوَرِكِهِ الْيُسْرَى إِلَى الْأَرْضِ، وَأَخْرَجَ قَدَمَيْهِ مِنْ نَاحِيَةٍ وَاحِدَةٍ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 965

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 965

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 966

DarussalamḌa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

966. (There is another chain) reported from Al-Ḥasan bin Al-Ḥurr, who heard it narrated from ‘Eisā bin ‘Abdullāh bin Mālik, [from Muḥammad bin ‘Amr], from ‘Abbās — or Ayyāsh — bin Sahl As-Sā‘idī that he was in a gathering with his father. said the Takbīr and prostrated, then he said the Takbīr and stood up, without sitting on his buttocks..." and he continued with the rest of the Hadīth (as no. 963). He also said: "He (ﷺ) then went into another Rak'ah, and said the Takbīr, he the sat down after two Rak'ahs, until, when he wanted to get up to stand, he stood up with the Takbīr, then he prayed the last two Rak'ahs. When he said the Taslīm, he said them to his right and left."[1] (Ḍa'īf) Abū Dāwūd said: And in his narration he did not mention what 'Abdul-Ḥamīd did regarding sitting on the buttocks (At-Tawarruk) and raising (the hands) when standing from two (Rak'ahs).

Arabic text

966 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَدْرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي زُهَيْرٌ أَبُو خَيْثَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ الْحُرِّ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبَّاسٍ أَوْ عَيَّاشِ بْنِ سَهْلٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ فِي مَجْلِسٍ فِيهِ أَبُوهُ، فَذَكَرَ فِيهِ قَالَ: فَسَجَدَ فَانْتَصَبَ عَلَى كَفَّيْهِ، وَرُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَصُدُورِ قَدَمَيْهِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، فَتَوَرَّكَ، وَنَصَبَ قَدَمَهُ الْأُخْرَى، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ، فَسَجَدَ ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ، فَقَامَ وَلَمْ يَتَوَرَّكْ، ثُمَّ عَادَ فَرَكَعَ الرَّكْعَةَ الْأُخْرَى، فَكَبَّرَ كَذَلِكَ ثُمَّ جَلَسَ بَعْدَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى إِذَا هُوَ أَرَادَ أَنْ يَنْهَضَ لِلْقِيَامِ قَامَ بِتَكْبِيرٍ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ سَلَّمَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ، قَالَ: أَبُو دَاوُدَ، «لَمْ يَذْكُرْ فِي حَدِيثِهِ مَا ذَكَرَ عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ، فِي التَّوَرُّكِ وَالرَّفْعِ إِذَا قَامَ مِنْ ثِنْتَيْنِ»،

Footnotes

1 [1] He mentioned a different part of the narration before — see number 732.

2 [2] See number 731.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 966

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 966

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 967

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

967. (There is another chain) from Fulāih, who narrated from 'Abbās bin Sahl who said: "Abū Ḥumaid, Abū Usaid, Sahl bin Sa'd, and Muḥammad bin Maslamah all were together (at a gathering)," — So he mentioned this Hadīth (as no. 963) and he did not mention the raising (of the hands) when standing from two (Rak'ahs) nor the sitting. He said: "Until he finished (the prayer), then he sat, placing the left foot on the ground, and making the toes of the right one face the Qiblah."[2] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

967 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، أَخْبَرَنِي فُلَيْحٌ ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَبَّاسُ بْنُ سَهْلٍ، قَالَ: اجْتَمَعَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ، وَأَبُو أُسَيْدٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، فَذَكَرَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الرَّفْعَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنْ ثِنْتَيْنِ، وَلَا الْجُلُوسَ، قَالَ: حَتَّى فَرَغَ ثُمَّ جَلَسَ فَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَأَقْبَلَ بِصَدْرِ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى قِبْلَتِهِ

Footnotes

1 [1] See number 733.

2 [2] This preceded under number 734 along with the author's discussion of the different versions of the narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 967

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 967

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 177

The Tashahhud

Hadith 968

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

968. ‘Abdullāh bin Mas’ūd narrated: “We used to say when we sat with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ during (the Tashah-hud of) the prayer: ‘Peace (Salām) be upon Allāh before His servants, peace be upon so-and-so, and upon so-and-so...’. So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Don’t say: “Peace (Salām) be upon Allāh,” for Allāh is Salām (The Giver of Peace). However, when one of you sits, let him say: “At-Taḥīyyātu Lillāhi waṣ-ṣalawātu waṭ-ṭayyibāt; as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-nabiyyu wa raḥmatullāhi wa barakātuhu; as-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘alā ‘ibād-illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn (All compliments, prayers and good words are due to Allāh; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh).” For if you say this, it will reach every pious worshiper in — or between — the heavens and earth. (Then say:) “Ash-hadu anlā ilāha illallāh, wa ash-hadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasūluhu (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” Then, let one of you choose the supplication that he likes most, and pray with it.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

968 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَعْمَشِ، حَدَّثَنِي شَقِيقُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: كُنَّا إِذَا جَلَسْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ قُلْنَا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ عِبَادِهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى فُلَانٍ وَفُلَانٍ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لَا تَقُولُوا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، وَلَكِنْ إِذَا جَلَسَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ، وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، فَإِنَّكُمْ إِذَا قُلْتُمْ ذَلِكَ أَصَابَ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ صَالِحٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَالْأَرْضِ - أَوْ بَيْنَ السَّمَاءِ وَالْأَرْضِ - أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، ثُمَّ لِيَتَخَيَّرْ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ الدُّعَاءِ أَعْجَبَهُ إِلَيْهِ فَيَدْعُوَ بِهِ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 968

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 968

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 969

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albani(حديث عبد الله: كنا لا ندري ... ، فذكر نحوه) صحيح، (قول شريك: وحدثنا جامع وأتمها علينا) ضعيفAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

969. It was reported from Sharik, from Abū Ishāq, from Abū Al-Ahwas, from 'Abdullāh who said: "We did not use to know what to say when we sat during the prayer, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had been taught..." and he mentioned a similar narration to the previous one. Sharik said: "Jāmi' — meaning Ibn Shaddād — from Abū Wā'il, from 'Abdullāh" with similar. He said: "And he would also teach us other words, but he would not teach them (as strictly) as he would teach us the Tashah-hud: 'Allāhumma, allaf baina qulūbinā, wa aṣlah dhāta baininā, wahdinā sublus-salāmi, wa najjinā min az-zulumāti ilan-nūri, wa jannibnāl-fawāhisha mā zahara minhā wa mā baṭan, wa bārik lanā fī asmā'inā, wa abṣārinā, wa qulūbinā wa azwājinā, wa dhuṛiyātīnā, wa tub 'alainā innaka antat-tawwābur-rahīm, wāj'alnā shākīrīna lini'matika, muthnīna bihā, qābilihā wa atimmahā 'alainā' (O Allāh! Reconcile between our hearts, and establish good relations between us, and guide us to the path of peace, and save us from darkness (and guide us) to light, and cause us to avoid lewd deeds — those which are public and those which are private, and bless us in our hearing, and seeing, and hearts, and spouses, and children, and accept our repentance; verily, You are At-Tawāb (The One Who Continually accepts Repentance), Ar-Raḥīm (The Ever-Merciful). And make us thankful of You blessings, praising them, accepting them (from You), and perfect them for us.)” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

969 - حَدَّثَنَا تَمِيمُ بْنُ الْمُنْتَصِرِ، أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَاقُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ يُوسُفَ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا لَا نَدْرِي مَا نَقُولُ إِذَا جَلَسْنَا فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ عُلِّمَ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ، قَالَ شَرِيكٌ: وَحَدَّثَنَا جَامِعٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي شَدَّادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، بِمِثْلِهِ، قَالَ: وَكَانَ يُعَلِّمُنَا كَلِمَاتٍ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُعَلِّمُنَاهُنَّ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَلِّفْ بَيْنَ قُلُوبِنَا، وَأَصْلِحْ ذَاتَ بَيْنِنَا، وَاهْدِنَا سُبُلَ السَّلَامِ، وَنَجِّنَا مِنَ الظُّلُمَاتِ إِلَى النُّورِ، وَجَنِّبْنَا الْفَوَاحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ، وَبَارِكْ لَنَا فِي أَسْمَاعِنَا وَأَبْصَارِنَا وَقُلُوبِنَا وَأَزْوَاجِنَا وَذُرِّيَّاتِنَا، وَتُبْ عَلَيْنَا، إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ التَّوَّابُ الرَّحِيمُ، وَاجْعَلْنَا شَاكِرِينَ لِنِعْمَتِكَ، مُثْنِينَ بِهَا، قَابِلِيهَا وَأَتِمَّهَا عَلَيْنَا»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 969

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 969

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 970

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albaniشاذ بزيادة: "إذا قلت:...." والصواب أنه من قول ابن مسعود موقوفا عليهAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

970. Al-Qāsim bin Mukhaimirah said: “‘Alqamah grasped my hand, and narrated to me that ‘Abdullāh bin Mas’ūd grasped his hand, and informed him that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ grasped ‘Abdullāh bin Mas’ūd’s hand, and taught him the Tashah-hud in the prayer...” and he mentioned the same as previous Tashah-hud, then he said: “If you say this, or finish it, then you have finished your prayer. If you wish to stand up, you may do so, and if you wish to sit, you may do so.” (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

970 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ الْحُرِّ ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُخَيْمِرَةَ، قَالَ: أَخَذَ عَلْقَمَةُ بِيَدِي، فَحَدَّثَنِي أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ مَسْعُودٍ، أَخَذَ بِيَدِهِ، وَأَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَخَذَ بِيَدِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، فَعَلَّمَهُ التَّشَهُّدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَذَكَرَ مِثْلَ دُعَاءِ حَدِيثِ الْأَعْمَشِ: «إِذَا قُلْتَ هَذَا أَوْ قَضَيْتَ هَذَا فَقَدْ قَضَيْتَ صَلَاتَكَ، إِنْ شِئْتَ أَنْ تَقُومَ فَقُمْ، وَإِنْ شِئْتَ أَنْ تَقْعُدَ فَاقْعُدْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 970

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 970

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 971

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

971. Ibn ‘Umar narrated from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ the manner of Tashah-hud as follows: “At-Taḥiyātu Lillāhi, as-salawātuṭ-ṭayībāt; as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-nabiyyu wa raḥmatullāhi wa barakātuhu (All compliments, are for Allāh, (and) prayers and good words; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings) — Ibn 'Umar then said: "I added the phrase, 'wa barakātuh (and blessings)," then he continued: "As-salāmu 'alayna wa 'ala 'ibād-illāhiṣ-ṣālihiṣ. Ash-hadu anlā ilāha illallāh (Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh) — Ibn 'Umar then said, "I added the phrase, 'Waḥdahū lā sharīka lahu (He is Unique, having no partners)' — Wa ash-hadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa Rasūluhu (and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Ṣaḥīḥ) ٤٠

Arabic text

971 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، سَمِعْتُ مُجَاهِدًا، يُحَدِّثُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ: " التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ الصَّلَوَاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ - قَالَ: قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: زِدْتَ فِيهَا: وَبَرَكَاتُهُ - السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ - قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: زِدْتُ فِيهَا: وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ - وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 971

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 971

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 972

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

972. Hiṭṭān bin 'Abdullāh Ar-Raqāshī narrated, "Abū Mūsā Al-Ash'arī led us in prayer. When he sat down at the end of the prayer, one person among us said: 'The prayer has been combined (in status) with goodness and charity.' When Abū Mūsā completed the prayer, he turned around to face the people, and said: 'Who among you said such and such in the prayer?' But the people did not respond for fear. So he said: 'Perhaps you said it, O Hiṭṭān?' I said: 'I did not say it, and I feared that you would blame me for it!' One person of us said: 'I said it, and I only intended good with it!' So Abū Mūsā said: 'Do you not know what to say in your prayer?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ gave us a sermon, and taught us, and explained to us our practices (Sunan), and he taught us the prayer. He (ﷺ) said: "When you pray, perfect your rows, and let one of you lead you. When he says the Takbīr, you should say the Takbīr, and when he recites: 'Not (the path) of those upon whom anger has been shown, nor those who have gone astray,'[1] then say: 'Āmīn', Allāh will love you. And when he says Takbīr and goes into Rukū', then say the Takbīr and go into Rukū' yourselves, for the Imām goes into Rukū' before you, and rises up before you." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "This one is (made up for by) that one. And when he says: 'Samī' Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him)' say: 'Allāhumma rabbanā lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh, our Lord, to You belongs the Praise),' Allāh will listen to you, for Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has said upon the tongue of His Prophet: 'Allāh hears the one who praises Him.' And when he says the Takbīr and prostrates, then you should say the Takbīr and prostrate yourselves, for the Imām prostrates before you, and rises up before you." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "This one is (made for up by) that one. And if he sits, then let the first thing that one of you says be: 'At-Tāhiyyātut-ṭayyibātus-ṣalawātu Lillāhi; as-salāmu 'alaika ayuhan- nabiyyu wa raḥmatullāhi wa barakātuhu; as-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘alā ‘ibād-illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn. Ash-hadu anlā ilāha illallāh, wa ash-hadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasūluh (All compliments, good words, prayers are due to Allāh; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings; ‘peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).’ Aḥmad[1] did not say: “wa barakātuh (and His blessings)” nor did he mention: “wa ash-hadu (and I testify),” instead he said: “wa anna Muḥammadan (And Muḥammad is).” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

972 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيُّ، فَلَمَّا جَلَسَ فِي آخِرِ صَلَاتِهِ، قَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ: أُقِرَّتِ الصَّلَاةُ بِالْبِرِّ، وَالزَّكَاةِ، فَلَمَّا انْفَتَلَ أَبُو مُوسَى أَقْبَلَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ، فَقَالَ: أَيُّكُمُ الْقَائِلُ كَلِمَةَ كَذَا وَكَذَا؟ قَالَ: فَأَرَمَّ الْقَوْمُ، فَقَالَ: أَيُّكُمُ الْقَائِلُ كَلِمَةَ كَذَا وَكَذَا؟ فَأَرَمَّ الْقَوْمُ، قَالَ: فَلَعَلَّكَ يَا حِطَّانُ أَنْتَ قُلْتَهَا، قَالَ: مَا قُلْتُهَا، وَلَقَدْ رَهِبْتُ أَنْ تَبْكَعَنِي بِهَا، قَالَ: فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ: أَنَا قُلْتُهَا وَمَا أَرَدْتُ بِهَا إِلَّا الْخَيْرَ، فَقَالَ أَبُو مُوسَى: أَمَا تَعْلَمُونَ كَيْفَ تَقُولُونَ فِي صَلَاتِكُمْ، إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَنَا، فَعَلَّمَنَا وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا سُنَّتَنَا، وَعَلَّمَنَا صَلَاتَنَا، فَقَالَ: " إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ فَأَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا قَرَأَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ ، يُحِبُّكُمُ اللَّهُ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ وَرَكَعَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَارْكَعُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَرْكَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ»، وَإِذَا قَالَ: " سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، يَسْمَعُ اللَّهُ لَكُمْ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى قَالَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَاسْجُدُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَسْجُدُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمْ أَنْ يَقُولَ: التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ " لَمْ يَقُلْ أَحْمَدُ: «وَبَرَكَاتُهُ»، وَلَا قَالَ: «وَأَشْهَدُ»، قَالَ: «وَأَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا»،

Footnotes

1 [1] Sūrat Al-Fāriḥah 1:7.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 972

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 972

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 973

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

973. (There is another chain) from Qatādah from Abū Ghallāb who narrated it from Ḥittān bin ‘Abdullāh Ar-Raqqāshī, with this Hadīth. He (ﷺ) added: “So when he (the Imām) recites, remain silent.” And in the Tashah-hud — after the phrase: “Ash-hadu anlā ilāha illallāh (I testify that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh)” he added: “Wahdahu lā sharīka lah (He is Unique, having no partners).” (Ṣaḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: The addition of: “...remain silent” is nor preserved. No one narrated it except Sulaimān At-Taimī in this Hadīth.

Arabic text

973 - حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ النَّضْرِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي غَلَّابٍ، يُحَدِّثُهُ عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، زَادَ فَإِذَا قَرَأَ فَأَنْصِتُوا، وَقَالَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ بَعْدَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ زَادَ «وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ» قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " وَقَوْلُهُ: فَأَنْصِتُوا لَيْسَ بِمَحْفُوظٍ، لَمْ يَجِئْ بِهِ إِلَّا سُلَيْمَانُ التَّيْمِيُّ فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] He is Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal. Abū Dāwūd narrated this from two Shaikhs and their chains, and Imām Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal is one of them.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 973

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 973

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 974

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

974. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would teach us the Tashah-hud just like he would teach us the Qur’ān. He would say: ‘At-Taḥiyyātul-mubārakātūs-ṣalawātut-ṭayyibātu Lillāhi; as-salāmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-nabiyyu wa raḥmatullāhi wa barakātuhu; as-salāmu ‘alaina wa ‘alā ‘ibād-illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn. Ash-hadu anlā ilāha illallāh, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūlullāh’ (All compliments, blessings, prayers and good words are due to Allāh; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

974 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا الْقُرْآنَ، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «التَّحِيَّاتُ الْمُبَارَكَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 974

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 974

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 975

DarussalamḌaʿifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

975. It was reported from Khubaib bin Sulaimān, from his father Sulaimān bin Samurah, from Samurah bin Jundab, who said: “As to what follows, (then know) that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded us (as follows): ‘When (one of you) is in the middle of the prayer, or before its end, then say before the Taslīm: ‘At-Taḥiyyātut-ṭayyibātu waṣ-ṣalawātutu wal- mulkulillah (All compliments, (all) good works, and (all) prayers, and the dominion, belong to Allāh). Then say the Taslīm to the right, then upon your reciter, then upon yourselves.”” (Ḍaʿif) Abū Dāwūd said: Sulaimān bin Mūsā is from Al-Kūfah, originally from Damascus. Abū Dāwūd said: This letter[1] proves that Al-Ḥasan heard from Samurah.

Arabic text

975 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَسَّانَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى أَبُو دَاوُدَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، حَدَّثَنِي خُبَيْبُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، أَمَّا بَعْدُ، أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا كَانَ فِي وَسَطِ الصَّلَاةِ، أَوْ حِينَ انْقِضَائِهَا، فَابْدَءُوا قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ ، فَقُولُوا: «التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ، وَالْمُلْكُ لِلَّهِ، ثُمَّ سَلِّمُوا عَلَى الْيَمِينِ، ثُمَّ سَلِّمُوا عَلَى قَارِئِكُمْ، وَعَلَى أَنْفُسِكُمْ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى كُوفِيُّ الْأَصْلِ كَانَ بِدِمَشْقَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «دَلَّتْ هَذِهِ الصَّحِيفَةُ عَلَى أَنَّ الْحَسَنَ سَمِعَ مِنْ سَمُرَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 975

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 975

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 178

Sending Salāt Upon The Prophet ﷺ After The Tashah-hud

Hadith 976

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

976. It was reported from Shuʿbah from Al-Ḥakam, from Ibn Abī Lailā, from Kaʿb bin ʿUjrah who said: “We said — or — the people said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh! You have commanded us to send Salāt and peace upon you. As for the peace (Salām), then we know (how to do it). But how do we send Salāt upon you?’ So he said: ‘Say: Allāhumma ṣalli ʿalā Muḥammadin, wa āli Muḥammadin, kamā ṣallaita ʿalā Ibrāhīm. Wa bārik ʿalā Muḥammadin wa āli Muḥammadin kamā bārakta 'alā āli Ibrāhīm, innaka Ḥamīdun Majīd. (O Allāh! Send your Salāt upon Muḥammad, and the family of Muḥammad, as you have sent Your Salat upon Ibrāhīm. And send Your Blessings upon Muḥammad, and the family of Muḥammad, as You have sent Your Blessings upon the family of Ibrāhīm. Indeed, You are the Praiseworthy (Ḥamīd), the Glorious (Majīd).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

976 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، قَالَ: قُلْنَا - أَوْ قَالُوا - يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَمَرْتَنَا أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ عَلَيْكَ، وَأَنْ نُسَلِّمَ عَلَيْكَ، فَأَمَّا السَّلَامُ، فَقَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ، قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "،

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, scholars differ over whether or not Al-Ḥasan Al-Baṣrī heard from Samurah, or whether he heard other than the Hadīth about Al-Aqīqah (see nos. 2837, 2838) - which is a popular view. The author mentioned a letter here, and it is more clear in his narration of the same chain under number 456; “Samurah wrote to his son.” And this is the same exact chain of narration, by which the author means that this narration came from that same letter. Then he intends that because Al-Ḥasan and Sulaimān, the son of Samurah, lived during the same time, then narrations from Al-Ḥasan from Samurah should also be considered authentic.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 976

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 976

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 977

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

977. (There is another chain) from Shu'bah with this Hadīth (similar to no. 976). He said: “Salli 'alā Muḥammadin, wa 'alā āli Muḥammadin, kamā salaita 'alā āli Ibrāhīm. (Send Your Salāt upon Muḥammad, and upon the family of Muḥammad, as You have sent Your Salāt upon the family of Ibrāhīm.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

977 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَ: صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 977

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 977

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 978

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(ما روي عن الحكم بإسناده) صحيح، (قول أبو داود: رواه الزبير بن عدي وساق مثله) **Al-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

978. (There is another chain) from Bishr, from Mis'ar, from Al-Ḥakam with his chain for this (Hadīth), he said: “Allāhumma salli 'ala Muḥammadin, wa 'alā āli Muḥammadin, kamā sallaita 'alā Ibrāhīm. Innaka Ḥamīdun Majīd. Allāhumma bārik 'alā Muḥammadin wa 'alā āli Muḥammadin kamā bārakta 'alā āli Ibrāhīm, innaka Ḥamīdun Majīd. (O Allāh! Send Your Salāt upon Muḥammad, and upon the family of Muḥammad, as You have sent Your Salāt upon Ibrāhīm, indeed, you are the Praiseworthy (Hamīd), the Glorious (Majīd). O Allāh! Send your blessings upon Muḥammad, and upon the family of Muḥammad, as You have sent your blessings upon the family of Ibrāhīm. Indeed, You are the Praiseworthy (Hamīd), the Glorious (Majīd)." Abū Dāwūd said: Az-Zubair bin 'Adī reported it from Ibn Abī Lailā just like Mis'ar's report, except that he said: "Kamā šalaita 'alā āli Ibrāhīm, innaka Ḥamīdun Majīd. Wa bārik 'alā Muḥammadin (As You have sent Your Salāt upon Ibrāhīm, indeed, You are the Praiseworthy (Hamīd), the Glorious (Majīd). And send Your Blessings upon Muḥammad") and he quoted the rest similarly. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

978 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ بِشْرٍ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ بِهَذَا، قَالَ: " اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ الزُّبَيْرُ بْنُ عَدِيٍّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، كَمَا رَوَاهُ مِسْعَرٌ إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ» وَسَاقَ مِثْلَهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 978

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 978

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 979

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

979. Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā'idī narrated that they said: "O Messenger of Allāh! How shall we send Salāt upon you?" So he replied, "Say: 'Allāhumma šalli 'alā Muḥammadin, wa azwājihi, wa dhuriyyatihi, kamā šallaita 'alā āli Ibrāhīm. Wa bārik 'alā Muḥammadin wa azwājihi, wa dhuriyyatihi kamā barākta 'ala āli Ibrāhīm, innaka Ḥamīdun Majīd. (O Allāh! Send Your Salāt upon Muḥammad, his wives, and progeny, as You have sent Your Salāt upon the family of Ibrāhīm. And send Your Blessings upon Muḥammad, his wives, and progeny, as You have sent Your Blessings upon the family of Ibrāhīm. Indeed, You are the Praiseworthy (Hamīd), the Glorious (Majīd).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

979 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَزْوَاجِهِ، وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَزْوَاجِهِ، وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 979

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 979

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 980

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

980. It was reported from Nuʿaim bin ʿAbdullāh Al-Mujmir, that Muḥammad bin ʿAbdullāh bin Zaid, and ʿAbdullāh bin Zaid — who was the one who had the dream about the call to prayer — informed him from Abū Masʿūd Al-Anṣārī, who narrated: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once came to visit us in a gathering of Saʿd bin ʿUbādah. Bashīr bin Saʿd asked him: ‘Allāh has commanded us to send Ṣalāt upon you, O Messenger of Allāh, so how should we send Ṣalāt upon you?’ The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ remained quiet (for so long) that we wished that he had not asked him, then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Say...’” and he narrated a similar wording to the Hadīth of Kaʿb bin ʿUjrah (no. 976), except that he added at the end: “Fil-ʿālamīn, innaka Hamīdun Majīd (Among all the creation. Indeed, You are the Praiseworthy (Hamīd), the Glorious (Majīd).)” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

980 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُجْمِرِ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، هُوَ الَّذِي أُرِيَ النِّدَاءَ بِالصَّلَاةِ، أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أَتَانَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَجْلِسِ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَادَة، َ فَقَالَ لَهُ بَشِيرُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ: أَمَرَنَا اللَّهُ أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ عَلَيْكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ؟ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَتَّى تَمَنَّيْنَا أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَسْأَلْهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: قُولُوا: فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَى حَدِيثِ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، زَادَ فِي آخِرِهِ: «فِي الْعَالَمِينَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 980

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 980

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 981

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

981. (There is another chain) reported from Muḥammad bin Ibrāhīm bin Al-Ḥārīth, from Muḥammad bin ʿAbdullāh bin Zaid, from ʿUqbah bin ʿAmr,[1] with this narration, he said: "Say: 'Allāhumma, ṣalli 'alā Muḥammadin an-nabiyyil-ummī wa 'alā āli Muḥammad.' (O Allāh! Send Your Ṣalāt upon Muḥammad, the unlettered Prophet, and upon the family of Muḥammad.)" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

981 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ النَّبِيِّ الْأُمِّيِّ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ "

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Abū Masʿūd.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 981

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 981

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 982

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

982. It was reported from Muḥammad bin 'Ali Al-Ḥāshimī, from Al-Mujmir, from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "Whoever wishes that he be measured with full weight when he sends his Ṣalāt upon us — the Family of the House (of the Prophet ﷺ) — then let him say: 'Allāhumma ṣalli 'alā Muḥammadin an-nabī, wa azwājihi umḥātilmu'minīna wa dhuriyyatihi wa ahli baitihi, kamā ṣalaita 'alā āli Ibrāhīm. Innaka Ḥamīdun Majīd.' (O Allāh! Send Your Ṣalāt upon Muḥammad the Prophet, and upon his wives, the Mothers of the Believers, and upon his progeny, and the members of his household, as You have sent Your Blessings upon the family of Ibrāhīm. Indeed, You are the Praiseworthy (Ḥamīd), the Glorious (Majīd).") (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

982 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حِبَّانُ بْنُ يَسَارٍ الْكِلَابِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو مُطَرِّفٍ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ كَرِيزٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْهَاشِمِيُّ، عَنِ الْمُجْمِرِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " مَنْ سَرَّهُ أَنْ يَكْتَالَ بِالْمِكْيَالِ الْأَوْفَى، إِذَا صَلَّى عَلَيْنَا أَهْلَ الْبَيْتِ، فَلْيَقُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَزْوَاجِهِ أُمَّهَاتِ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ، وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ وَأَهْلِ بَيْتِهِ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 982

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 982

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

What Should Be Said After The Tashah-hud

Hadith 983

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

983. Abū Hurairah narrated from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ that he said: "When one of you finishes from the final Tashah-hud, let him seek refuge in Allāh from four matters: from the punishment of Hell, and from the punishment of the grave, and from the trials of life and death, and from the evil of Al-Masihid-Dajjāl." (Sahih)

Arabic text

983 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي حَسَّانُ بْنُ عَطِيَّةَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا فَرَغَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ التَّشَهُّدِ الْآخِرِ، فَلْيَتَعَوَّذْ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ أَرْبَعٍ: مِنْ عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ، وَمِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ، وَمِنْ شَرِّ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 983

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 983

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 984

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

984. Ibn 'Abbās narrated that the Prophet ﷺ used to say after the Tashah-hud: "Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min 'adhābi jahannam, wa a'ūdhu bika min 'adhābil-qabr, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatid-dajjāl, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-mahyā wal-mamat (O Allāh! I seek Your Refuge from the punishment of Hell, and I seek refuge in You from the punishment of the grave, and I seek refuge in You from the trials of the Dajjāl, and I seek refuge in You from the trials of life and death)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

984 - حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ بَقِيَّةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ يُونُسَ الْيَمَامِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقُولُ بَعْدَ التَّشَهُّدِ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الدَّجَّالِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 984

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 984

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 985

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

985. Mihjan bin Al-Adra' reported: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once entered the Masjid, and saw a person who had just finished his prayer, and was saying the Tashah-hud. The person said: 'Allāhumma innī as'aluka yā Allāh al-Aḥaduṣ-Ṣamad, alladhī lam yalid wa lam yuwlad, wa lam yakun lahu kufuwan aḥad, an taghfiralī dhunūbī, innaka antal-Ghafūrur-Rahīm' (O Allāh! I ask you — O Allāh! The One (Al-Aḥad), The One Whom all others turn to (As-Ṣamad), the One Who does not give birth, nor was He born, and there is nothing similar to Him, that You forgive me of my sins. You are the Ever-Forgiving, the Ever-Merciful.' He (the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ) said: 'He has been forgiven, he has been forgiven.' Three times." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

985 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ الْمُعَلِّمُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ حَنْظَلَةَ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ مِحْجَنَ بْنَ الْأَدْرَعِ، حَدَّثَهُ قَالَ: دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمَسْجِدَ، فَإِذَا هُوَ بِرَجُلٍ قَدْ قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ، وَهُوَ يَتَشَهَّدُ وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ يَا اَللَّهُ الْأَحَدُ الصَّمَدُ، الَّذِي لَمْ يَلِدْ وَلَمْ يُولَدْ، وَلَمْ يَكُنْ لَهُ كُفُوًا أَحَدٌ، أَنْ تَغْفِرَ لِي ذُنُوبِي، إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ الْغَفُورُ الرَّحِيمُ، قَالَ: فَقَالَ: «قَدْ غُفِرَ لَهُ، قَدْ غُفِرَ لَهُ» ثَلَاثًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 985

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 985

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 179

Reciting The Tashah-hud Silently

Hadith 986

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

986. 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd said: "It is from the Sunnah to recite the Tashah-hud silently." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

986 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْكِنْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «مِنَ السُّنَّةِ أَنْ يُخْفَى التَّشَهُّدُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 986

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 986

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 180

Pointing (With The Finger) During The Tashah-hud

Hadith 987

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

987. 'Alī bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān Al-Mu'āwī said: " 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar saw me while I was playing with stones during the prayer. When I finished, he prohibited me, and said: 'Do as the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did.' So I said: 'And what did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do?' He said: 'When he sat down during the prayer, he would place his right palm on his right thigh, and curl his fingers up (into a fist), and motion with the finger that is next to his thumb (the forefinger). And he would place his left palm on his left thigh.'" (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

987 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمُعَاوِيِّ، قَالَ: رَآنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، وَأَنَا أَعْبَثُ بِالْحَصَى فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ نَهَانِي، وَقَالَ: اصْنَعْ كَمَا كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ، فَقُلْتُ: وَكَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخْذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَقَبَضَ أَصَابِعَهُ كُلَّهَا، وَأَشَارَ بِأُصْبُعِهِ الَّتِي تَلِي الْإِبْهَامَ، وَوَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخْذِهِ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 987

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 987

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 988

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

988. It was reported from 'Affān: "Abdul-Wāḥid bin Ziyād narrated to us (he said): "Uthmān bin Ḥakīm narrated to us, (he said): " 'Āmir bin 'Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair narrated to us from his father, that he said: 'When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat during the prayer, he would place his left foot under his right thigh and shin, and he would lay out his right foot (on the ground). And he would place his left hand on his left knee, and his right hand on the right knee. And he would point with his forefinger.” (‘Affān said) “And I saw ‘Abdul-Wāhid, and he pointed with the forefinger.” (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

988 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ الْبَزَّازُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ حَكِيمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَامِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ : «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَعَدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، جَعَلَ قَدَمَهُ الْيُسْرَى تَحْتَ فَخْذِهِ الْيُمْنَى وَسَاقِهِ، وَفَرَشَ قَدَمَهُ الْيُمْنَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخْذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَأَشَارَ بِأُصْبُعِهِ» وَأَرَانَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 988

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 988

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 989

DarussalamDa’ifAl-Albani(حديث أن النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم كان يشير بأصبعه ... ) شاذ بقوله: "ولا يحركها" ، (حديث أنه رأى النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم يدعو كذلك و) صحيح (حديث أن النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم كان يشير بأصبعه....) //، المشكاة (٩١٢) ، ضعيف سنن النسائي (٦٧ / ١٢٧٠) //Al-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

989. It was reported from Hajjāj, from Ibn Juraij, from Ziyād, from Muḥammad bin ‘Ajlān, from ‘Āmir bin ‘Abdullāh, from ‘Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair, that he mentioned that the Prophet ﷺ would point with his forefinger when he supplicated, and he would not move it. Ibn Juraij said: “And ‘Amr bin Dīnār added: ‘He (Ziyād) said: “‘Āmir informed me from his father that he saw the Prophet ﷺ supplicating like that. And the Prophet ﷺ would brace himself with his left hand on his left knee.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

989 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ الْمِصِّيصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّهُ ذَكَرَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُشِيرُ بِأُصْبُعِهِ إِذَا دَعَا، وَلَا يُحَرِّكُهَا»، قَالَ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ: وَزَادَ عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَامِرٌ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدْعُو كَذَلِكَ، وَيَتَحَامَلُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِهِ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخْذِهِ الْيُسْرَى،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 989

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 989

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 990

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

990. Yaḥyā said: “Ibn ‘Ajlān narrated to us from ‘Āmir bin ‘Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair, from his father....” with this Hadīth (similar to no. 989). He said: “His gaze would not go beyond his pointing (with his finger).” And Hajjāj’s narration is more complete. (Hasan)

Arabic text

990 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَ: لَا يُجَاوِزُ بَصَرُهُ إِشَارَتَهُ، وَحَدِيث حَجَّاجٍ أَتَمُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 990

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 990

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 991

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

991. It was reported from Mālik bin Numair Al-Khuzā'ī, from his father, that he said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ place his right forearm on his right thigh, having raised his forefinger and (curving it) downwards slightly." (Hasan)

Arabic text

991 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا عِصَامُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ، مِنْ بَنِي بَجِيلَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ الْخُزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاضِعًا ذِرَاعَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، رَافِعًا إِصْبَعَهُ السَّبَّابَةَ، قَدْ حَنَاهَا شَيْئًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 991

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 991

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 181

It Is Disliked To Lean On The Hand During The Prayer

Hadith 992

DarussalamSaḥihAl-Albaniصحيح، إلا لفظ ابن عبد الملك فإنه منكر //، المشكاة (٩١٤) //Al-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

992. It was reported from Ibn 'Umar, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prohibited" — Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal[1] said: "that a person sit in the prayer while leaning on his hand." (Saḥih) Ibn Shabbuwyah said: "...prohibited that a person lean on his hand during the prayer." Ibn Rāfi' said: "...prohibited that a person pray while leaning on his hand." And he mentioned it under the topic of raising up from prostration. Ibn 'Abdul-Malik said: "...prohibited that a person lean on his hands when he stood up during the prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

992 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ شَبُّوَيْهِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ الْغَزَّالُ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: " نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ: - أَنْ يَجْلِسَ الرَّجُلُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَهُوَ مُعْتَمِدٌ عَلَى يَدِهِ "، وَقَالَ ابْنُ شَبُّوَيْهِ: «نَهَى أَنْ يَعْتَمِدَ الرَّجُلُ عَلَى يَدِهِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»، وَقَالَ ابْنُ رَافِعٍ: «نَهَى أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ الرَّجُلُ ، وَهُوَ مُعْتَمِدٌ عَلَى يَدِهِ» وَذَكَرَهُ فِي بَابِ الرَّفْعِ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، «نَهَى أَنْ يَعْتَمِدَ الرَّجُلُ عَلَى يَدَيْهِ إِذَا نَهَضَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] These different additions are from those that Abū Dāwūd heard the narration from.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 992

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 992

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 993

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

993. Ismā'īl bin Umayyah said: "I asked Nāfi' regarding a person who prays while the (fingers of his) two hands are intertwined. He told me that Ibn 'Umar said: 'That is the prayer of those upon whom anger has been shown.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

993 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، سَأَلْتُ نَافِعًا، عَنِ الرَّجُلِ يُصَلِّي، وَهُوَ مُشَبِّكٌ يَدَيْهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: «تِلْكَ صَلَاةُ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 993

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 993

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 994

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

994. Nāfi' reported that Ibn 'Umar once saw a man leaning upon his left hand while he was sitting in the prayer — Hārūn bin Zaid (one of the narrators) said: "a man leaning upon his left side." — Ibn 'Umar said to him: "Do not sit in this manner, for this is the manner in which those who are punished sit." (Hasan)

Arabic text

994 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي الزَّرْقَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، وَهَذَا لَفْظُهُ جَمِيعًا عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، " أَنَّهُ رَأَى رَجُلًا يَتَّكِئُ عَلَى يَدِهِ الْيُسْرَى وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ فِي الصَّلَاةِ - قَالَ هَارُونُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، سَاقِطًا عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْسَرِ، ثُمَّ اتَّفَقَا -، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «لَا تَجْلِسْ هَكَذَا، فَإِنَّ هَكَذَا يَجْلِسُ الَّذِينَ يُعَذَّبُونَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 994

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 994

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 182

Shortening The Sitting

Hadith 995

DarussalamDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

995. It was reported from Shu'bah, from Sa'd bin Ibrāhīm, from Abū ‘Ubaidah, from his father (‘Abdullāh bin Mas‘ūd) that the Prophet ﷺ would be in the first two Rak‘ah as if he were (sitting) on baked stones. He (Shu‘bah) said: “Until he stood up?” He (Sa’d) replied: “Until he stood up.” (Da‘if)

Arabic text

995 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُولَيَيْنِ كَأَنَّهُ عَلَى الرَّضْفِ»، قَالَ: قُلْنَا: حَتَّى يَقُومَ؟ قَالَ: «حَتَّى يَقُومَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 995

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 995

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 183

Regarding The Salām

Hadith 996

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

996. ‘Abdullāh bin Mas‘ūd reported: “The Prophet ﷺ would say the Taslīm on his right side, and (then) on his left side — so much so that the whiteness of his cheeks could be seen. (He would say:) ‘As-salāmu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah, as-salāmu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah’ (Peace be upon you, and the Mercy of Allāh, peace be upon you, and the Mercy of Allāh).” (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: And this is the wording of the narration of Sufyān, while the narration of Isrā‘īl is not as detailed.[1] Abū Dāwūd said: Zuhair reported it from Abū Ishāq. And Yahyā reported it from Isrā‘īl, from Abū Ishāq, from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aswad, from his father, and ‘Alqamah, from ‘Abdullāh. Abū Dāwūd said: Shu‘bah rejected this Hadīth — the narration of Abū Ishāq — being Marfū' (meaning from the Prophet ﷺ).

Arabic text

996 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، وَزِيَادُ بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا تَمِيمُ بْنُ الْمُنْتَصِرِ، أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَاقُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ يُوسُفَ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، كُلُّهُمْ عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَقَالَ إِسْرَائِيلُ: عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، وَالْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ، حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ : «السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذَا لَفْظُ حَدِيث سُفْيَانَ، وَحَدِيثُ إِسْرَائِيلَ، لَمْ يُفَسِّرْهُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَعَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «شُعْبَةُ كَانَ يُنْكِرُ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ - حَدِيثَ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ - أَنْ يَكُونَ مَرْفُوعًا»

Footnotes

1 [1] The author narrated it with a number of chains, and these are details related to the differences in them.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 996

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 996

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 997

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

997. 'Alqamah bin Wā'il reported from his father (Wā'il bin Ḥujr) that he said: "I prayed with the Prophet ﷺ, and he would say the Taslīm on his right side (saying): 'As-Salāmu 'alaikum wa rahmatullāhi wa barakātuh (Peace be upon you, and the Mercy of Allāh, and His Blessings),' and on his left side (saying): 'As-Salāmu 'alaikum wa rahmatullāh (Peace be upon you, and the Mercy of Allāh).'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

997 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ قَيْسٍ الْحَضْرَمِيُّ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ كُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ: «السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ»، وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ: «السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 997

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 997

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 998

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

998. It was reported from Waki', from Mis'ar, from 'Ubaidullāh bin Al-Qubṭiyyah, from Jābir bin Samurah, who said: "We used to pray behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and give the Taslīm by motioning with our hands to the one who was on his right, and to the one who was on his left. (Once) when (the Prophet ﷺ) finished the prayer, he said: 'Why do you motion with your hands, as if they are tails of agitated horses? It is sufficient for you — or: is it not sufficient for you — that you do like this' — and he pointed with his finger,[1] '(and that) he gives the Salām to his brother; the one to his right, and the one to his left.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

998 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا، وَوَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ الْقِبْطِيَّةِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَسَلَّمَ أَحَدُنَا، أَشَارَ بِيَدِهِ مِنْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَمِنْ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى، قَالَ: " مَا بَالُ أَحَدِكُمْ يُومِي بِيَدِهِ كَأَنَّهَا أَذْنَابُ خَيْلٍ شُمْسٍ؟ إِنَّمَا يَكْفِي أَحَدَكُمْ - أَوْ أَلَا يَكْفِي أَحَدَكُمْ - أَنْ يَقُولَ: هَكَذَا " وَأَشَارَ بِأُصْبُعِهِ يُسَلِّمُ عَلَى أَخِيهِ مِنْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَمِنْ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 998

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 998

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 999

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

999. It was reported from Abū Nuʿaim, from Misʿar, with his chain and its meaning (as in no. 998), (but) he (ﷺ) said: "Is it not sufficient for one of you — or one of them — that he place his hand on his knee, then he says Salām to his brother; the one to his right, and the one to his left?" (Sahih)

Arabic text

999 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ قَالَ: «أَمَا يَكْفِي أَحَدَكُمْ، أَوْ أَحَدَهُمْ، أَنْ يَضَعَ يَدَهُ عَلَى فَخْذِهِ، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمَ عَلَى أَخِيهِ مِنْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَمِنْ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 999

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 999

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1000

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1000. Zuhair narrated Al-Aʿmash from Al-Musayyab bin Rāfiʿ, from Tamīm Aṭ-Ṭāʿī, from Jābir bin Samurah, who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered upon us while the people were raising their hands" — Zuhair said: "I think he mentioned that this was during the prayer." — "so he (the Prophet ﷺ) said: 'Why do I see you raising your hands as if they are tails of agitated horses? Be peaceful in your prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1000 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمٍ الطَّائِيِّ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: دَخَلَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّاسُ رَافِعُوا أَيْدِيهِمْ - قَالَ زُهَيْرٌ: أُرَاهُ قَالَ - فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: «مَا لِي أَرَاكُمْ رَافِعِي أَيْدِيكُمْ كَأَنَّهَا أَذْنَابُ خَيْلٍ شُمْسٍ؟ أُسْكُنُوا فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See the following narration.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1000

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1000

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 184

Responding To The Imām

Hadith 1001

DarussalamḌaʿifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1001. It was reported from Qatādah, from Al-Ḥasan, from Samurah, that he said: "The Prophet ﷺ commanded us to respond to the Imām, and to love each other, and to give Salām to one another." (Ḍaʿif)

Arabic text

1001 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ أَبُو الْجَمَاهِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ بَشِيرٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «أَمَرَنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نَرُدَّ عَلَى الْإِمَامِ، وَأَنْ نَتَحَابَّ، وَأَنْ يُسَلِّمَ بَعْضُنَا عَلَى بَعْضٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1001

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1001

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Unnumbered chapter

The Takbīr After The Ṣalāt

Hadith 1002

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1002. Ibn 'Abbās said: "The ending of the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would be known by the Takbīr." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1002 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْبَدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ يُعْلَمُ انْقِضَاءُ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1002

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1002

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1003

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1003. (There is another chain) that Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "People would, at the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, raise their voices with the Dhikr (statements of remembrance) after completing the obligatory prayers." And Ibn 'Abbās said: "I would know when they finished by that, and could hear it." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1003 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى الْبَلْخِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ، أَنَّ أَبَا مَعْبَدٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ، «أَنَّ رَفْعَ الصَّوْتِ لِلذِّكْرِ حِينَ يَنْصَرِفُ النَّاسُ مِنَ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ، كَانَ ذَلِكَ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، وَأَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أَعْلَمُ إِذَا انْصَرَفُوا بِذَلِكَ وَأَسْمَعُهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1003

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1003

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 185

ShorteningThe Taslīm[1]

Hadith 1004

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1004. It was reported from Qurrah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from Az-Zuhrī, from Abū Salamah, from Abū Hurairah, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Shortening the Salām is a Sunnah." (Da'if) 'Eisā said:[2] "Ibn Al-Mubārak prohibited me from narrating this Hadīth in Marfū' form." Abū Dāwūd said: I heard Abū 'Umair 'Eisā bin Yūnus Al-Fākhūrī Ar-Ramlī say: "When Al-Firyābī returned from Makkah, he stopped narrating this Hadīth in Marfū' form." And he said:[3] Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal prohibited him from narrating it in Marfū' form.

Arabic text

1004 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ قُرَّةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «حَذْفُ السَّلَامِ سُنَّةٌ»، قَالَ عِيسَى: «نَهَانِي ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ رَفْعِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " سَمِعْت أَبَا عُمَيْرٍ عِيسَى بْنَ يُونُسَ الْفَاخُورِيَّ الرَّمْلِيَّ، قَالَ: لَمَّا رَجَعَ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ مِنْ مَكَّةَ، تَرَكَ رَفْعَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، وَقَالَ: نَهَاهُ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ عَنْ رَفْعِهِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1004

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1004

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 186

If One Breaks Wudū' During Prayer, He Must Start From The Beginning

Hadith 1005

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1005. 'Alī bin Ṭalq reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If one of you silently passes wind in the prayer, let him leave, perform the Wudū', and repeat his prayer." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1005 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ الْأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ حِطَّانَ، عَنْ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ سَلَّامٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ طَلْقٍ ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا فَسَا أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَلْيَنْصَرِفْ، فَلْيَتَوَضَّأْ وَلْيُعِدْ صَلَاتَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1005

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1005

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 187

A Person Praying Voluntary Prayers In the Same Place That He Prayed The Obligatory Prayer

Hadith 1006

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1006. Abū Hurairah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Are you not capable" — he said, from 'Abdul-Wārīth (one of the narrators): "of moving forward, or backward, or to your right or left" — and Ḥammād (one of the narrators) added in his narration: "for the prayer?" — meaning for the voluntary prayer.[1] (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

1006 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، وَعَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ لَيْثٍ، عَنِ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " أَيَعْجِزُ أَحَدُكُمْ - قَالَ: عَنْ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ - أَنْ يَتَقَدَّمَ، أَوْ يَتَأَخَّرَ، أَوْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، أَوْ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ " - زَادَ فِي حَدِيثِ حَمَّادٍ: «فِي الصَّلَاةِ»، يَعْنِي فِي السُّبْحَةِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Abū Dāwūd narrated this from Musad-dad, who narrated it from both Ḥammad bin Zaid and 'Abdul-Wārīth.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1006

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1006

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1007

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1007. Al-Azraq bin Qais reported: "An Imām with the Kunyah of Abū Rimthah led us in prayer then he said: 'I prayed this prayer — or a prayer similar to it — with the Prophet ﷺ.' He said: 'And Abū Bakr and 'Umar would stand in the front row towards his right. There was a man (among us) who had caught the first Takbīr of the prayer. So the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ prayed the prayer, and said the Taslīm to his right and left, and we could see the whiteness of his cheeks. Then he turned (around) just as Abū Rimtha' — meaning himself — did. The man who had caught the first Takbīr stood up to pray voluntary prayers, but 'Umar rushed at him, grabbed him by the shoulders, and shook him. Then he said: "Sit down, for the only reason that the People of the Book perished was due to the fact that their was no seperation between their prayers." The Prophet ﷺ raised his eyes (towards them) and said: "Allāh has corrected (him) through you, O son of Khaṭṭāb." (٩) Abū Dāwud said: (Some narrators) mentioned the Kunyah as Abū Urmayyah instead of Abū Rimthah.

Arabic text

1007 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ نَجْدَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ بْنُ شُعْبَةَ، عَنِ الْمِنْهَالِ بْنِ خَلِيفَةَ، عَنِ الْأَزْرَقِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا إِمَامٌ لَنَا يُكْنَى أَبَا رِمْثَةَ، فَقَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ - أَوْ مِثْلَ هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةِ - مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: وَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ يَقُومَانِ فِي الصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَكَانَ رَجُلٌ قَدْ شَهِدَ التَّكْبِيرَةَ الْأُولَى مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَصَلَّى نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ حَتَّى رَأَيْنَا بَيَاضَ خَدَّيْهِ، ثُمَّ انْفَتَلَ كَانْفِتَالِ أَبِي رِمْثَةَ - يَعْنِي - فَقَامَ الرَّجُلُ الَّذِي أَدْرَكَ مَعَهُ التَّكْبِيرَةَ الْأُولَى مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ يَشْفَعُ، فَوَثَبَ إِلَيْهِ عُمَرُ، فَأَخَذَ بِمَنْكِبِهِ فَهَزَّهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: اجْلِسْ فَإِنَّهُ لَمْ يُهْلِكْ أَهْلَ الْكِتَابِ، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَ صَلَوَاتِهِمْ فَصْلٌ، فَرَفَعَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَصَرَهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَابَ اللَّهُ بِكَ يَا ابْنَ الْخَطَّابِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " وَقَدْ قِيلَ: أَبُو أُمَيَّةَ مَكَانَ أَبِي رِمْثَةَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1007

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1007

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 188

(Prostrating For) Forgetfulness After Two Prostrations (Rak'ahs)[1]

Hadith 1008

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1008. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Muḥammad, from Abū Hurairah that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in one of the two afternoon prayers, (either) Zuhr or ʾAṣr, and he only prayed two Rak'ahs, and said the Taṣlīm. Then he went to a piece of wood in the front of the Masjid, and placed his hands on it — one on top of the other. Anger could be seen on his face. Those who would usually leave the prayer quickly left saying: 'The prayer has been shortened! The prayer has been shortened!' Abū Bakr and 'Umar were present among the people, but they were hesitant in addressing him, out of respect for him. A person whom the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had nicknamed Dhul-Yadain ('The one who possesses two hands') stood up and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! Have you forgotten, or has the prayer been shortened?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ replied: 'I have neither forgotten, nor has the prayer been shortened.' So he said: 'Rather, you have forgotten O Messenger of Allāh!' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ turned to face the people, and said: 'Has Dhul-Yadain spoken the truth?' They motioned to him: 'Yes.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ returned to his place, and prayed the remaining two Rak'ahs, and then said the Taslīm. Then he said the Takbīr and went into prostration like he usually did, or even longer. Then he raised (his head) and said the Takbīr. Then he said the Takbīr and prostrated as he usually did, or even longer, then he raised (his head) and said the Takbīr.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) He said:[1] “It was said to Muḥammad: ‘Did he say the Taslīm in the (prostration) of forgetfulness?’ He responded: ‘I do not remember this from Abū Hurairah, but I was told that ‘Imrān bin Ḥusain said: “Then he said the Taslīm.”’

Arabic text

1008 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِحْدَى صَلَاتَيِ الْعَشِيِّ - الظُّهْرَ أَوِ الْعَصْرَ -، قَالَ: فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ إِلَى خَشَبَةٍ فِي مُقَدَّمِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَيْهِمَا إِحْدَاهُمَا عَلَى الْأُخْرَى، يُعْرَفُ فِي وَجْهِهِ الْغَضَبُ ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ سَرْعَانُ النَّاسِ وَهُمْ يَقُولُونَ: قُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، قُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، وَفِي النَّاسِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ، فَهَابَاهُ أَنْ يُكَلِّمَاهُ، فَقَامَ رَجُلٌ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسَمِّيهِ ذَا الْيَدَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَنَسِيتَ أَمْ قُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ؟ قَالَ: «لَمْ أَنْسَ، وَلَمْ تُقْصَرِ الصَّلَاةُ»، قَالَ: بَلْ، نَسِيتَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَأَقْبَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَدَقَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ»، فَأَوْمَئُوا: أَيْ نَعَمْ، فَرَجَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى مَقَامِهِ، فَصَلَّى الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْبَاقِيَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ، أَوْ أَطْوَلَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ وَكَبَّرَ "، قَالَ: فَقِيلَ لِمُحَمَّدٍ: سَلَّمَ فِي السَّهْوِ؟ فَقَالَ: لَمْ أَحْفَظْهُ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَلَكِنْ نُبِّئْتُ أَنَّ عِمْرَانَ بْنَ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ.

Footnotes

1 [1] The meaning of two prostrations in the chapter heading is after two sets of prostrations, or, after having prayed two Rak'ahs of the prayer.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1008

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1008

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1009

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1009. (There is another chain) from Ayyūb, from Muḥammad, with his chain — and the (previous) narration of Ḥammād is more complete — he said: “Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed...” and he did not say: ‘...led us in prayer,’ nor did he say, ‘...they motioned.’ Instead, he said: “They said: ‘Yes.’” And he said: “Then he raised (his head),” but he did not say: "And he said the Takbīr, then he said the Takbīr, and went into prostration like he usually would, or even longer. Then he raised (his head)..." and he completed the Hadīth, without mentioning the last part. And no one mentioned that they motioned, except for one Hammad bin Zaid. (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: All those who narrated this Hadīth did not mention: "Then he said the Takbīr,"[1] nor did they mention: "Then he returned (to his place)..."

Arabic text

1009 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَحَدِيثُ حَمَّادٍ أَتَمُّ، قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لَمْ يَقُلْ: بِنَا، وَلَمْ يَقُلْ: فَأَوْمَئُوا، قَالَ: فَقَالَ النَّاسُ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، وَلَمْ يَقُلْ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ، أَوْ أَطْوَلَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، وَتَمَّ حَدِيثُهُ لَمْ يَذْكُرْ مَا بَعْدَهُ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ: فَأَوْمَئُوا إِلَّا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " وَكُلُّ مَنْ رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ لَمْ يَقُلْ: فَكَبَّرَ، وَلَا ذَكَرَ رَجَعَ،

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Ayyūb, and Muḥammad, of whom he is speaking, and who narrated it to him, is Muḥammad bin Sirīn.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1009

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1009

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1010

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1010. (There is another chain) from Salamah, meaning Ibn 'Alqamah, from Muḥammad, from Abū Hurairah, who said: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ lead us in prayer..." mentioning the meaning of the all of the narration of Hammād, up to its end (as no. 1008). Then he said: "I was informed that Imrān bin Ḥuṣain said: 'Then he said the Taslīm.'" He said: "I said: 'Did (he say) the Tashah-hud?' He replied: "I have not heard anything about the Tashah-hud, but I like that he does say it." And he did not mention that he had been called Dhul-Yadain, nor was it mentioned that they motioned. The Prophet's ﷺ anger was also not mentioned. And the narration of Ḥammad from Ayyūb is more complete. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1010 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا سَلَمَةُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمَعْنَى حَمَّادٍ كُلِّهِ إِلَى آخِرِ قَوْلِهِ: نُبِّئْتُ أَنَّ عِمْرَانَ بْنَ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: فَالتَّشَهُّدُ، قَالَ: لَمْ أَسْمَعْ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ وَأَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ أَنْ يَتَشَهَّدَ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ كَانَ يُسَمِّيهِ ذَا الْيَدَيْنِ، وَلَا ذَكَرَ: فَأَوْمَئُوا، وَلَا ذَكَرَ الْغَضَبَ. وَحَدِيثُ حَمَّادٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ أَتَمُّ،

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, twice at the beginning, as is found in the narration of Hammād which the author discusses after no. 1011.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1010

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1010

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1011

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniShadhAl-Albani(قلت: يعني: أن حماداً شذّ في قوله: كبّر ثم كبر.. وأن الصواب رواية ابن سلمة وأبي بكر عن هشام، ورواية الجماعة عن محمد (وهو ابن سيرين) : أنه كبّر وسجد.. ليس فيه التكبير مرتين. وهكذا هو في " الصحيحين " وغيرهما من طرق عن أيوب، وهو في الكتاب الأخر، ومن طريق حمادِ بن زيد أيضاً برقم (٩٢٣ و ٩٢٤) عن حمادِ بنِ زيد وغيره عن أيوب)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1011. (There is another chain) from Ḥammād from Ayyūb, and Hishām and Yahyā bin ʿAtīq, and Ibn ʿAwn, from Muḥammad, from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ, narrating the story of Dhul-Yadain (similar to no. 1008), that: "He said the Takbīr and prostrated." And Hishām, meaning Ibn Hassān said: "He said the Takbīr, then he said the Takbīr and prostrated." (Saḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This Hadīth was also reported from Habīb bin Ash-Shahīd, and Ḥumaid, and Yūnus, and ʿĀsim Al-Aḥwal, from Muḥammad, from Abū Hurairah. None of them mentioned what Ḥammād bin Zaid did from Hishām, that: "He said the Takbīr, then said the Takbīr, and prostrated." Ḥammād bin Salamah and Abū Bakr bin ʿAyyāsh also reported this Hadīth from Hishām, and they did not mention this from him as Ḥammād bin Zaid did — that "He said the Takbīr, then said the Takbīr."

Arabic text

1011 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَهِشَامٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنِ عَتِيقٍ، وَابْنِ عَوْنٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي قِصَّةِ ذِي الْيَدَيْنِ أَنَّهُ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ، وَقَالَ هِشَامٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حَسَّانَ: كَبَّرَ ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ، وَسَجَدَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ أَيْضًا حَبِيبُ بْنُ الشَّهِيدِ، وَحُمَيْدٌ، وَيُونُسُ، وَعَاصِمٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، لَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَحَدٌ مِنْهُمْ مَا ذَكَرَ حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، أَنَّهُ كَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ، وَرَوَى حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ عَنْ هِشَامٍ لَمْ يَذْكُرَا عَنْهُ هَذَا الَّذِي ذَكَرَهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، أَنَّهُ كَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1011

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1011

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1012

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1012. (There is another chain) from Az-Zuhṛī, from Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab and Abū Salamah, and 'Ubaidullah bin 'Abdullāh, from Abū Hurairah, with this narration (similar to no. 1008). He said: "And he did not prostrate the prostrations of forgetfulness until Allāh had made him certain about it."[1] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1012 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ، وَعُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ قَالَ: وَلَمْ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ حَتَّى يَقَّنَهُ اللَّهُ ذَلِكَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1012

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1012

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1013

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albani(حديث أبو بكر ابن سليمان) صحيح، (حديث أبي هريرة) شاذ (حديث أبي هريرة) // ضعيف سنن النسائي (٦١ / ١٢٣٢) //
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1013. (There is another chain) from Ṣāliḥ, from Ibn Shihāb, that Abū Bakr bin Sulaimān bin Abī Ḥathmah informed him that this narration was conveyed to him from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, he said: "And he did not prostrate the two prostrations that are performed due to doubt until the people informed him." Ibn Shihāb said: "And Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab informed me of this narration from Abū Hurairah." He said: "And Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥman, Abū Bakr bin Al-Ḥārith bin Hishām, and 'Ubaidullah bin 'Abdullāh informed me."(Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Yaḥyā bin Abī Kathīr and 'Imrān bin Abī Anas reported it from Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān and Al-'Alā' bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān, from his father — all of them from Abū Hurairah — with this narration, and he did not mention that he prostrated two prostrations. Abū Dāwūd said: Az-Zubaidī reported it from Az-Zuhri, from Abū Bakr bin Sulaimān bin Abī Ḥathmah, from the Prophet ﷺ, and in it he said: “And he did not perform the prostrations for forgetfulness.”

Arabic text

1013 - حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَبِي يَعْقُوبَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَنَّ أَبَا بَكْرِ بْنَ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّهُ بَلَغَهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: وَلَمْ يَسْجُدِ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ اللَّتَيْنِ تُسْجَدَانِ إِذَا شَكَّ حَتَّى لَقَاهُ النَّاسُ، قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: وَأَخْبَرَنِي بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: وَأَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، وَعُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، وَعِمْرَانُ بْنُ أَبِي أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَالْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، جَمِيعًا، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَنَّهُ سَجَدَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ الزُّبَيْدِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ فِيهِ: وَلَمْ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, about the fact that he had said the Taslim after two Rak'ahs.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1013

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1013

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1014

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1014. (There is another chain) from Shu'bah from Sa'd bin Ibrāhīm, that he heard Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from Abū Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr, and said the Taslim after two Rak'ahs. It was said to him: “Has the prayer been shortened?” So he prayed two Rak'ahs, then prostrated twice. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1014 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، سَمِعَ أَبَا سَلَمَةَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ فَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: نَقَصْتَ الصَّلَاةَ؟ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1014

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1014

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1015

DarussalamSahihAl-Albani(حديث أبي سعيد بن أبي سعيد المقبري) شاذ، (حديث أبي سفيان مولى ابن أبي أحمد) صحيحAl-Albani(قلت: وصله مسلم وأبو عوانة في "صحيحيهما")Al-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1015. (There is another chain) from Sa'eed bin Abi Sa'eed Al-Maqburi, from Abū Hurairah, that the Prophet ﷺ turned away after praying two Rak'ahs of an obligatory prayer. A man asked him: “Has the prayer been shortened, O Messenger of Allāh, or have you forgotten?” He replied: “I have done neither of these!” But the people said: “You have done so, O Messenger of Allāh.” So he prayed two more Rak'ahs, then left without prostrating the two prostrations of forgetfulness. (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: This narration was reported by Dāwūd bin Al-Ḥuṣain from Abī Sufyān the freed slave of Ibn Abī Ahmad, from Abū Hurairah, from the Prophet ﷺ. He said: "Then he prostrated two prostrations while he was sitting, after the Taslīm."

Arabic text

1015 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا شَبَابَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ انْصَرَفَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ، فَقَالَ لَه رَجُلٌ: أَقُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَمْ نَسِيتَ؟ قَالَ: «كُلَّ ذَلِكَ لَمْ أَفْعَلْ»، فَقَالَ النَّاسُ: قَدْ فَعَلْتَ ذَلِكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَرَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ أُخْرَيَيْنِ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ وَلَمْ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ دَاوُدُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ مَوْلَى ابْنِ أَبِي أَحْمَدَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِهَذِهِ الْقِصَّةِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ بَعْدَ التَّسْلِيمِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1015

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1015

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1016

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1016. (There is another chain) from Ḍamḍam bin Jauws Al-Hifṣānī, (who said): "Abū Hurairah narrated to me" for this narration. He said: "Then he prostrated the two prostrations of forgetfulness after he had said the Taslīm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1016 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا هَاشِمُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ ضَمْضَمِ بْنِ جَوْسٍ الْهِفَّانِيِّ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ بَعْدَ مَا سَلَّمَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1016

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1016

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1017

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1017. (There is another chain from) Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once led us in prayer, and said the Taslīm after two Rak'ahs..." So he mentioned similar to the narration of Ibn Sīrīn from Abū Hurairah (no. 1008). He said: "Then he said the Taslīm, and prostrated the prostrations of forgetfulness." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1017 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1017

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1017

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1018

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1018. 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Taslīm after three Rak'ah of the Aṣr prayer, then he entered" — He said from Muslamah: "the apartment."[1] — "A man by the name of Khirbāq — and he was one who had long hands — stood up and said: 'Has the prayer been shortened O Messenger of Allāh?' So he came out, his Ridā' trailing behind him, in a state of anger, and said: 'Has he told the truth?' They replied: 'Yes.' So he prayed that Rak'ah, then said the Taslīm, then prostrated the two prostrations, then said the Taslīm." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1018 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مَسْلَمَةُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُهَلَّبِ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: سَلَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي ثَلَاثِ رَكَعَاتٍ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ، ثُمَّ دَخَلَ - قَالَ عَنْ مَسْلَمَةَ: - الْحُجَرَ، فَقَامَ إِلَيْهِ رَجُلٌ، يُقَالُ لَهُ: الْخِرْبَاقُ، كَانَ طَوِيلَ الْيَدَيْنِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: أَقُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ فَخَرَجَ مُغْضَبًا يَجُرُّ رِدَاءَهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَدَقَ؟»، قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، فَصَلَّى تِلْكَ الرَّكْعَةَ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْهَا ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1018

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1018

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 189

If One Prays Five Rak'ah

Hadith 1019

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1019. Al-Ḥakam reported from Ibrāhīm, from 'Alqamah, from 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once prayed five (Rak'ahs) for Zuhr. Someone asked: 'Has there been an increase in the prayer?' He said: 'And what is the matter?' He replied: 'You prayed five (Rak'ahs).' So he prostrated twice after he had said the Taslim.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1019 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، وَمُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْمَعْنَى، قَالَ حَفْصٌ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ خَمْسًا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ قَالَ: «وَمَا ذَاكَ؟» قَالَ: صَلَّيْتَ خَمْسًا، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا سَلَّمَ

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Musad-dad, who narrated it to the author, saying that Maslamah narrated it with this additional word, as Musad-dad had heard the narration from more than one person.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1019

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1019

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1020

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1020. (There is another chain) from Maṣṣūr, from Ibrāhīm, from ‘Alqamah, who said: “‘Abdullāh said: ‘The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ’” Ibrāhīm said: “I do not know if he added or prayed too few” — “once prayed. When he said the Taslim, he was asked: “O Messenger of Allāh, has something new occurred regarding the prayer?” He said: “And what is the matter?” They replied: “You prayed in such a manner.” So he tucked in his foot, turned to face the Qiblah, and prostrated twice with them (the people), then said the Taslim. When he had finished, he turned around to face us, and said: “If anything had changed in the prayer, I would have informed you, but I am only human, and forget as they forget. So if I forget, remind me.” And he also said: “If one of you is in doubt (regarding how many Rak’ahs he has prayed) during the prayer, let him try to assume what is correct, and complete his prayer on it. Then let him say the Taslim, and prostrate twice.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1020 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ: فَلَا أَدْرِي زَادَ أَمْ نَقَصَ - فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ، قِيلَ لَهُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَحَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ؟ قَالَ: «وَمَا ذَاكَ؟» قَالُوا: صَلَّيْتَ كَذَا وَكَذَا، فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ، وَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَسَجَدَ بِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا انْفَتَلَ، أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّهُ لَوْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ أَنْبَأْتُكُمْ بِهِ، وَلَكِنْ إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، فَإِذَا نَسِيتُ فَذَكِّرُونِي»، وَقَالَ «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الصَّوَابَ، فَلْيُتِمَّ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ لِيُسَلِّمْ ثُمَّ لِيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1020

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1020

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1021

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1021. (There is another chain) from Al-A'mash from Ibrāhīm, from 'Alqamah, with this narration. He (ﷺ) said: "So if one of you forgets, let him prostrate twice." Then (the Prophet ﷺ) turned around, and prostrated twice. (Saḥīh) Abū Dāwūd said: And Ḥuṣain reported it similar to the report of Al-A'mash.

Arabic text

1021 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، بِهَذَا قَالَ: «فَإِذَا نَسِيَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»، ثُمَّ تَحَوَّلَ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ حُصَيْنٌ، نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ الْأَعْمَشِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1021

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1021

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1022

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1022. (There is another chain) from Al-Hasan bin 'Ubaidullāh, from Ibrāhīm bin Suwaid, from 'Alqamah, who said: " 'Abdullāh said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once led us in a prayer and prayed five (Rak'ahs). When he had turned around, the people started mumbling among themselves. So he asked them, "What is the matter?" They said: "O Messenger of Allāh, has the prayer been increased?" He said: "No." So they said: "But you have prayed five (Rak'ahs)!" So he turned around, prostrated twice, then said the Taslim. Then he said: "I am only human — I forget as they forget." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1022 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، أَخْبَرَنَا جَرِيرٌ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ يُوسُفَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَمْسًا، فَلَمَّا انْفَتَلَ تَوَشْوَشَ الْقَوْمُ بَيْنَهُمْ، فَقَالَ: «مَا شَأْنُكُمْ؟» قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، هَلْ زِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ قَالَ: «لَا»، قَالُوا: فَإِنَّكَ قَدْ صَلَّيْتَ خَمْسًا، فَانْفَتَلَ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1022

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1022

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1023

DarussalamSaḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1023. Mu'āwiyah bin Khudaij narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once led them in prayer, and said the Taslīm while one Rak'ah was still remaining. A person caught up to him (after he had left) and said: "You have forgotten one Rak'ah of the prayer." So he returned, entered the Masjid, and ordered Bilāl to call the Iqāmah for the prayer. He then led the people for one Rak'ah. So I informed the people about this. They asked me: "Do you know the man (who informed him)?" I said: "No, but if I see him (I should recognize him)." The man then passed by me, and I said: "This is the man!" They said: "This is Ṭalḥah bin 'Ubaidullāh." (Saḥih)

Arabic text

1023 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، أَنَّ سُوَيْدَ بْنَ قَيْسٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ حُدَيْجٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى يَوْمًا فَسَلَّمَ، وَقَدْ بَقِيَتْ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ رَكْعَةٌ، فَأَدْرَكَهُ رَجُلٌ، فَقَالَ: نَسِيتَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ رَكْعَةً، فَرَجَعَ فَدَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ، وَأَمَرَ بِلَالًا فَأَقَامَ الصَّلَاةَ، فَصَلَّى لِلنَّاسِ رَكْعَةً، " فَأَخْبَرْتُ بِذَلِكَ النَّاسَ، فَقَالُوا لِي: أَتَعْرِفُ الرَّجُلَ؟ قُلْتُ: لَا، إِلَّا أَنْ أَرَاهُ، فَمَرَّ بِي، فَقُلْتُ: هَذَا هُوَ، فَقَالُوا: هَذَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1023

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1023

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 190

Whoever Said that Doubt Should Be Ignored When One Is Confused Regarding (Whether He Has Prayed) Two Or Three Rak'ah

Hadith 1024

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1024. It was reported from Ibn 'Ajlan, from Zaid bin Aslam, from 'Aṭā' bin Yaṣār, from Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī, that he said that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If one of you is doubtful in his prayer (regarding the number of Rak'ahs he has prayed), let him throw away the doubt, and build upon what is certain. Then, when he is certain that he has completed (the prayer), let him prostrate twice. So if his prayer had been complete, this (extra) Rak'ah will be counted as voluntary, and so will the two prostrations. And if his prayer had been deficient, then the Rak'ah will have made his prayer complete, and the two prostrations will infuriate (and humiliate) the Shaitān.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Hishām bin Sa’d and Muḥammad bin Muṭarṛif reported it from Zaid, from ‘Aṭā’ bin Yasār, from Abū Sa’eed ‘Al-Khudrī, from the Prophet ﷺ. The narration of Abū Khālid (above) is more detailed.

Arabic text

1024 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُّ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيُلْقِ الشَّكَّ، وَلْيَبْنِ عَلَى الْيَقِينِ، فَإِذَا اسْتَيْقَنَ التَّمَامَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، فَإِنْ كَانَتْ صَلَاتُهُ تَامَّةً كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ نَافِلَةً وَالسَّجْدَتَانِ، وَإِنْ كَانَتْ نَاقِصَةً كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ تَمَامًا لِصَلَاتِهِ، وَكَانَتِ السَّجْدَتَانِ مُرْغِمَتَيِ الشَّيْطَانِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ هِشَامُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَحَدِيثُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ أَشْبَعُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1024

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1024

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1025

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1025. Ibn ‘Abbās narrated that the Prophet ﷺ called the two prostrations of forgetfulness: “Al-Muraghimatain.” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1025 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رِزْمَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَمَّى سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ: الْمُرْغِمَتَيْنِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1025

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1025

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1026

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1026. It was reported from Mālik, from Zaid bin Aslam, from 'Aṭā' bin Yaṣār that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If one of you is doubtful in his prayer, and is not sure how much he prays, three or four, then let him pray a Rak'ah, and prostrate twice while he is sitting — before he says the Taslim. So if the Rak'ah that he prayed was actually a fifth (Rak'ah), then he would have made (the prayer) even with these two prostrations. And if it were the fourth Rak'ah, then these two prostrations will infuriate (and humiliate) the Shaiṭān." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1026 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلَا يَدْرِي كَمْ صَلَّى ثَلَاثًا أَوْ أَرْبَعًا، فَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَةً، وَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ، فَإِنْ كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ الَّتِي صَلَّى خَامِسَةً شَفَعَهَا بِهَاتَيْنِ، وَإِنْ كَانَتْ رَابِعَةً، فَالسَّجْدَتَانِ تَرْغِيمٌ لِلشَّيْطَانِ».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1026

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1026

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1027

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albaniصحيح // قول أبي داود ليس موجود في الصحيح ولا في الضعيف ولكن في السنن وصخر؟ //
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1027. (There is another chain) narrated from Ya'qūb bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān Al-Qārī, from Zaid bin Aslam — with the chain of Mālik — he said: "Indeed the Prophet ﷺ said: "If one of you is in doubt (with regards to the number of Rak'ahs he has prayed) in the prayer, then if he is sure that he has (at least) prayed three, let him stand up and complete a Rak'ah with its prostrations, then let him sit down and say the Tashah-hud. Then, when he finishes, and all that is remaining for him is the Taslim, let him prostrate twice while he is sitting down, then say the Taslīm..." then he mentioned the meaning narrated by Mālik. (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: It was narrated like that by Ibn Wahb from Mālik, Hāfṣ bin Maisarah, Dāwūd bin Qais, and Hishām bin Sa'd, except that Hishām said it had been conveyed to him (as a narration) from Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī.

Arabic text

1027 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْقَارِيُّ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ بِإِسْنَادِ مَالِكٍ قَالَ: إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَإِنِ اسْتَيْقَنَ أَنْ قَدْ صَلَّى ثَلَاثًا فَلْيَقُمْ فَلْيُتِمَّ رَكْعَةً بِسُجُودِهَا، ثُمَّ يَجْلِسْ فَيَتَشَهَّدْ، فَإِذَا فَرَغَ فَلَمْ يَبْقَ إِلَّا أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، ثُمَّ لِيُسَلِّمْ»، ثُمَّ ذَكَرَ مَعْنَى مَالِكٍ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَاهُ ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، وَحَفْصِ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، وَدَاوُدَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، وَهِشَامِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، إِلَّا أَنَّ هِشَامًا بَلَغَ بِهِ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيَّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1027

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1027

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 191

Those Who Said He Should Complete (The Prayers) Based Upon His Strongest Judgment

Hadith 1028

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1028. It was reported from Muḥammad bin Salamah, from Khuṣaif, from Abū 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh, from his father, from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, that he said: "If you are praying, and are in doubt regarding three or four (whether you have prayed three or four), and you think that you have prayed four, then you should say the Tashah-hud, and prostrate twice while you are sitting, before saying the Taslīm. Then say the Tashah-hud again, then say the Taslīm." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: 'Abdul-Wāhid reported it from Khuṣaif, and he did not narrate it in Marfū' form. Sufyān, Sharīk, and Isrā'īl were in accord with 'Abdul-Wāhid. They differ in the wording of the text of the Hadīth, and they did not narrate it with a complete chain (up to the Prophet ﷺ).

Arabic text

1028 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ خُصَيْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا كُنْتَ فِي صَلَاةٍ فَشَكَكْتَ فِي ثَلَاثٍ، أَوْ أَرْبَعٍ، وَأَكْبَرُ ظَنِّكَ عَلَى أَرْبَعٍ تَشَهَّدْتَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدْتَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَأَنْتَ جَالِسٌ، قَبْلَ أَنْ تُسَلِّمَ، ثُمَّ تَشَهَّدْتَ أَيْضًا، ثُمَّ تُسَلِّمُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ، عَنْ خُصَيْفٍ، وَلَمْ يَرْفَعْهُ، وَوَافَقَ عَبْدَ الْوَاحِدِ، أَيْضًا سُفْيَانُ، وَشَرِيكٌ، وَإِسْرَائِيلُ، وَاخْتَلَفُوا فِي الْكَلَامِ فِي مَتْنِ الْحَدِيثِ وَلَمْ يُسْنِدُوهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1028

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1028

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1029

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1029. (It was reported) from Yahyā bin Kathīr that he narrated from 'Iyāḏ, (and it was reported) from Yahyā from Hilāl bin 'Iyāḏ - from Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If one of you prays, and is unsure whether he has prayed more or less, let him prostrate twice while he is sitting. And if the Shaitān comes to him, and says: 'You have nullified (your ablution),' then say: 'You have lied!' Unless he detects some odor with his nose, or some sound with his ears." (Ḥasan) Abū Dāwūd said: Ma'mar and 'Alī bin Al-Mubārak said: " 'Iyāḏ bin Hilāl." Al-Awzā'ī said: " 'Iyāḏ bin Abī Zuhair."

Arabic text

1029 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ الدَّسْتُوَائِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيَاضٌ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلَمْ يَدْرِ زَادَ أَمْ نَقَصَ، فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، فَإِذَا أَتَاهُ الشَّيْطَانُ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّكَ قَدْ أَحْدَثْتَ، فَلْيَقُلْ: كَذَبْتَ، إِلَّا مَا وَجَدَ رِيحًا بِأَنْفِهِ، أَوْ صَوْتًا بِأُذُنِهِ "، وَهَذَا لَفْظُ حَدِيثِ أَبَانَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وقَالَ مَعْمَرٌ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ: عِيَاضُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ، وقَالَ الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ: عِيَاضُ بْنُ أَبِي زُهَيْرٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1029

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1029

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1030

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1030. It was reported from Mālik, from Ibn Shihāb, from Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, from Abū Hurairah, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When one of you stands up to pray, the Shaitān comes to him and confuses him until he is unsure how much he has prayed. So when one of you finds himself in this situation, let him prostrate twice while he is sitting.” (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This is how it was reported from Ibn ‘Uyaynah, Ma’mar and Al-Laith.

Arabic text

1030 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي جَاءَهُ الشَّيْطَانُ فَلَبَّسَ عَلَيْهِ حَتَّى لَا يَدْرِيَ كَمْ صَلَّى، فَإِذَا وَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَا رَوَاهُ ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، وَمَعْمَرٌ، وَاللَّيْثُ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1030

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1030

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1031

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1031. It was reported from Ya’qūb that he said: “The paternal nephew of Az-Zuhri informed us, from Muḥammad bin Muslim.” — With this Hadīth and with his chain, and he added: “...While he is sitting, before the Taslim.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1031 - حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَبِي يَعْقُوبَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَخِي الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مُسْلِم، ٍ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ بِإِسْنَادِهِ زَادَ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1031

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1031

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1032

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1032. (There is another chain) from Ibn Ishāq who said: “Muḥammad bin Muslim Az-Zuhri narrated to me...” With his chain and its meaning, he said: “...Let him prostrate twice before the Taslim, then say the Taslim.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1032 - حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبِي، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ الزُّهْرِيُّ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ: «فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ ثُمَّ لِيُسَلِّمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1032

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1032

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 192

Those Who Said (The Prostrations Should Be) After The Taslīm

Hadith 1033

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1033. It was reported from 'Abdullāh bin Ja'far that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever is doubtful regarding his prayer, let him perform two prostrations after performing the Taslīm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1033 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُسَافِعٍ، أَنَّ مُصْعَبَ بْنَ شَيْبَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْ عُتْبَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَمَا يُسَلِّمُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1033

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1033

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 193

One Who Stands Up After Two Rak'ah Without Performing the Tashah-hud

Hadith 1034

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1034. It was reported from Mālik, from Ibn Shihāb, from 'Abdur-Rahmān Al-A'rāj, from 'Abdullāh bin Buḥainah, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once led us in two Rak'āhs, then stood up without sitting down. So the people stood up with him. When he had completed the prayer, and we were waiting for the Taslīm, he said the Takbīr, prostrated twice while he was sitting down — before the Taslīm — then said the Taslīm." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1034 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «صَلَّى لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَلَمْ يَجْلِسْ، فَقَامَ النَّاسُ مَعَهُ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ وَانْتَظَرْنَا التَّسْلِيمَ كَبَّرَ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1034

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1034

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1035

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: وصله أحمد والبيهقي عن ابن الزبير. وهو عنه صحيح)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1035. (There is another chain) from Az-Zuhri with similar meaning with his chain for the Hadīth (as no. 1034). He added: "And some of us said the Tashah-hud while we were standing." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: Ibn Az-Zubair also prostrated in this manner before the Taslīm when he stood up after two Rak'ahs. And this is also the opinion of Az-Zuhri.

Arabic text

1035 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، وَبَقِيَّةُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، بِمَعْنَى إِسْنَادِهِ وَحَدِيثِهِ، زَادَ: وَكَانَ مِنَّا الْمُتَشَهِّدُ فِي قِيَامِهِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ سَجَدَهُمَا ابْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، قَامَ مِنْ ثِنْتَيْنِ قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ الزُّهْرِيِّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1035

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1035

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 194

One Who Forgets The Tashahhud While He Is Sitting

Hadith 1036

DarussalamDa'if JiddanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1036. It was reported from Qais bin Abī Hāzim, from Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If the Imām stands up after two Rak'ahs, then if he remembers (that he should have sat down) before he stands up completely, let him sit down, and if he has stood up completely, then let him not sit down, and instead prostrate the two prostrations of forgetfulness.” (Da'if Jiddan) Abū Dāwūd said: I have not narrated in this book of mine any ḥadīth from Jābir Al-Ju'fī (one of the narrators) except this one.

Arabic text

1036 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ يَعْنِي الْجُعْفِيَّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُغِيرَةُ بْنُ شُبَيْلٍ الْأَحْمَسِيُّ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا قَامَ الْإِمَامُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ، فَإِنْ ذَكَرَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا فَلْيَجْلِسْ، فَإِنِ اسْتَوَى قَائِمًا فَلَا يَجْلِسْ، وَيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَلَيْسَ فِي كِتَابِي عَنْ جَابِرٍ الْجُعْفِيِّ إِلَّا هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1036

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1036

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1037

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(رواية زياد بن علاقة) صحيح، (رواية الشعبي) **، (رواية ثابت بن عبيد) **، (قول أبو داود: وفعل سعد ... ) صحيح، (وقوله: وعمران بن حصين) رجاله ثقات، (وقوله والضحاك بن قيس) لم أره، (وقوله ومعاوية بن أبي سفيان) ضعيف، (وقوله وابن عباس أفتى بذلك) حسن، (وقوله وعمر بن عبد العزيز) ضعيف، (قول أبو داود هذا في مقام..) ** (قوله: ومعاوية بن أبي سفيان) // ضعيف سنن النسائي (٦٦ / ١٢٦٠) //Al-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1037. It was reported from Al-Mas'ūdī, from Ziyād bin 'Ilaqah who said: "Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah once led us in prayer, and stood up after two Rak'ahs. So we said: 'Subhān Allāh!' and he also said: 'Subhān Allāh,' and continued (to stand). When he completed the prayer and said the Taslīm, he prostrated the two prostrations of forgetfulness. He then turned around and said: 'I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do as I did.'" (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: It was reported like that by Ibn Abī Lailā from Ash-Sha'bi, from Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah and he narrated it in Marfū' form. Abū 'Umais reported it from Thābit bin 'Ubaid, he said: "Al-Mughīrah bin Shu'bah lead us in prayer..." narrating similar to the Ḥadīth of Ziyād bin 'Ilaqah. Abū Dāwūd said: Abū 'Umais is the brother of Al-Mas'ūdī. Sa'd bin Abī Waqqāsh did the same as Al-Mughīrah, as did 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain, Aḍ-Ḍaḥḥāk bin Qais, and Mu'āwiyah bin Abī Sufyān. Ibn 'Abbās and 'Umar bin 'Abdul-'Azīz gave verdicts to do likewise. Abū Dāwūd said: This is for one who stands up after two Rak'ahs, and then they prostrate after the Taslīm.

Arabic text

1037 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ الْجُشَمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ عِلَاقَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا الْمُغِيرَةُ بْنُ شُعْبَةَ فَنَهَضَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ، قُلْنَا: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ وَمَضَى، فَلَمَّا أَتَمَّ صَلَاتَهُ وَسَلَّمَ، سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَصْنَعُ كَمَا صَنَعْتُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَاهُ ابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، وَرَفَعَهُ، وَرَوَاهُ أَبُو عُمَيْسٍ، عَنْ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا الْمُغِيرَةُ بْنُ شُعْبَةَ، مِثْلَ حَدِيثِ زِيَادِ بْنِ عِلَاقَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «أَبُو عُمَيْسٍ أَخُو الْمَسْعُودِيِّ، وَفَعَلَ سَعْدُ بْنُ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ مِثْلَ مَا فَعَلَ الْمُغِيرَةُ، وَعِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ، وَالضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، وَمُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، وَابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، أَفْتَى بِذَلِكَ وَعُمَرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَهَذَا فِيمَنْ قَامَ مِنْ ثِنْتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَجَدُوا بَعْدَ مَا سَلَّمُوا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1037

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1037

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1038

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1038. Thawban narrated from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "For every mistake (or forgetfulness in prayers) there are two prostrations after one says the Taslīm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1038 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، وَالرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَشُجَاعُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، بِمَعْنَى الْإِسْنَادِ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَيَّاشٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ الْكَلَاعِيِّ، عَنْ زُهَيْرٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ سَالِمٍ الْعَنْسِيَّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ، قَالَ عَمْرٌو: وَحْدَهُ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ ثَوْبَانَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لِكُلِّ سَهْوٍ سَجْدَتَانِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ»، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ عَنْ أَبِيهِ، غَيْرُ عَمْرٍو

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1038

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1038

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 195

The Two Prostrations Of Forgetfulness Are Accompanied By The Tashah-hud And The Taslīm

Hadith 1039

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1039. 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain narrated that the Prophet ﷺ once led them in prayer, and made a mistake. So he prostrated twice, then said the Tashah-hud, then the Taslīm. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1039 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنِي أَشْعَثُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ يَعْنِي الْحَذَّاءَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُهَلَّبِ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى بِهِمْ فَسَهَا، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ تَشَهَّدَ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1039

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1039

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 196

Women Leaving Before Men After The Prayer

Hadith 1040

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1040. Umm Salamah narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would sit for a short period of time after the Taslīm, and they used to think that the reason he did so was to allow the women to leave before the men." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1040 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ هِنْدِ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ مَكَثَ قَلِيلًا، وَكَانُوا يَرَوْنَ أَنَّ ذَلِكَ، كَيْمَا يَنْفُذُ النِّسَاءُ قَبْلَ الرِّجَالِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1040

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1040

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 197

How Should One Leave From The Prayer

Hadith 1041

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1041. Qabiṣah bin Hulb — from the tribe of Ṭai — reported from his father that he used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ, and he would turn around (to leave after the prayer) from both sides. (Hasan)

Arabic text

١٠٤١ - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ هُلْبٍ، رَجُلٍ مِنْ طَيِّئٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَكَانَ يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ شِقَّيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1041

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1041

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1042

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1042. 'Umārah bin 'Umair reported from Al-Aswād bin Yazīd, from 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd), that he said: "Let not any of you give a portion of his prayer to Shaitān (by believing) that one should not turn except to the right (to leave after the prayer). And indeed I noticed that the Prophet ﷺ would usually turn towards his left." 'Umarah said: "I later visited Al-Madīnah, and saw that the Prophet's ﷺ apartments were on his left." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1042 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «لَا يَجْعَلُ أَحَدُكُمْ نَصِيبًا لِلشَّيْطَانِ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ، أَنْ لَا يَنْصَرِفَ إِلَّا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَكْثَرُ مَا يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ»، قَالَ عُمَارَةُ: «أَتَيْتُ الْمَدِينَةَ بَعْدُ، فَرَأَيْتُ مَنَازِلَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1042

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1042

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 198

A Person's Voluntary Prayer In His House

Hadith 1043

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1043. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Offer some of your prayers in your houses, and do not make them into graves." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1043 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ ، أَخْبَرَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْعَلُوا فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ مِنْ صَلَاتِكُمْ، وَلَا تَتَّخِذُوهَا قُبُورًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1043

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1043

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1044

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1044. Zaid bin Thabit reported that the Prophet ﷺ said: "A person's prayer in his house is better than his prayer in my Masjid, except for the obligatory prayers." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1044 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ بِلَالٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ الْمَرْءِ فِي بَيْتِهِ أَفْضَلُ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ فِي مَسْجِدِي هَذَا، إِلَّا الْمَكْتُوبَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1044

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1044

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 199

Whoever Prayed Toward A Direction Other Than The Qiblah, Then Discovered The Direction Of The Qiblah

Hadith 1045

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1045. Anas narrated: "The Prophet ﷺ and his Companions would pray towards Bait Al-Maqdis (Jerusalem), then this Verse was revealed: 'So turn your face towards Al-Masjid Al-Ḥarām; and wherever you are, turn your faces towards it.'[1] A person passed by (the tribe of) Banū Salamah, and they were in Rukū', praying Fajr towards Bait Al-Maqdis (Jerusalem). (He called out) twice: 'Verily the Qiblah has been changed to the Ka'bah.' So they turned around while they were in Rukū' until they faced the Ka'bah."(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1045 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، وَحُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابَهُ كَانُوا يُصَلُّونَ نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ، فَلَمَّا نَزَلَتْ هَذِهِ الْآيَةُ: {فَوَلِّ وَجْهَكَ شَطْرَ الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ وَحَيْثُ مَا كُنْتُمْ فَوَلُّوا وُجُوهَكُمْ شَطْرَهُ} [البقرة: 144]، فَمَرَّ رَجُلٌ مِنْ بَنِي سَلَمَةَ، فَنَادَاهُمْ وَهُمْ رُكُوعٌ فِي صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ: أَلَا إِنَّ الْقِبْلَةَ قَدْ حُوِّلَتْ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ، مَرَّتَيْنِ، فَمَالُوا كَمَا هُمْ رُكُوعٌ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1045

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1045

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 200

The Blessings Of Friday And The Eve Of Friday[1]

Hadith 1046

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1046. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The best day on which the sun rises is Friday: On it, Ādam was created; and on it, he descended (to earth); and on it, his repentance was accepted; and on it, he died; and on it, the Hour will be established. And there is not a single creature except that it awaits (the Hour) on Friday, from the time the sun appears (over the horizon) until it rises (high) — out of fear of the Hour — except for Jinn and mankind. And on it there is an hour that no Muslim catches while he is praying, asking Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, for his need, except that he is given it." (Abū Hurairah then said:) "Ka'ab asked: 'This occurs once every year?' So I replied, 'No, rather every single Friday!' So Ka'ab read the Tawrah, and said, 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ has told the truth.' I then met 'Abdullāh bin Salām, and told him about my conversation with Ka'ab. So 'Abdullāh bin Salām said: 'I know which hour it is.' I said: 'Tell me.' He replied: 'It is the last hour on Friday.' I said: 'How can it be the last hour on Friday, when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said, '...no Muslim catches while he is praying,' and that time is a time in which there is no praying?' So 'Abdullāh bin Salām said: 'Did not the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "Whoever sits in a gathering, waiting for the prayer, then he is in prayer until he prays?"'" I said: 'Yes.' So he said: 'So it is that (hour).'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1046 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَيْرُ يَوْمٍ طَلَعَتْ فِيهِ الشَّمْسُ يَوْمُ الْجُمُعَةِ، فِيهِ خُلِقَ آدَمُ، وَفِيهِ أُهْبِطَ، وَفِيهِ تِيبَ عَلَيْهِ، وَفِيهِ مَاتَ، وَفِيهِ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ، وَمَا مِنْ دَابَّةٍ إِلَّا وَهِيَ مُسِيخَةٌ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، مِنْ حِينَ تُصْبِحُ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ شَفَقًا مِنَ السَّاعَةِ، إِلَّا الْجِنَّ وَالْإِنْسَ، وَفِيهِ سَاعَةٌ لَا يُصَادِفُهَا عَبْدٌ مُسْلِمٌ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ حَاجَةً، إِلَّا أَعْطَاهُ إِيَّاهَا»، قَالَ كَعْبٌ: ذَلِكَ فِي كُلِّ سَنَةٍ يَوْمٌ، فَقُلْتُ: «بَلْ فِي كُلِّ جُمُعَةٍ»، قَالَ: فَقَرَأَ كَعْبٌ التَّوْرَاةَ، فَقَالَ: صَدَقَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ. قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: ثُمَّ لَقِيتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ سَلَامٍ، فَحَدَّثْتُهُ بِمَجْلِسِي مَع كَعْبٍ، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَلَامٍ: قَدْ عَلِمْتُ أَيَّةَ سَاعَةٍ هِيَ، قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: فَأَخْبِرْنِي بِهَا، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَلَامٍ: هِيَ آخِرُ سَاعَةٍ مِنْ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَقُلْتُ: كَيْفَ هِيَ آخِرُ سَاعَةٍ مِنْ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَقَدْ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يُصَادِفُهَا عَبْدٌ مُسْلِمٌ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي»، وَتِلْكَ السَّاعَةُ لَا يُصَلِّي فِيهَا، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَلَامٍ: أَلَمْ يَقُلْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ جَلَسَ مَجْلِسًا يَنْتَظِرُ الصَّلَاةَ فَهُوَ فِي صَلَاةٍ حَتَّى يُصَلِّيَ»، قَالَ: فَقُلْتُ: بَلَى، قَالَ: هُوَ ذَاكَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning the night preceding it.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1046

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1046

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1047

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1047. Aws bin Aws reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Of your best days is Friday. On it, Ādam was created; and on it his (soul) was taken; and on it is the blowing (of the Trumpet); and on it is the Swoon.[1] Therefore, increase in sending your Salāt upon me, for your Salāt upon me are presented to me." They said: "O Messenger of Allāh! And how will our Salāt upon you be presented to you after you have perished?" He replied: "Indeed, Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has prohibited the earth from (destroying) the bodies of the Prophets." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1047 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَشْعَثِ الصَّنْعَانِيِّ، عَنْ أَوْسِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ أَفْضَلِ أَيَّامِكُمْ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فِيهِ خُلِقَ آدَمُ، وَفِيهِ قُبِضَ، وَفِيهِ النَّفْخَةُ، وَفِيهِ الصَّعْقَةُ، فَأَكْثِرُوا عَلَيَّ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ فِيهِ، فَإِنَّ صَلَاتَكُمْ مَعْرُوضَةٌ عَلَيَّ» قَالَ: قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَكَيْفَ تُعْرَضُ صَلَاتُنَا عَلَيْكَ وَقَدْ أَرِمْتَ - يَقُولُونَ: بَلِيتَ -؟ فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ حَرَّمَ عَلَى الْأَرْضِ أَجْسَادَ الْأَنْبِيَاءِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See Sūrat Az-Zumar 39:68.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1047

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1047

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 201

Answering Which Hour Is The Hour Of Response On Friday

Hadith 1048

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1048. Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Friday has twelve — meaning hours — to it. There is no Muslim who asks Allāh for anything (during it) except that Allāh gives it to him, so seek it during the last hour after ‘Aṣr.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1048 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْحَارِثِ، أَنَّ الْجُلَاحَ، مَوْلَى عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ أَبَا سَلَمَةَ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «يَوْمُ الْجُمُعَةِ ثِنْتَا عَشْرَةَ - يُرِيدُ - سَاعَةً، لَا يُوجَدُ مُسْلِمٌ يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ شَيْئًا، إِلَّا أَتَاهُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ، فَالْتَمِسُوهَا آخِرَ سَاعَةٍ بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1048

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1048

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1049

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albaniضعيف، والمحفوظ موقوف // ضعيف الجامع الصغير (٦١٠٣) //
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1049. Abū Burdah bin Abī Mūsā Al-Ash‘arī said: “‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar asked me: ‘Have you heard your father narrating from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ regarding Friday — meaning the Hour (of Response)?’ I said: ‘Yes, I heard him say: “I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: ‘It is between the time that the Imām sits down until the prayer is finished.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Meaning sits down on the Minbar.

Arabic text

1049 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي مَخْرَمَةُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ بْنِ أَبِي مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ: أَسَمِعْتَ أَبَاكَ يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي شَأْنِ الْجُمُعَةِ - يَعْنِي السَّاعَةَ -؟ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «هِيَ مَا بَيْنَ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ الْإِمَامُ، إِلَى أَنْ تُقْضَى الصَّلَاةُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «يَعْنِي عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1049

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1049

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 202

The Blessings Of The Friday Prayer

Hadith 1050

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1050. Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah said: "Whoever performed Wutü' and performed it well, then attended the Friday prayer, and listened (attentively), and was quiet; he will be forgiven (his sins that occurred) between the two Fridays, and an additional three days as well. And whoever played with pebbles, then he has committed Lagha (acted in vain)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1050 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ فَاسْتَمَعَ وَأَنْصَتَ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ، إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ، وَزِيَادَةَ ثَلَاثَةِ أَيَّامٍ، وَمَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1050

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1050

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1051

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1051. It was reported from ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd bin Jābir who said: “‘Aṭā’ Al-Khurāsānī narrated to me, from the slave of his wife, Umm ‘Uthmān, that he heard ‘Alī, may Allāh be pleased with him, say upon the Minbar in Al-Kūfah: ‘When it is Friday, the Shayātīn go in the early morning with their banners to the markets, and they throw Tarābīth — or: Rabā'īth[1] on them (the people in the markets), and delay them from the Friday prayer. And the Angels go in the early morning and sit on the doors of the Masjid, and they write the one who comes an hour (before), and the one who comes two hours (before), until the Imām comes. So if a person sits in a place where he can listen (attentively) and see (the Imām), and remains quiet and does not commit Laghā (act in vain), then he will have two portions of reward. And if he distances himself, and sits in a place where he cannot listen, but remains quiet and does not commit Laghā (act in vain), then he will have one portion of reward. And if he sits in a place where he can listen (attentively), and see (the Imām), but commits Laghā (acts in vain), and does not remain silent, then he will have a portion of evil — and whoever says to his companion on Friday: “Quiet!” then he has committed Laghā (acted in vain). And whoever commits Laghā (act in vain); he will not be (rewarded) anything for that Friday.’ Then he (‘Alī) said: ‘I heard the the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying that.’” (Da'īf) Abū Dāwūd said: Al-Walīd bin Muslim reported it from Ibn Jābir. He said: “Ar-Rabā'īth.” And he said: “The freed slave of his wife Umm 'Uthmān bin 'Aṭā'.

Arabic text

1051 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَطَاءٌ الْخُرَاسَانِيُّ، عَنْ مَوْلَى امْرَأَتِهِ أُمِّ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَلِيًّا، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ عَلَى مِنْبَرِ الْكُوفَةِ يَقُولُ: " إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ الْجُمُعَةِ، غَدَتِ الشَّيَاطِينُ بِرَايَاتِهَا إِلَى الْأَسْوَاقِ، فَيَرْمُونَ النَّاسَ بِالتَّرَابِيثِ، أَوِ الرَّبَائِثِ، وَيُثَبِّطُونَهُمْ عَنِ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَتَغْدُو الْمَلَائِكَةُ فَيَجْلِسُونَ عَلَى أَبْوَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَيَكْتُبُونَ الرَّجُلَ مِنْ سَاعَةٍ، وَالرَّجُلَ مِنْ سَاعَتَيْنِ، حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ الْإِمَامُ، فَإِذَا جَلَسَ الرَّجُلُ مَجْلِسًا يَسْتَمْكِنُ فِيهِ مِنَ الِاسْتِمَاعِ وَالنَّظَرِ، فَأَنْصَتَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ كَانَ لَهُ كِفْلَانِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ، فَإِنْ نَأَى وَجَلَسَ حَيْثُ لَا يَسْمَعُ فَأَنْصَتَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ لَهُ كِفْلٌ مِنْ أَجْرٍ، وَإِنْ جَلَسَ مَجْلِسًا يَسْتَمْكِنُ فِيهِ مِنَ الِاسْتِمَاعِ وَالنَّظَرِ فَلَغَا، وَلَمْ يُنْصِتْ كَانَ لَهُ كِفْلٌ مِنْ وِزْرٍ، وَمَنْ قَالَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ لِصَاحِبِهِ: صَهٍ، فَقَدْ لَغَا، وَمَنْ لَغَا فَلَيْسَ لَهُ فِي جُمُعَتِهِ تِلْكَ شَيْءٌ "، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ فِي آخِرِ ذَلِكَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ ذَلِكَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: " رَوَاهُ الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: بِالرَّبَائِثِ، وَقَالَ: مَوْلَى امْرَأَتِهِ أُمِّ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَطَاءٍ

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Khaṭṭābī said: “It is Rabā'īth.” He and others explained that it is used to say one has hindered another from their need or direction they are headed.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1051

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1051

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 203

The Severity Of Leaving The Friday Prayer

Hadith 1052

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1052. Abū Al-Ja'd Aḏ-Ḍamrī — who was one of the Companions — narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever leaves three Friday prayers, considering it insignificant, Allāh will place a seal upon his heart." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1052 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبِيدَةُ بْنُ سُفْيَانَ الْحَضْرَمِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ الضَّمْرِيِّ، وَكَانَتْ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ تَرَكَ ثَلَاثَ جُمَعٍ تَهَاوُنًا بِهَا، طَبَعَ اللَّهُ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1052

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1052

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 204

The Expiation Of One Who Leaves It

Hadith 1053

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1053. Hammām reported from Qatādah, from Qudāmah bin Wabarāh Al-'Ujaīmī, from Samurah bin Jundab, from the Prophet ﷺ, that he said: "Whoever leaves the Friday prayer without an excuse, then let him give one Dīnār in charity, and if he cannot do so, then half a Dīnār." (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: Similar was reported from Khālid bin Qais, but he contradicted him in the chain, and was in accordance with him in the text.[1]

Arabic text

1053 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا هَمَّامٌ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ وَبَرَةَ الْعُجَيْفِيِّ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ مِنْ غَيْرِ عُذْرٍ، فَلْيَتَصَدَّقْ بِدِينَارٍ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَبِنِصْفِ دِينَارٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَهَكَذَا رَوَاهُ خَالِدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، وَخَالَفَهُ فِي الْإِسْنَادِ وَوَافَقَهُ فِي الْمَتْنِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1053

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1053

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1054

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1054. It was reported from Ayyūb Abū Al-'Alā' from Qatādah from Qudāmah bin Wabarāh who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever misses the Friday prayer without an excuse, then let him give one Dirham in charity, or half a Dirham, or one Ṣā' of wheat, or half a Ṣā'.'"[2] (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: Sa'eed bin Bashīr reported it from Qatādah like this. Except that he said: A Mudd or half of a Mudd.[3] And he said: "From Samurah." Abū Dāwūd said: I heard Aḥmad bin Ḥanbal being asked about the differences over the narration of this Ḥadīth. He said: "Hammām has a stronger memory — in my opinion — than Ayyūb."

Arabic text

1054 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ وَبَرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ فَاتَهُ الْجُمُعَةُ مِنْ غَيْرِ عُذْرٍ فَلْيَتَصَدَّقْ بِدِرْهَمٍ، أَوْ نِصْفِ دِرْهَمٍ، أَوْ صَاعِ حِنْطَةٍ، أَوْ نِصْفِ صَاعٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ سَعِيدُ بْنُ بَشِيرٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، هَكَذَا، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ: مُدًّا، أَوْ نِصْفَ مُدٍّ، وَقَالَ: عَنْ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: سَمِعْت أَحْمَدَ بْنَ حَنْبَلٍ، يُسْأَلُ عَنِ اخْتِلَافِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، فَقَالَ هَمَّامٌ: عِنْدِي أَحْفَظُ مِنْ أَيُّوبَ يَعْنِي أَبَا الْعَلَاءِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1054

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1054

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 205

Who Is Required To Attend The Friday Prayer?

Hadith 1055

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1055. ‘Aishah narrated: “The people used to come from their houses and from Al-‘Awālī for the Friday prayers.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1055 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النَّاسُ يَنْتَابُونَ الْجُمُعَةَ مِنْ مَنَازِلِهِمْ وَمِنَ الْعَوَالِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1055

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1055

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1056

DarussalamḌa‘īfAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1056. It was reported from ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr that the Prophet ﷺ said: “The Friday prayer is obligatory on everyone who hears the call (Adhān).” (Ḍa‘īf) Abū Dāwūd said: A group reported this from Sufyān stopping at ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr, and none of them narrated it in Marfū‘ form. Only Qabiṣah narrated it with a (connected Marfū‘) chain.[1]

Arabic text

1056 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ يَعْنِي الطَّائِفِيَّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ نُبَيْهٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ هَارُونَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْجُمُعَةُ عَلَى كُلِّ مَنْ سَمِعَ النِّدَاءَ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «رَوَى هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ جَمَاعَةٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، مَقْصُورًا عَلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، وَلَمْ يَرْفَعُوهُ، وَإِنَّمَا أَسْنَدَهُ قَبِيصَةُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Qabiṣah narrated no. 1056 from Sufyān.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1056

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1056

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 206

The Friday Prayer On A Rainy Day

Hadith 1057

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1057. It was reported from Qatadah, from Abü Al-Malih from his father, that the Day of Hunain was a rainy day, so the Prophet ordered his caller to call out: "Pray in your tents." (Saiiz)

Arabic text

1057 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمَلِيحِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ يَوْمَ حُنَيْنٍ كَانَ يَوْمَ مَطَرٍ، فَأَمَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مُنَادِيَهُ: أَنَّ الصَّلَاةَ فِي الرِّحَالِ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1057

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1057

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1058

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1058. (There is another chain) from Sa'eed, from a companion of his, from Abū Malīḥ, that it (the Day of Hunain) was on a Friday. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1058 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ صَاحِبٍ لَهُ، عَنْ أَبِي مَلِيحٍ، أَنَّ ذَلِكَ كَانَ يَوْمَ جُمُعَةٍ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1058

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1058

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1059

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1059. (There is another chain) from Abū Qilābah, from Abū Al-Malīḥ, from his father that he was present at the events of Al-Kadaibiyyah with the Prophet ﷺ, and it was Friday. It was raining, because the soles of their feet had not become damp. The Prophet ﷺ commanded them to pray in their tents. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1059 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ: خَبَّرَنَا عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمَلِيحِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ شَهِدَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ زَمَنَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ فِي يَوْمِ جُمُعَةٍ وَأَصَابَهُمْ مَطَرٌ لَمْ تَبْتَلَّ أَسْفَلُ نِعَالِهِمْ، فَأَمَرَهُمْ أَنْ يُصَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِهِمْ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1059

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1059

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 207

Not Attending The Congregational Prayer On A Cold Night Or A Rainy Night

Hadith 1060

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albani(رواية نافع عن ابن عمر أنه نزل بضجنان في ليلة.. في الرحال) // صحيح //، (حديث ابن عمر أن رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم كان إذا كانت ليلة باردة.... في الرحال) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1060. It was reported from Ḥammād bin Zaid, that Ayyūb narrated to them from Nāfi', that Ibn 'Umar once camped at Dajnān on a cold night, and he ordered his caller to call out: "Pray in your tents." Ayyūb said: "And Nāfi' narrated from Ibn 'Umar, that on a cold or rainy night, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would order his caller to call out: 'Pray in your tents.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1060 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، " أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، نَزَلَ بِضَجْنَانَ فِي لَيْلَةٍ بَارِدَةٍ، فَأَمَرَ الْمُنَادِيَ فَنَادَى: أَنِ الصَّلَاةُ فِي الرِّحَالِ " قَالَ أَيُّوبُ: وَحَدَّثَنَا نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " كَانَ إِذَا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةٌ بَارِدَةٌ، أَوْ مَطِيرَةٌ، أَمَرَ الْمُنَادِيَ فَنَادَى: الصَّلَاةُ فِي الرِّحَالِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1060

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1060

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1061

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-Albani(حديث ابن عمر عن رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم أنه كان يأمر المنادي فينادي ... في السفر) صحيح، (قول أبي داود: ورواه حماد بن سلمة عن أيوب وعبيد الله قال فيه: في السفر....) لم أر من وصلهAl-Albani(قلت: لم أر من وصله! )
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1061. It was reported from Ismā'īl, from Ayyūb, from Nāfi': "Ibn 'Umar, called for the prayer at Dajnān, and he said: 'Pray in your tents.'" He said in it: "Then he narrated from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ that he would command the caller on a cold or rainy night to call for the prayer, then to say: 'Pray in your tents,' while on a journey." (Saḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Ḥammād bin Salamah, reported it from Ayyūb and 'Ubaidullāh. He said in it: "While on a journey, on a cold or rainy night."

Arabic text

1061 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: نَادَى ابْنُ عُمَرَ بِالصَّلَاةِ بِضَجْنَانَ، ثُمَّ نَادَى: أَنْ صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ، قَالَ فِيهِ، ثُمَّ حَدَّثَ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَأْمُرُ الْمُنَادِيَ فَيُنَادِي بِالصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ يُنَادِي أَنْ صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْبَارِدَةِ، وَفِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْمَطِيرَةِ فِي السَّفَرِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَعُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ فِيهِ: فِي السَّفَرِ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْقَرَّةِ، أَوِ الْمَطِيرَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1061

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1061

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1062

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1062. It was reported from 'Ubaidullāh, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, that he called for the prayer at Dajnān on a cold and windy night, and he said at the end of the call: "Pray in your tents; Pray in your tents." He then said: "If he was traveling and it was a cold or rainy night, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would command the Mu'adhhdhin to say: "Pray in your tents." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1062 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ نَادَى بِالصَّلَاةِ بِضَجْنَانَ فِي لَيْلَةٍ ذَاتِ بَرْدٍ وَرِيحٍ، فَقَالَ فِي آخِرِ نِدَائِهِ: أَلَا صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ، أَلَا صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " كَانَ يَأْمُرُ الْمُؤَذِّنَ إِذَا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةٌ بَارِدَةٌ، أَوْ ذَاتُ مَطَرٍ فِي سَفَرٍ، يَقُولُ: أَلَا صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1062

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1062

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1063

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1063. It was reported from Mālik, from Nāfi', that Ibn 'Umar — meaning he called the Adhān for the prayer on a cold and windy night — and he said: "Pray in your tents." He then said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would command the Mu'adh-dhin if it was a cold night, or a rainy night, to say, 'Pray in your tents.'" (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1063 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ - يَعْنِي - أَذَّنَ بِالصَّلَاةِ فِي لَيْلَةٍ ذَاتِ بَرْدٍ وَرِيحٍ، فَقَالَ: أَلَا صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَأْمُرُ الْمُؤَذِّنَ إِذَا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةٌ بَارِدَةٌ، أَوْ ذَاتُ مَطَرٍ، يَقُولُ: أَلَا صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1063

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1063

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1064

DarussalamDa’ifAl-Albani(رواية نافع عن ابن عمر) منكر، (رواية القاسم عن ابن عمر) صحيحAl-Albani(قلت: لم أر من وصله)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1064. It was reported from Muḥammad bin Ishāq, from Nāfi', from Ibn 'Umar, who said: "The caller of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would call out this (phrase: 'Pray in your tents') on a rainy night, and cold mornings while they were in Al-Madīnah.” (Da’if) Abū Dāwūd said: This narration was reported by Yahyā bin Sa’eed Al-Anṣārī from Al-Qāsim, from Ibn ‘Umar, from the Prophet ﷺ, but he said: “While they were on a journey.”

Arabic text

1064 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: نَادَى مُنَادِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِذَلِكَ فِي الْمَدِينَةِ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْمَطِيرَةِ، وَالْغَدَاةِ الْقَرَّةِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَى هَذَا الْخَبَرَ يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ فِيهِ: «فِي السَّفَرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1064

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1064

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1065

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1065. Abū Az-Zubair reported from Jābir that he said: “We were once traveling with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and rain started to fall. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Whoever among you wishes may pray in his tent.’” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1065 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ دُكَيْنٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي سَفَرٍ فَمُطِرْنَا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لِيُصَلِّ مَنْ شَاءَ مِنْكُمْ فِي رَحْلِهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1065

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1065

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1066

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1066. It was reported from ‘Abdullāh bin Al-Hārīth, the paternal nephew of Muḥammad bin Sīrīn that Ibn ‘Abbās said to his Mu’adh-dhin on a rainy day: “When you say: ‘I testify that Muḥammad is the Messenger of Allāh,’ don’t say: ‘Come to prayer,’ but say instead: ‘Pray in your houses.’” But it seemed that the people found this (act) strange, so he said: “Indeed, someone who was better than me did it. The Friday prayer is obligatory, so I disliked that I should cause you to leave (your houses) and walk in the mud and rain.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1066 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ، صَاحِبُ الزِّيَادِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، ابْنِ عَمِّ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ لِمُؤَذِّنِهِ فِي يَوْمٍ مَطِيرٍ: " إِذَا قُلْتُ: أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، فَلَا تَقُلْ: حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاةِ، قُلْ: صَلُّوا فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ "، فَكَأَنَّ النَّاسَ اسْتَنْكَرُوا ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: «قَدْ فَعَلَ ذَا مَنْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنِّي، إِنَّ الْجُمُعَةَ عَزْمَةٌ، وَإِنِّي كَرِهْتُ أَنْ أُخْرِجَكُمْ فَتَمْشُونَ فِي الطِّينِ وَالْمَطَرِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1066

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1066

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 208

The Friday Prayer For The Slave And The Woman

Hadith 1067

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1067. It was reported from Tāriq bin Shihāb, from the Prophet ﷺ that he said: "The Friday prayer in congregation is an obligation on every single Muslim, except for four: An owned slave, a woman, a child, and a sick person." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: Tāriq bin Shihāb saw the Prophet ﷺ but did not hear anything from him.

Arabic text

1067 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّاسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَظِيمِ، حَدَّثَنِي إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هُرَيْمٌ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْتَشِرِ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " الْجُمُعَةُ حَقٌّ وَاجِبٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُسْلِمٍ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ إِلَّا أَرْبَعَةً: عَبْدٌ مَمْلُوكٌ، أَوِ امْرَأَةٌ، أَوْ صَبِيٌّ، أَوْ مَرِيضٌ "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «طَارِقُ بْنُ شِهَابٍ، قَدْ رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنْهُ شَيْئًا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1067

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1067

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 209

The Friday Prayer In Villages

Hadith 1068

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1068. Ibn 'Abbās narrated: "The first Friday prayer in Islam that was prayed after the Friday prayers held in the Masjid of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ in Al-Madinah was the Friday prayer in Juwāthā' — a village of the villages of Bāhṛain." 'Uthmān (one of the narrators) said: "It is a village of (the tribe of) ‘Abdul-Qais.” ( )

Arabic text

1068 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُخَرِّمِيُّ، لَفْظُهُ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي جَمْرَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَوَّلَ جُمُعَةٍ جُمِّعَتْ فِي الْإِسْلَامِ بَعْدَ جُمُعَةٍ جُمِّعَتْ فِي مَسْجِدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ، لَجُمُعَةٌ جُمِّعَتْ بِجَوْثَاءَ، قَرْيَةٌ مِنْ قُرَى الْبَحْرَيْنِ»، قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: قَرْيَةٌ مِنْ قُرَى عَبْدِ الْقَيْسِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1068

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1068

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1069

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1069. ‘Abdur-Raḥman bin Ka’b bin Mālik — who was the guide for his father after he lost his sight — reported from his father Ka’b bin Mālik, that when he would hear the Adhān for the Friday prayer, he would seek forgiveness for As’ad bin Zurārah. So I asked him: “Every time you hear the Adhān, you seek forgiveness for As’ad bin Zurārah.” He replied: “Because he was the first one who gathered us together in (the village of) Hazman-Nabīt, which (was inhabited by) Banu Bayāḏah, in the lower part of a valley called Naqi ‘Al-Khaḏīmāt.” I asked him: “How many were you at that time?” He replied: “Forty.”

Arabic text

1069 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ بْنِ سَهْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، وَكَانَ قَائِدَ أَبِيهِ بَعْدَ مَا ذَهَبَ بَصَرُهُ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا سَمِعَ النِّدَاءَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ تَرَحَّمَ لِأَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: إِذَا سَمِعْتَ النِّدَاءَ تَرَحَّمْتَ لِأَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، قَالَ: " لِأَنَّهُ أَوَّلُ مَنْ جَمَّعَ بِنَا فِي هَزْمِ النَّبِيتِ مِنْ حَرَّةِ بَنِي بَيَاضَةَ فِي نَقِيعٍ، يُقَالُ لَهُ: نَقِيعُ الْخَضَمَاتِ "، قُلْتُ: كَمْ أَنْتُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ، قَالَ: «أَرْبَعُونَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1069

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1069

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 210

If Eid Occurs On A Friday

Hadith 1070

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1070. It was reported that Iyās bin Abī Ramlah Ash-Shāmī said: “I was present when Mu'āwiyah bin Abī Sufyān asked Zaid bin Arqam: 'Did you witness two 'Eid being combined on one day during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?' He replied: 'Yes.' So he said: 'What did he do?' He said: 'He prayed the 'Eid, then was lenient about the Friday prayer, for he said: "Whoever wishes to pray can pray." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1070 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ إِيَاسِ بْنِ أَبِي رَمْلَةَ الشَّامِيِّ، قَالَ: شَهِدْتُ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنَ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، وَهُوَ يَسْأَلُ زَيْدَ بْنَ أَرْقَمَ، قَالَ: أَشَهِدْتَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عِيدَيْنِ اجْتَمَعَا فِي يَوْمٍ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: فَكَيْفَ صَنَعَ؟ قَالَ: صَلَّى الْعِيدَ، ثُمَّ رَخَّصَ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ، فَقَالَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ، فَلْيُصَلِّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1070

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1070

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1071

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1071. Al-A'mash reported from 'Āṭā' bin Abī Rabāḥ that he said: "Ibn Az-Zubair once led us in the early morning in the 'Eid prayer, and it happened to be on a Friday. Then we went to attend the Friday prayer, but he did not come out to us (to give the Khuṭbah). So we prayed by ourselves (without a congregation). And Ibn 'Abbās at that time was in Aṭ-Tā'if, so when he came back, we informed him about this. He said: 'He has followed the Sunnah.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1071 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ طَرِيفٍ الْبَجَلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَسْبَاطٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا ابْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدٍ، فِي يَوْمِ جُمُعَةٍ أَوَّلَ النَّهَارِ، ثُمَّ رُحْنَا إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ، فَلَمْ يَخْرُجْ إِلَيْنَا فَصَلَّيْنَا وُحْدَانًا، وَكَانَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ بِالطَّائِفِ، فَلَمَّا قَدِمَ ذَكَرْنَا ذَلِكَ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَابَ السُّنَّةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1071

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1071

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1072

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1072. It was reported that Ibn Jurairj said: "'Āṭā' said: 'Once, 'Eid Al-Fiṭr fell on a Friday during the time of Ibn Az-Zubair. He said: "Two 'Eid have fallen on the same day," so he combined them together, and prayed them as two Rak'ah in the early morning, and did not pray anything else until 'Aṣr." (Ṣaḥīh)

Arabic text

1072 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ خَلَفٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَطَاءٌ: اجْتَمَعَ يَوْمُ جُمُعَةٍ، وَيَوْمُ فِطْرٍ عَلَى عَهْدِ ابْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، فَقَالَ: «عِيدَانِ اجْتَمَعَا فِي يَوْمٍ وَاحِدٍ»، فَجَمَعَهُمَا جَمِيعًا فَصَلَّاهُمَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ بُكْرَةً، لَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَيْهِمَا حَتَّى صَلَّى الْعَصْرَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1072

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1072

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1073

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1073. Abū Hurairah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Two 'Eid have fallen on the same day. So whoever wishes, it (the 'Eid prayer) will suffice for his Friday prayer. And as for us, then we will pray the Friday prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1073 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى، وَعُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصٍ الْوَصَّابِيُّ، الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ الضَّبِّيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ رُفَيْعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «قَدِ اجْتَمَعَ فِي يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا عِيدَانِ، فَمَنْ شَاءَ أَجْزَأَهُ مِنَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَإِنَّا مُجَمِّعُونَ»، قَالَ عُمَرُ: عَنْ شُعْبَةَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1073

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1073

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 211

What Is Recited During The Ṣubh Prayer On Friday

Hadith 1074

DarussalamṢaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1074. Ibn 'Abbās reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would recite in the Fajr prayer on Friday Tanzil Sajdah,[1] and: Has not a time come upon man...?"[2] (Ṣaḥīh) [1] As-Sajdah (32). [2] Al-Insān (76).

Arabic text

1074 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ مُخَوَّلِ بْنِ رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ الْبَطِينِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ: تَنْزِيلُ السَّجْدَةَ، وَهَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الْإِنْسَانِ حِينٌ مِنَ الدَّهْرِ "،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1074

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1074

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1075

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1075. (There is another chain for no. 1074) With this meaning, and he added: "And in the Friday prayer, he would recite Sūrat Al-Jumu'ah and 'When the hypocrites come to you...'."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1075 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ مُخَوَّلٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ، وَزَادَ فِي صَلَاةِ الْجُمُعَةِ بِسُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ وَإِذَا جَاءَكَ الْمُنَافِقُونَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1075

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1075

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 212

The Clothes That Should Be Worn For Friday Prayer

Hadith 1076

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1076. It was reported from Nāfi', from 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar that once 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb saw a Siyarā' Hullah being sold outside the door of the Masjid. He said: "O Messenger of Allāh! If you were to purchase this and wear it on Fridays, and when delegations come to visit you (it would be good)!" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "This type (of garment) is only worn by those who will have no share of the Hereafter." Then, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was given some garments of these, so he gave one to 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb. 'Umar said: "Have you given me this garment to wear, even though you said concerning the garment of 'Uṭārid what you said?" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ responded: "I did not give it to you so that you wear it!" So 'Umar gave it to a pagan brother of his in Makkah. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1076 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، رَأَى حُلَّةً سِيَرَاءَ - يَعْنِي - تُبَاعُ عِنْدَ بَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، لَوِ اشْتَرَيْتَ هَذِهِ فَلَبِسْتَهَا يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَلِلْوَفْدِ إِذَا قَدِمُوا عَلَيْكَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّمَا يَلْبَسُ هَذِهِ مَنْ لَا خَلَاقَ لَهُ فِي الْآخِرَةِ»، ثُمَّ جَاءَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهَا حُلَلٌ، فَأَعْطَى عُمَرَ حُلَّةً، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: كَسَوْتَنِيهَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَقَدْ قُلْتَ فِي حُلَّة عُطَارِدَ مَا قُلْتَ: فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ: «إِنِّي لَمْ أَكْسُكَهَا لِتَلْبَسَهَا»، فَكَسَاهَا عُمَرُ أَخًا لَهُ مُشْرِكًا بِمَكَّةَ،

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Munāfiqūn (63).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1076

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1076

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1077

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1077. It was reported from Ibn Shihāb, from Sālim, from his father who said: 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb once saw a 'Hullah made of Istabraq being sold in the market-place, so he took it to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and said: '(Why don't you) purchase this (garment) so that you can dress up for 'Eid and when delegations come?...'" and the rest of the narration is similar (to no. 1076), but the first narration is more complete. (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1077 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: وَجَدَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ، حُلَّةَ إِسْتَبْرَقٍ تُبَاعُ بِالسُّوقِ فَأَخَذَهَا فَأَتَى بِهَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: ابْتَعْ هَذِهِ تَجَمَّلْ بِهَا لِلْعِيدِ وَلِلْوُفُودِ، ثُمَّ سَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ، وَالْأَوَّلُ أَتَمُّ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1077

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1077

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1078

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albani(حديث محمد بن يحيى) صحيح، (حديث ابن سلام) صحيح، (حديث يوسف بن عبد الله بن سلام) صحيحAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1078. Muḥammad bin Yahyā bin Ḥabbān narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "It would be good — if you can afford to do so — that every one of you takes two garments for Friday that would be other than the garments that he works in." (There is another chain) from Ibn Ḥabbān, from Ibn Salām, that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say this on the Minbar. (Ḥasan)Abū Dāwūd said: Wahb bin Jarīr reported it from his father, from Yahyā bin Ayyūb, from Yazīd bin Abī Ḥābib, from Mūsā bin Sa’d, from Yūsuf bin ‘Abdullāh bin Salām from the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

1078 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، وَعَمْرٌو، أَنَّ يَحْيَى بْنَ سَعِيدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ إِنْ وَجَدَ - أَوْ مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ إِنْ وَجَدْتُمْ - أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ ثَوْبَيْنِ لِيَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ، سِوَى ثَوْبَيْ مِهْنَتِهِ»، قَالَ عَمْرٌو: وَأَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ سَلَامٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ ذَلِكَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلَامٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1078

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1078

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 213

Gatherings Before The Prayer On Friday

Hadith 1079

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1079. ‘Amr bin Shu’aib reported from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prohibited selling and purchasing (goods) in the Masjid, and that one should announce lost property in it, or recite poetry in it. And he also prohibited sitting in circles (gatherings) before the prayer on Friday. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1079 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَهَى عَنِ الشِّرَاءِ وَالْبَيْعِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، وَأَنْ تُنْشَدَ فِيهِ ضَالَّةٌ، وَأَنْ يُنْشَدَ فِيهِ شِعْرٌ، وَنَهَى عَنِ التَّحَلُّقِ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1079

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1079

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 214

On Taking Minbars

Hadith 1080

DarussalamSāhīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1080. Abū Ḥāzim bin Dīnār reported: "Some men came to Saḥl bin Sa’d As-Sā’dī, asking him about the Minbar (in the Prophet's Masjid) and what it was made out of, for they had been arguing about it. So he said: 'By Allāh, I know what it was made out of, and I saw it the first day it was made, and the first day that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat on it. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had sent someone to so-and-so' — a woman whom Sahl had named — 'saying: "Order your slave, the carpenter, to make for me some wooden planks that I may sit on while addressing the people." So she ordered him to do so, and he made it from Tarfā',[1] from Al-Ghābah.[2] So he brought it to her, and she sent it to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, who commanded that it be put in this particular place. And I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ praying on it, saying the Takbīr, and going into Rukū' while on it, then he descended and stepped back, and prostrated at the base of the Minbar, then returned (on top of it). When he had finished, he turned to face the people and said: "O people, I have done this so that you may imitate me and learn my prayer." (Sāhīh)

Arabic text

1080 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدٍ الْقَارِيُّ الْقُرَشِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو حَازِمِ بْنُ دِينَارٍ، أَنَّ رِجَالًا أَتَوْا سَهْلَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، وَقَدْ امْتَرَوْا فِي الْمِنْبَرِ مِمَّ عُودُهُ، فَسَأَلُوهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: وَاللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَعْرِفُ مِمَّا هُوَ، وَلَقَدْ رَأَيْتُهُ أَوَّلَ يَوْمٍ وُضِعَ، وَأَوَّلَ يَوْمٍ جَلَسَ عَلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَرْسَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى فُلَانَةَ - امْرَأَةٌ قَدْ سَمَّاهَا سَهْلٌ -، أَنْ مُرِي غُلَامَكِ النَّجَّارَ أَنْ يَعْمَلَ لِي أَعْوَادًا أَجْلِسُ عَلَيْهِنَّ إِذَا كَلَّمْتُ النَّاسَ، فَأَمَرَتْهُ، فَعَمِلَهَا مِنْ طَرْفَاءِ الْغَابَةِ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ بِهَا فَأَرْسَلَتْهُ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَمَرَ بِهَا فَوُضِعَتْ هَاهُنَا، فَرَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، صَلَّى عَلَيْهَا وَكَبَّرَ عَلَيْهَا، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ وَهُوَ عَلَيْهَا، ثُمَّ نَزَلَ الْقَهْقَرَى، فَسَجَدَ فِي أَصْلِ الْمِنْبَرِ، ثُمَّ عَادَ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ، فَقَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنَّمَا صَنَعْتُ هَذَا لِتَأْتَمُّوا بِي، وَلِتَعْلَمُوا صَلَاتِي»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1080

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1080

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1081

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1081. Ibn 'Umar narrated: "When the Prophet ﷺ grew old, Tamīm Ad-Dārī said: 'Should I not make for you a Minbar that will carry you, O Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?' He said: 'Yes,' so he made for him a Minbar with two steps." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1081 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي رَوَّادٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا بَدَّنَ قَالَ لَهُ تَمِيمٌ الدَّارِيُّ: أَلَا أَتَّخِذُ لَكَ مِنْبَرًا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، يَجْمَعُ - أَوْ يَحْمِلُ - عِظَامَكَ؟ قَالَ: «بَلَى»، فَاتَّخَذَ لَهُ مِنْبَرًا مِرْقَاتَيْنِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1081

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1081

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 215

The Place Of The Minbar

Hadith 1082

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1082. Salamah bin Al-Akwa' narrated: "Between the Minbar of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and the wall was enough room for a lamb to pass through." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1082 - حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ بَيْنَ مِنْبَرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَبَيْنَ الْحَائِطِ كَقَدْرِ مَمَرِّ الشَّاةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1082

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1082

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 216

Praying The Friday Prayer Before The Sun Reaches Its Zenith

Hadith 1083

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: هو مع إرساله ضعيف؛ ليث- هو ابن أبي سليْم- وكان اختلط)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1083. Mujāhid narrated from Abū Al-Khalīl that Abū Qatādah reported: "The Prophet ﷺ disliked prayer in the middle of the daylight (noon), except on Friday, for he said: 'The Fire of Hell is kindled, except on Friday.'" (Da'if) Abū Dāwūd said: This is Mursal, Mujāhid is older than Abū Al-Khalīl, and Abū Al-Khalīl did not hear anything from Abū Qatādah.

Arabic text

1083 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا حَسَّانُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ لَيْثٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْخَلِيلِ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ كَرِهَ الصَّلَاةَ نِصْفَ النَّهَارِ إِلَّا يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ جَهَنَّمَ تُسَجَّرُ إِلَّا يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «هُوَ مُرْسَلٌ، مُجَاهِدٌ أَكْبَرُ مِنْ أَبِي الْخَلِيلِ، وَأَبُو الْخَلِيلِ، لَمْ يَسْمَعْ مِنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1083

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1083

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 217

The Call To Prayer On Friday

Hadith 1087

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1087. It was reported from Yūnus, from Ibn Shihāb, that As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd informed him: "During the time of the Prophet ﷺ, Abū Bakr, and 'Umar, the Adhān used to be called when the Imām sat on the Minbar on Friday. During the Khilāfah of 'Uthmān, the people increased, so 'Uthmān ordered a third Adhān, and it used to be called at Az-Zawrā'. So this became the custom." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1087 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْمُرَادِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي السَّائِبُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، «أَنَّ الْأَذَانَ كَانَ أَوَّلُهُ حِينَ يَجْلِسُ الْإِمَامُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فِي عَهْدِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبِي بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، فَلَمَّا كَانَ خِلَافَةُ عُثْمَانَ، وَكَثُرَ النَّاسُ أَمَرَ عُثْمَانُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ بِالْأَذَانِ الثَّالِثِ، فَأُذِّنَ بِهِ عَلَى الزَّوْرَاءِ، فَثَبَتَ الْأَمْرُ عَلَى ذَلِكَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1087

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1087

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1088

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1088. It was reported from Muḥammad bin Salamah, from Muḥammad bin Ishāq, from Az-Zuhri, from As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd, who said: "The Adhān used to be called on Friday at the door of the Masjid — in front of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ — when he sat down on the Minbar. And this was the case during the time of Abū Bakr and 'Umar as well..." then he narrated similar to the Ḥadīth of Yūnus (no. 1087). (Da'if)

Arabic text

1088 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ السَّائِبِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: كَانَ يُؤَذَّنُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا جَلَسَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ عَلَى بَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ، وَأَبِي بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرَ، ثُمَّ سَاقَ نَحْوَ حَدِيثِ يُونُسَ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1088

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1088

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1089

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1089. It was reported from 'Abdah, from Muḥammad, meaning Ibn Ishāq, from Az-Zuhri, from As-Sā'ib, that he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ only had one Mu'adh-dhin: Bilāl..." and he narrated similar (to no. 1087) in meaning. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1089 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: لَمْ يَكُنْ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَّا مُؤَذِّنٌ وَاحِدٌ بِلَالٌ، ثُمَّ ذَكَرَ مَعْنَاهُ،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1089

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1089

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1090

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1090. It was reported from Abū Ṣāliḥ, from Ibn Shihāb, that As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd, the maternal nephew of Namir informed him: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ only had one Mu'adh-dhin..." and he narrated the rest of the Hadīth, but in this version it is incomplete. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1090 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ فَارِسٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَنَّ السَّائِبَ بْنَ يَزِيدَ، ابْنَ أُخْتِ نَمِرٍ أَخْبَرَهُ، قَالَ: وَلَمْ يَكُنْ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ غَيْرُ مُؤَذِّنٍ وَاحِدٍ، وَسَاقَ هَذَا الْحَدِيثَ وَلَيْسَ بِتَمَامِهِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1090

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1090

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 218

The Time Of The Friday Prayer

Hadith 1084

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1084. Anas bin Mālik narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray the Friday prayer when the sun started its descent (after reaching its zenith)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1084 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، حَدَّثَنِي فُلَيْحُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ التَّيْمِيُّ، سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الْجُمُعَةَ إِذَا مَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1084

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1084

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1085

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1085. Iyās bin Salamah bin Al-Akwa' narrated from his father: "We used to pray the Friday prayers with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and return while the walls would not have any shadows." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1085 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَعْلَى بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، سَمِعْتُ إِيَاسَ بْنَ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْجُمُعَةَ، ثُمَّ نَنْصَرِفُ وَلَيْسَ لِلْحِيطَانِ فَيْءٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1085

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1085

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1086

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1086. Sahl bin Sa'd reported: "We used to take our afternoon naps and eat our early meal after the Friday prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1086 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نَقِيلُ وَنَتَغَدَّى بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1086

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1086

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 218

The Imām Talking To Someone During His Khuṭbah

Hadith 1091

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1091. It was reported from Makhlad bin Yazīd, (who said): "Ibn Juraij narrated to us from 'Aṭā', from Jābir, that he said: 'Once the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat on the Minbar on Friday and said: 'All of you should sit down.' Ibn Mas'ūd heard this (while he was entering the mosque), so he sat down in the door of the Masjid. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw him and said: 'Come here, O 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd.'" (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: This is known to be Mursal, for it has been narrated from 'Ātā' from the Prophet ﷺ.[1] And Makhlad is a Shaikh.

Arabic text

1091 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ كَعْبٍ الْأَنْطَاكِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: لَمَّا اسْتَوَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، قَالَ: «اجْلِسُوا»، فَسَمِعَ ذَلِكَ ابْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، فَجَلَسَ عَلَى بَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَرَآهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «تَعَالَ يَا عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ مَسْعُودٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «هَذَا يُعْرَفُ مُرْسَلًا، إِنَّمَا رَوَاهُ النَّاسُ عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَمَخْلَدٌ هُوَ شَيْخٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1091

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1091

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 219

[2] Regarding Sitting Between The Two Khuṭbah

No hadith entries are assigned to this chapter.

Chapter 219

Sitting Down On The Minbar

Hadith 1092

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1092. Ibn 'Umar reported: "The Prophet ﷺ would deliver two Khuṭbah — he would sit on the Minbar until" — I think [he said]: "the Mu'adh-dhin" — finished (the Adhān), then he would stand up and deliver a Khuṭbah, then sit down and not speak, then stand up and deliver a Khuṭbah."[2] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1092 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَنْبَارِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ الْعُمَرِيِّ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: " كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ خُطْبَتَيْنِ، كَانَ يَجْلِسُ إِذَا صَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ حَتَّى يَفْرَغَ - أُرَاهُ قَالَ: الْمُؤَذِّنُ - ثُمَّ يَقُومُ، فَيَخْطُبُ، ثُمَّ يَجْلِسُ فَلَا يَتَكَلَّمُ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَخْطُبُ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1092

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1092

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 220

Giving The Khuṭbah While Standing

Hadith 1093

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1093. It was reported from Zuhair, from Simāk, from Jābir bin Samurah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would deliver his Khuṭbah while standing, then (he would) sit down, then stand up and deliver (another Khuṭbah). So whoever informs you that he would deliver his Khuṭbah sitting down, then he is in error, for indeed I have prayed more than two thousand prayers with him.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1093 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ يَجْلِسُ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا، فَمَنْ حَدَّثَكَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَخْطُبُ جَالِسًا، فَقَدْ كَذَبَ»، فَقَالَ: «فَقَدْ وَاللَّهِ صَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ أَلْفَيْ صَلَاةٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1093

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1093

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1094

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1094. It was reported from Abū Al-Ahwaṣ, that Simāk narrated from Jābir bin Samurah, who said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would deliver two Khuṭbah (for the Friday prayer), and he would sit down in between them. He would recite the Qur’ān, and admonish the people.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1094 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، الْمَعْنَى، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، حَدَّثَنَا سِمَاكٌ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خُطْبَتَانِ كَانَ يَجْلِسُ بَيْنَهُمَا يَقْرَأُ الْقُرْآنَ، وَيُذَكِّرُ النَّاسَ»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1094

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1094

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1095

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1095. It was reported from Abū ‘Awānah, from Simāk bin Ḥarb, from Jābir bin Samurah who said: “I saw the Prophet ﷺ giving a Khuṭbah while standing, then he would sit for a while and not say anything...” and he completed the rest of the Hadīth. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1095 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كَامِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ يَقْعُدُ قَعْدَةً لَا يَتَكَلَّمُ، وَسَاقَ الْحَدِيثَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1095

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1095

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 221

A Person Giving The Khutbah While Leaning On A Bow

Hadith 1096

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1096. Shu'āib bin Ruzaiq said: "I sat by a Companion of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, by the name of Al-Hakam bin Hazn Al-Kulafī, and he began to narrate to us. He said: 'I went as part of a delegation to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, I was the seventh of seven people, or the ninth of nine. We visited him and said: "O Messenger of Allāh! We have come to visit you, so pray to Allāh to bless us with good." So he ordered that some dates be given to us — and the situation at that time was not good. We stayed a few days with him, and attended the Friday prayer with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. He stood up, supporting himself on a stick, or bow, and praised Allāh and glorified him — with words that were concise, pure and blessed. Then he said: "O people, you will not be able to handle, or will not be able to do, all that you have been commanded to, but aim to achieve righteousness and come close to it."'" (Hasan) Abū Dāwud said: Some of my companions confirmed some parts of this, which had fallen loose from my book.

Arabic text

1096 - حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شِهَابُ بْنُ خِرَاشٍ، حَدَّثَنِي شُعَيْبُ بْنُ رُزَيْقٍ الطَّائِفِيُّ، قَالَ: جَلَسْتُ إِلَى رَجُلٍ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يُقَالُ لَهُ: الْحَكَمُ بْنُ حَزْنٍ الْكُلَفِيُّ، فَأَنْشَأَ يُحَدِّثُنَا، قَالَ: وَفَدْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَابِعَ سَبْعَةٍ - أَوْ تَاسِعَ تِسْعَةٍ - فَدَخَلْنَا عَلَيْهِ، فَقُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، زُرْنَاكَ فَادْعُ اللَّهَ لَنَا بِخَيْرٍ، فَأَمَرَ بِنَا، أَوْ أَمَرَ لَنَا بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ التَّمْرِ، وَالشَّأْنُ إِذْ ذَاكَ دُونٌ، فَأَقَمْنَا بِهَا أَيَّامًا شَهِدْنَا فِيهَا الْجُمُعَةَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَامَ مُتَوَكِّئًا عَلَى عَصًا، أَوْ قَوْسٍ، فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَأَثْنَى عَلَيْهِ، كَلِمَاتٍ خَفِيفَاتٍ طَيِّبَاتٍ مُبَارَكَاتٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنَّكُمْ لَنْ تُطِيقُوا - أَوْ لَنْ تَفْعَلُوا - كُلَّ مَا أُمِرْتُمْ بِهِ، وَلَكِنْ سَدِّدُوا، وَأَبْشِرُوا»، قَالَ أَبُو عَلِيٍّ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا دَاوُدَ قَالَ: «ثَبَّتَنِي فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِنَا، وَقَدْ كَانَ انْقَطَعَ مِنَ القِرْطَاسِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1096

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1096

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1097

DarussalamḌa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1097. Ibn Mas'ūd narrated: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would give a Khuṭbah, he would say: 'All praise is due to Allāh, we seek His help and ask for His forgiveness. And we seek Allāh's refuge from the evil of ourselves. There is none that can misguide one whom Allāh guides, and none can guide whom He misguides. And I testify that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, and I testify that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger. He has sent him with the Truth, as a giver of glad tidings and a warner against evil, before the time of the (Final) Hour. Whoever obeys Allāh and His Messenger has been guided, and whoever disobeys them has only brought harm upon himself, and has not harmed Allāh in the least.'" (Ḍa'if)

Arabic text

1097 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عِمْرَانُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي عِيَاضٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا تَشَهَّدَ قَالَ: «الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ نَسْتَعِينُهُ وَنَسْتَغْفِرُهُ، وَنَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ شُرُورِ أَنْفُسِنَا، مِنْ يَهْدِهِ اللَّهُ فَلَا مُضِلَّ لَهُ، وَمَنْ يُضْلِلْ فَلَا هَادِيَ لَهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، أَرْسَلَهُ بِالْحَقِّ بَشِيرًا وَنَذِيرًا بَيْنَ يَدَيِ السَّاعَةِ، مَنْ يُطِعِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ فَقَدْ رَشَدَ، وَمَنْ يَعْصِهِمَا فَإِنَّهُ لَا يَضُرُّ إِلَّا نَفْسَهُ، وَلَا يَضُرُّ اللَّهَ شَيْئًا».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1097

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1097

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1098

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1098. Yūnus asked Ibn Shihāb concerning the Khuṭbah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would give on Friday. Ibn Shihāb mentioned a similar Khuṭbah (as to what has preceded), except that he said: "And whoever has disobeyed them has fallen into misguidance." And he (Ibn Shihāb) said: "And we ask Allāh, our Lord, that He makes us among those who obey Him and obey His Messenger, and seek His Pleasure, and avoid His Anger. For indeed, we are only (here) because of Him, and for Him (to worship Him).” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1098 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْمُرَادِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ ابْنَ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ تَشَهُّدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ، قَالَ: «وَمَنْ يَعْصِهِمَا فَقَدْ غَوَى، وَنَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ رَبَّنَا أَنْ يَجْعَلَنَا مِمَّنْ يُطِيعُهُ، وَيُطِيعُ رَسُولَهُ، وَيَتَّبِعُ رِضْوَانَهُ، وَيَجْتَنِبُ سَخَطَهُ فَإِنَّمَا نَحْنُ بِهِ وَلَهُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1098

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1098

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1099

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1099. ‘Adī bin Ḥātīm narrated that a person gave a Khutbah in front of the Prophet ﷺ, and said: “Whoever obeys Allāh and His Messenger, and whoever disobeys them...” So the Prophet ﷺ said: “Stand up...” or he said: “Leave, what a poor speaker you are!” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1099 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ رُفَيْعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمٍ الطَّائِيِّ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ حَاتِمٍ، أَنَّ خَطِيبًا خَطَبَ عِنْدَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: مَنْ يُطِعِ اللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُ فَقَدْ رَشَدَ، وَمَنْ يَعْصِهِمَا، فَقَالَ: «قُمْ - أَوِ اذْهَبْ - بِئْسَ الْخَطِيبُ أَنْتَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1099

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1099

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1100

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1100. The daughter of Al-Ḥārīth bin An-Nu'mān said: “I memorized (Sūrah) Qāf directly from the mouth of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, for he would give a Khutbah with it every Friday. And we would share the same oven with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.” (Sahih)Abū Dāwūd said: Rawḥ bin ‘Ubādah reported it from Shu'bah, he said: “Umm Hishām bint Ḥārīthah bin An-Nu'mān.”

Arabic text

1100 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ خُبَيْبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ مَعْنٍ، عَنْ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ النُّعْمَانِ، قَالَتْ: «مَا حَفِظْتُ ق، إِلَّا مِنْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ يَخْطُبُ بِهَا كُلَّ جُمُعَةٍ»، قَالَتْ: «وَكَانَ تَنُّورُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَتَنُّورُنَا وَاحِدًا»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: قَالَ رَوْحُ بْنُ عُبَادَةَ: عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: بِنْتُ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ النُّعْمَانِ، وقَالَ ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، أُمُّ هِشَامٍ بِنْتُ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ النُّعْمَانِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1100

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1100

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1101

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1101. It was reported from Sufyān, who said that Simāk narrated from Jābir bin Samurah, who said: "The prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was of moderate length, and his Khutbah was of moderate length. He would recite Verses of the Qur'ān, and admonish the people." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1101 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سِمَاكٌ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَتْ صَلَاةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَصْدًا، وَخُطْبَتُهُ قَصْدًا، يَقْرَأُ آيَاتٍ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، وَيُذَكِّرُ النَّاسَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1101

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1101

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1102

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1102. 'Amrah narrated from her sister that she said: "I memorized (Sūrah) Qāf directly from the mouth of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, for he would recite it every Friday." (Sahih) Abū Dāwūd said: This is how it was reported by Yahyā bin Ayyūb and Ibn Abī Ar-Rijāl, from Yahyā bin Sa'eed, from 'Amrah, from Umm Hishām bint Hārīthah in An-Nu'mān.

Arabic text

1102 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ بِلَالٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ أُخْتِهَا، قَالَتْ: «مَا أَخَذْتُ ق إِلَّا مِنْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ يَقْرَؤُهَا فِي كُلِّ جُمُعَةٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: كَذَا رَوَاهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، وَابْنُ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ هِشَامٍ بِنْتِ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ النُّعْمَانِ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1102

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1102

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1103

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1103. (There is another chain) from 'Amrah, from a sister of 'Amrah bint 'Abdur-Raḥmān who was older than her, with a similar meaning (as in no. 1102). (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1103 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ أُخْتٍ لِعَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، كَانَتْ أَكْبَرَ مِنْهَا بِمَعْنَاهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1103

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1103

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 222

Raising The Hands While On The Minbar

Hadith 1104

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1104. Ḥuṣain bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān said: " 'Umārah bin Ruwaibah once saw Bishr bin Marwān supplicating (with his hands raised) on Friday (while giving the Khutbah). 'Umārah said: 'May Allāh disgrace these two hands! I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was on the Minbar — he would not do more than this....," meaning, raising his forefinger. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1104 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنْ حُصَيْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: رَأَى عُمَارَةُ بْنُ رُوَيْبَةَ بِشْرَ بْنَ مَرْوَانَ، وَهُوَ يَدْعُو فِي يَوْمِ جُمُعَةٍ، فَقَالَ عُمَارَةُ: قَبَّحَ اللَّهُ هَاتَيْنِ الْيَدَيْنِ، قَالَ زَائِدَةُ: قَالَ حُصَيْنٌ: حَدَّثَنِي عُمَارَةُ، قَالَ: «لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُوَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ مَا يَزِيدُ عَلَى هَذِهِ» يَعْنِي السَّبَّابَةَ الَّتِي تَلِي الْإِبْهَامَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1104

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1104

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1105

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1105. Sahl bin Sa'd reported: "I never (even) once saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raising his hands high while supplicating on the Minbar, nor elsewhere. But I did see him do this," and he pointed with his forefinger, and connected his thumb with the middle finger. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1105 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُفَضَّلِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذُبَابٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: " مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَاهِرًا يَدَيْهِ قَطُّ يَدْعُو عَلَى مِنْبَرِهِ، وَلَا عَلَى غَيْرِهِ، وَلَكِنْ رَأَيْتُهُ، يَقُولُ: هَكَذَا، وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ وَعَقَدَ الْوُسْطَى بِالْإِبْهَامِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1105

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1105

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 223

ShorteningThe Khuṭbah

Hadith 1106

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1106. 'Ammār bin Yāsir narrated: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded us to shorten the Khuṭbah." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1106 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا الْعَلَاءُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، قَالَ: «أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِإِقْصَارِ الْخُطَبِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1106

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1106

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1107

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1107. Jābir bin Samurah As-Suwāṭī said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would not prolong his admonitions on Friday. Rather, (he would speak with) a few words." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1107 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، أَخْبَرَنِي شَيْبَانُ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ السُّوَائِيِّ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَا يُطِيلُ الْمَوْعِظَةَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، إِنَّمَا هُنَّ كَلِمَاتٌ يَسِيرَاتٌ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1107

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1107

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 224

Coming CloseTo The Imām During TheAdmonition

Hadith 1108

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1108. Samurah bin Jundab narrated that the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: "Attend the remembrance (Khuṭbah), and come close to the Imām, for a person continues to distance himself until his (place in) Paradise is receded — even if he enters it.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1108 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: وَجَدْتُ فِي كِتَابِ أَبِي بِخَطِّ يَدِهِ وَلَمْ أَسْمَعْهُ مِنْهُ، قَالَ قَتَادَةُ: عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «احْضُرُوا الذِّكْرَ، وَادْنُوا مِنَ الْإِمَامِ، فَإِنَّ الرَّجُلَ لَا يَزَالُ يَتَبَاعَدُ حَتَّى يُؤَخَّرَ فِي الْجَنَّةِ، وَإِنْ دَخَلَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1108

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1108

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 225

The Imām Interrupting The Khuṭbah Due To An Incident

Hadith 1109

DarussalamḤasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1109. ‘Abdullāh bin Buraidah narrated from his father that he said: “Once, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was giving us a Khuṭbah when Al-Ḥasan and Al-Ḥusain came, wearing two red garments. They would trip and fall, and then stand up. So he descended from the Minbar and took them (in his arms), and then returned to the Minbar. He then said: ‘Indeed, Allāh has told the truth! — Your wealth and your children are but a trial.[1] — I saw these two, and was not able to be patient.’ Then he continued the Khuṭbah.” (Ḥasan)

Arabic text

1109 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، أَنَّ زَيْدَ بْنَ حُبَابٍ، حَدَّثَهُمْ، حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَقْبَلَ الْحَسَنُ، وَالْحُسَيْنُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَلَيْهِمَا قَمِيصَانِ أَحْمَرَانِ يَعْثُرَانِ وَيَقُومَانِ، فَنَزَلَ فَأَخَذَهُمَا، فَصَعِدَ بِهِمَا الْمِنْبَرَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: " صَدَقَ اللَّهُ: {إِنَّمَا أَمْوَالُكُمْ وَأَوْلَادُكُمْ فِتْنَةٌ} [التغابن: 15]، رَأَيْتُ هَذَيْنِ فَلَمْ أَصْبِرْ "، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ فِي الْخُطْبَةِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1109

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1109

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 226

Sitting In The Ihtibā'[1] Position While The Imām Gives The Khutbah

Hadith 1110

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1110. Mu'āddh bin Anas narrated from his father that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade sitting in the Hibwah position while the Imām gives the Khutbah on Friday. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1110 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَوْفٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُقْرِئُ، حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَرْحُومٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ مُعَاذِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَهَى عَنِ الحُبْوَةِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1110

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1110

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1111

DarussalamNot foundAl-Albani(ما رواه يعلى بن شداد بن أوس) ضعيف، (قول أبو داود: كان ابن عمر يحتبي والإمام يخطب وأنس بن مالك لا بأس بها) لم أر من وصل ذلك عنهمAl-Albani(قلت: لم أجد من وصل ذلك عنهم إلا ابن عمر؛ فوصله عنه البيهقي بسند ضعيف)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1111. Ya'lā bin Shaddād bin Aws said: "I attended the Friday prayer with Mu'āwiyah bin Abi Sufyān in Bait Al-Maqdis (Jerusalem), and I saw that most of the people in the Masjid were Companions of the Prophet ﷺ; I saw them sitting in the Ihtibā' position while the Imām was delivering his Khutbah." (Da'if) Abū Dāwud said: Ibn 'Umar used to sit in the Ihtibā' position while the Imām was delivering his Khutbah. And Anas bin Mālik, Shurāih, Sha'ā'ah bin Suwḥān, Sa'eed bin Al-Musayyab, Ibrāhīm An-Nakha'i, Makhūl, Ismā'il bin Muhammad bin Sa'd and Nu'aim bin Salāmah all said that there is no harm in it. [1] To sit with one's thighs gathered up against the stomach, while wrapping one's arms or garment around them, or, sitting in the same manner when the private area becomes exposed.

Arabic text

1111 - حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ رُشَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ حَيَّانَ الرَّقِّيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزِّبْرِقَانِ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ شَدَّادِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، قَالَ: «شَهِدْتُ مَعَ مُعَاوِيَةَ بَيْتَ الْمَقْدِسِ فَجَمَّعَ بِنَا، فَنَظَرْتُ فَإِذَا جُلُّ مَنْ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ أَصْحَابُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَرَأَيْتُهُمْ مُحْتَبِينَ وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ يَحْتَبِي وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ، وَأَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ»، " وَشُرَيْحٌ، وَصَعْصَعَةُ بْنُ صُوحَانَ، وَسَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ، وَإِبْرَاهِيمُ النَّخَعِيُّ، وَمَكْحُولٌ، وَإِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَنُعَيْمُ بْنُ سَلَامَةَ، قَالَ: لَا بَأْسَ بِهَا "، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «وَلَمْ يَبْلُغْنِي أَنَّ أَحَدًا كَرِهَهَا إِلَّا عُبَادَةَ بْنَ نُسَيٍّ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1111

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1111

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 227

Speaking While The Imām Delivers The Khutbah

Hadith 1112

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1112. Abū Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If you say: 'Be quiet,' while the Imām is delivering the Khutbah, you have committed Laghā (spoken in vain)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1112 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قُلْتَ: أَنْصِتْ وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَدْ لَغَوْتَ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1112

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1112

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1113

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1113. 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr narrated that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Three types of people attend the Friday prayer: A person who comes and commits Laghā (acts in vain), and that (action) will be his reward; a person who comes and supplicates to Allāh, so if (Allāh) wills, He will give him, and if He wills, He will not respond to him; and a man who attends it, remaining quiet and listening — he neither walked over a Muslim's back nor did he harm anyone. So (for this person) it will be an expiation (for all sins) until the next Friday, and an additional three days. This is because Allāh says: Whoever brings a good deed shall have ten times the like thereof.”[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

1113 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَأَبُو كَامِلٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ، عَنْ حَبِيبٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " يَحْضُرُ الْجُمُعَةَ ثَلَاثَةُ نَفَرٍ، رَجُلٌ حَضَرَهَا يَلْغُو وَهُوَ حَظُّهُ مِنْهَا، وَرَجُلٌ حَضَرَهَا يَدْعُو، فَهُوَ رَجُلٌ دَعَا اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ إِنْ شَاءَ أَعْطَاهُ، وَإِنْ شَاءَ مَنَعَهُ، وَرَجُلٌ حَضَرَهَا بِإِنْصَاتٍ وَسُكُوتٍ، وَلَمْ يَتَخَطَّ رَقَبَةَ مُسْلِمٍ، وَلَمْ يُؤْذِ أَحَدًا فَهِيَ كَفَّارَةٌ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ الَّتِي تَلِيهَا، وَزِيَادَةِ ثَلَاثَةِ أَيَّامٍ، وَذَلِكَ بِأَنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ يَقُولُ: {مَنْ جَاءَ بِالْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا} [الأنعام: 160] "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1113

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1113

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 228

Should The One Who Commits Hadath (Breaks His Wudū) Ask Permission From The Imām To Leave?

Hadith 1114

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-Albani(حديث عائشة) صحيح، (رواية هشام عن أبيه) **Al-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1114. It was reported from Ibn Juraij that Hishām bin ‘Urwah informed him from ‘Urwah, from ‘Aishah, that she said: “The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘If one of you commits Hadath (breaks his Wudū) during the prayer, let him place his hand on his nose and leave.” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: Hammād bin Salamah and Abū Usāmah reported from Hishām, from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ: “If one comes while the Imām is delivering the Khuṭbah” and they did not mention ‘Aishah.

Arabic text

1114 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ الْمِصِّيصِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أَحْدَثَ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَأْخُذْ بِأَنْفِهِ، ثُمَّ لِيَنْصَرِفْ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، وَأَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لَمْ يَذْكُرَا عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1114

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1114

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 229

If A Person Enters While The Imām Is Delivering The Khuṭbah

Hadith 1115

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1115. It was reported from ‘Amr, who is Ibn Dīnār, from Jābir that a man entered on Friday while the Prophet ﷺ was delivering the Khutbah. The Prophet ﷺ said: "Have you prayed, O so-and-so?" He replied: "No." So the Prophet ﷺ said: "Stand up and pray." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1115 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو وَهُوَ ابْنُ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا جَاءَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَلَّيْتَ يَا فُلَانُ؟» قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ: «قُمْ فَارْكَعْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-An'ām (6:160)

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1115

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1115

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1116

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-Albani(قلت: إسناده عن أبي هريرة على شرط الشيخين، وهو عن جابر على شرط مسلم. وقد أخرجه في "صحيحه")
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1116. Al-A'mash reported from Abū Sufyān from Jābir, and, from Abū Ṣāliḥ from Abū Hurairah, they both (Jābir and Abū Hurairah) said: "Sulaik Al-Ghaṭafānī came while the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was delivering the Khutbah, so he said to him: 'Have you prayed anything?' He replied: 'No.' So he said: 'Pray two Rak'ahs, and make them short.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1116 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَحْبُوبٍ، وَإِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْمَعْنَى قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، وَعَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَا: جَاءَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «أَصَلَّيْتَ شَيْئًا؟»، قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ: «صَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ تَجَوَّزْ فِيهِمَا».

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1116

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1116

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1117

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1117. It was reported from Talhah, that he heard Jābir bin 'Abdullāh narrating that Sulaik came...and he completed the Hadīth (as no. 1116) in a similar manner, except that he added: "Then the Prophet ﷺ turned to face us and said: 'When one of you comes while the Imām is delivering the Khutbah, let him pray two Rak'ahs, and make them short.'" (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1117 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، عَنْ طَلْحَةَ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يُحَدِّثُ، أَنَّ سُلَيْكًا جَاءَ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ زَادَ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ قَالَ: «إِذَا جَاءَ أَحَدُكُمْ وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ فَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ يَتَجَوَّزْ فِيهِمَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1117

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1117

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 230

Stepping Over People's Necks On Friday[1]

Hadith 1118

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1118. Abū Az-Zāhirīyyah said: "We were with 'Abdullāh bin Busr — a Companion of the Prophet ﷺ — on Friday. A person came, walking (stepping) over other people's necks, so 'Abdullāh bin Bisr said: 'Once, on a Friday, when the Prophet ﷺ was delivering his Khuṭbah, a person came walking over other people's necks. The Prophet ﷺ told him: "Sit down, for you have annoyed (other people)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1118 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ مَعْرُوفٍ، حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزَّاهِرِيَّةِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُسْرٍ صَاحِبِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَجَاءَ رَجُلٌ يَتَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بُسْرٍ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ يَتَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْلِسْ فَقَدْ آذَيْتَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1118

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1118

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 231

A Person Yawns When The Imām Delivers The Khuṭbah

Hadith 1119

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1119. Ibn 'Umar reported that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "If one of you yawns while he is in the Masjid, let him change from his sitting place to another place." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1119 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا نَعَسَ أَحَدُكُمْ وَهُوَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ فَلْيَتَحَوَّلْ مِنْ مَجْلِسِهِ ذَلِكَ إِلَى غَيْرِهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] When the word Riqāb (necks) is used in this context, it means simply stepping over people. See An-Nihāyah

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1119

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1119

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 232

The Imām Speaking After He Comes Down From The Minbar

Hadith 1120

DarussalamDa'īfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-Albani(قلت: جرير ثقة؛ لكنه وهِم في هذا الحديث؛ كما قال البخاري وغيره، قالوا: والصحيح المشهور عن ثابت ما روى حماد بن سلمة وغيره عنه عن أنس قال: أقيمت صلاة العشاء فقام رجل فقال: يا رسول الله! إن لي حاجة؟ فقام يُناجيه حتى نعِس القوم أو بعض القوم، ثم صلى بهم. وهو في الكتاب الآخر رقم (١٩٨))
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1120. It was reported from Jarīr — and he is Ibn Ḥāzim — and I do not know if Muslim said that or not[1] — from Thābit, from Anas, that he said: "I saw a man come to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, for some matter of his, immediately after he had descended from the Minbar. So he stood with him until his matter was resolved, then he stood up to pray." (Da'īf) Abū Dāwud said: This Hadīth is not well-known from Thābit, it is among that which Jarīr bin Ḥāzim is alone in narrating.

Arabic text

1120 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ جَرِيرٍ هُوَ ابْنُ حَازِمٍ - لَا أَدْرِي كَيْفَ قَالَهُ مُسْلِمٌ، أَوْ لَا - عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنْزِلُ مِنَ الْمِنْبَرِ فَيَعْرِضُ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ فِي الْحَاجَةِ، فَيَقُومُ مَعَهُ حَتَّى يَقْضِيَ حَاجَتَهُ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيُصَلِّي»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «الْحَدِيثُ لَيْسَ بِمَعْرُوفٍ عَنْ ثَابِتٍ هُوَ مِمَّا تَفَرَّدَ بِهِ جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1120

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1120

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 233

235. One Who Catches One Rak'ah Of The Friday Prayer

Hadith 1121

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1121. Abū Hurairah reported that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever catches a Rak'ah of the prayer, then he has caught the prayer.” (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

1121 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَدْرَكَ رَكْعَةً مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ الصَّلَاةَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Abū Dāwud heard this narration from Muslim bin Ibrāhīm, here he is saying that Jarīr is Jarīr bin Ḥāzim, but he is not sure if Muslim narrated it to him like that or not.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1121

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1121

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 234

What Should Be Recited During The Friday Prayer

Hadith 1122

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1122. It was reported from Ḥabīb bin Sālim, from An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to recite during the two 'Eid and on Friday: Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High[1] and: Has there come to you the narration of Overwhelming (the Day of Resurrection)?[2] And sometimes both (Friday and 'Eid) would fall on the same day, so he would still recite both of them. (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

1122 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْتَشِرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ وَيَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ: بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَهَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ "، قَالَ: «وَرُبَّمَا اجْتَمَعَا فِي يَوْمٍ وَاحِدٍ، فَقَرَأَ بِهِمَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1122

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1122

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1123

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1123. It was reported from 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Utbah, that Aḍ-Ḍah-ḥāk bin Qais asked An-Nu'mān bin Bashīr what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would recite in the Friday prayer after reciting Sūrat Al-Jumu'ah He replied: "He would recite: Has there come to you the narration of Overwhelming (the Day of Resurrection)?[1]" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1123 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ضَمْرَةَ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْمَازِنِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، أَنَّ الضَّحَّاكَ بْنَ قَيْسٍ، سَأَلَ النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ بَشِيرٍ، مَاذَا كَانَ يَقْرَأُ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ عَلَى إِثْرِ سُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ؟ فَقَالَ: «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ بِهَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-A'lā' (87)

2 [2] Al-Ghashiyah (88).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1123

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1123

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1124

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1124. It was reported from Ibn Abī Rāfi' that he said: "Once, Abū Hurairah led us in the Friday prayer, and he recited Sūrat Al-Jumu'ah,[2] and in the second Rak'ah: When the hypocrites come to you.[3] So I managed to catch Abū Hurairah when he turned around to leave, and said: 'You recited the same Sūrah that 'Alī used to recite in Al-Kūfah.' Abū Hurairah replied: 'I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ reciting them on Friday.'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1124 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ بِلَالٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَقَرَأَ بِسُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَفِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْآخِرَةِ: إِذَا جَاءَكَ الْمُنَافِقُونَ، قَالَ: فَأَدْرَكْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: إِنَّكَ قَرَأْتَ بِسُورَتَيْنِ كَانَ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا بِالْكُوفَةِ، قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، «فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1124

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1124

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1125

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1125. Samurah bin Jundab said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would recite during the Friday prayer: 'Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High'[4] and: 'Has there come to you the narration of Overwhelming (the Day of Resurrection)?'[5]" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1125 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ مَعْبَدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدُبٍ، " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الْجُمُعَةِ: بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَهَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Ghāshiyah (88).

2 [2] Al-Jumu'ah (62)

3 [3] Al-Munāfiqūn (63).

4 [4] Al-A'lā (87)

1 1 Al-Ghāshiyah (88).

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1125

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1125

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 235

A Person Praying Behind The Imām While There Is A Wall Between Them

Hadith 1126

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1126. ‘Aishah narrated: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ once prayed in his apartment, and the people followed him while they were behind the apartment.”[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1126 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حُجْرَتِهِ وَالنَّاسُ يَأْتَمُّونَ بِهِ مِنْ وَرَاءِ الْحُجْرَةِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1126

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1126

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 236

Praying After The Friday Prayer

Hadith 1127

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1127. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Nāfi‘ that Ibn ‘Umar once saw a man praying two Rak’ahs after the Friday prayer, in the same place that he had prayed (the Friday prayer). So he prevented him and said: “Are you praying the Friday prayer as if it is four Rak’ahs?” And ‘Abdullāh (bin ‘Umar) would pray two Rak’ah in his house on Friday, and say: “This is what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do.” (Sahih) One should not perform voluntary prayers on the same place one has performed the obligatory prayer. Changing one’s place, or conversing with someone, or saying any remembrance formula will suffice to constitute a break between the two prayers and keep them distinct from each other. Offering two Rak'ahs in one's house on Fridays is Sunnah.

Arabic text

1127 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، الْمَعْنَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَأَى رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فِي مَقَامِهِ، فَدَفَعَهُ، وَقَالَ: أَتُصَلِّي الْجُمُعَةَ أَرْبَعًا؟ وَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يُصَلِّي يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، وَيَقُولُ: «هَكَذَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] “Apartment” or Hujrah; its meaning is not clear in this narration so it has been translated in the more general way. In one of the narrations recorded by Al-Bukhārī it mentions that its wall was short, and they could see him beyond it. For this reason and others, Al-Ḥāfiz Ibn Ḥajar said that this Hujrah in this narration may refer to an occasion when he was performing the voluntary night prayer inside the Masjid, and he would make some sort of temporary structure with “walls” using palm-reed mats, to temporarily section off the area in which he was praying.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1127

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1127

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1128

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1128. It was reported from Ayyūb, from Nāfi' who said: "Ibn 'Umar would engage in prayer for a long time before the Friday prayer, and pray two Rak'ahs after it in his house. He would narrate that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do that." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1128 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ يُطِيلُ الصَّلَاةَ قَبْلَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَيُصَلِّي بَعْدَهَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، وَيُحَدِّثُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1128

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1128

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1129

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1129. It was reported from 'Umar bin 'Aṭā' bin Abī Al-Khuwār, that Nāfi' bin Jubair sent him to As-Sā'ib bin Yazīd, the maternal nephew of Namir, asking him regarding something Mu'āwiyah had seen him do in the prayer. He said: "I prayed the Friday prayer with him (Mu'āwiyah) in his enclosure, and when he said the Taslim, I stood up in my place and prayed. When he went inside, he sent for me and said: 'Do not repeat what you have done. If you pray the Friday prayer, then do not join another prayer with it until you speak or exit, for that is what the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ commanded us; that one prayer not be joined with another until you speak or exit.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1129 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عُمَرُ بْنُ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي الْخُوَارِ، أَنَّ نَافِعَ بْنَ جُبَيْرٍ، أَرْسَلَهُ إِلَى السَّائِبِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، ابْنَ أُخْتِ نَمِرٍ، يَسْأَلُهُ عَنْ شَيْءٍ رَأَى مِنْهُ مُعَاوِيَةُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُ الْجُمُعَةَ فِي الْمَقْصُورَةِ، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمْتُ قُمْتُ فِي مَقَامِي فَصَلَّيْتُ، فَلَمَّا دَخَلَ أَرْسَلَ إِلَيَّ، فَقَالَ: لَا تَعُدْ لِمَا صَنَعْتَ، إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ الْجُمُعَةَ، فَلَا تَصِلْهَا بِصَلَاةٍ حَتَّى تَكَلَّمَ، أَوْ تَخْرُجَ، فَإِنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَ بِذَلِكَ، أَنْ «لَا تُوصَلَ صَلَاةٌ بِصَلَاةٍ حَتَّى يَتَكَلَّمَ أَوْ يَخْرُجَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1129

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1129

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1130

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1130. It was reported from 'Āṭā', that if Ibn 'Umar prayed the Friday prayer in Makkah, he would move forward and pray two Rak'ahs, then move forward and pray four Rak'ahs. And if he prayed in Al-Madīnah, he would pray the Friday prayer, then return to his house and pray two Rak'ahs, and he would not pray (that) in the Masjid. When he was asked regarding this, he said: "This is what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1130 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رِزْمَةَ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ، أَخْبَرَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ إِذَا كَانَ بِمَكَّةَ فَصَلَّى الْجُمُعَةَ، تَقَدَّمَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ تَقَدَّمَ فَصَلَّى أَرْبَعًا، وَإِذَا كَانَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ صَلَّى الْجُمُعَةَ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى بَيْتِهِ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1130

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1130

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1131

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1131. It was reported from Suhail, from his father,[1] from Abū Hurairah who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said:" — Ibn Aṣ-Ṣabbāḥ (one of the narrators) said: — "Whoever is to pray after the Friday prayer, let him pray four (Rak'ahs)." And he completed the narration (here). — Ibn Yūnus (another narrator, in his version) said: "If you pray the Friday prayer, then pray after it four (Rak'ahs)." He (Suhail) said: "So my father said to me: 'O my son! If you pray two Rak'ahs in the Masjid, then go home or to the house, to pray another two Rak'ahs.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1131 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ الْبَزَّازُ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا، عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: - قَالَ ابْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ - قَالَ: - «مَنْ كَانَ مُصَلِّيًا بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَلْيُصَلِّ أَرْبَعًا»، وَتَمَّ حَدِيثُهُ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ يُونُسَ: «إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمُ الْجُمُعَةَ فَصَلُّوا بَعْدَهَا أَرْبَعًا». قَالَ: فَقَالَ لِي أَبِي: «يَا بُنَيَّ، فَإِنْ صَلَّيْتَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ أَتَيْتَ الْمَنْزِلَ - أَوِ الْبَيْتَ - فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1131

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1131

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1132

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1132. It was reported from Sālim, from Ibn 'Umar who said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray two Rak'ahs in his house after the Friday prayer." (Sahīh) Abū Dāwūd said: This is how it was reported by ‘Abdullāh bin Dīnār, from Ibn ‘Umar.

Arabic text

1132 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي بَيْتِهِ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَكَذَلِكَ رَوَاهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دِينَارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ

Footnotes

1 [1] His father is Abū Sālih, and it is he who addressed him in the end of the second wording.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1132

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1132

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1133

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1133. It was reported from Ibn Juraij, who said: “‘Aṭā informed me, that he saw Ibn ‘Umar pray after the Friday prayer, and he would move slightly from his original praying place — not too far away from it. He said: ‘To pray two Rak’ahs.’ He said: ‘Then he would walk further away and pray four Rak’ahs.’ I said to ‘Aṭā: ‘How often did you see Ibn ‘Umar do this?’ He replied: ‘More than a few times.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ) Abū Dāwūd said: ‘Abdul-Mālik bin Abī Sulaimān reported it, but he did not complete it.[1]

Arabic text

1133 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى ابْنَ عُمَرَ، «يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَيَنْمَازُ عَنْ مُصَلَّاهُ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ الْجُمُعَةَ قَلِيلًا، غَيْرَ كَثِيرٍ»، قَالَ: «فَيَرْكَعُ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»، قَالَ: «ثُمَّ يَمْشِي أَنْفَسَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، فَيَرْكَعُ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ»، قُلْتُ لِعَطَاءٍ: كَمْ رَأَيْتَ ابْنَ عُمَرَ يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ؟ قَالَ: مِرَارًا، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: وَرَوَاهُ عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ وَلَمْ يُتِمَّهُ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1133

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1133

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 237

The Time For Going Out To The 'Id (Prayer)

Hadith 1135

DarussalamSāhiḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1135. Yazīd bin Khumair Ar-Rāḥabi said: “Abdullāh bin Busr, the Companion of the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ, once went with the people on the day of Īd, Fiṭr, or Adha. He criticized the delay of the Imām, and said: 'We used to be finished at this hour,' and that was at (the time that one could) pray voluntary prayers.'" (Sāhiḥ)

Arabic text

1135 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْمُغِيرَةِ، حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ خُمَيْرٍ الرَّحَبِيُّ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بُسْرٍ، صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَعَ النَّاسِ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدِ فِطْرٍ، أَوْ أَضْحَى، فَأَنْكَرَ إِبْطَاءَ الْإِمَامِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّا كُنَّا قَدْ فَرَغْنَا سَاعَتَنَا هَذِهِ»، وَذَلِكَ حِينَ التَّسْبِيحِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1135

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1135

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 238

Women Going Out To The Ēid (Prayer)

Hadith 1136

DarussalamSāhiḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1136. It was reported from Ḥammād, from Ayyūb, Ḥabīb, Yaḥyā bin 'Atīq, and Hiṣhām, (and) others, from Muḥammad, that Umm 'Aṭṭiyah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded us to take the women who stayed in their curtains[1] to the Ēid. He was asked, 'What about menstruating women?' He said: 'Let them witness the good, and the supplication of the Muslims.' One woman said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! If one of us does not have a garment, what should she do?' He replied: 'Let her companion give her a portion of her garment.'" (Sāhiḥ)

Arabic text

1136 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَيُونُسَ، وَحَبِيبٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنِ عَتِيقٍ، وَهِشَامٍ فِي آخَرِينَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَنَّ أُمَّ عَطِيَّةَ، قَالَتْ: أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نُخْرِجَ ذَوَاتِ الْخُدُورِ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ، قِيلَ: فَالْحُيَّضُ؟ قَالَ: «لِيَشْهَدْنَ الْخَيْرَ وَدَعْوَةَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ»، قَالَ: فَقَالَتِ امْرَأَةٌ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ لِإِحْدَاهُنَّ ثَوْبٌ كَيْفَ تَصْنَعُ؟ قَالَ: «تُلْبِسُهَا صَاحِبَتُهَا طَائِفَةً مِنْ ثَوْبِهَا»،

Footnotes

1 [1] Dhawāt Al-Khudūr Those who stay in the innermost parts of the home.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1136

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1136

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1137

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1137. (There is another chain) from Ḥammad, that Ayyūb narrated from Muḥammad, from Umm ‘Aṭiyyah, with this narration (similar to no. 1136). He (ﷺ) said: “And let the menstruating women avoid the place of prayer,” and he did not mention the garment. However, he narrated from Ḥafṣah from a woman, who narrated it from another woman who said: “It was said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh!’” Then he mentioned the meaning of what was narrated by Mūsā[1] about the garment. (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1137 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيَّوبُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ عَطِيَّةَ بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ قَالَ: «وَيَعْتَزِلُ الْحُيَّضُ مُصَلَّى الْمُسْلِمِينَ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الثَّوْبَ». قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَ عَنْ حَفْصَةَ، عَنِ امْرَأَةٍ تُحَدِّثُهُ عَنِ امْرَأَةٍ أُخْرَى قَالَتْ: قِيلَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَذَكَرَ مَعْنَى حَدِيثِ مُوسَى فِي الثَّوْبِ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1137

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1137

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1138

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1138. It was reported from ‘Āṣim Al-Aḥwal, from Ḥafṣah bint Sīrīn, from Umm ‘Aṭiyyah, that she said: “We were commanded...” and mentioned this narration (similar to no. 1136). She said: “(The Prophet ﷺ said:) And the women who are menstruating should be behind the people, saying the Takbīr with them.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1138 - حَدَّثَنَا النُّفَيْلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ بِنْتِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أُمِّ عَطِيَّةَ، قَالَتْ: كُنَّا نُؤْمَرُ بِهَذَا الْخَبَرِ، قَالَتْ: وَالْحُيَّضُ يَكُنَّ خَلْفَ النَّاسِ فَيُكَبِّرْنَ مَعَ النَّاسِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1138

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1138

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1139

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1139. It was reported from Ismā‘īl bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān bin ‘Aṭiyyah from his grandmother Umm ‘Aṭiyyah that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ arrived in Al-Madinah, he (ordered) that all the women of the Anṣār should gather together in a house. Then he sent 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb to us. He stood at the door and said Salām to us, so we returned his Salām. Then he said: 'I am the messenger of the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ to you...' and he commanded us to take the menstruating women and old women to the two 'Īds. He also said that the Friday prayer was not obligatory upon us, and he forbade us from following funeral." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1139 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ يَعْنِي الطَّيَالِسِيَّ، وَمُسْلِمٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ جَدَّتِهِ أُمِّ عَطِيَّةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا قَدِمَ الْمَدِينَةَ، جَمَعَ نِسَاءَ الْأَنْصَارِ فِي بَيْتٍ، فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَيْنَا عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، فَقَامَ عَلَى الْبَابِ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْنَا، فَرَدَدْنَا عَلَيْهِ السَّلَامَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَنَا رَسُولُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَيْكُنَّ، وَأَمَرَنَا بِالْعِيدَيْنِ أَنْ نُخْرِجَ فِيهِمَا الْحُيَّضَ، وَالْعُتَّقَ، وَلَا جُمُعَةَ عَلَيْنَا وَنَهَانَا عَنِ اتِّبَاعِ الْجَنَائِزِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning number 1136, in which Mūsā bin Ismā‘īl narrated it to Abū Dāwud.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1139

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1139

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 239

The 'Eid Prayers

Hadith 1134

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1134. Anas narrated: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to Al-Madinah, its (inhabitants) had two days they would play in (and be merry on). He asked them: ‘What are these two days?’ They replied: ‘We used to play on these days during Jahiliyyah.’ So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ replied: ‘Indeed, Allāh has replaced you with two days that are better than them: The Day of Al-Adhā, and the Day of Al-Fitr.’”

Arabic text

1134 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمَدِينَةَ وَلَهُمْ يَوْمَانِ يَلْعَبُونَ فِيهِمَا، فَقَالَ: مَا هَذَانِ الْيَوْمَانِ؟ قَالُوا: كُنَّا نَلْعَبُ فِيهِمَا فِي الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ أَبْدَلَكُمْ بِهِمَا خَيْرًا مِنْهُمَا: يَوْمَ الْأَضْحَى، وَيَوْمَ الْفِطْرِ "

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1134

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1134

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 239

The Khutbah On The Day Of 'Eid

Hadith 1140

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1140. Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī reported: "Marwān took the Minbar out on 'Eid day, and started with the Khutbah before the prayer. A person stood up and said: 'O Marwān, you have gone against the Sunnah, for you have taken the Minbar out on 'Eid day, and it was not taken out before on it, and you started with the Khutbah before the prayer.' Abū Sa'eed asked: 'Who is this person?' They replied: 'So-and-so.' He said: 'This person has indeed fulfilled what was obligatory upon him! I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷻ say: Whoever among you sees any evil and is able to change it with his hands, let him do so; and if he cannot do so, then with his tongue; and if he cannot do so, then with his heart, and this is the weakest of faith.”) (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1140 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ رَجَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، ح وَعَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْرَجَ مَرْوَانُ الْمِنْبَرَ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدٍ، فَبَدَأَ بِالْخُطْبَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَامَ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: يَا مَرْوَانُ، خَالَفْتَ السُّنَّةَ، أَخْرَجْتَ الْمِنْبَرَ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدٍ، وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُخْرَجُ فِيهِ، وَبَدَأْتَ بِالْخُطْبَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ: مَنْ هَذَا؟ قَالُوا: فُلَانُ بْنُ فُلَانٍ، فَقَالَ: أَمَّا هَذَا فَقَدْ قَضَى مَا عَلَيْهِ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ رَأَى مُنْكَرًا فَاسْتَطَاعَ أَنْ يُغَيِّرَهُ بِيَدِهِ فَلْيُغَيِّرْهُ بِيَدِهِ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ فَبِلِسَانِهِ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ فَبِقَلْبِهِ، وَذَلِكَ أَضْعَفُ الْإِيمَانِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1140

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1140

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1141

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1141. Jābir bin ‘Abdullāh said: “The Prophet ﷺ stood up on the Day of Al-Fitr, and prayed before he gave the Khutbah. Then he delivered the Khutbah to the people. When the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ finished, he went to the women and exhorted them (as well) while he was supporting himself on Bilāl’s hand. Bilāl had spread out his garment so that he could collect charity from the women.” He said: “A woman threw her bracelet,[1] and more was thrown, and more was thrown.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1141 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَنْبَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، قَالَا: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «قَامَ يَوْمَ الْفِطْرِ فَصَلَّى، فَبَدَأَ بِالصَّلَاةِ قَبْلَ الْخُطْبَةِ، ثُمَّ خَطَبَ النَّاسَ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، نَزَلَ فَأَتَى النِّسَاءَ، فَذَكَّرَهُنَّ وَهُوَ يَتَوَكَّأُ عَلَى يَدِ بِلَالٍ، وَبِلَالٌ بَاسِطٌ ثَوْبَهُ تُلْقِي فِيهِ النِّسَاءُ الصَّدَقَةَ»، قَالَ: تُلْقِي الْمَرْأَةُ فَتَخَهَا وَيُلْقِينَ وَيُلْقِينَ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ بَكْرٍ: فَتَخَتَهَا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1141

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1141

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1142

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1142. Shu’bah reported from Ayyūb, from ‘Āṭā, who said: “I swear that Ibn ‘Abbās testified that the Prophet ﷺ left (the city) to pray on the Day of Al-Fitr, then he delivered a Khutbah. He then went to the women with Bilāl” — Ibn Kathīr[2] said: “Shu’bah thinks that it was likely: “and commanded them to give charity, so they threw (some for charity).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1142 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: أَشْهَدُ عَلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَشَهِدَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ " خَرَجَ يَوْمَ فِطْرٍ فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ خَطَبَ، ثُمَّ أَتَى النِّسَاءَ، وَمَعَهُ بِلَالٌ - قَالَ ابْنُ كَثِيرٍ: أَكْبَرُ عِلْمِ شُعْبَةَ - فَأَمَرَهُنَّ بِالصَّدَقَةِ فَجَعَلْنَ يُلْقِينَ "،

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Fatakh they say it is “large rings” or rings worn on the leg.

2 [2] Abū Dāwūd narrated this from two chains from Shu’bah, in one of them, Muhammad bin Kathīr stated this.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1142

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1142

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1143

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1143. (There is another chain) from Ayyūb, from ‘Aṭā, from Ibn ‘Abbās, with similar meaning. (In this version) he said: “So he presumed that the women had not been able to hear him, so he went to them with Bilāl, and exhorted them, and commanded them to give charity. So a woman would throw her earrings and a ring into Bilāl’s garment.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1143 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، وَأَبُو مَعْمَرٍ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، بِمَعْنَاهُ قَالَ: فَظَنَّ أَنَّهُ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النِّسَاءَ فَمَشَى إِلَيْهِنَّ وَبِلَالٌ مَعَهُ، فَوَعَظَهُنَّ وَأَمَرَهُنَّ بِالصَّدَقَةِ، فَكَانَتِ الْمَرْأَةُ تُلْقِي الْقُرْطَ وَالْخَاتَمَ فِي ثَوْبِ بِلَالٍ.

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1143

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1143

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1144

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1144. (There is another chain) from Ayyūb, from ‘Aṭā, from Ibn ‘Abbās, for this Hadīth (similar to no. 1142). He said: “So a woman began throwing her earrings and rings, and Bilāl collected them in his garment. He then distributed them among the poor of Al-Madinah.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1144 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ قَالَ: فَجَعَلَتِ الْمَرْأَةُ تُعْطِي الْقُرْطَ وَالْخَاتَمَ، وَجَعَلَ بِلَالٌ يَجْعَلُهُ فِي كِسَائِهِ، قَالَ: فَقَسَمَهُ عَلَى فُقَرَاءِ الْمُسْلِمِينَ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1144

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1144

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 240

Delivering The Khuṭbah Leaning On A Bow

Hadith 1145

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1145. Yazīd bin Al-Barā’ narrated from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ was handed a bow on ‘Eid day, so he delivered the Khuṭbah (leaning) on it. (Da’if)

Arabic text

1145 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي جَنَابٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْبَرَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «نُووِلَ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ قَوْسًا، فَخَطَبَ عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1145

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1145

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 241

Leaving The Adhan On Eid

Hadith 1146

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1146. Abdur-Raḥmān bin 'Ābis reported that a man asked Ibn 'Abbās: "Did you attend Eid with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?" He replied: "Yes, and were it not for my relationship with him, I would not have attended it due to my young age. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went to the sign that is located at the house of Kathīr bin Aṣ-Ṣalt, and prayed, then delivered the Khuṭbah. And he did not call the Adhān or the Iqāmah. Then he ordered (them to give) charity, so the women started motioning to their ears and chests (their earrings and necklaces). He commanded Bilāl to go to them, then he returned to the Prophet ﷺ." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1146 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَابِسٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، أَشَهِدْتَ الْعِيدَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، وَلَوْلَا مَنْزِلَتِي مِنْهُ مَا شَهِدْتُهُ مِنَ الصِّغَرِ، فَأَتَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْعَلَمَ الَّذِي عِنْدَ دَارِ كَثِيرِ بْنِ الصَّلْتِ، فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ خَطَبَ وَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ أَذَانًا وَلَا إِقَامَةً»، قَالَ: «ثُمَّ أَمَرَنَا بِالصَّدَقَةِ»، قَالَ: «فَجَعَلَ النِّسَاءُ يُشِرْنَ إِلَى آذَانِهِنَّ وَحُلُوقِهِنَّ»، قَالَ: «فَأَمَرَ بِلَالًا، فَأَتَاهُنَّ ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1146

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1146

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1147

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1147. Tāwūs reported from Ibn 'Abbās that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray Eid without an Adhān or Iqāmah, as did Abū Bakr and 'Umar — or 'Uthmān' — Yaḥyā (one of the narrators) was not sure. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1147 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الْعِيدَ بِلَا أَذَانٍ، وَلَا إِقَامَةٍ، وَأَبَا بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرَ، أَوْ عُثْمَانَ» شَكَّ يَحْيَى

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1147

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1147

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1148

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniHasan sahihAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1148. Jābir bin Samurah narrated: "I prayed the Eid prayers with the Prophet ﷺ more than once or twice; there was neither an Adhān nor Iqāmah.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1148 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهَنَّادٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ غَيْرَ مَرَّةٍ وَلَا مَرَّتَيْنِ الْعِيدَيْنِ بِغَيْرِ أَذَانٍ، وَلَا إِقَامَةٍ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1148

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1148

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 242

The TakbīrDuring The Two Eid

Hadith 1149

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1149. It was reported from Ibn Shihāb, from ‘Urwah, from ‘Āishah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would say the Takbīr on (Eid) Al-Fitr and Al-Adhā seven times in the first (Rak’ah) and five times in the second.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1149 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي الْفِطْرِ وَالْأَضْحَى، فِي الْأُولَى سَبْعَ تَكْبِيرَاتٍ، وَفِي الثَّانِيَةِ خَمْسًا»،

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1149

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1149

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1150

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1150. (There is another chain) from Ibn Shihāb, with his chain, and similar meaning (as no. 1149). He said: “Without counting the two Takbīrs of Rukū’.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1150 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ السَّرْحِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، بِإِسْنَادِهِ وَمَعْنَاهُ، قَالَ: سِوَى تَكْبِيرَتَيِ الرُّكُوعِ

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1150

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1150

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1151

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasanAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1151. ‘Amr bin Shu’āib reported from his father, from his grandfather ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Amr Al-‘Ās who said that the Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: “There should be seven Takbīrs in the first (Rak’ah) of Al-Fitr, and five in the second. And the recitation should be after them.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1151 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الطَّائِفِيَّ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، قَالَ: قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «التَّكْبِيرُ فِي الْفِطْرِ سَبْعٌ فِي الْأُولَى، وَخَمْسٌ فِي الْآخِرَةِ، وَالْقِرَاءَةُ بَعْدَهُمَا كِلْتَيْهِمَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1151

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1151

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1152

DarussalamHasanAl-Albaniحسن صحيح دون قوله: "أربعا" والصواب: "خمسا" كما يأتي من المؤلف معلقا
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1152. Amr bin Shu'aib reported from his father, from his grandfather that the Prophet ﷺ would say seven Takbīrs in the first (Rak'ah) of (Eid) Al-Fitr, then recite, then say the Takbir. Then he would stand up again, say the Takbir four times, then recite, then go into Rukū'. (Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: It was reported from Waki' and Ibn Al-Mubārak, they said: "Seven" and "five."

Arabic text

1152 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تَوْبَةَ الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حَيَّانَ، عَنْ أَبِي يَعْلَى الطَّائِفِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي الْفِطْرِ الْأُولَى سَبْعًا، ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيُكَبِّرُ أَرْبَعًا، ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: رَوَاهُ وَكِيعٌ، وَابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَا: سَبْعًا وَخَمْسًا

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1152

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1152

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1153

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1153. Abū 'Āishah, who sat with Abū Hurairah, narrated that Sa'eed bin Al-'Āsh asked Abū Mūsā Al-Ash'ari and Ḥudhaifah bin Al-Yamān: "How did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ perform the Takbir during (Eid) Al-Adha and Al-Fitr?" Abū Mūsā said: "He would say the Takbir four times, just like he would do for the funeral prayer." Ḥudhaifah said: "He has told the truth." So Abū Mūsā said: "And this is how I would say the Takbir in Al-Baṣrah, while I was in charge of them." And Abū 'Āishah said: "And I was present (at this time) with Sa'eed bin Al-'Āsh." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1153 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ، وَابْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، الْمَعْنَى قَرِيبٌ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ حُبَابٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ ثَوْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو عَائِشَةَ، جَلِيسٌ لِأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ سَعِيدَ بْنَ الْعَاصِ، سَأَلَ أَبَا مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيَّ، وَحُذَيْفَةَ بْنَ الْيَمَانِ، كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي الْأَضْحَى وَالْفِطْرِ؟ فَقَالَ أَبُو مُوسَى: «كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ أَرْبَعًا تَكْبِيرَهُ عَلَى الْجَنَائِزِ»، فَقَالَ حُذَيْفَةُ: صَدَقَ، فَقَالَ أَبُو مُوسَى: «كَذَلِكَ كُنْتُ أُكَبِّرُ فِي الْبَصْرَةِ، حَيْثُ كُنْتُ عَلَيْهِمْ»، وَقَالَ أَبُو عائِشَةَ: «وَأَنَا حَاضِرٌ سَعِيدَ بْنَ الْعَاصِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1153

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1153

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 243

What Should Be Recited In (The Two 'Eid Of) Al-Adha And Al-Fitr

Hadith 1154

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1154. Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb asked Abū Wāqid Al-Laithī: "What did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to recite during (the two Eid of) Al-Adha and Al-Fitr?" He said: "He would recite in them, Qāf. By the Glorious Qur'an[1] and: The Hour has drawn near, and the moon has been cleft asunder."[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1154 - حَدَّثَنَا الْقَعْنَبِيُّ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ضَمْرَةَ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْمَازِنِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، سَأَلَ أَبَا وَاقِدٍ اللَّيْثِيَّ، مَاذَا كَانَ يَقْرَأُ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فِي الْأَضْحَى وَالْفِطْرِ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِيهِمَا ق وَالْقُرْآنِ الْمَجِيدِ، وَاقْتَرَبَتِ السَّاعَةُ وَانْشَقَّ الْقَمَرُ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1154

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1154

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 244

Sitting Down For The Khuṭbah

Hadith 1155

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1155. It was narrated by Ibn Juraij, from 'Aṭā', from 'Abdullāh bin As-Sā'ib, that he said: "I attended Eid with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and when he had finished, he said: "We are now going to deliver a Khuṭbah, so whoever wishes to sit may sit, and whoever wishes to leave may leave."(Hasan) Abū Dāwūd said: This is Mursal from 'Aṭā' from the Prophet ﷺ.[3]

Arabic text

1155 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ الْبَزَّازُ، حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى السِّينَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: شَهِدْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْعِيدَ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّا نَخْطُبُ، فَمَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ لِلْخُطْبَةِ فَلْيَجْلِسْ، وَمَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَذْهَبَ فَلْيَذْهَبْ»، قَالَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ: «هَذَا مُرْسَلٌ عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1155

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1155

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 245

Going To The 'Eid (Prayer) From One Path, And Returning From Another

Hadith 1156

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1156. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would go to 'Eid (prayer) from one path, and return using another. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1156 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَخَذَ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ فِي طَرِيقٍ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ فِي طَرِيقٍ آخَرَ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1156

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1156

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 246

If The Imām Does Not Go Out For The 'Eid On Its Day, He Should Go Out To Hold It The Next Day

Hadith 1157

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1157. Abū 'Umair bin Anas narrated from his uncles (who were) among the Companions that a caravan came to the Prophet ﷺ, and testified that they had seen the crescent the night before. So the Prophet ﷺ commanded (the people) to break their fasts, and go to the ('Eid) prayer-ground on the morrow. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1157 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ أَبِي وَحْشِيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُمَيْرِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عُمُومَةٍ لَهُ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «أَنَّ رَكْبًا جَاءُوا إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّهُمْ رَأَوُا الْهِلَالَ بِالْأَمْسِ، فَأَمَرَهُمْ أَنْ يُفْطِرُوا، وَإِذَا أَصْبَحُوا أَنْ يَغْدُوا إِلَى مُصَلَّاهُمْ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1157

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1157

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1158

DarussalamḌaʿīfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1158. Bakr bin Mubashshir Al-Anṣārī narrated: "I used to go with the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to the prayer-ground early in the morning on the Day of Al-Fitr and the Day of Al-Aḍhā. We used to go through the valley of Baṭḥān until we arrived at the prayer-ground, pray with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, then return from the same valley to our houses.” (Ḍaʿīf)

Arabic text

1158 - حَدَّثَنَا حَمْزَةُ بْنُ نُصَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سُوَيْدٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي أُنَيْسُ بْنُ أَبِي يَحْيَى، أَخْبَرَنِي إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سَالِمٍ، مَوْلَى نَوْفَلِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، أَخْبَرَنِي بَكْرُ بْنُ مُبَشِّرٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أَغْدُو مَعَ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْمُصَلَّى يَوْمَ الْفِطْرِ، وَيَوْمَ الْأَضْحَى، فَنَسْلُكُ بَطْنَ بَطْحَانَ حَتَّى نَأْتِيَ الْمُصَلَّى، فَنُصَلِّيَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ نَرْجِعَ مِنْ بَطْنِ بَطْحَانَ إِلَى بُيُوتِنَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1158

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1158

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 247

Praying After The 'Eid Prayer

Hadith 1159

DarussalamSāḥihAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1159. Ibn 'Abbās said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came out on the Day of Al-Fitr and prayed two Rak'ahs. He did not pray before them or after them. Then he went to where the women were with Bilāl, and commanded them to give charity. So a woman would begin throwing her rings and bracelets.” (Sāḥih)

Arabic text

1159 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنِي عَدِيُّ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ فِطْرٍ، فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ لَمْ يُصَلِّ قَبْلَهُمَا وَلَا بَعْدَهُمَا، ثُمَّ أَتَى النِّسَاءَ وَمَعَهُ بِلَالٌ، فَأَمَرَهُنَّ بِالصَّدَقَةِ، فَجَعَلَتِ الْمَرْأَةُ تُلْقِي خُرْصَهَا، وَسِخَابَهَا»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1159

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1159

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 248

The People Praying 'Eid In The Masjid On A Rainy Day

Hadith 1160

DarussalamḌaʿīfAl-AlbaniDa‘ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1160. Abū Hurairah narrated that it once rained on 'Eid day, so the Prophet ﷺ led the 'Eid prayer in the Masjid. (Ḍaʿīf)

Arabic text

1160 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَرَوِيِّينَ، وَسَمَّاهُ الرَّبِيعُ فِي حَدِيثِهِ عِيسَى بْنَ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى بْنِ أَبِي فَرْوَةَ، سَمِعَ أَبَا يَحْيَى عُبَيْدَ اللَّهِ التَّيْمِيَّ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّهُ أَصَابَهُمْ مَطَرٌ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدٍ، فَصَلَّى بِهِمُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الْعِيدِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ»

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1160

Report an issue

Sunan Abi Dawud · Hadith 1160

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes